Acronis User Manual
Acronis User Manual
480SSD-ACR12.A00
Table of Contents
Cloning A Hard Disk 3
General information 3
Security 4
User's Guide
Move method 7
Excluding items 8
Manual partitioning 11
Cloning summary 13
Mounting An Image 36
Unmounting An image 40
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Cloning A Hard Disk
General information
Security
Selecting Clone Mode
Selecting A Source Disk
Selecting A Destination Disk
Move Method
Excluding Items
Manual Partitioning
Cloning Summary
General Information
You might find that your hard disk does not have enough space for the operating system and installed
applications, preventing you from updating your software or installing new applications. In this case, you
have to transfer the system to a higher-capacity hard disk. To transfer the system, you must first install the
new disk in the computer. If your computer doesnt have a bay for another hard disk, you can temporarily
install it in place of your CD drive or use a USB 2.0 connection to the external target disk. If that is not
possible, you can clone a hard disk by creating a disk image and recovering it to a new hard disk with
larger partitions.
On program screens, damaged partitions are marked with a red circle and a white cross inside in the upper left
corner. Before you start cloning, you should check such disks for errors and correct the errors using the appropriate
operating system tools.
For best results, install the target (new) drive where you plan to use it and the source drive in another
location, e.g. in an external USB enclosure. This recommendation is especially important for laptops.
We strongly recommend that you create a backup of the entire original disk as a safety precaution. It could be
your data saver if something goes wrong with your original hard disk during cloning. After creating the backup,
make sure that you validate it.
To Clone A Disk:
Click Clone disk on the Tools and utilities tab of the Home screen.
Follow the Disk Clone Wizard steps.
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Cloning A Hard Disk
Security
Please note the following: if the power goes off or you accidentally press RESET during the transfer, the
procedure will be incomplete and you will have to partition and format or clone the hard disk again.
No data will be lost because the original disk is only being read (no partitions are changed or resized).
The system transfer procedure does not alter the original disk at all. After the procedure finishes, you
might want to format the old disk or securely wipe the data it contains. Use Windows tools or Acronis
might
want
to
format
the
old
disk
or
securely
DriveCleanser
for
these
tasks. wipe
the
data
it
contains.
Use
Windows
tools
or
Nevertheless,
we do notthat
recommend
data
Nevertheless,
we
do
not
recommend
you
delete
that
data
you
from
delete
the
old
disk
from
unVl
the
you
old
are
sdisk
ure
until
it
is
you are sure it is correctly
transferred
to
the
new
disk,
the
computer
boots
up
from
it
and
all
applications
correctly
transferred
to
the
new
disk,
the
computer
boots
up
from
it
and
all
applicaVons
work. work.
8.4.3
Selecting
clone mode
There are two transfer modes available:
Automatic
(recommended
inIn
most
cases).mInode,
automatic
youto
will
only
have to take several simple
AutomaQc
(recommended
in
most
cases).
automaVc
you
will
mode,
only
have
take
several
actions
to
transfer
all
t
he
data,
including
partitions,
fi
les
and
folders,
to
a
newer
simple
acVons
to
transfer
all
the
data,
including
parVVons,
les
and
folders,
to
a
newer
disk,
disk, making it bootable if
original
disk
was bootable.
making
it
bthe
ootable
if
the
original
disk
was
bootable.
Manual.
Manual
mode
will
provide
more
data
transfer
exibility.
Manual
mode
can
be
useful
if
Manual. Manual mode will provide more data transfer flexibility. Manual mode can be useful if you need
you
need
to
change
the
disk
parVVon
layout.
ndsparSSoned
two disks,aone
partitioned
and another
it will automatically
recognize the
If
the
program
Ifthe
nds
program
two
disks,
fi
one
nd
another
unparSSoned,
it
will
aunpartitioned,
utomaScally
recognize
the
partitioned
disk
asathe
disk and dthe
disk
asIn
the
destination
parSSoned
disk
as
the
source
disk
nd
tsource
he
unparSSoned
isk
aunpartitioned
s
the
desSnaSon
disk.
such
case,
the
ndisk.
ext
In such case, the next steps
will
be
bypassed
and
you
will
be
taken
to
the
cloning
Summary
screen.
steps
will
be
bypassed
and
you
will
be
taken
to
the
cloning
Summary
screen.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Cloning A Hard Disk
8.4.4
Selecting A Source
Disk disk
Selecting
a source
8.4.4
Selecting
a
disk
You
can
determine
the
source
and
esVnaVon
sing
the
informaVon
provided
in
tprovided
his
window
(disk
You can
determine
thedsource
andudestination
using the information
in this
window (disk
8.4.4
Selecting
a source
source
disk
You
ccan
etermine
tthe
d
esVnaVon
u
ttIf
he
iinformaVon
p
rovided
tthis
w
((disk
number,
capacity,
parVVon
assource
nd
le
aasnd
ystem
informaVon).
the
program
several
number,
capacity,
label,
partition
file system
information).
If thends
program
fiiin
nds
several
partitioned
You
an
ld
dabel,
etermine
he
ource
nd
dand
esVnaVon
using
sing
he
nformaVon
p
rovided
n
his
window
indow
disk
disks,
number,
c
apacity,
l
abel,
p
arVVon
a
nd
le
s
ystem
i
nformaVon).
I
f
t
he
p
rogram
nds
s
everal
it willit
ask
you
source
(i.e.the
older
disk).
parVVoned
disks,
ill
ask
which
you
wishich
is
the
asource
the
data
lder
data
disk).
number,
cwapacity,
label,
pthe
arVVon
nd
le
(si.e.
ystem
ionformaVon).
If
the
program
nds
several
parVVoned
d
isks,
i
t
w
ill
a
sk
y
ou
w
hich
i
s
t
he
s
ource
(
i.e.
t
he
o
lder
parVVoned
disks,
it
will
ask
you
which
is
the
source
(i.e.
the
older
d
data
ata
d
disk).
isk).
Select
the
ource
the
disk
and
click
ext
click
to
conVnue.
sSelect
source
diskNand
Next to continue.
Select
t
he
s
ource
d
isk
a
nd
c
lick
isk
Select
source
dinformaQon
isk
and
click
N
Next
ext
tto
o
cconVnue.
onVnue.
Viewing
d
and
tphe
arQQon
Viewing
Disk
And
Partition
Information
Viewing
Viewing
d
disk
isk
aand
nd
p
parQQon
arQQon
iinformaQon
nformaQon
Columns
-
selects
the
columns
to
display.
You
can
change
the
width
of
a
column
by
dragging
--
selects
the columns
to display.
You can
change the
width
of f
aacolumn
byy
dragging
its
with
Columns
C
its
borders
the
mouse.
Columns
olumns
-
sselects
elects
tthe
he
ccolumns
olumns
tto
o
d
display.
isplay.
YYou
ou
ccan
an
cchange
hange
tthe
he
w
width
idth
o
of
a
ccolumn
olumn
b
by
d
dragging
ragging
borders
with
the mouse.
its
w
ouse.
its
b
borders
orders
with
ith
tthe
he
m
m
Disk
properVes
(duplicated
in
ouse.
the
context
menu,
opened
by
right-clicking
objects)
-
displays
p
D
isk
roperVes
iin
tthe
ccontext
m
o
b
rright-clicking
o
d
Disk
properties
the
the
selected
arVVon
or
disk
(duplicated
p((duplicated
roperVes
win
indow.
D
isk
p
p
roperVes
duplicated
n
he
context
ontext
menu,
menu,
enu,
opened
opened
pened
by
by
y
right-clicking
ight-clicking
objects)
objects)
bjects)
---displays
displays
isplays
the
the
sselected
p
o
isk
p
w
selected
partition
or disk
window.
the
elected
parVVon
arVVon
or
r
Td
dproperties
isk
leF
properVes
roperVes
window.
indow.
This
window
contains
two
panels.
he
panel
contains
the
properVes
tree
and
the
right
one
This
w
indow
c
ontains
t
wo
p
anels.
T
he
l
eF
p
anel
tthe
ttree
aand
describes
tThis
he
selected
detail.
The
Tdhe
isk
leF
informaVon
includes
ts
roperVes
physical
p
arameters
window
pcroperty
ontains
itn
wo
panels.
panel
ccontains
ontains
he
ip
p
roperVes
ree
nd
tthe
he
rright
ight
o
one
ne
This
window
contains
two
panels.
The
left
panel
contains
the
properties
tree
and
the
right
one
describes
describes
t
he
s
elected
p
roperty
i
n
d
etail.
T
he
d
isk
i
nformaVon
i
ncludes
i
ts
p
hysical
p
arameters
sectors,
(connecVon
type,
device
ype,
size,
etc.);
parVVon
informaVon
includes
both
physical
describes
the
property
stelected
in
ddisk
etail.
The
disk
informaVon
ncludes
its
p(hysical
parameters
type,
the selected
inproperty
detail. The
information
includes its iphysical
parameters
(connection
((sectors,
ttype,
d
ttype,
ssize,
eetc.);
p
iinformaVon
iincludes
b
p
locaVon,
e(connecVon
tc.),
and
logical
(le
system,
free
space,
assigned
leWer,
parameters.
sectors,
(connecVon
ype,
device
evice
ype,
ize,
tc.);
parVVon
arVVon
nformaVon
ncludes
both
oth
physical
hysical
device
type,
size,
etc.);
partition
information
includes
bothetc.)
physical
(sectors,
location,
etc.),
and logical
locaVon,
e
tc.),
a
nd
l
ogical
(
le
s
ystem,
f
ree
s
pace,
a
ssigned
l
eWer,
e
tc.)
p
arameters.
locaVon,
etc.),
logical
(le
system,
free
parameters.
space,
assigned
leWer,
etc.)
parameters.
(file system,
freeand
space,
assigned
letter, etc.)
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Cloning A Hard Disk
8.4.5
Selecting
a destination disk
After you select the source disk, you have to select the destination where the disk information will be
AFer
you
select
the
source
disk,
you
have
to
select
the
desVnaVon
where
the
disk
informaVon
will
be
copied to. The previously selected source becomes grayed-out and disabled for selection.
copied
to.
The
previously
selected
source
becomes
grayed-out
and
disabled
for
selecVon.
Note that no real changes or data destruction will be performed at this time! For now, the program will just map
out cloning. All changes will be implemented only when you click Proceed.
If any disk is unparSSoned, the program will automaScally recognize it as the desSnaSon and bypass this step.
If any disk is unpartitioned, the program will automatically recognize it as the destination and bypass this step.
8.4.6
Move method
When
you
select
the
manual
cloning
mode,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
will
oer
you
the
following
data
move
methods:
As
is
-
a
new
parVVon
will
be
created
for
every
old
one
with
the
same
size
and
type,
le
system
and
label.
The
unused
space
will
become
unallocated.
ProporQonal
-
the
new
disk
space
will
be
proporVonally
distributed
between
cloned
parVVons
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Cloning A Hard Disk
Move Method
When you select the manual cloning mode, Acronis True Image HD will offer you the following data move
methods:
As is - a new partition will be created for every old one with the same size and type, file system and label.
The unused space will become unallocated.
Proportional - the new disk space will be proportionally distributed between cloned partitions
Manual - you will specify a new size and other parameters yourself
Manual
-
you
will
specify
a
new
size
and
other
parameters
yourself
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Cloning A Hard Disk
FAT16 partitions are enlarged less than others, as they have a 4GB size limit.
Depending on the selected combination, you will proceed to either the cloning summary window, or the
Change disk layout step (see below).
Excluding items
In the What to exclude section, you can set up exclusions for files and folders that you do not want to
include in the disk clone.
1. To create a list of items for exclusion, do one of the following:
In the Exclude by files and folders tab, select files and folders using a typical file browser;
In the Exclude by masks tab, enter names of individual files and folders (full path is required), or define a
pattern through common wildcard characters * and ?. Use buttons Add, Edit, Remove and Remove All on
the right to control the set of items in the list. You can combine these two methods. For example, define a
You
can
combine
these
two
methods.
xample,
dene
a
le
mask
and
select
certain
file mask
and
select certain
items
in the Ffior
le ebrowser.
items
in
the
le
browser.
Remember
that
if
you
select
or
somehow
specify
to
exclude
a
le
that
has
NTFS
hard
links,
you
also
need
to
select/specify
to
exclude
these
hard
links
from
the
clone.
Otherwise,
the
le
will
not
be
excluded
and
will
appear
on
the
target
disk
aFer
the
cloning.
Note:
When
you
exclude
les,
the
program
calculates
the
size
of
excluded
items
and
checks
if
the
cloned
data
will
t
the
target
disk.
Please
be
paSent
as
this
process
may
take
up
to
several
minutes
to
complete.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Cloning A Hard Disk
Remember that if you select or somehow specify to exclude a file that has NTFS hard links, you also need to
select/specify to exclude these hard links from the clone. Otherwise, the file will not be excluded and will
appear on the target disk after the cloning.
Note: When you exclude files, the program calculates the size of excluded items and checks if the cloned data will
fit the target disk. Please be patient as this process may take up to several minutes to complete.
2. To proceed to the next step, click Next.
Insufficient Free Space Warning
You may receive a warning message saying that there is no enough free space on the target hard drive to
complete the operation. The possible reasons are as follows:
Amount of data being cloned from the source disk exceeds the available capacity of the target disk.
To resolve this issue, try excluding more items from the clone, then click Next. If necessary, repeat this
operation several times until the warning message disappears.
Source disk has an unsupported file system and is larger than the target disk. The target disk must be
larger or equal in size to the source disk in this case, and it will be pointless to exclude more items.
Source disk has partitions both with supported and unsupported file systems, and the target disk
capacity is less than the amount of data being cloned from partitions with supported file system plus the
size of partitions with unsupported file system. Trying to exclude more items may be helpful in this case.
Exclusion Examples
Files and folders on the source disk can be excluded from the clone both individually and in bulk according
to a pattern. Such pattern can be either a file or folder name or a file mask defined through common
wildcard characters:
* - substitutes for zero or more characters;
? - substitutes for exactly one character.
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Cloning A Hard Disk
If necessary, you can type several criteria in the same line separating them by semicolons. For example, to
exclude all files with .gif and .bmp extensions, you may type *.gif;*.bmp.
The table below shows several exclusion examples.
Pattern
Example
Description
F.log
F
C:\Finance\F.log
C:\Finance\F\
Excludes the folder C:\Finance\F (be sure to specify the full path
starting from the disk letter and the backslash(\) at the end)
By mask (*)
*.log
F*
By mask (?)
F???.log
Excludes all .log files with names consisting of four symbols and
starting with F
By Name
By file path
By folder path
Wildcards in a mask may represent only parts of file or folder names, and cannot substitute for a part of the file
path. Sub-folders should always be specified explicitly using a backslash, \). For example, to exclude all files in
directory C:\Program Files\Acronis\TrueImageHome\ that have Qt in the file name, you may use the following
line: *\Prog*\Acr*\True*\*Qt*.??? .
10
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Cloning A Hard Disk
Manual Partitioning
The manual transfer method enables you to resize partitions on the new disk. By default, the program
resizes them proportionally.
This window displays rectangles indicating the source hard disk, including its partitions and unallocated
space, as well as the new disk layout.
Along
with
the
hard
disk
number,
you
can
see
disk
capacity,
the
label,
volume
and
le
system
informaVon.
Along
Dierent
types,
ncluding
you
primary,
logical
nd
unallocated
space
are
and
marked
withvolume
the hard
disk inumber,
can see
disk acapacity,
the label,
volume
file system information.
with
dierent
c
olors.
Different volume types, including primary, logical and unallocated space are marked with different colors.
To
resize,
change
the
vchange
olume
tthe
ype,
change
type,
the
lchange
abel
of
tthe
he
elabel
xisVng
volume,
right
click
on
it,
aclick
nd
on it, and select Edit
To resize,
volume
of the
existing
volume,
right
select
Edit
in
in
the
shortcut
enu.
This
ill
oopen
pen
the
arVVon
SSettings
eXngs
wwindow.
indow.
the
shortcutmmenu.
Thiswwill
thePPartition
11
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Cloning A Hard Disk
To
resize,
change
the
volume
type,
change
the
label
of
the
exisVng
volume,
right
click
on
it,
and
select
Edit
in
the
shortcut
menu.
This
will
open
the
ParVVon
SeXngs
window.
You
can
do
this
by
entering
values
in
the
Free
space
before,
ParQQon
size,
Free
space
aBer
elds,
by
You canbdo
this by
values
in the Free space before, Partition size, Free space after fields, by
dragging
parVVon
orders
or
entering
the
parVVon
itself.
dragging
partition
borders
or the
partition
itself.
If
the
cursor
turns
into
two
verVcal
lines
with
leF
and
right
arrows,
it
is
pointed
at
the
parVVon
105
BBe
e
cCareful!
areful!
Clicking
any
previous
wizard
step
on
the
sidebar
in
this
window
will
reset
all
size
and
locaVon
Clicking any previous wizard step on the sidebar in this window will reset all size and location changes that
changes
that
you've
elected,
you
wthem
ill
have
to
specify
them
again.
youve selected,
so youswill
have toso
specify
again.
8.4.9
Cloning summary
The
cloning
summary
window
graphically
(as
rectangles)
illustrates
informaVon
about
the
source
disk
(parVVons
and
unallocated
space)
and
the
desVnaVon
disk
layout.
Along
with
the
disk
number,
some
addiVonal
informaVon
is
provided:
disk
capacity,
label,
parVVon
and
le
system
informaVon.
12
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
Having
provided
the
new
locaVon
and
size,
click
Accept.
You
will
be
taken
back
to
the
C hange
disk
layout
window.
You
might
have
to
perform
some
more
resizing
and
relocaVon
before
you
get
the
layout
you
need.
UserNManual
Acronis
Image
HD: Cloning
By
clicking
ext
you
wfor
ill
proceed
to
tTrue
he
Cloning
summary
window. A Hard Disk
Be
careful!
Clicking
any
previous
wizard
step
on
the
sidebar
in
this
window
will
reset
all
size
and
locaVon
changes
that
you've
selected,
so
you
will
have
to
specify
them
again.
8.4.9
Cloning Summary
Cloning
summary
cloning
summary
window
graphically
(as
rectangles)
illustratesainformation
about
the source disk
The
cloning
sThe
ummary
window
graphically
(as
rectangles)
illustrates
informaVon
bout
the
source
disk
(partitions
and
unallocated
space)
and
the
destination
disk
layout.
Along
with
the
disk
number,
some
(parVVons
and
unallocated
space)
and
the
desVnaVon
disk
layout.
Along
with
the
disk
number,
some
additionaliinformation
provided:
disk
capacity,
label,
partition
andinformaVon.
file system information.
addiVonal
informaVon
s
provided:
disisk
capacity,
label,
parVVon
and
le
system
Click
Proceed
start
disk
Clickto
Proceed
tocloning.
start disk cloning.
Click
Cancel
to
cancel
the
procedure
and
quit
to
the
main
program
window.
cClick
Cancel
toccancel
the
procedure
andsquit
tow
the
program
window.
Cloning
a
disk
ontaining
the
urrently
acVve
operaVng
ystem
ill
rmain
equire
a
reboot.
In
that
case,
aFer
clicking
Proceed
you
will
be
asked
to
conrm
the
reboot.
Canceling
the
reboot
will
cancel
the
Cloning a disk containing the currently active operating system will require a reboot. In that case, after clicking
enVre
procedure.
AFer
the
clone
process
nishes
you
will
be
oered
an
opVon
to
shut
down
the
Proceed you will be asked to confirm the reboot. Canceling the reboot will cancel the entire procedure.
computer
by
After
pressing
ny
key.
This
enables
change
posiVon
of
mto
aster/slave
jumpers
and
by pressing any
the aclone
process
finishesyou
youto
will
be offthe
ered
an option
shut down
the computer
remove
one
okey.
f
the
hard
drives.you to change the position of master/slave jumpers and remove one of the hard drives.
This
enables
106
Cloning a non-system disk or a disk containing an operating system, but one that is not currently active, will
proceed without the need to reboot. After you click Proceed, Acronis True Image HD will start cloning the
old disk to the new disk, indicating the progress in a special window. You can stop this procedure by clicking
Cancel. In that case, you will have to repartition and format the new disk or repeat the cloning procedure.
After the cloning operation is complete, you will see the results message.
13
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Adding A New Hard Disk
Click the Tools and utilities tab and then click Add new disk
Follow the Add new disk Wizard steps
If you use a 32-bit version of Windows XP, the wizard will not have the Initialization options step because this
operating system does not support GPT disks.
In This Section
14
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Adding A New Hard Disk
You
can
also
see
the
properVes
of
all
the
hard
disks
installed
in
your
system,
for
example,
the
name
You can also see the properties of all the hard disks installed in your system, for example, the name and the
and
the
model
of
the
selected
disk
drive,
its
capacity,
le
system
and
its
interface.
model of the selected disk drive, its capacity, file system and its interface.
15
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Adding A New Hard Disk
8.5.2
Selecting
initialization
method method
Selecting
initialization
Acronis
True
Image
True
HD
sImage
upports
MBR
aboth
nd
GMBR
PT
parVVoning.
GUID
ParVVon
able
(GPT)
is
a(GPT)
new
is a new hard
Acronis
HDboth
supports
and GPT partitioning.
GUIDTPartition
Table
hard
disk
parVVoning
method
providing
advantages
over
tover
he
old
Mold
BR
pMBR
arVVoning
method.
If
your
disk partitioning
method
providing
advantages
the
partitioning
method.
If your operating
systemssupports
operaVng
system
upports
GGPT
PT
ddisks,
isks,
yyou
ou
ccan
an
sselect
elect
tthe
he
new
new
disk
disk
to
to
be
be
initialized
iniValized
as
as
aaGPT
GPT
disk.
disk.
GPTclick
disk,IniQalize
click Initialize
GPT layout.
To
add
To
a
Gadd
PT
daisk,
disk
in
disk
GPT
in
layout.
If
you
use
a
32-bit
version
of
Windows
XP,
the
GPT
iniSalizaSon
method
will
be
unavailable
and
the
IniJalizaJon
Ifoyou
pJons
will
bversion
e
absent.
usesatep
32-bit
of Windows XP, the GPT initialization method will be unavailable and the Initialization
options
will beiniValizaVon
absent.
AFer
selecVng
the
step
required
method
click
Next.
After selecting the required initialization method click Next.
8.5.3
Select
the
unallocated
space
and
click
Create
new
parQQon
in
the
upper
part
of
the
window,
or
right
click
on
Inc.,
the
unallocated
space,
and
select
Create
new
parQQon
in
the
shortcut
menu.
Copyright
Acronis,
2000-2012
Specify
the
following
seXngs
for
the
parVVon
being
created:
16
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Adding A New Hard Disk
Select the unallocated space and click Create new partition in the upper part of the window, or right click
on the unallocated space, and select Create new partition in the shortcut menu.
If
you
allocate
all
unallocated
space
on
the
disk
to
the
new
parVVon,
the
Create
new
parQQon
buWon
If you allocate all unallocated space on the disk to the new partition, the Create new partition button
disappears. disappears.
8.5.3.1
Partition settings
Size
You
can
resize
and
relocate
the
parVVon
being
created.
If
you
want
to
resize
the
parQQon:
Point
the
cursor
at
the
parVVon
border.
If
the
cursor
is
pointed
exactly
at
the
parVVon
border,
it
will
change
into
two
verVcal
lines
with
arrows
on
each
side.
Hold
down
the
leF
mouse
buWon
and
drag
the
selected
parVVon
border
to
enlarge
or
reduce
the
parVVon
size.
You
can
also
set
the
size
of
the
parVVon
manually,
by
typing-in
the
desired
parVVon
size
in
the
17
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Adding A New Hard Disk
Partition Settings
Specify the settings for the partition being created.
Size
You can resize and relocate the partition being created.
If You Want To Resize The Partition:
Point the cursor at the partition border. If the cursor is pointed exactly at the partition border, it will
change into two vertical lines with arrows on each side.
Hold down the left mouse button and drag the selected partition border to enlarge or reduce the
partition size.
You can also set the size of the partition manually, by typing-in the desired partition size in the Partition
Size field.
If You Want To Relocate The Partition:
Point the cursor at the partition. The cursor will change into a crosshair.
Hold down the left mouse button and drag the partition until you get the necessary size of the Free
space before and/or Free space after fields. You can also set the amount of unallocated space before or
after the selected partition by manually typing-in the necessary value in the respective fields.
If you create one or more logical drives, the program will reserve some unallocated space for system needs in front
of the created partition(s). If you create a primary partition or a primary partition together with a logical one then
no unallocated space will be reserved for system needs.
File System
Choose the file system type for the partition being created. Different partitions may have different type of
file system.
You can either leave the partition unformatted, or choose between the following file system types:
NTFS is a Windows NT, Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Vista, and Windows 7 native file system.
Choose it if you use these operating systems. Note, that Windows 95/98/Me and DOS cannot access
NTFS partitions.
FAT 32 is an improved 32-bit version of the FAT file system that supports volumes up to 2 TB.
FAT 16 is a DOS native file system. Most operating systems recognize it. However, if your disk drive is
more than 4 GB, it is not possible to format it in FAT16.
18
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Adding A New Hard Disk
Ext2 is a Linux native file system. It is fast enough, but it is not a journaling file system.
Ext3 officially introduced with Red hat Linux version 7.2, Ext3 is a Linux journaling file system. It is
forwards and backwards compatible with Linux Ext2. It has multiple journaling modes, as well as broad,
cross platform compatibility in both 32-bit and 64-bit architectures.
Ext4 is a new Linux file system. It has improvements in comparison to ext3. It is fully backward
compatible with ext2 and ext 3. However, ext3 has only partial forward compatibility with ext4.
ReiserFS is a journaling file system for Linux. Generally it is more reliable and faster than Ext2. Choose it
for your Linux data partition.
Linux Swap is a swap partition for Linux. Choose it if you want to add more swap space using Linux
Partition Letter
Select a letter to be assigned to the partition being created from the drop-down list. If you select Auto, the
program assigns the first unused drive letter in alphabetical order.
Partition Label
Partition label is a name, assigned to a partition so that you can easily recognize it. For example, one could
be called System a partition with an operating system, Program an application partition, Data a
data partition, etc. Partition label is an optional attribute.
Partition Type (These Settings Are Available Only For MBR Disks)
Choose the type of partition to be created. You can define the new partition as primary or logical.
Primary - choose this parameter if you are planning to boot from this partition. Otherwise, it is better
to create a new partition as a logical drive. You can have only four primary partitions per drive, or three
primary partitions and one extended partition. Note: If you have several primary partitions, only one will
be active at a time, the other primary partitions will be hidden and wont be seen by the OS.
Mark the partition as active - an active partition is used for loading an operating system. Selecting
Active for a partition without an installed operating system could prevent your computer from booting.
Logical - choose this parameter if you dont intend to install and start an operating system from the
partition. A logical drive is part of a physical disk drive that has been partitioned and allocated as an
independent unit, but functions as a separate drive.
When you finish to specify the settings for the partition being created, click Accept to continue. Add new
disk summary
19
Mark
the
parQQon
as
acQve
-
an
acVve
parVVon
is
used
for
loading
an
operaVng
system.
SelecVng
AcVve
for
a
parVVon
without
an
installed
operaVng
system
could
prevent
your
computer
from
booVng.
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Adding A New Hard Disk
Logical
-
choose
this
parameter
if
you
dont
intend
to
install
and
start
an
operaVng
system
from
the
parVVon.
A
logical
drive
is
part
of
a
physical
disk
drive
that
has
been
parVVoned
and
allocated
as
an
independent
unit,
but
funcVons
as
a
separate
drive.
When
you
nish
to
specify
the
seXngs
for
the
parVVon
being
created,
click
Accept
to
conVnue.
Add New Disk Summary
Add new disk summary
The
new diskgsummary
(as rectangles)
information
about
The
Add
new
dAdd
isk
summary
raphically
graphically
(as
rectangles)
illustrates
illustrates
informaVon
about
the
new
the
disk
new disk layout
before and after partitioning.
layout
before
and
aFer
parVVoning.
8.5.4
Click
Proceed
to
start
cto
reaVng
new
parVVon(s).
Click Proceed
start creating
new partition(s).
Click
Cancel
to
cancel
the
procedure
and
quit
to
the
main
program
window.
Click
CancelAto
cancel
theImage
procedure
and quit
to thenew
main
program
AFer
you
click
Proceed,
cronis
True
HD
starts
creaVng
parVVon
or
window.
parVVons,
indicaVng
the
progress
in
ayou
special
indow.
IAcronis
f
you
stop
procedure
by
creating
clicking
Cnew
ancel,
you
wor
ill
hpartitions,
ave
to
indicating the
After
click w
Proceed,
Truethis
Image
HD starts
partition
reparVVon
progress
and
format
t
he
n
ew
d
isk
o
r
r
epeat
t
he
d
isk
a
dd
p
rocedure.
in a special window. If you stop this procedure by clicking Cancel, you will have to repartition and
format the new disk or repeat the disk add procedure.
Before
clicking
the
clicking
Proceed
the
buTon
you
can
use
tyou
he
sidebar
navigate
the
Athrough
dd
New
the
Disk
Add
Wizard
Before
Proceed
button
can useto
the
sidebarthrough
to navigate
Newsteps
Disk
Wizard steps
and
make
changes.
and make changes.
112
20
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Acronis Extended Capacity Manager
8.6
The Acronis
Extended Capacity
Manager allows
your operating system support large capacity disks with
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
the MBRCapacity
partitionMstyle.
Youallows
are able
to ouse
the disk
spacesbeyond
2 TB. This
free space
The
Acronis
Extended
anager
your
peraVng
system
upport
large
capacity
disks
will be recognized
as
a
separate
disk,
and
will
be
usable
by
your
operating
system
and
applications
with
the
MBR
parVVon
style.
You
are
able
to
use
the
disk
space
beyond
2
TB.
This
free
space
wasill
ifbite
was a regular
physical hard disk.
recognized
as
a
separate
disk,
and
will
be
usable
by
your
operaVng
system
and
applicaVons
as
if
it
was
a
regular
physical
hard
disk.
Acronis Extended Capacity Manager wizard displays all hard disks larger than 2 TB (unallocated or with MBR
all
hard
disks
larger
trecognizes
han
2
TB
(unallocated
or
This space is called
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
wizard
displays
partition
style).
You can
see the
disk space
which
Windows
and allocates.
with
MBR
parVVon
style).
You
cCapacity
an
see
the
isk
wizard.
space
which
Windows
recognizes
and
allocates.
This
Windows
Native
indthe
space
is
called
Windows
NaVve
Capacity
in
the
wizard.
The2space
2 TB
displayedCapacity.
as Extended
You
can enable
Extended
Capacity Disks, and
The
space
beyond
TB
is
beyond
displayed
as
is
Extended
You
cCapacity.
an
enable
Extended
Capacity
Disks,
oncetithis
is sdone,
spacevbecomes
to the operating
system
ready
and
once
it
is
done,
pace
this
becomes
isible
to
tvisible
he
operaVng
system
and
ready
and
for
d
isk
for disk management
operations.
management
operaVons.
1. To
start
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager,
select
the
Tools
QliQes
and
tab
utilities
and
then
click
1. To start
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager,
selectand
theuTools
tab
and then click Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager.
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager.
If the
program
does
find
any
MBR
with
2 TB,
displays
a message
that the
If
the
program
does
not
nd
any
not
MBR
disks
with
a
cdisks
apacity
of
amcapacity
ore
than
of
2
Tmore
B,
it
dthan
isplays
a
mitessage
that
entire
disk
space
is
accessible
and
you
do
not
need
to
use
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager.
the
enSre
disk
space
is
accessible
and
you
do
not
need
to
use
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager.
2. Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
shows
the
Extended
Capacity
available
for
available
allocaVon.
2. Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
shows the
Extended
Capacity
for allocation.
3. Click
Allocate
space
to
see
tspace
he
possible
isk
spossible
pace
allocaVon
in
tallocation
he
next
step.
3. Click
Allocate
to seedthe
disk space
in the next step.
AFer
clicking
the
Apply
buWon,
an
Extended
Capacity
Disk
will
be
emulated
on
your
physical
disk.
If
your
physical
disk's
capacity
is
more
than
4
TB
and
your
operaVng
system
does
not
support
the
GPT
parVVon
style,
the
program
creates
several
MBR
Extended
Capacity
Disks.
Note
that
Extended
Capacity
Disks
are
not
bootable,
though
most
of
their
properSes
are
the
same
as
that
of
pCopyright
hysical
dAcronis,
isks. Inc., 2000-2012
21
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Acronis Extended Capacity Manager
After clicking the Apply button, an Extended Capacity Disk will be emulated on your physical disk. If your
physical disks capacity is more than 4 TB and your operating system does not support the GPT partition
style, the program creates several MBR Extended Capacity Disks.
Note that Extended Capacity Disks are not bootable, though most of their properties are the same as that of
physical disks.
4. Click Close to exit the Acronis Extended Capacity Manager.
AFer
allocaVng
After
the
sallocating
pace,
you
the
can
space,
temporarily
switch
o
the
switch
Extended
Capacity
Disks
Capacity
by
clicking
you can
temporarily
off the
Extended
Disks by clicking
Temporary
switch
o
Extended
Capacity
Disks.
TCapacity
his
makes
the
EThis
xtended
Capacity
Disks
invisible
for
Temporary
switch
off Extended
Disks.
makes
the Extended
Capacity
Disks invisible for
disk
management
though
the
disk
space
w
ill
disk
remain
allocated
and
yallocated
ou
will
be
able
to
will
make
disktools,
management
tools,
though
the
space
will remain
and
you
be able to make these
visible
again
To do
this,
start
the Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
and then click
these
parVVons
partitions
visible
again
later.
To
later.
do
this,
start
the
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
and
then
Allocate space.
click
Allocate
space.
To
remove
the
Extended
Capacity
Disks,
click
Remove
Extended
Capacity
Disks
and
then
click
the
To remove the Extended Capacity Disks, click Remove Extended Capacity Disks and then click the Apply
Apply
buWon
in
the
next
step.
These
disks
will
be
removed
from
your
system,
and
the
disk
space
button in the next step. These disks will be removed from your system, and the disk space beyond 2 TB will
beyond
2
TB
will
become
inaccessible.
To
allocate
this
space
later,
you
need
to
start
the
Extended
become inaccessible. To allocate this space later, you need to start the Extended Capacity Manager again
Capacity
Manager
gain
repeat
and
then
the
wizard's
steps.
andathen
therepeat
wizards
steps.
You
will
be
able
to
conVnue
using
the
Extended
Capacity
Disks
even
aFer
uninstalling
Acronis
True
Youuwill
be able toycontinue
using
the
Extended
Capacity
even
after
uninstalling Acronis True Image
Image
HD.
During
ninstallaVon,
ou
will
be
asked
whether
you
want
to
Disks
remove
the
Extended
During
uninstallation,
you
will
be asked
want to remove the Extended Capacity Disk. If
Capacity
Disk.
IHD.
f
you
choose
not
to
remove
the
disk,
it
will
rwhether
emain
uyou
sable.
you choose not to remove the disk, it will remain usable.
8.7
Trim SSD
Trim
SSD
Wizard
lets
you
improve
the
speed
of
write
operaVons
on
a
solid-state
drive
(SSD)
and
miVgate
degradaVon
in
performance.
This
issue
naturally
occurs
as
a
result
of
intensive
or
long
use
of
an
SSD,
and
arises
from
the
way
SSDs
overwrite
and
delete
data.
Like
with
tradiVonal
hard
drives,
if
you
delete
a
le
from
an
SSD,
data
cells
are
simply
agged
as
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
"available
for
use"
instead
of
being
erased.
When
the
operaVng
system
later
performs
a
write
operaVon
to
such
a
cell,
it
actually
becomes
an
overwrite
operaVon
from
the
point
of
view
of
the
storage
device.
For
tradiVonal
hard
drives,
it
is
like
wriVng
to
an
empty
cell.
SSD
cells,
however,
are
22
Trim SSD
Trim SSD Wizard lets you improve the speed of write operations on a solid-state drive (SSD) and mitigate
degradation in performance. This issue naturally occurs as a result of intensive or long use of an SSD, and
arises from the way SSDs overwrite and delete data.
Like with traditional hard drives, if you delete a file from an SSD, data cells are simply flagged as available
for use instead of being erased. When the operating system later performs a write operation to such a cell,
it actually becomes an overwrite operation from the point of view of the storage device. For traditional
hard drives, it is like writing to an empty cell. SSD cells, however, are an exception and need to be erased
before a new write operation can be performed. Due to hardware limitations, the erase operation on an
SSD always affects a block of 512 KB. So, if you need to overwrite 60 KB of previously deleted data with
another 60 KB, the contents of the entire block will be read from the SSD and stored in cache before the
block is effectively erased. Then, the necessary data will be modified in the cached block. Finally, the entire
block will be written back to the SSD. This results in the writing performance being significantly crippled.
In order to avoid this issue, new data is always saved to a new location so long as empty cells are available
on the storage device. Sooner or later, the SSD has no vacant cells, and every write operations initiates the
read-erase-modify-write cycle described above.
Trim SSD Wizard completely purges the data that has been marked as deleted and leaves data cells
empty and ready for new write operations.
Note: The utility uses the standard TRIM command to inform an SSD about blocks of data that are no longer in
use and can be erased. Please make sure that your SSD has necessary firmware to support it.
Trimming an SSD
WARNING! This operation is irreversible. No data recovery will be possible when the operation is
complete.
Trimming an SSD by means of Acronis True Image HD is reasonable only if you use Windows Vista or earlier.
Windows 7 supports the standard TRIM command right out of the box and erases cells as soon as data is
deleted.
23
To trim an SSD:
1. On the sidebar or on the toolbar, click Tools & Utilities and select Trim SSD.
This opens the wizard.
2. From the list of available drives, select the SSD(s) that you want to trim and click Next.
3. Review the summary page and click Proceed.
4. If you have run the wizard under Windows, click Reboot when prompted.
After the reboot, the operation will automatically proceed in the standalone Linux-based environment.
When the operation is complete, the wizard will boot up Windows again.
24
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Security And Privacy Tools
Acronis DriveCleanser
Hard Disk Wiping methods
Acronis DriveCleanser
Many operating systems do not provide users with secure data destruction tools, so deleted files can be
recovered easily by using simple applications. Even a complete disk reformat cannot guarantee permanent
confidential data destruction.
Acronis DriveCleanser solves this problem with guaranteed and permanent data destruction on selected
hard disks and partitions. You can select from a number of data destruction algorithms depending on the
importance of your confidential information.
Be aware that, depending on the total size of selected partitions and the selected data destruction algorithm, the
data destruction may take many hours.
Working with Acronis DriveCleanser
With Acronis DriveCleanser you can perform the following:
25
Acronis
DriveCleanser
solves
this
problem
with
guaranteed
and
permanent
data
destrucVon
on
selected
hard
disks
and
parVVons.
You
can
select
from
a
number
of
data
destrucVon
algorithms
depending
on
the
importance
of
your
condenVal
informaVon.
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Security And Privacy Tools
Be
aware
that,
depending
on
the
total
size
of
selected
parSSons
and
the
selected
data
destrucSon
algorithm,
the
data
destrucSon
may
take
many
hours.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
is based
on a wizard
all hard disk operations, so no data destruction is
Create
and
execute
custom
user
algorithms
of
hard
that
disk
scripts
clean-up.
performedis
until
you
Proceed
inscripts
the wizards
Summary
window. sAt
you can return to the
Acronis
DriveCleanser
based
on
click
a
wizard
that
all
hard
disk
operaVons,
o
any
no
dmoment,
ata
previous
steps
to
select
other
disks,
partitions
or
data
destruction
algorithms.
destrucVon
is
performed
unVl
you
click
Proceed
in
the
wizard's
Summary
window.
At
any
moment,
you
can
return
to
the
previous
steps
to
select
other
disks,
parVVons
or
data
destrucVon
algorithms.
To permanently destroy data on your disk:
To
permanently
destroy
data
on
your
disk:
Click the Tools and utilities tab, and then click Acronis DriveCleanser.
Click
the
Tools
and
uQliQes
tab,
and
then
click
Acronis
DriveCleanser.
Follow the Acronis DriveCleanser wizard steps.
Follow
the
Acronis
DriveCleanser
wizard
steps.
Data selection
Data selection
First,
you tmust
select
the
hard diskwpartitions
where
you
want to
destroy data.
First,
you
must
select
he
hard
disk
parVVons
here
you
w
ant
to
destroy
data.
8.8.1.1
To
select
a
parVVon,
click
the
corresponding
rectangle.
You
will
see
a
red
mark
in
the
upper
right
To select a partition, click the corresponding rectangle. You will see a red mark in the upper right corner
corner
indicaVng
that
the
parVVon
is
selected.
indicating that the partition is selected.
116
You can select an entire hard disk or several disks for data destruction. To do this, click the rectangle
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
corresponding to the hard disk (with a device icon, disk number and capacity).
You can simultaneously select several partitions located on different hard disk drives or on several disks, as
well as unallocated space on disks.
Acronis DriveCleanser cannot wipe partitions on dynamic and GPT disks, so they will not be shown in the Source
selection window.
26
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Security And Privacy Tools
You
can
select
an
enVre
hard
disk
or
several
disks
for
data
destrucVon.
To
do
this,
click
the
rectangle
corresponding
to
the
hard
disk
(with
a
device
icon,
disk
number
and
capacity).
You
can
simultaneously
select
several
parVVons
located
on
dierent
hard
disk
drives
or
on
several
disks,
as
well
as
unallocated
space
on
disks.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
cannot
wipe
parSSons
on
dynamic
and
GPT
disks,
so
they
will
not
be
shown
in
the
Source
selecJon
window.
If the disks
and/or
partitions
you have
selected
disk orypartition,
you
If
the
disks
and/or
parVVons
you
have
selected
include
the
include
system
the
disk
system
or
parVVon,
ou
will
see
a
will see a warning
window.
warning
window.
Be
careful,
because
clicking
OK
in
this
warning
window
and
then
Proceed
in
the
Summary
window
Be careful, because clicking OK in this warning window and then Proceed in the Summary window will
will
result
in
wiping
the
system
parVVon
containing
your
Windows
operaVng
system.
result in wiping the system partition containing your Windows operating system.
8.8.1.2
Algorithm
selection
Algorithm
selection
Acronis
DriveCleanser
uVlizes
a
number
of
athe
most
of
popular
data
destrucVon
algorithms.
algorithms.
Select
the
Select the
Acronis DriveCleanser
utilizes
number
the most
popular
data destruction
desired
algorithm
from thelist.
drop-down list.
desired
algorithm
from
the
drop-down
The data destruction methods are described in detail in Hard Disk Wiping Methods (p. 34) of this guide.
117
27
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Security And Privacy Tools
The
data
destrucVon
methods
are
described
in
detail
in
Hard
Disk
Wiping
Methods
(p.
123)
of
this
guide.
AFer
you
select
an
algorithm,
Acronis
DriveCleanser
will
perform
all
the
acVons
necessary
to
destroy
After you select an algorithm, Acronis DriveCleanser will perform all the actions necessary to destroy the
the
contents
contents
of
the
selected
parVVon
or
disk.
AFer
this
is
done,
you
will
see
a
message
indicaVng
of the selected partition or disk. After this is done, you will see a message indicating successful
successful
data
destrucVon.
data
destruction.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
oers
you
another
useful
capability
to
esVmate
the
results
of
execuVng
a
Acronis
DriveCleanser
offers
useful
capability
to estimate
results
of executing
a data
data
destrucVon
algorithm
on
a
hard
disk
you
or
panother
arVVon.
It
features
an
integrated
Disk
the
Editor
(hard
disk
destruction
algorithm
on
a
hard
disk
or
partition.
It
features
an
integrated
Disk
Editor
(hard
disk
browsing
browsing
tool).
tool).
The
aforemenVoned
algorithms
oer
various
levels
of
condenVal
data
destrucVon.
Thus
the
picture
you
might
see
on
aforementioned
a
disk
or
parVVon
depends
off
on
erthe
data
levels
destrucVon
lgorithm.
But
what
you
Thus the picture you
The
algorithms
various
of confiadential
data
destruction.
actually
see
amight
re
disk
see
sectors
lled
ith
either
zeros
or
on
random
symbols.
on a disk
orwpartition
depends
the data
destruction algorithm. But what you actually see are
disk sectors
filled withoeither
zeros
or random symbols.
CreaQng
custom
algorithms
f
data
destrucQon
Acronis
DriveCleanser
gives
you
the
opportunity
to
create
your
own
algorithms
for
wiping
hard
disks.
Creating custom algorithms of data destruction
Although
the
soFware
includes
several
levels
of
data
destrucVon,
you
can
choose
to
create
your
Acronis DriveCleanser gives you the opportunity to create your own algorithms for wiping hard disks.
own.
This
is
recommended
only
for
includes
users
familiar
ith
the
rinciples
of
data
dyou
estrucVon
used
Although the software
severalwlevels
ofpdata
destruction,
can choose
toin
create your own. This
secure
disk
wisiping
methods. only for users familiar with the principles of data destruction used in secure disk wiping
recommended
methods.
To create a custom hard disk wiping algorithm, select and click the Custom line from the drop-down
list in the Algorithm selection window. In this case some new required steps appear in the DriveCleanser
wizard and you will be able to create a data destruction algorithm matching your security requirements.
28
118
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Security And Privacy Tools
To
create
a
custom
hard
disk
wiping
algorithm,
select
and
click
the
Custom
line
from
the
drop-
down
list
in
the
Algorithm
selecVon
window.
In
this
case
some
new
required
steps
appear
in
the
DriveCleanser
wizard
and
you
will
be
able
to
create
a
data
destrucVon
algorithm
matching
your
security
requirements.
Having
createdmaethod,
customyou
method,
youthe
canalgorithm
save the algorithm
youThis
created.
will be
Having
created
a
custom
can
save
you
created.
will
bThis
e
handy
if
yhandy
ou
if you are
going
use it again.
are
going
to
use
it
toagain.
Loading
aLoading
n
algorithm
from
a
from
le a file
an algorithm
If
you
created
and
saved
and
your
saved
algorithm
for
data
destrucVon
while
working
ith
Acronis
Image
If you
created
your algorithm
for data destruction
whilewworking
withTrue
Acronis
True Image HD
HD
soFware,
y
ou
c
an
u
se
i
t
i
n
t
he
f
ollowing
w
ay:
software, you can use it in the following way:
In
the
Select
algorithm
window,
choose
Load
from
le
from
the
drop-down
list
and
select
the
le
In dthe
algorithm
window,
choose Load
file
from
drop-down
list and select the file with
ata
Select
destrucVon
algorithm
parameters.
By
dfrom
efault,
such
les
the
have
a
*.alg
extension.
with
custom
custom data destruction algorithm parameters. By default, such files have a *.alg extension.
Algorithm
definition
Algorithm
definition
The
Algorithm
deniVon
window
shows
you
a
template
of
the
future
algorithm.
The Algorithm definition window shows you a template of the future algorithm.
The
window
has
the
following
legend:
The
rst
column
of
the
list
contains
the
type
of
operaVon
on
a
disk
(there
The
are
jwindow
ust
two:
has
to
wthe
rite
a
symbol
legend:
to
disk,
The
"wriVng";
and
tof
o
vthe
erify
riWen,
"vericaVon");
the
following
first column
listwcontains
the type of operation
on a
disk (there
aretjust
to owrite
a symbol
disk,to
writing;
he
ptwo:
aWern
f
data
to
be
wto
riWen
disk. and to verify written, verification); the second
second
column
contains
column
contains
the
pattern
of
data
to
be
written
to
disk. a
value
of
this
kind:
0x00,
The
paWern
to
be
wriWen
is
always
a
hexadecimal
value,
for
example,
0xAA,
or
0xCD,
etc.
These
values
are
1
byte
long,
but
they
may
be
up
to
512
bytes
long.
Except
for
The pattern to be written is always a hexadecimal value, for example, a value of this kind: 0x00, 0xAA, or
such
values,
you
may
enter
a
random
hexadecimal
value
of
any
length
(up
to
512
bytes).
Your
0xCD, etc. These values are 1 byte long, but they may be up to 512 bytes long. Except for such values,
designated
the
bytes).
complementary
algorithm
myou
ay
amay
lso
ienter
nclude
one
more
value
for
wvalue
riVng
of
that
is
a random
hexadecimal
any length
(up toas
512
Your algorithm may also
value
the
v
alue
t
hat
i
s
c
omplementary
t
o
t
he
o
ne
w
riWen
t
o
d
isk
d
uring
t
he
p
revious
pass. the value that is
include one more value for writing that is designated as the complementary value
complementary to the one written to disk during the previous pass.
If
the
binary
Ifvalue
is
represented
by
the
10001010
sequence,
the
complementary
binary
value
w
ill
value will be
the binary
value is represented
by the(0x8A)
10001010
(0x8A)then
sequence,
then the complementary
binary
be
represented
b
y
t
he
0
1110101
(
0x75)
s
equence.
represented by the 01110101 (0x75) sequence.
119Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
29
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Security And Privacy Tools
The Algorithm definition window offers you the template for the algorithm only. You should define exactly
what the software should write to disk to destroy the confidential data according to your algorithm.
To do this, click your mouse on the line representing pass #1 and click Edit.
Wiping pass adjustment
The Wiping Pass Adjustment window allows you to define the pattern to be written to disk (hexadecimal
value).
This is what the window control elements mean: You may enter any hexadecimal value into the field under
the Write pattern switch to write it to a hard disk during any pass (during the first pass in this case).
By setting the switch to Write a random number position, you will first select to write a random value to
disk, and specify the length of the random value in bytes in the field below.
The U.S. standard provides the writing of random values to each byte of each disk sector during the first
pass, so set the switch to Write a random number position and enter 1 into the field.
Click the OK button to continue.
You will be taken to the algorithm definition window again and will see that the former record (write 00)
was replaced by write random, 1 byte.
To define the next pass, click the Add button.
You will see the already-familiar window, but this time there will be more switch positions available: two
additional positions will be available for selection:
Write complementary to previous pass pattern: As during the second pass of the U.S. standard, each disk
sector is filled with hexadecimal values that are complementary to those written during the previous
pass. Therefore you should set the switch to the Write complementary to previous pass pattern position
and click the OK button.
You will be taken to the algorithm definition window again. In this window, the second record looks like
this: write complementary to previous step pattern.
Verify
Following the U.S. data destruction standard specification, define third and fourth data overwriting passes.
In the same way, you can create any data destruction algorithm to match your security requirements.
30
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Security And Privacy Tools
8.8.1.3
8.8.1.4
Click the Cancel buWon to exit the wizard without performing any operaVons.
31
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Security And Privacy Tools
Dierent
algorithms
oer
various
levels
off
of
ercondenVal
data
estrucVon.
Thus
destruction.
the
picture
yThus
ou
mthe
ight
Diff
erent
algorithms
various levels
of dconfi
dential data
picture you might see
ee
on
a
disk
or
parVVon
d
epends
o
n
t
he
d
ata
d
estrucVon
m
ethod.
B
ut
w
hat
y
ou
a
ctually
s
ee
a
re
on a disk or partition depends on the data destruction method. But what you actually see are disk sectors
lledeither
with zeither
or random
symbols.
disk
sectors
lled
wfiith
eros
ozeros
r
random
symbols.
The
Search
menu
allows
you
to
search
a
hard
disk
for
a
line
and
to
go
to
a
disk
sector
according
to
its
absolute
oset.
SelecVng
the
Search
item
in
the
same
menu
will
give
you
access
to
funcVons
of
searching
lines
in
the
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
disk
being
edited.
(You
can
do
the
same
by
pressing
the
Ctrl
+
F
key
combinaVon.)
Search
parameters
are
set
in
the
Search
dialog
window.
To begin searching:
32
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Security And Privacy Tools
A search line can be set both as a char (Text field), and numeric (hexadecimal) value (Hex field). When
you type text in the Text field, it will be automatically converted to hexadecimal value in the Hex field,
and vice versa.
Check the Case sensitive parameter to consider a letter case. If you selected a search mode without
letter case matching, not only the case but also elements of the above characters will be ignored for
Roman character sets.
Check the Search at sector offset parameter to search for a given line at a given offset inside the sector
Click OK to begin searching. After the search process is finished, the current position will be moved to
where a line was found, or will remain the same if no lines were found. You can search for the next line from
the current position by selecting the Search again item in the Search menu or by pressing the F3 key.
Go to sector
You can go to the necessary sector according to its absolute offset by selecting the Go to line in the
Search menu (or by pressing the Alt+P key combination). Selecting this line opens the Go to dialog
window.
The transition is performed by entering the absolute sector offset, or cylinder, head, and sector numbers.
The listed parameters are bound by this expression:
(CYL x HDS + HD) x SPT + SEC 1
Where CYL, HD, SEC are numbers of the cylinder, head, sector in the CHS co-ordinates (Cylinder Head
Sector); HDS is the number of heads per disk, SPT is the number of sectors per track.
You can return to a sector from another one by selecting the Back item in the Search menu (or by
pressing the Ctrl+Backspace key combination).
33
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Security And Privacy Tools
34
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Security And Privacy Tools
The detailed theory of guaranteed information wiping is described in an article by Peter Gutmann.
Please see:
Secure Deletion of Data from Magnetic and Solid-State Memory at http://www.cs.auckland.
ac.nz/~pgut001/pubs/secure_del.html.
Information wiping methods used by Acronis
The table below briefly describes information wiping methods used by Acronis. Each description features
the number of hard disk sector passes along with the number(s) written to each sector byte.
The description of built-in information wiping methods
No.
Passes
Record
German: VSITR
35
Fast
35
Mounting an Image
Acronis True Image HD offers mounting for images and exploring for both images and file-level backups.
Exploring images and file-level backups lets you view their contents and copy the selected files to a
hard disk. To explore a backup in Windows Explorer, double-click on the corresponding tib file. You can also
right-click on the file and choose Explore in the shortcut menu.
When you copy files from a backup being explored, the copied files lose the Compressed and Encrypted
attribute. If you need to keep these attributes, it is recommended to recover the backup.
Mounting images as virtual drives lets you access them as though they were physical drives. Such ability
means that:
a new disk with its own letter will appear in the drives list
using Windows Explorer and other file managers, you can view the image contents as if they were
located on a physical disk or partition
you will be able to use the virtual disk in the same way as the real one: open, save, copy, move, create,
delete files or folders. If necessary, the image can be mounted in read-only mode.
The operations described in this section are supported only for the FAT and NTFS file systems.
Please keep in mind that, though both file backups and disk/partition images have a default .tib extension,
only images can be mounted. If you want to view file backup contents, use the Explore operation.
36
using
Windows
Explorer
and
other
le
managers,
you
can
view
the
image
contents
as
if
they
were
located
on
a
physical
disk
or
parVVon
you
will
be
able
to
use
the
virtual
disk
in
the
same
way
as
the
real
one:
open,
save,
copy,
move,
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Mounting An Image
create,
delete
les
or
folders.
If
necessary,
the
image
can
be
mounted
in
read-only
mode.
The operaSons described in this secSon are supported only for the FAT and NTFS le systems.
Please
keep
in
mind
that,
though
both
le
backups
and
disk/parVVon
images
have
a
default
".Vb"
extension,
only
images
can
be
mounted.
If
you
want
to
view
le
backup
contents,
use
the
Explore
operaVon.
125
If you selected a backup containing incremental images, you can select one of the successive incremental
Acronis,
images (also called backup versions) by its creation Copyright
date/time.Thus,
youInc.,
can2000-2012
explore the data state at a
certain moment.
To mount an incremental image, you must have all previous backup versions and the initial full backup. If
any of the successive backups are missing, mounting is not possible.
If the backup was password-protected, Acronis True Image HD will ask for the password in a dialog box.
Neither the partitions layout will be shown, nor will the Next button be enabled until you enter the correct
password.
37
If
you
selected
a
backup
containing
incremental
images,
you
can
select
one
of
the
successive
incremental
images
(also
called
"backup
versions")
by
its
creaVon
date/Vme.
Thus,
you
can
explore
the
data
state
at
a
certain
moment.
To
mount
an
incremental
image,
you
must
have
all
previous
backup
versions
and
the
iniVal
full
backup.
If
any
of
the
successive
backups
are
missing,
mounVng
is
not
possible.
If
the
backup
was
password-protected,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
will
ask
for
the
password
in
a
dialog
box.
Neither
the
parVVons
layout
will
be
shown,
nor
will
the
Next
buWon
be
enabled
unVl
you
enter
the
correct
password.
3. Select
a
parVVon
to
mount
as
a
virtual
disk.
(Note
that
you
cannot
mount
an
image
of
the
enVre
disk
except
in
the
case
when
the
disk
consists
of
one
parVVon).
If
the
image
contains
several
3. Select a partition to mount as a virtual disk. (Note that you cannot mount an image of the entire disk
parVVons,
by
default
all
of
them
will
be
selected
for
mounVng
with
automaVcally
assigned
drive
except in the case when the disk consists of one partition). If the image contains several partitions, by
leWers.
If
you
default
would
all
like
o
assign
ierent
drive
eWers
to
the
parVVons
to
be
assigned
mounted,
click
letters. If you would like
oftthem
willdbe
selected
forlmounting
with
automatically
drive
OpQons.
to assign different drive letters to the partitions to be mounted, click Options.
126
You
can
also
select
a
leWer
to
be
assigned
to
the
virtual
disk
from
the
Mount
leRer
drop-down
list.
If
you
do
not
want
to
mount
a
parVVon,
select
Do
not
mount
in
the
list
or
clear
the
parVVon's
check
box.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
38
You
can
also
select
a
leWer
to
be
assigned
to
the
virtual
disk
from
the
Mount
leRer
drop-down
You can also select a letter to be assigned to the virtual disk from the Mount letter drop-down list. If you
list.
If
you
do
not
want
to
mount
a
parVVon,
select
Do
not
mount
in
the
list
or
clear
the
do not want to mount a partition, select Do not mount in the list or clear the partitions check box.
parVVon's
check
box.
4. Having
nished
the
seXngs,
click
Proceed
to
connect
the
selected
parVVon
images
as
virtual
4. Having finished the settings, click Proceed to connect the selected partition images as virtual disks.
disks.
127
5. After the image is connected, the program will run Windows Explorer, showing its contents. Now you
can work with files or folders as if they were located onCopyright
a real disk.
Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
39
. AFer
the
image
is
connected,
the
program
will
run
Windows
Explorer,
showing
its
contents.
Now
you
can
work
with
les
or
folders
as
if
they
were
located
on
a
real
disk.
Unmounting
image
8.10 Unmounting
ananimage
We
recommend
you unmount
the
disk oafter
all necessary
operations
We
recommend
that
you
unmount
tthat
he
virtual
disk
aFer
all
virtual
necessary
peraVons
are
nished,
as
are finished, as
maintaining
virtual
disks
takes
considerable
system
resources.
If
you
do
not
unmount
maintaining
virtual
disks
takes
considerable
system
resources.
If
you
do
not
unmount
the
disk,
it
will
the disk, it will
after
your computer
is turned off.
isappear
aFer
your
disappear
computer
is
turned
o.
you
have
mounted
several
parVVons,
by
default
all
of
them
will
be
selected
for
unmounVng.
You
you have
mounted
several
partitions, oby
default
ofdthem
bemselected
an
disconnect
all
mIfounted
drives
together
or
disconnect
nly
those
all
you
o
not
will
need
ounted
for unmounting. You can
disconnect all mounted drives together or disconnect only those you do not need mounted anymore.
nymore.
ou
can
also
do
this
in
Windows
Explorer
by
right-clicking
on
the
disk
icon
and
choosing
Unmount.
You can also do this in Windows Explorer by right-clicking on the disk icon and choosing Unmount.
For additional
information
regarding cloning procedures or frequently asked questions, please visit:
8.11 Working
with vhd
files
In this section
ou
may
have
vhd
les
if
you
used
the
Windows
Backup
uVlity
included
into
Windows
Vista
and
Windows
7
for
backing
up
the
system
hard
drive.
When you need to recover your system using a vhd backup le, proceed as follows:
. Arrange
the
boot
order
in
BIOS
so
as
to
make
your
rescue
media
device
(CD,
DVD
or
USB
sVck)
the
rst
boot
device.
See
Arranging
boot
order
in
BIOS
(p.
65).
28
2013 Kingston Technology Corporation, 17600 Newhope Street, Fountain Valley, CA 92708 USA.
All rights reserved. All trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Contenido
Clonacin De Un disco Duro 3
Informacin general 3
Seguridad 4
User's Guide
Mtodo de movimiento 7
Elementos a excluir 8
Particin manual 11
Resumen de clonacin 13
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Clonacin De Un disco Duro
Para
crear
una
imagen
ISO,
tambin
debe
especicar
sus
parmetros
:
Dividir
en:
escoja
si
desea
que
el
programa
divida
la
imagen
ISO
resultante
en
mlXples
archivos
.iso
de
un
tamao
determinado.
Clonacin
disco duro
Una
vez
que
hde
aya
un
seleccionado
el
disposiXvo,
haga
clic
en
Crear
para
comenzar
a
crear
el
disposiXvo.
En esta seccin
Clonacin
8.4
Informacin
general
de un disco duro
En
Seguridad
esta seccin
Informacin
Seleccionar geleneral...............................................................................103
modo de clonacin
Seguridad................................................................................................104
Seleccin de un disco de origen
Seleccionar
el
modo
de
clonacin..........................................................104
Seleccin
Seleccionar
de
un
un
ddisco
isco
dde
e
odestino
rigen.............................................................105
Seleccionar
Mtodo deumovimiento
n
disco
de
desXno.............................................................106
de
m
Mtodo
Elementos
a ovimiento.........................................................................106
excluir
Elementos
a
excluir................................................................................107
Particin manual
ParXcin
manual.....................................................................................109
Resumen
Resumendde
clonacin
e
clonacin...........................................................................111
8.4.1
Informacin general
Puede
considerar
que
su
disco
duro
no
Xene
suciente
espacio
para
el
sistema
operaXvo
y
las
aplicaciones
instaladas,
lo
cual
no
le
permite
actualizar
su
soFware
o
instalar
aplicaciones
nuevas.
En
tal
caso,
debe
transferir
el
sistema
a
un
disco
duro
con
mayor
capacidad.
Para
transferir
el
sistema,
deber
primero
instalar
el
nuevo
disco
en
el
equipo.
Si
su
equipo
no
Xene
espacio
para
otro
disco
duro,
puede
instalarlo
temporalmente
en
lugar
de
su
unidad
de
CD
o
usar
una
conexin
USB
2.0
al
disco
externo
objeXvo.
Si
no
es
posible,
puede
clonar
un
disco
duro
al
crear
una
imagen
de
disco
y
recuperarla
a
un
nuevo
disco
duro
con
parXciones
ms
grandes.
En
las
pantallas
del
programa,
las
parOciones
daadas
estn
marcadas
con
una
cruz
blanca
dentro
de
un
crculo
rojo
del
mismo
en
la
esquina
superior
izquierda.
Antes
de
comenzar
la
clonacin,
deber
vericar
si
existen
errores
en
los
discos
y
corregirlos
con
las
herramientas
apropiadas
del
sistema
operaOvo.
Para
obtener
mejores
resultados,
instale
la
unidad
de
desXno
(nueva)
en
donde
planea
uXlizarlo
y
la
unidad
de
origen
en
otra
ubicacin,
p.ej.
en
un
disposiXvo
USB
externo.
Esta
recomendacin
es
especialmente
importante
para
los
portXles.
Le
recomendamos
encarecidamente
que,
como
precaucin
de
seguridad,
cree
una
copia
de
seguridad
de
todo
el
disco
original.
Podra
salvar
sus
datos
si
surge
algn
Opo
de
problema
con
su
disco
duro
original
durante
el
proceso
de
clonacin.
Para
obtener
informacin
sobre
cmo
crear
una
copia
de
seguridad
de
este
Opo,
consulte
Copias
de
seguridad
de
discos
y
parOciones
(pg.
33).
Tras
crear
la
copia
de
seguridad,
asegrese
de
validarla.
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Clonacin De Un disco Duro
8.4.2
Seguridad
8.4.3
Si
el
programa
encuentra
dos
discos,
uno
parOcionado
y
otro
no,
reconocer
automOcamente
el
disco
parOcionado
como
disco
de
origen
y
el
disco
sin
parOcionar
como
disco
de
desOno.
En
dicho
caso,
los
siguientes
pasos
se
omiOrn
y
pasar
a
la
pantalla
de
Resumen
de
la
clonacin.
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Clonacin De Un disco Duro
8.4.4
Columnas:
selecciona
las
columnas
que
se
mostrarn.
Puede
cambiar
el
ancho
de
una
columna
al
arrastrar
los
bordes
con
el
ratn.
Propiedades
del
disco
(duplicada
en
el
men
contextual,
se
abre
al
hacer
clic
con
el
botn
derecho
del
ratn
sobre
objetos):
muestra
la
parXcin
seleccionada
o
la
ventana
de
propiedades
del
disco.
Esta
ventana
conXene
dos
paneles.
El
panel
izquierdo
conXene
el
rbol
de
propiedades,
mientras
que
el
derecho
describe
la
propiedad
seleccionada
de
forma
detallada.
La
informacin
del
disco
incluye
los
parmetros
Dsicos
(Xpo
de
conexin,
Xpo
de
disposiXvo,
tamao,
etc.);
la
informacin
de
la
parXcin
incluye
tanto
parmetros
Dsicos
(sectores,
ubicacin,
etc.)
como
lgicos
(sistema
de
archivos,
espacio
libre,
letra
asignada,
etc.).
105
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Clonacin De Un disco Duro
8.4.5
En
este
punto,
el
programa
verica
si
el
disco
de
desXno
est
libre.
De
no
ser
as,
aparecer
una
ventana
de
Conrmacin
donde
se
le
explicar
que
el
disco
de
desXno
conXene
parXciones,
posiblemente
con
datos
Xles.
Para
conrmar
la
eliminacin
de
las
parXciones,
haga
clic
en
Aceptar.
Tenga
en
cuenta
que
no
se
realizarn
cambios
reales
ni
se
destruirn
datos.
Por
ahora,
el
programa
simplemente
preparar
la
clonacin.
Todos
los
cambios
se
implementarn
cuando
haga
clic
en
Con?nuar.
Si
alguno
de
los
discos
no
est
parOcionado,
el
programa
lo
reconocer
automOcamente
como
disco
de
desOno
y
omiOr
este
paso.
8.4.6
Mtodo de movimiento
Al
seleccionar
el
modo
de
clonacin
manual,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
le
ofrecer
los
siguientes
mtodos
de
transferencia
de
datos:
Tal
cual
est:
se
crear
una
parXcin
nueva
para
cada
disco
anXguo
con
el
mismo
Xpo
y
tamao,
sistema
de
archivos
y
eXqueta.
El
espacio
no
uXlizado
se
converXr
en
espacio
no
asignado.
106
Si
alguno
de
los
discos
no
est
parOcionado,
el
programa
lo
reconocer
automOcamente
como
disco
de
desOno
y
omiOr
este
paso.
8.4.6
Mtodo de movimiento
Al
seleccionar
el
modo
de
clonacin
manual,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
le
ofrecer
los
siguientes
mtodos
de
transferencia
de
datos:
Tal
cual
est:
se
crear
una
parXcin
nueva
para
cada
disco
anXguo
con
el
mismo
Xpo
y
tamao,
sistema
de
archivos
y
eXqueta.
El
espacio
no
uXlizado
se
converXr
en
espacio
no
asignado.
106
Si
elige
transferir
la
informacin
"tal
como
est",
se
crear
una
parXcin
nueva
para
todas
los
anteriores
con
el
mismo
tamao
y
Xpo,
sistema
de
archivos
y
eXqueta.
El
espacio
no
uXlizado
se
converXr
en
espacio
no
asignado.
Despus
podr
uXlizarlo
para
crear
parXciones
nuevas
o
para
ampliar
las
existentes
con
herramientas
especiales,
como,
por
ejemplo,
Acronis
Disk
Director
Suite.
Como
norma
general,
no
se
recomiendan
las
transferencias
del
Xpo
"tal
como
est"
ya
que
dejan
demasiado
espacio
no
asignado
en
el
disco
nuevo.
Con
el
mtodo
"tal
como
est",
Acronis
True
Image
HD
transere
sistemas
de
archivos
no
admiXdos
y
daados.
Si
transere
datos
proporcionalmente,
cada
parXcin
aumentar
segn
la
proporcin
de
las
capacidades
del
disco
anXguo
y
del
nuevo.
Las
parXciones
FAT16
se
agrandan
menos
que
otras,
ya
que
Xenen
un
lmite
de
tamao
de
4
GB.
Segn
la
combinacin
seleccionada,
se
proceder
a
la
ventana
de
resumen
de
la
clonacin
o
al
paso
de
Cambiar
la
distribucin
del
disco
(consulte
a
conXnuacin).
8.4.7
Elementos a excluir
En
la
seccin
Qu
excluir,
puede
congurar
las
exclusiones
para
los
archivos
y
las
carpetas
que
no
desea
incluir
en
el
clon
del
disco.
1. Para
crear
una
lista
de
elementos
para
excluir,
realice
una
de
las
siguientes
cosas:
Copyright Acronis, Inc.,2000-2012En
la
pestaa
Excluir
por
archivos
y
carpetas,
seleccione
los
archivos
y
carpetas
con
Si
elige
transferir
la
informacin
"tal
como
est",
se
crear
una
parXcin
nueva
para
todas
los
anteriores
con
el
mismo
tamao
y
Xpo,
sistema
de
archivos
y
eXqueta.
El
espacio
no
uXlizado
se
converXr
en
espacio
no
asignado.
Despus
podr
uXlizarlo
para
crear
parXciones
nuevas
o
para
User Manual
for
Acronis
Imageespeciales,
HD: Clonacin
Un disco
ampliar
las
existentes
con
True
herramientas
como,
por
eDe
jemplo,
Acronis
DDuro
isk
Director
Suite.
Como
norma
general,
no
se
recomiendan
las
transferencias
del
Xpo
"tal
como
est"
ya
que
dejan
demasiado
espacio
no
asignado
en
el
disco
nuevo.
Con
el
mtodo
"tal
como
est",
Acronis
True
Image
HD
transere
sistemas
de
archivos
no
admiXdos
y
daados.
Si
transere
datos
proporcionalmente,
cada
parXcin
aumentar
segn
la
proporcin
de
las
capacidades
del
disco
anXguo
y
del
nuevo.
Las
parXciones
FAT16
se
agrandan
menos
que
otras,
ya
que
Xenen
un
lmite
de
tamao
de
4
GB.
Segn
la
combinacin
seleccionada,
se
proceder
a
la
ventana
de
resumen
de
la
clonacin
o
al
paso
de
Cambiar
la
distribucin
del
disco
(consulte
a
conXnuacin).
8.4.7
Elementos a excluir
En
la
seccin
Qu
excluir,
puede
congurar
las
exclusiones
para
los
archivos
y
las
carpetas
que
no
desea
incluir
en
el
clon
del
disco.
1. Para
crear
una
lista
de
elementos
para
excluir,
realice
una
de
las
siguientes
cosas:
En
la
pestaa
Excluir
por
archivos
y
carpetas,
seleccione
los
archivos
y
carpetas
con
un
explorador
de
archivos
normal;
107
Recuerde
que
si
selecciona
o
de
alguna
manera
especica
excluir
un
archivo
que
posee
enlaces
duros
NTFS,
tambin
debe
seleccionar/especicar
excluir
estos
enlaces
duros
del
clon.
De
lo
contrario,
el
archivo
no
se
excluir
y
aparecer
en
el
disco
de
desXno
despus
de
la
clonacin.
Nota:
al
excluir
archivos,
el
programa
calcula
el
tamao
de
los
elementos
excluidos
y
comprueba
si
los
datos
clonados
entrarn
en
el
disco
de
desOno.
Tenga
paciencia
porque
este
proceso
puede
demorar
varios
minutos
en
completarse.
disco
de
desXno.
Para
resolver
este
problema,
intente
excluir
ms
elementos
del
clon
y
despus
haga
clic
en
Siguiente.
Si
fuera
necesario,
repita
esta
operacin
varias
veces
hasta
que
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Clonacin De Un disco Duro
Recuerde
que
si
selecciona
o
de
alguna
manera
especica
excluir
un
archivo
que
posee
enlaces
duros
NTFS,
tambin
debe
seleccionar/especicar
excluir
estos
enlaces
duros
del
clon.
De
lo
contrario,
el
archivo
no
se
excluir
y
aparecer
en
el
disco
de
desXno
despus
de
la
clonacin.
Nota:
al
excluir
archivos,
el
programa
calcula
el
tamao
de
los
elementos
excluidos
y
comprueba
si
los
datos
clonados
entrarn
en
el
disco
de
desOno.
Tenga
paciencia
porque
este
proceso
puede
demorar
varios
minutos
en
completarse.
La
canXdad
de
datos
que
se
va
a
clonar
del
disco
de
origen
excede
la
capacidad
disponible
del
disco
de
desXno.
Para
resolver
este
problema,
intente
excluir
ms
elementos
del
clon
y
despus
haga
clic
en
Siguiente.
Si
fuera
necesario,
repita
esta
operacin
varias
veces
hasta
que
desaparezca
el
mensaje
de
advertencia.
Ejemplos de exclusin
Los
archivos
y
las
carpetas
del
disco
de
origen
pueden
excluirse
del
clon
tanto
individualmente
como
por
lotes
segn
un
patrn.
Dicho
patrn
puede
ser
un
nombre
de
archivo
o
carpeta,
o
una
mscara
de
archivo
denida
con
caracteres
comodn
comunes:
*
?
Si fuera necesario, puede introducir varios criterios en la misma lnea al separarlos con puntos y
108
Copyright Acronis,
Inc.
coma.
Por
ejemplo,
para
excluir
los
archivos
con
las
extensiones
.gif
y
.bmp,
puede
escribir
*.gif,
*.bmp.
Ejemplo
Descripcin
Por nombre
F.log
Por
ruta
de
archivo
Por
ruta
de
carpeta
C:\Finance\F\
(?)
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Clonacin De Un disco Duro
Si
fuera
necesario,
puede
introducir
varios
criterios
en
la
misma
lnea
al
separarlos
con
puntos
y
coma.
Por
ejemplo,
para
excluir
los
archivos
con
las
extensiones
.gif
y
.bmp,
puede
escribir
*.gif,
*.bmp.
La
tabla
a
conXnuacin
muestra
varios
ejemplos
de
exclusin.
Patrn
Ejemplo
Descripcin
Por nombre
F.log
Por
ruta
de
archivo
Por
ruta
de
carpeta
C:\Finance\F\
Excluye
todos
los
archivos
.log
cuyos
nombres
contengan
cuatro
smbolos
y
comiencen
con
"F"
Excluye
todos
los
archivos
y
las
carpetas
cuyos
nombres
comiencen
con
"F"
(como
carpetas
F,
F1
y
archivos
F.log,
F1.log)
Los
comodines
en
una
mscara
pueden
representar
solo
partes
de
nombres
de
un
archivo
o
carpeta,
y
no
pueden
susOtuir
a
parte
de
la
ruta
del
archivo.
Las
subcarpetas
siempre
deben
especicarse
explcitamente
con
una
barra
inverOda,
"\").
Por
ejemplo,
para
excluir
todos
los
archivos
en
un
directorio
C:\Archivos de
programas\Acronis\TrueImageHome\
que
poseen
"Qt"
en
el
nombre
de
archivo,
puede
uOlizar
la
siguiente
lnea:
*\Prog*\Acr*\True*\*Qt*.??? .
8.4.8
Particin manual
10
109
(*)
F*
Excluye
todos
los
archivos
y
las
carpetas
cuyos
nombres
comiencen
con
"F"
(como
carpetas
F,
F1
y
archivos
F.log,
F1.log)
Excluye
todos
los
archivos
.log
cuyos
nombres
contengan
cuatro
smbolos
y
(?)
on
"F"Clonacin De Un disco Duro
User Manual
for Acronis Truecomiencen
Image cHD:
Los
comodines
en
una
mscara
pueden
representar
solo
partes
de
nombres
de
un
archivo
o
carpeta,
y
no
pueden
susOtuir
a
parte
de
la
ruta
del
archivo.
Las
subcarpetas
siempre
deben
especicarse
explcitamente
con
una
barra
inverOda,
"\").
Por
ejemplo,
para
excluir
todos
los
archivos
en
un
directorio
C:\Archivos de
programas\Acronis\TrueImageHome\
que
poseen
"Qt"
en
el
nombre
de
archivo,
puede
uOlizar
la
siguiente
lnea:
*\Prog*\Acr*\True*\*Qt*.??? .
8.4.8
Particin manual
Junto
con
el
nmero
del
disco
duro,
podr
ver
la
capacidad
del
disco,
la
eXqueta,
el
volumen
e
informacin
sobre
el
sistema
de
archivos.
Los
Xpos
de
volumen,
es
decir,
primario,
lgico
y
el
espacio
no
asignado
vienen
idenXcados
con
colores
disXntos.
109
Para
cambiar
el
tamao,
cambiar
el
Xpo
de
volumen
o
cambiar
la
eXqueta
del
volumen
existente,
haga
clic
con
el
botn
secundario
sobre
la
misma
y
seleccione
Editar
en
el
men
de
acceso
directo.
Esto
abrir
la
ventana
Conguracin
de
la
parXcin.
Puede
hacer
esto
al
introducir
los
valores
en
los
campos
Espacio
libre
antes,
Tamao
de
parNcin,
Espacio
libre
despus,
para
lo
que
deber
arrastrar
los
bordes
de
la
parXcin
o
la
parXcin
misma.
11
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Clonacin De Un disco Duro
Para
cambiar
el
tamao,
cambiar
el
Xpo
de
volumen
o
cambiar
la
eXqueta
del
volumen
existente,
haga
clic
con
el
botn
secundario
sobre
la
misma
y
seleccione
Editar
en
el
men
de
acceso
directo.
Esto
abrir
la
ventana
Conguracin
de
la
parXcin.
Puede
hacer
esto
al
introducir
los
valores
en
los
campos
Espacio
libre
antes,
Tamao
de
parNcin,
Espacio
libre
despus,
para
lo
que
deber
arrastrar
los
bordes
de
la
parXcin
o
la
parXcin
misma.
Si
el
cursor
se
convierte
en
dos
lneas
verXcales
con
echas
izquierdas
y
derechas,
se
apunta
al
marco
de
la
parXcin
y
lo
puede
arrastrar
para
aumentar
o
reducir
el
tamao
de
la
parXcin.
Si
el
cursor
se
convierte
en
cuatro
echas,
apunta
hacia
la
parXcin
para
poder
moverlo
hacia
la
izquierda
o
derecha
(si
hay
espacio
no
asignado
cerca).
Una
vez
que
determine
la
ubicacin
y
el
tamao
nuevos,
haga
clic
en
Aceptar.
Volver
a
la
pantalla
Cambiar
la
distribucin
del
disco.
Es
posible
que
deba
realizar
otros
cambios
de
tamao
y
ubicacin
antes
de
obtener
la
distribucin
deseada.
110
Cuidado!
Si
hace
clic
en
cualquiera
de
los
pasos
anteriores
del
asistente
en
la
barra
lateral
de
esta
ventana,
restablecer
todos
los
cambios
de
tamao
y
ubicacin
que
haya
seleccionado,
de
forma
que
deber
especicarlos
nuevamente.
8.4.9
Resumen de clonacin
12
Una
vez
que
determine
la
ubicacin
y
el
tamao
nuevos,
haga
clic
en
Aceptar.
Volver
a
la
pantalla
Cambiar
la
distribucin
del
disco.
Es
posible
que
deba
realizar
otros
cambios
de
tamao
y
ubicacin
antes
de
obtener
la
distribucin
deseada.
User Manual
for Acronis True Image HD: Clonacin De Un disco Duro
Si
hace
clic
en
Siguiente,
aparecer
la
ventana
Resumen
de
clonacin.
Cuidado!
Si
hace
clic
en
cualquiera
de
los
pasos
anteriores
del
asistente
en
la
barra
lateral
de
esta
ventana,
restablecer
todos
los
cambios
de
tamao
y
ubicacin
que
haya
seleccionado,
de
forma
que
deber
especicarlos
nuevamente.
8.4.9
Resumen de clonacin
Para
clonar
un
disco
que
conXene
el
sistema
operaXvo
actualmente
acXvo
es
necesario
reiniciar.
En
ese
caso,
despus
de
hacer
clic
en
ConNnuar
se
le
solicitar
que
conrme
el
rearranque.
Si
cancela
el
rearranque,
se
cancelar
todo
el
proceso.
Una
vez
que
el
proceso
de
clonacin
nalice,
se
le
ofrecer
la
opcin
de
apagar
el
equipo
al
pulsar
cualquier
tecla.
Esto
le
permite
cambiar
la
posicin
de
los
puentes
maestros/esclavos
y
eliminar
uno
de
los
discos
duros.
La
clonacin
de
un
disco
sin
el
sistema
o
de
un
disco
que
contenga
un
sistema
operaXvo
que
no
est
acXvo
conXnuar
sin
necesidad
reiniciar.
Despus
de
hacer
clic
en
ConNnuar,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
empezar
a
clonar
el
disco
anXguo
en
el
disco
nuevo
y
se
indicar
el
progreso
en
una
ventana
especial.
Puede
detener
este
proceso
al
hacer
clic
en
Cancelar.
En
dicho
caso,
deber
volver
a
parXcionar
y
formatear
el
disco
nuevo
o
repeXr
el
proceso
de
clonacin.
Una
vez
que
la
operacin
de
clonacin
haya
nalizado,
ver
el
mensaje
de
resultados.
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
111
13
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Adicin De Un Disco Duro Nuevo
Haga
clic
en
la
pestaa
Herramientas
y
uNlidades
y,
a
conXnuacin,
haga
clic
en
Agregar
disco
nuevo
Si
dispone
de
una
versin
de
32
bits
de
Windows
XP,
el
asistente
no
presentar
el
paso
Opciones
de
inicializacin
porque
este
sistema
operaOvo
no
es
compaOble
con
discos
GPT.
En esta seccin
8.5.1
Seleccione
el
disco
que
ha
agregado
al
equipo.
Si
ha
agregado
varios
discos,
seleccione
uno
de
ellos
y
haga
clic
en
Siguiente
para
conXnuar.
Puede
agregar
otros
discos
posteriormente
al
reiniciar
el
Asistente
para
agregar
un
disco
nuevo.
Si
existen
parOciones
en
el
disco
nuevo,
primero
debern
eliminarse.
Si
el
disco
aadido
conOene
parOciones,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
le
adverOr
mostrando
el
mensaje
de
advertencia.
Haga
clic
en
Aceptar
para
eliminar
las
parOciones
existentes
en
el
disco
aadido.
14
112
nuevo
Si dispone de una versin de 32 bits de Windows XP, el asistente no presentar el paso Opciones de
User Manual
forporque
Acronis
TrueoperaOvo
Imageno
HD:
Adicin
UnGPT.
Disco Duro Nuevo
inicializacin
este
sistema
es
compaOble
con
De
discos
En esta seccin
8.5.1
Seleccione
el
disco
que
ha
agregado
al
equipo.
Si
ha
agregado
varios
discos,
seleccione
uno
de
ellos
y
haga
clic
en
Siguiente
para
conXnuar.
Puede
agregar
otros
discos
posteriormente
al
reiniciar
el
Asistente
para
agregar
un
disco
nuevo.
Si
existen
parOciones
en
el
disco
nuevo,
primero
debern
eliminarse.
Si
el
disco
aadido
conOene
parOciones,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
le
adverOr
mostrando
el
mensaje
de
advertencia.
Haga
clic
en
Aceptar
para
eliminar
las
parOciones
existentes
en
el
disco
aadido.
Tambin
puede
ver
las
propiedades
de
todos
los
discos
duros
instalados
en
su
sistema,
como,
por
112
Copyright
ejemplo,
el
nombre
y
modelo
de
la
unidad
de
disco
seleccionada,
su
capacidad,
el
Acronis,
sistemaInc.
de
archivos
y
su
interfaz.
8.5.2
Acronis
True
Image
HD
admite
parXciones
tanto
MBR
como
GPT.
La
tabla
de
parXcin
GUID
(GPT)
es
un
nuevo
mtodo
de
parXcionamiento
de
discos
duros
que
proporciona
ventajas
sobre
el
anXguo
esquema
de
parXcin
MBR.
Si
su
sistema
operaXvo
es
compaXble
con
discos
GPT,
puede
seleccionar
el
nuevo
disco
para
que
se
inicialice
como
disco
GPT.
15
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Adicin De Un Disco Duro Nuevo
Tambin
puede
ver
las
propiedades
de
todos
los
discos
duros
instalados
en
su
sistema,
como,
por
ejemplo,
el
nombre
y
modelo
de
la
unidad
de
disco
seleccionada,
su
capacidad,
el
sistema
de
archivos
y
su
interfaz.
8.5.2
Acronis
True
Image
HD
admite
parXciones
tanto
MBR
como
GPT.
La
tabla
de
parXcin
GUID
(GPT)
es
un
nuevo
mtodo
de
parXcionamiento
de
discos
duros
que
proporciona
ventajas
sobre
el
anXguo
esquema
de
parXcin
MBR.
Si
su
sistema
operaXvo
es
compaXble
con
discos
GPT,
puede
seleccionar
el
nuevo
disco
para
que
se
inicialice
como
disco
GPT.
Para
aadir
un
disco
GPT,
haga
clic
en
Inicializar
disco
en
diseo
de
GPT.
Para
aadir
un
disco
MBR,
haga
clic
en
Inicializar
disco
en
diseo
de
GPT.
Si
uOliza
una
versin
de
32
bits
de
Windows
XP,
el
mtodo
de
inicializacin
GPT
no
estar
disponible
y
el
paso
de
Opciones
de
inicializacin
no
aparecern.
8.5.3
Para
uXlizar
el
espacio
de
un
disco
duro,
debe
estar
parXcionado.
La
parXcin
es
el
proceso
por
el
cual
se
divide
el
espacio
del
disco
duro
en
divisiones
lgicas.
Cada
divisin
lgica
puede
funcionar
como
un
disco
separado
con
una
letra
de
unidad
asignada,
su
propio
sistema
de
archivos,
etc.
Incluso
si
no
Xene
intenciones
de
dividir
su
disco
duro
en
divisiones
lgicas,
debe
parXcionarse
para
que
el
sistema
operaXvo
sepa
que
debe
permanecer
en
una
parte.
En
un
principio,
todo
el
espacio
del
disco
ser
espacio
no
asignado.
Esto
cambiar
despus
de
aadir
parXciones
nuevas.
113
16
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Adicin De Un Disco Duro Nuevo
Seleccione
el
espacio
no
asignado
y
haga
clic
en
Crear
parNcin
nueva
en
la
parte
superior
de
la
ventana
o
haga
clic
en
el
espacio
no
asignado
y
seleccione
Crear
parNcin
nueva
en
el
men
de
acceso
directo.
Si
asigna
todo
el
espacio
no
asignado
en
el
disco
a
la
parXcin
nueva,
el
botn
Crear
parNcin
nueva
desaparece.
Configuraciones de la particin
Especique
las
conguraciones
para
la
parXcin
que
se
est
creando.
Tamao
Puede
cambiar
el
tamao
y
reubicar
la
parXcin
que
se
est
creando.
Si
desea
cambiar
el
tamao
de
la
parNcin:
Mantenga
pulsado
el
botn
izquierdo
del
ratn
y
arrastre
el
lmite
de
parXcin
seleccionado
o
reduzca
el
tamao
de
parXcin.
17
114
User Manual for Acronis True Image HD: Adicin De Un Disco Duro Nuevo
Si
asigna
todo
el
espacio
no
asignado
en
el
disco
a
la
parXcin
nueva,
el
botn
Crear
parNcin
nueva
desaparece.
Configuraciones de la particin
Especique
las
conguraciones
para
la
parXcin
que
se
est
creando.
Tamao
Puede
cambiar
el
tamao
y
reubicar
la
parXcin
que
se
est
creando.
Si
desea
cambiar
el
tamao
de
la
parNcin:
Mantenga
pulsado
el
botn
izquierdo
del
ratn
y
arrastre
el
lmite
de
parXcin
seleccionado
o
reduzca
el
tamao
de
parXcin.
Si
crea
una
o
ms
unidades
lgicas,
el
programa
reservar
parte
del
espacio
no
asignado
para
las
necesidades
del
sistema
frente
a
parOciones
creadas.
Si
crea
una
parOcin
principal
o
una
parOcin
principal
junto
con
una
lgica,
no
se
reservar
espacio
no
asignado
para
las
necesidades
del
sistema.
Sistema
de
archivos
Elija
el
Xpo
de
sistema
de
archivo
de
la
parXcin
que
se
est
creando.
Las
diferentes
parXciones
pueden
tener
diferentes
Xpos
de
archivos
o
sistemas
de
archivos.
Puede
dejar
la
parXcin
sin
formatear
o
elegir
entre
los
siguientes
Xpos
de
sistemas
de
archivos:
NTFS
es
un
sistema
de
archivos
naXvo
de
Windows
NT,
Windows
2000,
Windows
XP,
Windows
Vista
y
Windows
7.
Eljalo
si
uXliza
estos
sistemas
operaXvos.
Tenga
en
cuenta
que
Windows
95/98/Me
y
DOS
no
pueden
obtener
acceso
a
parXciones
NFTS.
FAT
2
es
una
versin
mejorada
de
32
bits
del
sistema
de
archivos
FAT
que
admite
volmenes
de
hasta
32
TB.
Ext3:
incorporado
ocialmente
con
la
versin
Red
hat
7.2
de
Linux,
Ext3
es
el
sistema
de
archivos
de
registro
por
diario
de
Linux.
Es
totalmente
compaXble
con
Linux
Ext2.
Cuenta
con
mlXples
modos
de
registro
por
diario,
as
como
tambin
amplia
compaXbilidad
mulXplataforma
en
las
arquitecturas
de
32
y
64
bits.
Ext4
es
un
nuevo
sistema
de
archivos
de
Linux.
Presenta
ciertas
mejoras
con
respecto
a
ext3.
Incluye
compaXbilidad
regresiva
total
con
ext2
y
ext
3.
Sin
embargo,
ext3
dispone
nicamente
de
compaXbilidad
parcial
con
ext4.
ReiserFS
es
un
sistema
de
archivos
de
registro
por
diario
para
Linux.
Generalmente
es
ms
able
y
ms
rpido
que
Ext2.
Eljalo
para
su
parXcin
de
datos
de
Linux.
Linux Swap es una parXcin de intercambio para Linux. Eljala si desea agregar ms espacio de
18
NTFS
es
un
sistema
de
archivos
naXvo
de
Windows
NT,
Windows
2000,
Windows
XP,
Windows
User Manual
for Acronis True Image HD: Adicin De Un Disco Duro Nuevo
Vista
y
Windows
7.
Eljalo
si
uXliza
estos
sistemas
operaXvos.
Tenga
en
cuenta
que
Windows
95/98/Me
y
DOS
no
pueden
obtener
acceso
a
parXciones
NFTS.
FAT
2
es
una
versin
mejorada
de
32
bits
del
sistema
de
archivos
FAT
que
admite
volmenes
de
hasta
32
TB.
Ext3:
incorporado
ocialmente
con
la
versin
Red
hat
7.2
de
Linux,
Ext3
es
el
sistema
de
archivos
de
registro
por
diario
de
Linux.
Es
totalmente
compaXble
con
Linux
Ext2.
Cuenta
con
mlXples
modos
de
registro
por
diario,
as
como
tambin
amplia
compaXbilidad
mulXplataforma
en
las
arquitecturas
de
32
y
64
bits.
Ext4
es
un
nuevo
sistema
de
archivos
de
Linux.
Presenta
ciertas
mejoras
con
respecto
a
ext3.
Incluye
compaXbilidad
regresiva
total
con
ext2
y
ext
3.
Sin
embargo,
ext3
dispone
nicamente
de
compaXbilidad
parcial
con
ext4.
ReiserFS
es
un
sistema
de
archivos
de
registro
por
diario
para
Linux.
Generalmente
es
ms
able
y
ms
rpido
que
Ext2.
Eljalo
para
su
parXcin
de
datos
de
Linux.
Linux
Swap
es
una
parXcin
de
intercambio
para
Linux.
Eljala
si
desea
agregar
ms
espacio
de
intercambio
con
Linux.
Letra
de
la
parNcin
Seleccione
de
la
lista
desplegable
una
letra
para
asignar
a
la
parXcin
que
se
est
creando.
Si
selecciona
Auto,
el
programa
asigna
la
primera
letra
de
unidad
sin
usar
en
orden
alfabXco.
ENqueta
de
parNcin
La
eXqueta
de
parXcin
es
un
nombre
asignado
a
una
parXcin
para
que
pueda
reconocerse
fcilmente.
Por
ejemplo,
una
puede
llamarse
Sistema,
una
parXcin
con
un
sistema
operaXvo;
Programa,
una
parXcin
de
una
aplicacin;
Datos,
una
parXcin
de
datos,
etc.
La
eXqueta
de
parXcin
es
un
atributo
opcional.
Tipo
de
parNcin
(estos
ajustes
estn
disponibles
nicamente
para
discos
MBR)
Elija
el
Xpo
de
parXcin
que
se
crear.
Puede
denir
la
parXcin
nueva
como
principal
o
lgica.
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
115
Principal:
elija
este
parmetro
si
desea
iniciar
desde
esta
parXcin.
De
lo
contrario,
es
mejor
crear
una
nueva
parXcin
como
una
unidad
lgica.
Slo
puede
tener
cuatro
parXciones
principales
por
unidad
o
tres
parXciones
principales
y
una
parXcin
extendida.
Nota:
si
Xene
varias
parXciones
primarias,
solo
una
estar
acXva
por
vez;
las
otras
parXciones
primarias
se
ocultarn
y
el
sistema
operaXvo
no
las
ver.
Marque
la
parNcin
como
acNva:
la
parXcin
acXva
se
uXliza
para
cargar
un
sistema
operaXvo
desde
ella.
Seleccionar
AcXvo
para
una
parXcin
sin
un
sistema
operaXvo
instalado
puede
evitar
que
el
ordenador
se
inicie.
Lgica:
elija
este
parmetro
si
no
desea
instalar
e
iniciar
un
sistema
operaXvo
desde
la
parXcin.
Una
unidad
lgica
es
una
parte
de
una
unidad
del
disco
Dsico
que
se
ha
parXcionado
y
asignado
como
una
unidad
independiente,
pero
que
funciona
como
una
unidad
separada.
Cuando
termine
de
especicar
los
ajustes
de
la
parXcin
que
se
est
creando,
haga
clic
en
Aceptar
para
conXnuar.
8.5.4
El
resumen
Agregar
disco
nuevo
ilustra
grcamente
(en
forma
de
rectngulos)
informacin
sobre
la
nueva
estructura
de
disco
antes
y
despus
de
realizar
el
parXcionamiento.
19
Nota:
si
Xene
varias
parXciones
primarias,
solo
una
estar
acXva
por
vez;
las
otras
parXciones
primarias
se
ocultarn
y
el
sistema
operaXvo
no
las
ver.
Marque
la
parNcin
como
acNva:
la
parXcin
acXva
se
uXliza
para
cargar
un
sistema
operaXvo
desde
ella.
Seleccionar
AcXvo
para
una
parXcin
sin
un
sistema
operaXvo
instalado
User Manualpuede
for Acronis
Image
evitar
que
eTrue
l
ordenador
se
iHD:
nicie.
Adicin De Un Disco Duro Nuevo
Lgica:
elija
este
parmetro
si
no
desea
instalar
e
iniciar
un
sistema
operaXvo
desde
la
parXcin.
Una
unidad
lgica
es
una
parte
de
una
unidad
del
disco
Dsico
que
se
ha
parXcionado
y
asignado
como
una
unidad
independiente,
pero
que
funciona
como
una
unidad
separada.
Cuando
termine
de
especicar
los
ajustes
de
la
parXcin
que
se
est
creando,
haga
clic
en
Aceptar
para
conXnuar.
8.5.4
El
resumen
Agregar
disco
nuevo
ilustra
grcamente
(en
forma
de
rectngulos)
informacin
sobre
la
nueva
estructura
de
disco
antes
y
despus
de
realizar
el
parXcionamiento.
Al
hacer
clic
en
ConNnuar,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
comenzar
a
crear
las
nuevas
parXciones,
e
indicar
el
progreso
en
una
ventana
especial.
Si
deXene
este
procedimiento
al
hacer
clic
en
Cancelar,
deber
volver
a
parXcionar
y
formatear
el
disco
nuevo
o
repeXr
el
procedimiento
de
adicin
de
disco.
Antes
de
hacer
clic
en
el
botn
Con?nuar
puede
usar
la
barra
lateral
para
navegar
por
los
pasos
del
Asistente
para
aadir
un
disco
nuevo
y
realizar
cambios.
8.6
Acronis Extended Capacity Manager
116
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
permite
que
su
sistema
operaXvo
pueda
admiXr
discos
de
gran
capacidad
con
esXlo
de
parXcin
MBR.
Despus
podr
uXlizar
el
espacio
de
disco
ms
all
de
los
2
TB:
este
espacio
libre
se
reconocer
como
un
disco
independiente,
que
podr
uXlizar
su
sistema
operaXvo
y
las
aplicaciones
como
si
fuera
un
disco
duro
Dsico
normal.
El
asistente
para
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
mostrar
todos
los
discos
duros
de
tamao
superior
a
los
2
TB
(sin
asignar
o
con
esXlo
de
parXcin
MBR).
Podr
ver
el
espacio
de
disco
que
Windows
reconoce
y
asigna.
Este
espacio
recibe
en
el
asistente
el
nombre
de
Capacidad
naXva
de
Windows.
El
espacio
superior
a
los
2
TB
se
muestra
como
Capacidad
extendida.
Puede
habilitar
los
Discos
de
capacidad
extendida,
y
una
vez
que
lo
haga,
el
sistema
operaXvo
podr
ver
este
espacio
y
estar
listo
para
las
operaciones
de
gesXn
del
disco.
1. Para
iniciar
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager,
seleccione
la
pestaa
Herramientas
y
uNlidades
y,
Inc.,
a
c2000-2012
onXnuacin,
haga
clic
en
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager.
Copyright Acronis,
Si
el
programa
no
encuentra
ningn
disco
MBR
con
una
capacidad
de
ms
de
2
TB,
muestra
un
mensaje
que
indica
que
puede
accederse
al
espacio
de
disco
entero
y
que
no
es
necesario
que
use
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager.
20
Antes
de
hacer
clic
en
el
botn
Con?nuar
puede
usar
la
barra
lateral
para
navegar
por
los
pasos
del
Asistente
para
aadir
un
disco
nuevo
y
realizar
cambios.
2. Acronis Extended Capacity Manager muestra la capacidad extendida disponible para asignar.
3. Haga
clic
en
Asignar
espacio
para
ver
la
posible
asignacin
de
espacio
de
disco
en
el
siguiente
paso.
Tras
hacer
clic
en
el
botn
Aplicar,
se
emular
un
disco
de
capacidad
extendida
en
su
disco
Dsico.
Si
la
capacidad
de
su
disco
Dsico
es
superior
a
4
TB
y
su
sistema
operaXvo
no
es
compaXble
con
el
esXlo
de
parXcin
GPT,
el
programa
crea
varios
discos
de
capacidad
extendida
MBR.
Tenga
en
cuenta
que
los
discos
de
capacidad
extendida
no
pueden
uOlizarse
para
iniciar,
a
pesar
de
que
la
mayora
de
sus
propiedades
son
las
mismas
que
las
de
los
discos
>sicos.
117
21
3. Haga
clic
en
Asignar
espacio
para
ver
la
posible
asignacin
de
espacio
de
disco
en
el
siguiente
paso.
Tras
hacer
clic
en
el
botn
Aplicar,
se
emular
un
disco
de
capacidad
extendida
en
su
disco
Dsico.
Si
la
capacidad
de
su
disco
Dsico
es
superior
a
4
TB
y
su
sistema
operaXvo
no
es
compaXble
con
el
esXlo
de
parXcin
GPT,
el
programa
crea
varios
discos
de
capacidad
extendida
MBR.
Tenga
en
cuenta
que
los
discos
de
capacidad
extendida
no
pueden
uOlizarse
para
iniciar,
a
pesar
de
que
la
mayora
de
sus
propiedades
son
las
mismas
que
las
de
los
discos
>sicos.
Tras
asignar
el
espacio,
podr
desacXvar
de
forma
temporal
los
Discos
de
capacidad
extendida
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
117
haciendo
clic
en
Apagar
temporalmente
los
discos
de
capacidad
extendida.
Esto
har
que
los
discos
de
capacidad
extendida
sean
invisibles
para
las
herramientas
de
gesXn
de
discos,
a
pesar
de
que
el
espacio
de
disco
seguir
asignado
y
podr
hacer
que
estas
parXciones
estn
visibles
despus.
Para
ello,
inicie
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
y,
a
conXnuacin,
haga
clic
en
Asignar
espacio.
Para
quitar
los
discos
de
capacidad
extendida,
haga
clic
en
Eliminar
discos
de
capacidad
extendida
y,
a
conXnuacin,
haga
clic
en
el
botn
Aplicar
en
el
siguiente
paso.
Se
eliminarn
de
su
sistema
estos
discos,
y
no
podr
accederse
al
espacio
de
disco
ms
all
de
los
2
TB.
Si
desea
asignar
este
espacio
posteriormente,
tendr
que
iniciar
el
Extended
Capacity
Manager
de
nuevo
y
repeXr
los
pasos
del
asistente.
Podr
seguir
uXlizando
los
discos
de
capacidad
extendida
incluso
despus
de
desinstalar
Acronis
True
Image
HD.
Durante
el
proceso
de
desinstalacin,
se
le
preguntar
si
desea
eliminar
el
disco
de
capacidad
extendida.
Si
decide
no
eliminar
el
disco,
podr
seguir
uXlizndolo.
22
Gua
Para
quitar
los
discos
de
capacidad
extendida,
haga
clic
en
Eliminar
discos
de
capacidad
extendida
y,
a
conXnuacin,
haga
clic
en
el
botn
Aplicar
en
el
siguiente
paso.
Se
eliminarn
de
su
sistema
estos
Del
Usuario
para
Acronis
True dImage
HD:
Depurar
discos,
y
no
podr
accederse
al
espacio
e
disco
m
s
all
de
los
2
TSSD
B.
Si
desea
asignar
este
espacio
posteriormente,
tendr
que
iniciar
el
Extended
Capacity
Manager
de
nuevo
y
repeXr
los
pasos
del
asistente.
Podr
seguir
uXlizando
los
discos
de
capacidad
extendida
incluso
despus
de
desinstalar
Acronis
True
Image
HD.
Durante
el
proceso
de
desinstalacin,
se
le
preguntar
si
desea
eliminar
el
disco
de
capacidad
extendida.
Si
decide
no
eliminar
el
disco,
podr
seguir
uXlizndolo.
Depurar
una
SSD
con
Acronis
True
Image
HD
es
razonable
solo
si
uXliza
Windows
Vista
o
una
versin
posterior.
Windows
7
es
compaXble
con
el
comando
TRIM
estndar
de
fbrica
y
borra
las
celdas
ni
bien
se
eliminan
los
datos.
Para
depurar
una
SSD:
1. En
la
barra
lateral
o
en
la
barra
de
herramientas,
haga
clic
en
Herramientas
y
uNlidades
y
seleccione
Depurar
SSD.
Esto
abre
el
asistente.
2. Desde
la
lista
de
unidades
disponibles,
seleccione
las
SSD
que
desea
depurar
y
haga
clic
en
Siguiente.
3. Revise
la
pgina
de
resumen
y
haga
clic
en
ConNnuar.
4. Si
ha
ejecutado
el
asistente
en
Windows,
haga
clic
en
Reiniciar
cuando
se
le
pida.
Despus
del
reinicio,
la
operacin
conXnuar
automXcamente
en
el
entorno
autnomo
basado
en
Linux.
Cuando
la
operacin
haya
nalizado,
el
asistente
reiniciar
Windows
nuevamente.
Acronis
True
Image
HD
incluye
la
uXlidad
para
la
destruccin
segura
de
datos
en
parXciones
individuales
y
de
un
disco
en
su
totalidad.
23
Nota:
La
uOlidad
uOliza
el
comando
estndar
TRIM
para
informar
a
una
SSD
acerca
de
los
bloques
de
datos
que
ya
no
se
uOlizan
y
que
pueden
borrarse.
Asegrese
de
que
su
SSD
posee
el
rmware
necesario
para
admiOrlo.
Depuracin
una
SSD
Gua Del
Usuariode
para
Acronis True Image HD: Depurar SSD
ADVERTENCIA:
esta
operacin
es
irreversible.
No
ser
posible
la
recuperacin
de
datos
una
vez
nalizada
la
operacin.
Depurar
una
SSD
con
Acronis
True
Image
HD
es
razonable
solo
si
uXliza
Windows
Vista
o
una
versin
posterior.
Windows
7
es
compaXble
con
el
comando
TRIM
estndar
de
fbrica
y
borra
las
celdas
ni
bien
se
eliminan
los
datos.
Para
depurar
una
SSD:
1. En
la
barra
lateral
o
en
la
barra
de
herramientas,
haga
clic
en
Herramientas
y
uNlidades
y
seleccione
Depurar
SSD.
Esto
abre
el
asistente.
2. Desde
la
lista
de
unidades
disponibles,
seleccione
las
SSD
que
desea
depurar
y
haga
clic
en
Siguiente.
3. Revise
la
pgina
de
resumen
y
haga
clic
en
ConNnuar.
4. Si
ha
ejecutado
el
asistente
en
Windows,
haga
clic
en
Reiniciar
cuando
se
le
pida.
Despus
del
reinicio,
la
operacin
conXnuar
automXcamente
en
el
entorno
autnomo
basado
en
Linux.
Cuando
la
operacin
haya
nalizado,
el
asistente
reiniciar
Windows
nuevamente.
En esta seccin
Acronis
DriveCleanser............................................................................120
Mtodos
de
borrado
del
disco
duro.......................................................126
119
24
Gua
2. Desde
la
de
unidades
seleccione
las
SSD
que
desea
depurar
y
haga
clic
en
Herramientas
Delista
Seguridad
Ydisponibles,
Privacidad
Siguiente.
3. Revise
la
pgina
de
resumen
y
haga
clic
en
ConNnuar.
4. Si
ha
ejecutado
el
asistente
en
Windows,
haga
clic
en
Reiniciar
cuando
se
le
pida.
Despus
del
reinicio,
la
operacin
conXnuar
automXcamente
en
el
entorno
autnomo
basado
en
Linux.
Cuando
la
operacin
haya
nalizado,
el
asistente
reiniciar
Windows
nuevamente.
En esta seccin
Acronis
DriveCleanser............................................................................120
Mtodos
de
borrado
del
disco
duro.......................................................126
8.8.1
Acronis DriveCleanser
Limpiar
los
discos
duros
o
las
parXciones
seleccionados
con
algoritmos
predenidos.
Crear
y
ejecutar
algoritmos
de
limpieza
de
disco
duro
personalizados
por
el
usuario.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
se
basa
en
un
asistente
que
genera
comandos
de
todas
las
operaciones
del
disco
duro
para
que
no
se
destruya
ningn
dato
hasta
que
haga
clic
en
ConNnuar
en
la
ventana
de
Resumen
del
asistente.
Puede
regresar
en
cualquier
momento
a
los
pasos
anteriores
para
seleccionar
otros
discos,
parXciones
o
algoritmos
de
destruccin
de
datos.
Para
destruir
los
datos
de
forma
permanente
en
su
disco
duro:
Seleccin de datos
Primero debe seleccionar las parXciones del disco duro de las que desea destruir datos.
25
garanXzada
de
los
discos
duros
y
parXciones
seleccionados.
Podr
seleccionar
entre
una
variedad
de
algoritmos
de
destruccin
de
datos,
segn
la
importancia
de
su
informacin
condencial.
Gua Del
Usuario
True
Image
HD:
total
de
las
parOciones
seleccionadas
y
del
algoritmo
de
Tenga
en
cuentapara
que,
en
funcin
del
tamao
destruccin
dDe
e
datos
seleccionado,
Y
la
Privacidad
destruccin
de
los
datos
podra
tardar
varias
horas.
Herramientas
Seguridad
Trabajar
con
Acronis
DriveCleanser
Con
Acronis
DriveCleanser
puede
realizar
las
siguientes
acciones:
Limpiar
los
discos
duros
o
las
parXciones
seleccionados
con
algoritmos
predenidos.
Crear
y
ejecutar
algoritmos
de
limpieza
de
disco
duro
personalizados
por
el
usuario.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
se
basa
en
un
asistente
que
genera
comandos
de
todas
las
operaciones
del
disco
duro
para
que
no
se
destruya
ningn
dato
hasta
que
haga
clic
en
ConNnuar
en
la
ventana
de
Resumen
del
asistente.
Puede
regresar
en
cualquier
momento
a
los
pasos
anteriores
para
seleccionar
otros
discos,
parXciones
o
algoritmos
de
destruccin
de
datos.
Para
destruir
los
datos
de
forma
permanente
en
su
disco
duro:
Seleccin de datos
Primero
debe
seleccionar
las
parXciones
del
disco
duro
de
las
que
desea
destruir
datos.
Para
seleccionar
una
parXcin,
haga
clic
en
el
rectngulo
correspondiente.Ver
una
marca
roja
en
la
esquina
superior
derecha
que
le
indicar
que
la
parXcin
est
seleccionada.
Puede
seleccionar
un
disco
duro
completo
o
varios
discos
para
realizar
la
destruccin
de
datos.Para
hacerlo,
haga
clic
en
el
rectngulo
correspondiente
al
disco
duro
(con
un
icono
de
disposiXvo,
120
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
nmero
de
disco
y
capacidad).
Puede
seleccionar
simultneamente
varias
parXciones
ubicadas
en
unidades
de
discos
duro
diferentes
o
en
varios
discos,
as
como
en
espacio
no
asignado
de
los
discos.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
no
puede
limpiar
parOciones
en
discos
dinmicos
ni
GPT,
por
lo
que
no
se
mostrarn
en
la
ventana
Seleccin
de
origen.
Tenga cuidado porque hacer clic en Aceptar en esta ventana de advertencia y despus ConNnuar en
26
Puede seleccionar un disco duro completo o varios discos para realizar la destruccin de datos.Para
Gua Del
Usuario
para
Image
correspondiente
HD:
hacerlo,
haga
clic
en
True
el
rectngulo
al
disco
duro
(con
un
icono
de
disposiXvo,
Herramientas
Seguridad
nmero
de
De
disco
y
capacidad). Y Privacidad
Puede
seleccionar
simultneamente
varias
parXciones
ubicadas
en
unidades
de
discos
duro
diferentes
o
en
varios
discos,
as
como
en
espacio
no
asignado
de
los
discos.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
no
puede
limpiar
parOciones
en
discos
dinmicos
ni
GPT,
por
lo
que
no
se
mostrarn
en
la
ventana
Seleccin
de
origen.
Tenga
cuidado
porque
hacer
clic
en
Aceptar
en
esta
ventana
de
advertencia
y
despus
ConNnuar
en
la
ventana
de
Resumen
borrar
la
parXcin
del
sistema
que
conXene
su
sistema
operaXvo
Windows.
Seleccin de algoritmos
Acronis
DriveCleanser
uXliza
varios
de
los
algoritmos
de
destruccin
de
datos
ms
populares.
Seleccione
el
algoritmo
deseado
de
la
lista
desplegable.
Los
mtodos
de
destruccin
de
datos
se
describen
en
detalle
en
Mtodos
de
borrado
del
disco
duro
(pg.
126)
de
esta
gua.
Despus
de
seleccionar
un
algoritmo,
Acronis
DriveCleanser
realizar
todas
las
acciones
necesarias
para
destruir
el
contenido
de
la
parXcin
o
el
disco
seleccionado.
Al
nalizar,
se
visualizar
un
mensaje
que
le
indicar
que
la
destruccin
de
datos
se
ha
realizado
saXsfactoriamente.
121
27
Tenga cuidado porque hacer clic en Aceptar en esta ventana de advertencia y despus ConNnuar en
Gua Del
Usuario
para True
Image
HD:del
sistema
que
conXene
su
sistema
operaXvo
Windows.
la
ventana
de
Resumen
borrar
la
parXcin
Herramientas De Seguridad Y Privacidad
Seleccin de algoritmos
Despus
de
seleccionar
un
algoritmo,
Acronis
DriveCleanser
realizar
todas
las
acciones
necesarias
para
destruir
el
contenido
de
la
parXcin
o
el
disco
seleccionado.
Al
nalizar,
se
visualizar
un
mensaje
que
le
indicar
que
la
destruccin
de
datos
se
ha
realizado
saXsfactoriamente.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
le
ofrece
otra
funcin
Xl:
esXmar
los
resultados
de
la
ejecucin
de
un
algoritmo
de
destruccin
de
datos
en
un
disco
duro
o
parXcin.
Incluye
un
Editor
de
discos
integrado
(herramienta
de
exploracin
de
disco
duro).
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
121
28
Para
crear
un
algoritmo
personalizado
con
el
n
borrar
discos
duros,
seleccione
y
haga
clic
en
Personalizado...
en
la
lista
desplegable
de
la
ventana
Seleccin
de
algoritmos.
En
este
caso,
aparecen
nuevos
pasos
obligatorios
en
el
asistente
de
DriveCleanser
y
podr
crear
un
algoritmo
de
destruccin
de
datos
que
coincida
con
sus
requisitos
de
seguridad.
Una
vez
creado
un
mtodo
personalizado,
puede
guardarlo.
ste
estar
a
mano
para
cuando
necesite
uXlizarlo
nuevamente.
Definicin de algoritmos
La
ventana
Denicin
de
algoritmos
le
muestra
una
planXlla
del
algoritmo
futuro.
La
ventana
posee
la
siguiente
leyenda:
La
primera
columna
de
la
lista
conXene
el
Xpo
de
operacin
en
un
disco
(existen
solo
dos:
escribir
un
smbolo
en
un
disco,
"escritura",
y
vericar
la
escritura,
122
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
"vericacin");
la
segunda
columna
conXene
un
patrn
de
datos
que
se
escribir
en
el
disco.
El
p atrn
que
se
escribir
siempre
es
un
valor
hexadecimal,
por
ejemplo,
un
valor
de
este
Xpo:
0x00,
0xAA
o
0xCD,
etc.
Estos
valores
ocupan
1
byte,
pero
pueden
ocupar
hasta
512
bytes.Excepto
dichos
valores,
puede
especicar
un
valor
hexadecimal
aleatorio
de
cualquier
longitud
(de
hasta
512
bytes).
Su
algoritmo
tambin
puede
incluir
un
valor
ms
para
escribir,
que
est
designado
como
el
valor
complementario,
es
decir,
el
valor
que
es
complementario
al
que
se
escribe
en
el
disco
durante
el
pase
anterior.
Si
el
valor
binario
est
representado
por
la
secuencia
10001010
(0x8A),
entonces
el
valor
binario
complementario
estar
representado
por
la
secuencia
01110101
(0x75).
La
ventana
Denicin
de
algoritmos
le
ofrece
la
planXlla
para
el
algoritmo
solamente.
Debe
denir
exactamente
que
debe
escribir
el
soFware
en
el
disco
para
destruir
los
datos
condenciales
de
acuerdo
con
su
algoritmo.
Para
hacerlo,
haga
clic
en
la
lnea
que
representa
el
pase
N.
1
y
luego
en
Editar.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
29
La
ventana
Denicin
de
algoritmos
le
ofrece
la
planXlla
para
el
algoritmo
solamente.
Debe
denir
exactamente
que
debe
escribir
el
soFware
en
el
disco
para
destruir
los
datos
condenciales
de
acuerdo
con
su
algoritmo.
Para
hacerlo,
haga
clic
en
la
lnea
que
representa
el
pase
N.
1
y
luego
en
Editar.
Escribir
el
complementario
del
patrn
del
pase
anterior:
como
se
hace
durante
el
segundo
pase
del
estndar
de
los
Estados
Unidos,
cada
sector
del
disco
est
lleno
de
valores
hexadecimales
que
son
complementarios
a
los
que
se
escriben
durante
el
pase
anterior.
Por
lo
tanto,
debe
congurar
el
parmetro
en
Escribir
el
complementario
en
la
posicin
del
pase
anterior
y
hacer
clic
en
el
botn
Aceptar.
Aparecer
nuevamente
la
ventana
Denicin
de
algoritmos.
En
esta
ventana,
el
segundo
registro
Xene
l
a
aAcronis,
pariencia
que
sigue:
escribir
complementario
del
patrn
del
paso
anterior.
Copyright
Inc.
123
Vericar
Siguiendo
el
estndar
de
destruccin
de
datos
de
los
Estados
Unidos,
dena
el
tercer
y
cuarto
pase
de
sobreescritura
de
datos.
De
la
misma
forma,
puede
crear
cualquier
algoritmo
de
destruccin
de
datos
que
sea
compaXble
con
sus
requisitos
de
seguridad.
30
Siguiendo
el
estndar
de
destruccin
de
datos
de
los
Estados
Unidos,
dena
el
tercer
y
cuarto
pase
de
sobreescritura
de
datos.
De
la
misma
forma,
puede
crear
cualquier
algoritmo
de
destruccin
de
datos
que
sea
compaXble
con
sus
requisitos
de
seguridad.
Ninguna
accin
simplemente
destruya
los
datos
con
el
mtodo
seleccionado
a
conXnuacin.
Eliminar
parNcin
se
destruyen
los
datos
y
se
elimina
la
parXcin.
Formatear
destruya
los
datos
y
formatee
la
parXcin
(predeterminado).
31
Haga clic en el botn Cancelar para salir del asistente sin realizar operacin alguna.
Una
bsqueda
de
lnea
se
puede
establecer
como
valor
de
carcter
(campo
Texto),
y
numrico
(hexadecimal)
(campo
Hex).
Cuando
escribe
texto
en
el
campo
Texto,
se
converXr
32
Una
bsqueda
de
lnea
se
puede
establecer
como
valor
de
carcter
(campo
Texto),
y
numrico
(hexadecimal)
(campo
Hex).
Cuando
escribe
texto
en
el
campo
Texto,
se
converXr
automXcamente
a
valor
hexadecimal
en
el
campo
Hex,
y
viceversa.
Marque
el
parmetro
DisNngue
maysculas
de
minsculas
para
considerar
el
caso
de
las
letras.
Si
seleccion
un
modo
de
bsqueda
sin
coincidencia
de
maysculas
y
minsculas,
se
ignorar
el
caso
y
tambin
los
caracteres
anteriores
para
los
conjuntos
de
caracteres
romanos.
Marque
el
parmetro
Buscar
en
el
desplazamiento
del
sector
para
buscar
una
lnea
determinada
en
un
desplazamiento
determinado
dentro
del
sector
Haga
clic
en
Aceptar
para
comenzar
la
bsqueda.
Despus
de
que
el
proceso
de
bsqueda
haya
nalizado,
la
posicin
actual
se
mover
a
donde
se
encontr
la
lnea
o
permanecer
igual
si
no
se
encontraron
lneas.
Puede
buscar
la
prxima
lnea
para
la
posicin
actual
al
seleccionar125
el
Copyright
Acronis,
Inc.
elemento
Buscar
nuevamente
en
el
men
Buscar
o
al
pulsar
la
tecla
F3.
Ir al sector
Puede
ir
al
sector
necesario
de
acuerdo
con
su
desplazamiento
absoluto
al
seleccionar
la
lnea
Ir
a...
en
el
men
Buscar
(o
al
pulsar
la
combinacin
de
teclas
Alt+P).
Seleccionar
esta
lnea
abre
la
ventana
de
dilogo
Ir
a
La
transicin
se
realiza
al
ingresar
el
desplazamiento
absoluto
del
sector
o
los
nmeros
de
cilindro,
cabezal
y
sector.
Los
parmetros
enumerados
estn
unidos
por
esta
expresin:
(CYL
x
HDS
+
HD)
x
SPT
+
SEC
1
En
donde
CYL,
HD,
SEC
son
los
nmeros
del
cilindro,
cabezal,
sector
en
las
coordenadas
CHS
(Cilindro
Cabezal
Sector);
HDS
es
el
nmero
de
cabezales
por
disco,
SPT
es
la
canXdad
de
sectores
por
pista.
Puede
volver
al
sector
desde
otro
al
seleccionar
el
elemento
Atrs
en
el
men
Buscar
(o
al
pulsar
la
combinacin
de
teclas
Ctrl+Retroceso).
8.8.2
La
informacin
que
se
elimina
de
un
disco
duro
por
medios
no
seguros
(por
ejemplo,
mediante
el
uso
de
la
opcin
eliminar
de
Windows)
puede
recuperarse
fcilmente.
Mediante
equipamiento
especializado
es
posible
recuperar
incluso
informacin
que
se
sobrescribi
repeXdamente.
Por
lo
tanto,
el
borrado
garanXzado
de
datos
es
ms
importante
ahora
que
nunca.
El
borrado
garanNzado
de
datos
de
medios
magnXcos
(como
una
unidad
de
disco
duro)
signica
que
es
imposible
recuperar
informacin,
ni
siquiera
por
un
especialista
cualicado
con
la
ayuda
de
todas
las
herramientas
y
mtodos
de
recuperacin
conocidos.
Copyright Este
problema
puede
explicarse
de
la
siguiente
manera:
los
datos
se
almacenan
en
un
disco
duro
Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
como
una
secuencia
binaria
de
1
y
0
(unos
y
ceros),
representados
por
partes
de
un
disco
magneXzadas
de
diferente
manera.
33
La
transicin
se
realiza
al
ingresar
el
desplazamiento
absoluto
del
sector
o
los
nmeros
de
cilindro,
cabezal
y
sector.
Los
parmetros
enumerados
estn
unidos
por
esta
expresin:
Gua Del
para
HD:
(CYL
Usuario
x
HDS
+
HD)
x
SPT
True
+
SEC
Image
1
Herramientas De Seguridad Y Privacidad
En
donde
CYL,
HD,
SEC
son
los
nmeros
del
cilindro,
cabezal,
sector
en
las
coordenadas
CHS
(Cilindro
Cabezal
Sector);
HDS
es
el
nmero
de
cabezales
por
disco,
SPT
es
la
canXdad
de
sectores
por
pista.
Puede
volver
al
sector
desde
otro
al
seleccionar
el
elemento
Atrs
en
el
men
Buscar
(o
al
pulsar
la
combinacin
de
teclas
Ctrl+Retroceso).
8.8.2
La
informacin
que
se
elimina
de
un
disco
duro
por
medios
no
seguros
(por
ejemplo,
mediante
el
uso
de
la
opcin
eliminar
de
Windows)
puede
recuperarse
fcilmente.
Mediante
equipamiento
especializado
es
posible
recuperar
incluso
informacin
que
se
sobrescribi
repeXdamente.
Por
lo
tanto,
el
borrado
garanXzado
de
datos
es
ms
importante
ahora
que
nunca.
El
borrado
garanNzado
de
datos
de
medios
magnXcos
(como
una
unidad
de
disco
duro)
signica
que
es
imposible
recuperar
informacin,
ni
siquiera
por
un
especialista
cualicado
con
la
ayuda
de
todas
las
herramientas
y
mtodos
de
recuperacin
conocidos.
Este
problema
puede
explicarse
de
la
siguiente
manera:
los
datos
se
almacenan
en
un
disco
duro
como
una
secuencia
binaria
de
1
y
0
(unos
y
ceros),
representados
por
partes
de
un
disco
magneXzadas
de
diferente
manera.
En
trminos
generales,
el
controlador
lee
un
1
escrito
en
un
disco
duro
como
1
y
un
0
como
0.
Sin
embargo,
si
se
escribe
1
sobre
0,
el
resultado
es
0,95
y
viceversa:
si
se
escribe
1
sobre
1,
el
resultado
es
1,05.
Esas
diferencias
son
irrelevantes
para
el
controlador.
Aunque,
si
se
uXliza
equipamiento
especial,
se
puede
leer
fcilmente
la
secuencia
"subyacente"
de
1
y
0.
Solo
es
necesario
contar
con
soFware
especializado
y
hardware
accesible
para
leer
datos
"eliminados"
de
esta
manera,
los
cuales
analizan
la
magneXzacin
de
los
sectores
del
disco
duro,
la
magneXzacin
residual
de
los
lados
de
las
pistas
o
uXlizan
microscopios
magnXcos
actuales.
La
escritura
en
disposiXvos
magnXcos
produce
efectos
suXles
que
se
resumen
de
la
siguiente
manera:
cada
pista
de
un
disco
almacena
una
imagen
de
cada
registro
que
alguna
vez
se
escribi
en
ella,
pero
el
efecto
de
esos
registros
(capa
magnXca)
se
vuelve
cada
vez
ms
delicado
con
el
paso
del
Xempo.
La
siguiente
tabla
describe
brevemente
los
mtodos
de
borrado
de
informacin
que
Acronis
uXliza.
Cada
descripcin
incluye
la
canXdad
de
pasadas
del
sector
del
disco
duro
junto
con
los
nmeros
escritos
en
cada
byte
del
sector.
34
muestras).
Al
uXlizar
mtodos
lgicos
de
codicacin
de
datos
en
los
discos
duros
actuales,
puede
seleccionar
muestras
de
secuencias
simblicas
(o
bits
de
datos
elementales)
para
escribir
en
los
sectores
de
Del
Usuario para True Image HD:
manera
tal
que
se
elimine
la
informacin
de
manera
ecaz
y
repeNda.
Gua
Herramientas De Seguridad Y Privacidad
Los
mtodos
que
ofrecen
los
estndares
nacionales
proporcionan
la
grabacin
(simple
o
triple)
de
smbolos
aleatorios
para
los
sectores
de
los
discos
que
son
decisiones
directas
y
arbitrarias,
en
general,
pero
an
aceptables
en
situaciones
simples.
El
mtodo
ms
ecaz
de
borrado
de
informacin
se
basa
en
el
anlisis
profundo
de
las
caractersXcas
delicadas
de
la
grabacin
de
datos
en
todos
los
Xpos
de
discos
duros.
Esto
expresa
la
necesidad
de
mtodos
complejos
de
pasadas
mlXples
para
garanNzar
la
eliminacin
de
la
informacin.
La
teora
detallada
del
borrado
garanXzado
de
informacin
se
describe
en
un
arYculo
de
Peter
Gutmann.
Consulte:
Eliminacin
segura
de
datos
de
memoria
magnXca
y
en
estado
slido
en
hZp://www.cs.auckland.ac.nz/~pgut001/pubs/secure_del.html.
Algoritmo
(mtodo
de
escritura)
Pasada Registro
s
1.
5220.22-M
del
Departamento
de
Defensa
de
los
Estados
Unidos
2.
3.
4.
Alemn: VSITR
11.
a
6.:
secuencias
alternas
de:
0x00
y
0xFF;
7.:
0xAA;
es
decir:
0x00,
0xFF,
0x00,
0xFF,
0x00,
0xFF,
0xAA.
5.
Ceros
lgicos
(nmeros
0x00)
a
cada
byte
de
cada
sector
para
los
sistemas
con
niveles
de
seguridad
de
6.
a
4..
Mtodo
de
Peter
Gutmann
35
7.
Mtodo de Bruce
N. Algoritmo
(mtodo
de
escritura)
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
Schneier
8.
Rpido
Pasada Registro
s
en
su
libro
Applied
Cryptography
(cifrado
aplicado).
11.
pasada:
0xFF,
2.
pasada:
0x00,
y
despus
cinco
veces
con
una
secuencia
pseudo
aleatoria
segura
mediante
cifrado.
1
127
35
N. Algoritmo
(mtodo
de
Pasada Registro
Gua Del
Usuario para Acronis
True Image HD: Montaje De Una Imagen
escritura)
s
en
su
libro
Applied
Cryptography
(cifrado
aplicado).
11.
pasada:
0xFF,
2.
pasada:
0x00,
y
despus
cinco
veces
con
una
secuencia
pseudo
aleatoria
segura
mediante
cifrado.
Schneier
8.
Rpido
Montaje
de
imgenes
como
discos
virtuales
le
permite
acceder
a
ellos
como
si
fueran
unidades
de
disco
Dsicas.
Dicha
capacidad
signica
que:
Las operaciones descritas en esta seccin son compaObles slo para los sistemas de archivos FAT y NTFS.
Recuerde
que
a
pesar
de
que
ambas
copias
de
seguridad
de
archivo
e
imgenes
de
disco/parXcin
Xenen
una
extensin
".Xb"
predeterminada,
slo
se
pueden
montar
las
imgenes.
Si
quiere
visualizar
el
contenido
de
la
copia
de
seguridad
de
archivo,
uXlice
la
operacin
Explorar.
128
36
Podr uXlizar el disco virtual del mismo modo que lo hara si fuera uno real: abrir, guardar,
copiar,
mover,
crear,
eliminar
True
archivos
o
carpetas.
es
necesario,
imagen
se
puede
montar
en
Gua Del Usuario
para
Acronis
Image
HD:Si
Montaje
Dela
Una
Imagen
modo
de
slo
lectura.
Las operaciones descritas en esta seccin son compaObles slo para los sistemas de archivos FAT y NTFS.
Recuerde
que
a
pesar
de
que
ambas
copias
de
seguridad
de
archivo
e
imgenes
de
disco/parXcin
Xenen
una
extensin
".Xb"
predeterminada,
slo
se
pueden
montar
las
imgenes.
Si
quiere
visualizar
el
contenido
de
la
copia
de
seguridad
de
archivo,
uXlice
la
operacin
Explorar.
128
Si
ha
seleccionado
una
copia
de
seguridad
con
imgenes
incrementales,
puede
seleccionar
una
de
las
imgenes
incrementales
sucesivas
(tambin
denominadas
"versiones
de
copias
de
seguridad")
por
su
hora/fecha
de
creacin.
De
esta
manera,
puede
explorar
el
estado
de
los
datos
en
un
momento
especco.
Para
montar
una
imagen
incremental,
deber
tener
todas
las
versiones
de
copias
de
seguridad
anteriores
y
la
copia
de
seguridad
completa
inicial.
Si
falta
alguna
de
las
copias
de
seguridad
sucesivas,
no
es
posible
realizar
el
montaje.
Si
la
copia
de
seguridad
estaba
protegida
por
contrasea,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
le
pedir
la
contrasea
en
un
cuadro
de
dilogo.
Ni
el
esquema
de
parXciones
se
mostrar
ni
el
botn
Siguiente
estar
disponible
hasta
que
introduzca
la
contrasea
correcta.
37
Gua Del
Si
ha
seleccionado
una
copia
de
seguridad
con
imgenes
incrementales,
puede
seleccionar
una
de
las
imgenes
incrementales
sucesivas
(tambin
denominadas
"versiones
de
copias
de
seguridad")
por
su
hora/fecha
de
creacin.
De
esta
manera,
puede
explorar
el
estado
de
los
Usuario
Acronis
True Image HD: Montaje De Una Imagen
datos
en
un
para
momento
especco.
Para
montar
una
imagen
incremental,
deber
tener
todas
las
versiones
de
copias
de
seguridad
anteriores
y
la
copia
de
seguridad
completa
inicial.
Si
falta
alguna
de
las
copias
de
seguridad
sucesivas,
no
es
posible
realizar
el
montaje.
Si
la
copia
de
seguridad
estaba
protegida
por
contrasea,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
le
pedir
la
contrasea
en
un
cuadro
de
dilogo.
Ni
el
esquema
de
parXciones
se
mostrar
ni
el
botn
Siguiente
estar
disponible
hasta
que
introduzca
la
contrasea
correcta.
3. Seleccione
una
parXcin
para
montar
como
disco
virtual.
(Tenga
en
cuenta
que
no
puede
montar
una
imagen
de
un
disco
entero
salvo
en
el
caso
de
que
el
disco
contenga
una
nica
parXcin).
Si
la
imagen
conXene
varias
parXciones,
todas
se
seleccionarn
de
manera
predeterminada
para
Copyright
Acronis,
129
montar
con
letrasInc.
de
unidad
asignadas
automXcamente.
Si
desea
asignar
letras
de
unidad
diferentes
a
las
parXciones
que
se
montarn,
haga
clic
en
Opciones.
Tambin
puede
seleccionar
una
letra
para
asignarla
al
disco
virtual
en
la
lista
desplegable
Letra
de
montaje.
Si
no
desea
montar
una
parXcin,
seleccione
No
montar
en
la
lista
o
desmarque
la
casilla
de
vericacin
de
la
parXcin.
38
Gua Del Usuario para Acronis True Image HD: Montaje De Una Imagen
Tambin
puede
seleccionar
una
letra
para
asignarla
al
disco
virtual
en
la
lista
desplegable
Letra
de
montaje.
Si
no
desea
montar
una
parXcin,
seleccione
No
montar
en
la
lista
o
desmarque
la
casilla
de
vericacin
de
la
parXcin.
4. Una
vez
que
haya
realizado
la
conguracin,
haga
clic
en
ConNnuar
para
conectar
las
imgenes
de
parXcin
seleccionadas
como
discos
virtuales.
5. Despus
de
conectar
la
imagen,
el
programa
ejecutar
el
explorador
de
Windows
y
mostrar
su
contenido.
Ahora
puede
trabajar
con
archivos
o
carpetas
como
si
estuvieran
ubicados
en
un
disco
real.
130
39
Tambin
puede
realizarlo
en
el
Explorador
de
Windows
al
hacer
clic
con
el
botn
secundario
del
ratn
en
el
icono
del
disco
y
elegir
Desmontar.
131
Bedienungsanleitung fr
Inhaltsverzeichnis
Ein Laufwerk Klonen 3
Allgemeine Informationen 3
Sicherheit 4
User's Guide
Sollten
Sie
ein
USB-SUck
als
booThiges
Medium
erstellen
wollen,
dann
sollten
Sie
beachten,
dass
der
USB-SUck
mit
dem
Computer
verbunden
ist,
bevor
Sie
mit
der
Erstellung
beginnen.
Der
USB-SUck
muss
FAT32-formaUert
sein.
Falls
Sie
festgelegt
haben,
dass
ein
ISO-Image
erstellt
werden
soll,
mssen
Sie
auerdem
dessen
Parameter
spezizieren:
AuCeilen
in
Bes]mmen
Sie,
ob
das
Programm
das
resul]erende
ISO-Image
in
mehrere
.iso-
Dateien
einer
bes]mmten
Gre
auKeilen
soll.
Klicken
Sie
nach
Auswahl
des
gewnschten
Mediums
auf
Erstellen,
damit
die
Medienerstellung
starten
kann.
Themen
8.4 Ein Laufwerk klonen
Allgemeine Informa]onen
Themen
Sicherheit
Allgemeine
Modus frInforma]onen.....................................................................100
das Klonen whlen
Sicherheit................................................................................................101
Modus
Auswahl
des
fr
d
as
KQuelllaufwerks
lonen
whlen................................................................101
Auswahl
Auswahl
des
Ziellaufwerks
des
Quelllaufwerks..................................................................102
des
Zzum
iellaufwerks.....................................................................103
Auswahl
Methoden
Verschieben
Methoden
zum
Verschieben..................................................................104
Elemente
Elemente
ausschlieen
ausschlieen...........................................................................105
Manuelle
ManuellePar]]onierung.......................................................................106
Par]]onierung
(Laufwerk
klonen)...................................................108
Zusammenfassung
Zusammenfassung
(Laufwerk
klonen)
8.4.1
Allgemeine Informationen
Es
kann
vorkommen,
dass
Ihre
Festpla^e
(oder
hnliches
Laufwerk)
nicht
mehr
gengend
Speicherplatz
fr
Betriebssystem
und
installierte
Anwendungen
hat,
wodurch
SoKware-Updates
und
Neuinstalla]onen
von
Anwendungen
blockiert
werden.
In
diesem
Fall
mssen
Sie
das
System
normalerweise
auf
ein
Laufwerk
hherer
Kapazitt
bertragen.
Um
das
System
zu
bertragen,
mssen
Sie
zuerst
das
neue
Laufwerk
in
den
Computer
einbauen.
Verfgt
Ihr
Computer
ber
keinen
Einschub
fr
eine
weitere
Festpla^e
(oder
hnliches
Laufwerk),
dann
knnen
Sie
sie
temporr
anstelle
Ihres
CD-Laufwerkes
installieren
oder
eine
USB-Verbindung
zum
externen
Ziellaufwerk
verwenden.
Wenn
das
nicht
mglich
ist,
knnen
Sie
das
Laufwerk
durch
Erstellung
eines
Disk-Images
klonen
und
dieses
dann
auf
ein
neues
Laufwerk
mit
greren
Volumes
(Par]]onen)
wiederherstellen.
In
der
Programmanzeige
werden
beschdigte
Volumes
in
der
oberen
linken
Ecke
mit
einem
weien
Kreuz
auf
rotem
Kreis
gekennzeichnet.
Bevor
Sie
mit
dem
Klonen
beginnen,
sollten
Sie
mit
den
passenden
Tools
des
Betriebssystems
nach
Laufwerksfehlern
suchen
und
gefundene
Fehler
korrigieren
lassen.
100
Um
beste
Ergebnisse
zu
erreichen,
installieren
Sie
das
neue
Ziellaufwerk
dort,
wo
Sie
es
spter
verwenden
wollen
und
das
Quelllaufwerk
an
einem
anderen
Ort,
z.B.
in
einem
externen
USB-
Gehuse.
Diese
Empfehlung
ist
besonders
fr
Notebooks
wich]g.
Es
wird
auerdem
dringend
empfohlen,
zur
Sicherheit
ein
Backup
des
gesamten
ursprnglichen
Laufwerks
zu
erstellen.
Das
knnte
die
ReVung
fr
Ihre
Daten
bedeuten,
falls
mit
dem
ursprnglichen
Laufwerk
beim
Klonen
etwas
schief
geht.
InformaUonen
zur
Erstellung
eines
solchen
Backups
nden
Sie
unter
Laufwerke
und
Volumes
per
Backup
sichern
(S.
33).
Denken
Sie
unbedingt
daran,
das
Backup
nach
dem
Erstellen
zu
validieren.
nen
Sie
auf
der
Startseite
die
Registerkarte
Extras
und
Werkzeuge
und
klicken
Sie
auf
Laufwerk
klonen.
Folgen Sie den Schri^en des Assistenten zum Klonen von Laufwerken:
8.4.2
Sicherheit
Beachten
Sie
Folgendes:
Sollte
es
whrend
des
Transfers
zu
einem
Stromausfall
kommen
oder
Sie
versehentlich
den
Reset-Schalter
des
Computers
drcken,
wird
die
Prozedur
unvollstndig
sein
und
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
mssen
Sie
die
Festpla^e
erneut
par]]onieren
und
forma]eren
oder
klonen.
Es
gehen
jedoch
keine
Daten
verloren,
weil
von
der
Original-Festpla^e
nur
gelesen
wird
(an
den
nen
Sie
auf
der
Startseite
die
Registerkarte
Extras
und
Werkzeuge
und
klicken
Sie
auf
Laufwerk
klonen.
Folgen Sie den Schri^en des Assistenten zum Klonen von Laufwerken:
8.4.2
Sicherheit
Beachten
Sie
Folgendes:
Sollte
es
whrend
des
Transfers
zu
einem
Stromausfall
kommen
oder
Sie
versehentlich
den
Reset-Schalter
des
Computers
drcken,
wird
die
Prozedur
unvollstndig
sein
und
mssen
Sie
die
Festpla^e
erneut
par]]onieren
und
forma]eren
oder
klonen.
Es
gehen
jedoch
keine
Daten
verloren,
weil
von
der
Original-Festpla^e
nur
gelesen
wird
(an
den
Par]]onen
werden
keine
Vernderungen
vorgenommen).
Die
Prozedur
zur
Systembertragung
fhrt
zu
keinerlei
Vernderung
am
Original-Laufwerk.
Nach
Abschluss
der
Prozedur
knnen
Sie
das
alte
Laufwerk
forma]eren
oder
alle
auf
diesem
enthaltenen
Daten
sicher
auslschen.
Verwenden
Sie
fr
diese
Aufgabe
Werkzeuge
von
Windows
oder
den
Acronis
DriveCleanser.
Unabhngig
davon
ist
es
empfehlenswert,
solange
keine
Daten
von
der
alten
Festpla^e
zu
lschen,
bis
Sie
sicher
sind,
dass
alles
korrekt
bertragen
wurden,
der
Computer
von
der
neuen
Pla^e
bootet
und
alle
Anwendungen
arbeiten.
8.4.3
101
AutomaTsch
(in
den
meisten
Fllen
empfohlen).
Im
automa]schen
Modus
mssen
Sie
lediglich
einige
einfache
Ak]onen
zum
Transfer
aller
Daten
auf
ein
neues
Laufwerk
durchfhren,
einschlielich
der
Volume-Struktur,
Dateien
und
Ordner.
Wenn
das
alte
Laufwerk
boo\hig
war,
wird
es
auch
das
neue
wieder
sein.
Manuell.
Der
manuelle
Modus
bietet
mehr
Flexibilitt
beim
Datentransfer.
Der
manuelle
Modus
ist
vor
allem
dann
ntzlich,
wenn
die
Par]]onsstruktur
des
neuen
Laufwerks
gendert
werden
soll.
Wenn
das
Programm
zwei
Laufwerke
ndet,
eine
parUUoniert
und
die
andere
nicht,
erkennt
es
automaUsch
das
parUUonierte
Laufwerk
als
Quelle
und
das
unparUUonierte
Lauwerk
als
Ziel.
In
diesem
Fall
werden
die
nchsten
SchriVe
bersprungen
und
Sie
gelangen
zum
Bildschirm
mit
der
Zusammenfassung
des
Klonens.
8.4.4
Copyright Acronis,
Inc., 2000-2012
Sie
knnen
das
Quell-
und
Ziellaufwerk
unter
Verwendung
der
im
Fenster
angezeigten
Informa]onen
AutomaTsch
(in
den
meisten
Fllen
empfohlen).
Im
automa]schen
Modus
mssen
Sie
lediglich
einige
einfache
Ak]onen
zum
Transfer
aller
Daten
auf
ein
neues
Laufwerk
durchfhren,
einschlielich
der
Volume-Struktur,
Dateien
und
Ordner.
Wenn
das
alte
Laufwerk
boo\hig
war,
wird
es
auch
das
neue
wieder
sein.
Manuell.
Der
manuelle
Modus
bietet
mehr
Flexibilitt
beim
Datentransfer.
Der
manuelle
Modus
ist
vor
allem
dann
ntzlich,
wenn
die
Par]]onsstruktur
des
neuen
Laufwerks
gendert
werden
soll.
Wenn
das
Programm
zwei
Laufwerke
ndet,
eine
parUUoniert
und
die
andere
nicht,
erkennt
es
automaUsch
das
parUUonierte
Laufwerk
als
Quelle
und
das
unparUUonierte
Lauwerk
als
Ziel.
In
diesem
Fall
werden
die
nchsten
SchriVe
bersprungen
und
Sie
gelangen
zum
Bildschirm
mit
der
Zusammenfassung
des
Klonens.
8.4.4
Sie
knnen
das
Quell-
und
Ziellaufwerk
unter
Verwendung
der
im
Fenster
angezeigten
Informa]onen
festlegen
(Laufwerksnummer,
Kapazitt,
Bezeichnung,
Informa]onen
zu
Volumes
und
Dateisystem).
Findet
das
Programm
mehrere
par]]onierte
Laufwerke,
dann
wird
es
nach
dem
Quelllaufwerk
fragen
(d.h.
das
ltere
Datenlaufwerk).
Whlen Sie das Quelllaufwerk und klicken Sie auf Weiter, um fortzufahren.
Spalten
whlen
Sie
die
angezeigten
Spalten.
Sie
knnen
die
Spaltenbreite
ndern,
wenn
Sie
die
Spaltengrenze
mit
der
Maus
verschieben.
LaufwerkseigenschaKen
(ebenfalls
im
Kontextmen
enthalten,
das
Sie
mit
einem
Klick
der
rechten
Maustaste
auf
ein
Objekt
ak]vieren)
net
die
EigenschaKen
des
gewhlten
Volumes
oder
Laufwerks
in
einem
Fenster.
Dieses
Fenster
hat
zwei
Bereiche.
Der
linke
Bereich
enthlt
einen
EigenschaKen-
Verzeichnisbaum,
der
rechte
zeigt
nach
Auswahl
eines
Eintrags
die
EigenschaKen
im
Detail.
Die
Laufwerksinforma]onen
beinhalten
physikalische
Parameter
(Verbindungstyp,
Gertetyp,
Gre
usw.);
Volume-Informa]onen
beinhalten
sowohl
physikalische
(Sektoren,
Ort
usw.)
wie
auch
logische
Parameter
(Dateisystem,
freier
Speicherplatz,
zugeordneter
Buchstabe
usw.).
8.4.5
Nach
dem
Quelllaufwerk
mssen
Sie
das
Ziellaufwerk
angeben,
auf
das
die
Daten
bertragen
werden
sollen.
Das
bereits
gewhlte
Laufwerk
erscheint
ausgegraut
und
steht
nicht
mehr
zur
Auswahl
zur
Verfgung.
Spalten
whlen
Sie
die
angezeigten
Spalten.
Sie
knnen
die
Spaltenbreite
ndern,
wenn
Sie
die
Spaltengrenze
mit
der
Maus
verschieben.
LaufwerkseigenschaKen (ebenfalls im Kontextmen enthalten, das Sie mit einem Klick der
rechten
Maustaste
fr
auf
Acronis
ein
Objekt
aTrue
k]vieren)
net
EigenschaKen
des
gewhlten
Volumes
Bedienungsanleitung
Image
HD:die
Ein
Laufwerk
Klonen
oder
Laufwerks
in
einem
Fenster.
Dieses
Fenster
hat
zwei
Bereiche.
Der
linke
Bereich
enthlt
einen
EigenschaKen-
Verzeichnisbaum,
der
rechte
zeigt
nach
Auswahl
eines
Eintrags
die
EigenschaKen
im
Detail.
Die
Laufwerksinforma]onen
beinhalten
physikalische
Parameter
(Verbindungstyp,
Gertetyp,
Gre
usw.);
Volume-Informa]onen
beinhalten
sowohl
physikalische
(Sektoren,
Ort
usw.)
wie
auch
logische
Parameter
(Dateisystem,
freier
Speicherplatz,
zugeordneter
Buchstabe
usw.).
8.4.5
Nach
dem
Quelllaufwerk
mssen
Sie
das
Ziellaufwerk
angeben,
auf
das
die
Daten
bertragen
werden
sollen.
Das
bereits
gewhlte
Laufwerk
erscheint
ausgegraut
und
steht
nicht
mehr
zur
Auswahl
zur
Verfgung.
Whlen Sie das Ziellaufwerk und klicken Sie auf Weiter, um fortzufahren.
An
dieser
Stelle
berprK
das
Programm,
ob
das
Ziellaufwerk
frei
ist.
Wenn
nicht,
erscheint
ein
Best]gungsfenster,
welches
Sie
darauf
aufmerksam
macht,
dass
auf
dem
Ziellaufwerk
Volumes
mit
mglicherweise
ntzlichen
Daten
vorliegen.
Um
das
Lschen
der
Volumes
zu
best]gen,
klicken
Sie
auf
OK.
Beachten
Sie,
dass
zu
diesem
Zeitpunkt
keine
realen
Vernderungen
vorgenommen
oder
Daten
gelscht
werden!
Das
Programm
erzeugt
lediglich
ein
Skript
fr
den
Klonvorgang.
Die
tatschlichen
nderungen
erfolgen
erst,
wenn
Sie
auf
FerDg
stellen
klicken.
Wenn
ein
vorhandenes
Laufwerk
unparUUoniert
ist,
erkennt
das
Programm
dieses
automaUsch
als
Ziellaufwerk
und
berspringt
den
nchsten
SchriV.
8.4.6
Methoden zum Verschieben
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
103
Wenn
Sie
den
manuellen
Modus
zum
Klonen
gewhlt
haben,
bietet
Ihnen
Acronis
True
Image
HD
die
folgenden
Methoden
zum
Verschieben
der
Daten:
Wie
vorliegend
fr
jedes
alte
Volume
wird
ein
neues
Volume
erstellt,
mit
gleicher/gleichem
Gre,
Volume-Typ,
Dateisystem
und
Volume-Bezeichnung.
Der
ungenutzte
Speicherplatz
wird
zu
'nicht
zugeordnetem'.
ProporTonal
der
neue
Speicherplatz
des
Laufwerks
wird
propor]onal
zwischen
den
geklonten
Volumes
verteilt
Manuell Sie knnen die Gre und andere Parameter fr das neue Laufwerk selbst bes]mmen
Wenn
ein
vorhandenes
Laufwerk
unparUUoniert
ist,
erkennt
das
Programm
dieses
automaUsch
als
Ziellaufwerk
und
berspringt
den
nchsten
SchriV.
8.4.6
Wenn
Sie
den
manuellen
Modus
zum
Klonen
gewhlt
haben,
bietet
Ihnen
Acronis
True
Image
HD
die
folgenden
Methoden
zum
Verschieben
der
Daten:
Wie
vorliegend
fr
jedes
alte
Volume
wird
ein
neues
Volume
erstellt,
mit
gleicher/gleichem
Gre,
Volume-Typ,
Dateisystem
und
Volume-Bezeichnung.
Der
ungenutzte
Speicherplatz
wird
zu
'nicht
zugeordnetem'.
ProporTonal
der
neue
Speicherplatz
des
Laufwerks
wird
propor]onal
zwischen
den
geklonten
Volumes
verteilt
Manuell Sie knnen die Gre und andere Parameter fr das neue Laufwerk selbst bes]mmen
Wenn
Sie
whlen,
die
Informa]onen
Wie
vorliegend
zu
bertragen,
wird
fr
jedes
alte
ein
neues
Volume
erstellt,
mit
gleicher/gleichem
Gre,
Volume-Typ,
Dateisystem
und
Volume-Bezeichnung.
Der
ungenutzte
Speicherplatz
wird
zu
'nicht
zugeordnetem'.
Anschlieend
knnen
Sie
den
'nicht
zugeordneten'
Speicherplatz
verwenden,
um
mit
speziellen
Werkzeugen
wie
Acronis
Disk
Director
Suite
neue
Volumes
zu
erstellen
oder
exis]erende
Volumes
zu
vergrern.
Eine
bertragung
Als
Originalabbild
empehlt
sich
blicherweise
nicht,
weil
dies
zu
viel
'nicht
zugeordnetem'
Speicherplatz
auf
dem
neuen
Laufwerk
fhrt.
Mit
der
Methode
Wie
vorliegend
kann
Acronis
True
Image
HD
auch
nicht
untersttzte
und
beschdigte
Dateisysteme
bertragen.
Wenn
Sie
die
Daten
propor]onal
bertragen,
wird
jedes
Volume
entsprechend
der
Propor]onen
von
alter
und
neuer
Laufwerkskapazitt
vergrert.
FAT16-Volumes
werden
jedoch
weniger
als
andere
vergrert,
da
sie
ein
Grenlimit
von
4
GB
haben.
Abhngig
von
der
gewhlten
Kombina]on
fahren
Sie
mit
dem
Fenster
'Zusammenfassung
(Laufwerk
klonen)'
fort
oder
dem
Schri^
'Laufwerkslayout
ndern'
(siehe
unten).
104
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
Wenn
Sie
whlen,
die
Informa]onen
Wie
vorliegend
zu
bertragen,
wird
fr
jedes
alte
ein
neues
Volume
erstellt,
mit
gleicher/gleichem
Gre,
Volume-Typ,
Dateisystem
und
Volume-Bezeichnung.
Der
ungenutzte
Speicherplatz
wird
zu
'nicht
zugeordnetem'.
Anschlieend
knnen
Sie
den
'nicht
zugeordneten'
Speicherplatz
verwenden,
um
mit
speziellen
Werkzeugen
wie
Acronis
Disk
Director
Bedienungsanleitung
Acronis
Image
HD:zEin
Laufwerk Klonen
Suite
neue
Volumes
zu
fr
erstellen
oder
eTrue
xis]erende
Volumes
u
vergrern.
Eine
bertragung
Als
Originalabbild
empehlt
sich
blicherweise
nicht,
weil
dies
zu
viel
'nicht
zugeordnetem'
Speicherplatz
auf
dem
neuen
Laufwerk
fhrt.
Mit
der
Methode
Wie
vorliegend
kann
Acronis
True
Image
HD
auch
nicht
untersttzte
und
beschdigte
Dateisysteme
bertragen.
Wenn
Sie
die
Daten
propor]onal
bertragen,
wird
jedes
Volume
entsprechend
der
Propor]onen
von
alter
und
neuer
Laufwerkskapazitt
vergrert.
FAT16-Volumes
werden
jedoch
weniger
als
andere
vergrert,
da
sie
ein
Grenlimit
von
4
GB
haben.
Abhngig
von
der
gewhlten
Kombina]on
fahren
Sie
mit
dem
Fenster
'Zusammenfassung
(Laufwerk
klonen)'
fort
oder
dem
Schri^
'Laufwerkslayout
ndern'
(siehe
unten).
8.4.7
Elemente ausschlieen
Sie
knnen
im
Abschni^
Dateiausschluss
Dateien
und
Ordner
herausltern,
die
beim
Klonen
auf
das
neue
Laufwerk
nicht
mit
eingeschlossen
werden
sollen.
104
1. Nutzen
Sie
eine
der
folgenden
Mglichkeiten,
um
eine
Liste
von
Elementen
fr
eine
Ausschlieung
zu
erstellen:
Whlen
Sie
in
der
Registerkarte
Ausschluss
per
Dateien
und
Ordner
die
gewnschten
Dateien
und
Ordner
ber
einen
typischen
Datei-Browser
aus;
Geben
Sie
in
der
Registerkarte
Ausschluss
per
Maske
die
Namen
von
einzelnen
Dateien
oder
Ordnern
ein
(der
vollstndige
Pfad
ist
erforderlich)
oder
denieren
Sie
ber
die
typischen
Platzhalterzeichen
(Wildcards)
*
und
?
ein
Ausschlussmuster.
Verwenden
Sie
die
rechts
liegenden
Schal\lchen
Hinzufgen,
Bearbeiten,
EnSernen
sowie
Alle
enSernen,
um
die
Zusammenstellung
der
Elemente
in
der
Liste
zu
steuern.
Sie
knnen
diese
beiden
Methoden
auch
kombinieren.
Also
beispielsweise,
indem
Sie
eine
Dateimaske
denieren
und
bes]mmte
Elemente
ber
den
Datei-Browser
auswhlen.
Beachten
Sie:
Wenn
Sie
whlen
bzw.
festlegen,
dass
eine
Datei
ausgeschlossen
werden
soll,
die
'feste
NTFS-Links'
(Hard
Links)
hat,
dass
Sie
dann
auch
fr
diese
festen
Links
festlegen
mssen,
dass
sie
vom
Klon-Vorgang
ausgeschlossen
werden
sollen.
Anderenfalls
wird
die
Datei
nicht
ausgeschlossen
und
erscheint
nach
dem
Klon-Vorgang
auf
dem
Ziellaufwerk.
Beachten
Sie:
Wenn
Sie
Dateien
ausschlieen,
dann
berechnet
das
Programm
die
Gre
der
ausgeschlossenen
Elemente
und
berprC,
ob
die
zu
klonenden
Daten
auf
das
Ziellaufwerk
passen.
Haben
Sie
dabei
etwas
Geduld,
da
es
einige
Minuten
dauern
kann,
bis
dieser
Vorgang
abgeschlossen
ist.
Copyright Acronis,
Inc., 2000-2012
Speicherplatz
hat,
um
die
Ak]on
zu
beenden.
Das
kann
folgende
Grnde
haben:
Die
zu
klonende
Datenmenge
des
Quelllaufwerks
berschreitet
die
verfgbare
Kapazitt
des
Ziellaufwerks.
Versuchen
Sie
zur
Lsung
dieses
Problems
weitere
Elemente
vom
Klon-Vorgang
Beachten
Sie:
Wenn
Sie
whlen
bzw.
festlegen,
dass
eine
Datei
ausgeschlossen
werden
soll,
die
'feste
NTFS-Links'
(Hard
Links)
hat,
dass
Sie
dann
auch
fr
diese
festen
Links
festlegen
mssen,
dass
sie
vom
Klon-Vorgang
ausgeschlossen
werden
sollen.
Anderenfalls
wird
die
Datei
nicht
ausgeschlossen
und
erscheint
nach
dem
Klon-Vorgang
auf
dem
Ziellaufwerk.
Beachten
Sie:
Wenn
Sie
Dateien
ausschlieen,
dann
berechnet
das
Programm
die
Gre
der
ausgeschlossenen
Elemente
und
berprC,
ob
die
zu
klonenden
Daten
auf
das
Ziellaufwerk
passen.
Haben
Sie
dabei
etwas
Geduld,
da
es
einige
Minuten
dauern
kann,
bis
dieser
Vorgang
abgeschlossen
ist.
Die
zu
klonende
Datenmenge
des
Quelllaufwerks
berschreitet
die
verfgbare
Kapazitt
des
Ziellaufwerks.
Versuchen
Sie
zur
Lsung
dieses
Problems
weitere
Elemente
vom
Klon-Vorgang
auszuschlieen
und
klicken
Sie
dann
auf
Weiter.
Wiederholen
Sie
diese
Ak]on
bei
Bedarf
solange,
bis
die
Warnmeldung
verschwindet.
Das
Quelllaufwerk
verwendet
ein
nicht
untersttztes
Dateisystem
und
ist
grer
als
das
Ziellaufwerk.
In
diesem
Fall
muss
das
Ziellaufwerk
grer
als
das
Quellaufwerk
sein
oder
zumindest
die
gleiche
Gre
haben;
ein
weiterer
Ausschluss
von
Elementen
ist
hier
nutzlos. 105
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
Das
Quelllaufwerk
verfgt
sowohl
ber
Volumes
(Par]]onen)
mit
untersttztem
und
nicht
untersttztem
Dateisystem,
wobei
die
Kapazitt
des
Ziellaufwerks
kleiner
ist
als
die
zu
klonende
Datenmenge
der
Volumes
mit
untersttztem
Dateisystem
plus
der
Gre
der
Volumes
mit
nicht
untersttztem
Dateisystem.
Weitere
Elemente
auszuschlieen,
kann
in
diesem
Fall
hilfreich
sein.
8.4.7.1
Beispiele fr Ausschlieungen
Dateien
und
Ordner
auf
dem
Quelllaufwerk
knnen
vom
Klon-Vorgang
ausgeschlossen
werden
(einzeln
wie
auch
als
Zusammenstellung
auf
Basis
eines
Ausschlussmusters).
Ein
solches
Muster
kann
entweder
ein
Datei-
bzw.
Ordnername
sein
oder
eine
ber
bekannte
Platzhalterzeichen
(Wildcards)
denierte
Dateimaske:
*
?
Sie
knnen
bei
Bedarf
auch
mehrere
Kriterien
in
einer
Zeile
eingeben,
per
Semikolon
getrennt.
Um
z.B.
alle
Dateien
mit
den
Erweiterungen
.gif
und
.bmp
auszuschlieen,
knnen
Sie
*.gif;*.bmp
eintragen.
Die
untere
Tabelle
demonstriert
einige
Ausschlussbeispiele.
Muster
Beispiel
Beschreibung
Per Name
F.log
Per
Dateipfad
C:\Finanzen\F.log Schliet eine Datei aus, die 'F.log' heit und im Ordner 'C:\Finanzen' vorliegt
Per
Ordnerpfad
C:\Finanzen\F\
Schliet
den
Ordner
'C:\Finanzen\F'
aus
(stellen
Sie
sicher,
dass
Sie
den
vollstndigen
Pfad
angeben,
mit
einem
Laufwerksbuchstaben
beginnend
und
mit
einem
Backslash
(\)
endend)
Per
Maske
(*)
*.log
Per Maske
F???.log
F*
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
Schliet
alle
Dateien
und
Ordner
aus,
deren
Namen
mit
F
beginnen
(etwa
die
Ordner
F,
F1
und
die
Dateien
F.log,
F1.log)
Schliet
alle
.log-Dateien
aus,
deren
Namen
am
Ende
vier
Zeichen
enthalten
Datenmenge
der
Volumes
mit
untersttztem
Dateisystem
plus
der
Gre
der
Volumes
mit
nicht
untersttztem
Dateisystem.
Weitere
Elemente
auszuschlieen,
kann
in
diesem
Fall
hilfreich
sein.
8.4.7.1
Beispiele
Ausschlieungen
Bedienungsanleitung
fr fr
Acronis
True Image HD: Ein Laufwerk Klonen
Dateien
und
Ordner
auf
dem
Quelllaufwerk
knnen
vom
Klon-Vorgang
ausgeschlossen
werden
(einzeln
wie
auch
als
Zusammenstellung
auf
Basis
eines
Ausschlussmusters).
Ein
solches
Muster
kann
entweder
ein
Datei-
bzw.
Ordnername
sein
oder
eine
ber
bekannte
Platzhalterzeichen
(Wildcards)
denierte
Dateimaske:
*
Sie
knnen
bei
Bedarf
auch
mehrere
Kriterien
in
einer
Zeile
eingeben,
per
Semikolon
getrennt.
Um
z.B.
alle
Dateien
mit
den
Erweiterungen
.gif
und
.bmp
auszuschlieen,
knnen
Sie
*.gif;*.bmp
eintragen.
Die
untere
Tabelle
demonstriert
einige
Ausschlussbeispiele.
Muster
Beispiel
Beschreibung
Per Name
F.log
Per
Dateipfad
C:\Finanzen\F.log Schliet eine Datei aus, die 'F.log' heit und im Ordner 'C:\Finanzen' vorliegt
Per
Ordnerpfad
C:\Finanzen\F\
Schliet
den
Ordner
'C:\Finanzen\F'
aus
(stellen
Sie
sicher,
dass
Sie
den
vollstndigen
Pfad
angeben,
mit
einem
Laufwerksbuchstaben
beginnend
und
mit
einem
Backslash
(\)
endend)
Per
Maske
(*)
*.log
F*
Schliet
alle
Dateien
und
Ordner
aus,
deren
Namen
mit
F
beginnen
(etwa
die
Ordner
F,
F1
und
die
Dateien
F.log,
F1.log)
Per
Maske
(?)
F???.log
Schliet
alle
.log-Dateien
aus,
deren
Namen
am
Ende
vier
Zeichen
enthalten
und
mit
F
beginnen
Platzhalterzeichen
(Wildcards)
in
einer
Maske
knnen
nur
Teile
von
Datei-
oder
Ordnernamen
reprsenUeren,
jedoch
nicht
den
Teil
eines
Dateipfades
ersetzen.
Unterordner
sollten
immer
ausdrcklich
durch
Verwendung
eines
Backslashs
(\)
speziziert
werden.
Sie
knnen
beispielsweise
folgende
Zeile
verwenden,
um
alle
Dateien
im
Verzeichnis
'C:\Programme\Acronis\TrueImageHome\'
auszuschlieen,
die
zudem
'Qt'
im
Dateinamen
enthalten:
*\Prog*\Acr*\True*\*Qt*.??? .
8.4.8
Manuelle Partitionierung
Die
manuelle
bertragungsmethode
ermglicht
Ihnen,
die
Volumes
(Par]]onen)
des
neuen
Laufwerks
in
der
Gre
anzupassen.
Als
Standard
ndert
das
Programm
die
Gren
propor]onal.
In
diesem
Fenster
wird
das
Quelllaufwerk
als
Rechteck
visualisiert;
das
schliet
seine
Volumes,
vorhandenen
'nicht
zugeordneten'
Speicherplatz
und
das
neue
Laufwerkslayout
mit
ein.
106
10
(*)
F*
Schliet
alle
Dateien
und
Ordner
aus,
deren
Namen
mit
F
beginnen
(etwa
die
Ordner
F,
F1
und
die
Dateien
F.log,
F1.log)
8.4.8
Manuelle Partitionierung
Die
manuelle
bertragungsmethode
ermglicht
Ihnen,
die
Volumes
(Par]]onen)
des
neuen
Laufwerks
in
der
Gre
anzupassen.
Als
Standard
ndert
das
Programm
die
Gren
propor]onal.
In
diesem
Fenster
wird
das
Quelllaufwerk
als
Rechteck
visualisiert;
das
schliet
seine
Volumes,
vorhandenen
'nicht
zugeordneten'
Speicherplatz
und
das
neue
Laufwerkslayout
mit
ein.
Neben
der
Laufwerksnummer
sehen
Sie
Informa]onen
zur
Kapazitt,
der
Bezeichnung,
vorhandenen
Volumes
und
dem
Dateisystem.
Verschiedene
Volume-Typen
(einschlielich
primre
und
logische)
106
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
sowie
'nicht
zugeordneter'
Speicherplatz
werden
ber
unterschiedliche
Farben
gekennzeichnet.
Klicken
Sie
mit
der
rechten
Maustaste
auf
das
vorhandene
Volume
und
whlen
Sie
im
Kontextmen
den
Befehl
Bearbeiten,
um
Gre,
Volume-Typ
und
Bezeichnung
ndern
zu
knnen.
DarauGin
net
sich
das
Fenster
'Volume-Einstellungen'.
Dazu knnen Sie Werte manuell in die Felder Freier Platz davor, Volume-Gre, Freier Platz danach
Copyright eingeben
Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
oder
die
(graschen)
Volume-Begrenzungen
per
Maus
verschieben.
Wenn
der
Mauszeiger
in
zwei
ver]kale
Linien
mit
Pfeilen
nach
rechts
und
links
umschaltet,
steht
er
ber
einer
Volume-Begrenzung,
worauf
Sie
diese
zur
Grenanpassung
verschieben
knnen
Wenn
11
Klicken
Sie
mit
der
rechten
Maustaste
auf
das
vorhandene
Volume
und
whlen
Sie
im
Kontextmen
den
Befehl
Bearbeiten,
um
Gre,
Volume-Typ
und
Bezeichnung
ndern
zu
knnen.
DarauGin
net
sich
das
Fenster
'Volume-Einstellungen'.
Dazu
knnen
Sie
Werte
manuell
in
die
Felder
Freier
Platz
davor,
Volume-Gre,
Freier
Platz
danach
eingeben
oder
die
(graschen)
Volume-Begrenzungen
per
Maus
verschieben.
Wenn
der
Mauszeiger
in
zwei
ver]kale
Linien
mit
Pfeilen
nach
rechts
und
links
umschaltet,
steht
er
ber
einer
Volume-Begrenzung,
worauf
Sie
diese
zur
Grenanpassung
verschieben
knnen
Wenn
der
Mauszeiger
in
vier
Pfeile
umschaltet,
bezieht
er
sich
auf
das
Volume
und
Sie
knnen
diese
nach
links
oder
rechts
verschieben
(fr
den
Fall,
dass
nicht
zugeordneter
Speicher
benachbart
zum
Volume
liegt).
Wenn
Sie
die
neue
Posi]on
und
Gre
eingestellt
haben,
klicken
Sie
auf
Annehmen.
Sie
gelangen
darauGin
wieder
zurck
zum
Fenster
'Laufwerkslayout
ndern'.
Mglicherweise
mssen
Sie
einige
weitere
Anpassungen
zur
Gre
und
Posi]on
durchfhren,
bevor
Sie
das
von
Ihnen
gewnschte
Copyright
Acronis, Inc.
107
Layout
erhalten.
Wenn
Sie
auf
Weiter
klicken,
gelangen
Sie
zum
Fenster
'Zusammenfassung
(Laufwerk
klonen)'.
Achtung!
Sollten
Sie
an
dieser
Stelle
in
der
Seitenleiste
auf
irgendeinen
vorherigen
Assistentenschri^
klicken,
werden
alle
vorgenommenen
nderungen
zu
Gre
und
Posi]on
zurckgesetzt,
so
dass
Sie
diese
bei
Bedarf
neu
vornehmen
mssen.
8.4.9
Das
Fenster
'Zusammenfassung
(Laufwerk
klonen)'
zeigt
Informa]onen
ber
das
Quelllaufwerk
(Volumes
sowie
'nicht
zugeordneter'
Speicherplatz)
und
das
entstehende
Layout
des
Ziellaufwerks
als
grasche
Illustra]onen
(Rechtecke)
an.
Zusammen
mit
Laufwerksnummer
sind
einige
weitere
Informa]onen
zu
sehen:
Laufwerkskapazitt,
Bezeichnung,
Informa]on
zu
Volumes
und
Dateisystem.
12
darauGin
wieder
zurck
zum
Fenster
'Laufwerkslayout
ndern'.
Mglicherweise
mssen
Sie
einige
weitere
Anpassungen
zur
Gre
und
Posi]on
durchfhren,
bevor
Sie
das
von
Ihnen
gewnschte
Layout
erhalten.
Bedienungsanleitung
fr Acronis True Image HD: Ein Laufwerk Klonen
Wenn
Sie
auf
Weiter
klicken,
gelangen
Sie
zum
Fenster
'Zusammenfassung
(Laufwerk
klonen)'.
Achtung!
Sollten
Sie
an
dieser
Stelle
in
der
Seitenleiste
auf
irgendeinen
vorherigen
Assistentenschri^
klicken,
werden
alle
vorgenommenen
nderungen
zu
Gre
und
Posi]on
zurckgesetzt,
so
dass
Sie
diese
bei
Bedarf
neu
vornehmen
mssen.
8.4.9
Das
Fenster
'Zusammenfassung
(Laufwerk
klonen)'
zeigt
Informa]onen
ber
das
Quelllaufwerk
(Volumes
sowie
'nicht
zugeordneter'
Speicherplatz)
und
das
entstehende
Layout
des
Ziellaufwerks
als
grasche
Illustra]onen
(Rechtecke)
an.
Zusammen
mit
Laufwerksnummer
sind
einige
weitere
Informa]onen
zu
sehen:
Laufwerkskapazitt,
Bezeichnung,
Informa]on
zu
Volumes
und
Dateisystem.
Klicken
Sie
auf
FerTg
stellen,
um
die
Ak]on
'Laufwerk
klonen'
zu
starten.
Klicken
Sie
alterna]v
auf
Abbrechen,
um
die
Prozedur
zu
verwerfen
und
zum
Programmhaup\enster
zurckzukehren.
Das
Klonen
eines
Laufwerks,
welches
das
gegenwr]g
ak]ve
Betriebssystem
enthlt,
erfordert
einen
Neustart.
In
diesen
Fllen
werden
Sie
nach
dem
Klick
auf
FerTg
stellen
noch
gefragt,
ob
Sie
den
Neustart
ausfhren
mchten.
Eine
Ablehnung
des
Neustarts
fhrt
zum
Abbruch
der
komple^en
Prozedur.
Nach
Abschluss
des
Klonvorgangs
erhalten
Sie
die
Op]on,
den
Computer
durch
Drcken
einer
beliebigen
Taste
auszuschalten.
Das
gibt
Ihnen
die
Mglichkeit,
die
Posi]on
der
Master-
bzw.
Slave-Jumper
zu
verndern
und
eines
der
Laufwerke
zu
en\ernen.
Das
Klonen
eines
'Nicht-System'-Laufwerks
oder
eines
Laufwerks,
welches
ein
derzeit
nicht
ak]ves
Betriebssystem
enthlt,
wird
ohne
erforderlichen
Neustart
ausgefhrt.
Durch
ein
Klick
auf
FerTg
stellen
startet
Acronis
True
Image
HD
das
Klonen
des
alten
auf
das
neue
Laufwerk;
ein
zustzliches
Fenster
gibt
AuskunK
ber
den
Ak]onsverlauf.
Sie
knnen
diese
Prozedur
mit
einem
Klick
auf
Abbrechen
stoppen.
In
dem
Fall
mssen
Sie
das
Laufwerk
erneut
par]]onieren
und
forma]eren
oder
das
sehen
Sie
108 Verfahren
zum
Klonen
von
Laufwerken
wiederholen.
Nach
Abschluss
der
Klon-Ak]on
Copyright Acronis,
Inc.
eine
Meldung
mit
dem
Ergebnis.
8.5
Wenn
Sie
nicht
ausreichend
Platz
haben,
um
Ihre
Daten
zu
speichern,
dann
knnen
Sie
entweder
Ihre
alte
Festpla^e
(oder
hnliche
Laufwerke)
gegen
eine
neue,
grere
austauschen
(der
Datentransfer
auf
neue
Laufwerke
ist
an
anderer
Stelle
beschrieben)
oder
einfach
nur
ein
neues
Laufwerk
als
Datenspeicher
hinzufgen,
whrend
das
System
auf
dem
bisherigen
Laufwerk
verbleibt.
Falls
im
Platz
fr
ein
weiteres
Laufwerk
ist,
ist
es
einfacher,
ein
neues
hinzuzufgen
als
das
Copyright Computer
Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
bisherige
zu
klonen.
Um
eine
Festpla^e
bzw.
hnliches
Laufwerk
hinzuzufgen,
mssen
Sie
diese
zuerst
an
den
Computer
13
8.5
Wenn
Sie
nicht
ausreichend
Platz
haben,
um
Ihre
Daten
zu
speichern,
dann
knnen
Sie
entweder
Ihre
alte
Festpla^e
(oder
hnliche
Laufwerke)
gegen
eine
neue,
grere
austauschen
(der
Datentransfer
auf
neue
Laufwerke
ist
an
anderer
Stelle
beschrieben)
oder
einfach
nur
ein
neues
Laufwerk
als
Datenspeicher
hinzufgen,
whrend
das
System
auf
dem
bisherigen
Laufwerk
verbleibt.
Falls
im
Computer
Platz
fr
ein
weiteres
Laufwerk
ist,
ist
es
einfacher,
ein
neues
hinzuzufgen
als
das
bisherige
zu
klonen.
Um
eine
Festpla^e
bzw.
hnliches
Laufwerk
hinzuzufgen,
mssen
Sie
diese
zuerst
an
den
Computer
anschlieen.
So
fgen
Sie
ein
neues
Laufwerk
hinzu:
nen
Sie
die
Registerkarte
Extras
und
Werkzeuge
und
klicken
Sie
dann
auf
Laufwerk
hinzufgen.
Folgen Sie den Anweisungen des Assistenten zum Hinzufgen neuer Laufwerke:
Falls
Sie
eine
32-Bit-Version
von
Windows
XP
einsetzen,
dann
umfasst
der
Assistent
nicht
den
SchriV
IniDalisierungsopDonen,
da
dieses
Betriebssystem
GPT-Laufwerke
nicht
untersttzt.
Themen
8.5.1
Whlen
Sie
die
Festpla^e
(oder
ein
hnliches
Laufwerk),
die
Sie
neu
an
den
Computer
angeschlossen
haben.
Wenn
Sie
mehrere
Laufwerke
neu
angeschlossen
haben,
whlen
Sie
eins
aus
und
klicken
Sie
dann
auf
Weiter,
um
fortzufahren.
Die
anderen
Laufwerke
knnen
Sie
spter
bercksich]gen,
nach
einem
Neustart
des
'Assistenten
zum
Hinzufgen
neuer
Laufwerke'.
Sollten
sich
auf
dem
Ziellaufwerk
bereits
Volumes
(ParUUonen)
benden,
mssen
diese
gelscht
werden.
Wenn
auf
dem
hinzugefgten
Laufwerk
bereits
Volumes
vorhanden
sind,
informiert
Acronis
True
Image
HD
Sie
mit
einer
Warnmeldung.
Klicken
Sie
auf
OK
,
um
auf
dem
hinzugefgten
Laufwerk
vorliegende
Volumes
(ParUUonen)
zu
lschen.
109
14
hinzufgen.
Folgen Sie den Anweisungen des Assistenten zum Hinzufgen neuer Laufwerke:
Themen
8.5.1
Whlen
Sie
die
Festpla^e
(oder
ein
hnliches
Laufwerk),
die
Sie
neu
an
den
Computer
angeschlossen
haben.
Wenn
Sie
mehrere
Laufwerke
neu
angeschlossen
haben,
whlen
Sie
eins
aus
und
klicken
Sie
dann
auf
Weiter,
um
fortzufahren.
Die
anderen
Laufwerke
knnen
Sie
spter
bercksich]gen,
nach
einem
Neustart
des
'Assistenten
zum
Hinzufgen
neuer
Laufwerke'.
Sollten
sich
auf
dem
Ziellaufwerk
bereits
Volumes
(ParUUonen)
benden,
mssen
diese
gelscht
werden.
Wenn
auf
dem
hinzugefgten
Laufwerk
bereits
Volumes
vorhanden
sind,
informiert
Acronis
True
Image
HD
Sie
mit
einer
Warnmeldung.
Klicken
Sie
auf
OK
,
um
auf
dem
hinzugefgten
Laufwerk
vorliegende
Volumes
(ParUUonen)
zu
lschen.
109
Sie
knnen
zudem
die
EigenschaKen
aller
im
System
vorhandenen
Laufwerke
einsehen,
z.B.
Name
und
Modell,
Kapazitt,
Dateisystem
und
verwendete
Schni^stelle.
8.5.2
Acronis
True
Image
HD
untersttzt
die
Par]]onsschemata
MBR
und
GPT.
Die
GUID-Par]]onstabelle
(GPT)
ist
ein
neues
Laufwerk-Par]]onsschema,
das
Vorteile
gegenber
dem
lteren
MBR-
Par]]onsschema
bringt.
Wenn
Ihr
Betriebssystem
GPT-Laufwerke
untersttzt,
knnen
Sie
das
neue
Laufwerk
als
ein
GPT-Laufwerk
ini]alisieren.
15
Sie
knnen
zudem
die
EigenschaKen
aller
im
System
vorhandenen
Laufwerke
einsehen,
z.B.
Name
und
Modell,
Kapazitt,
Dateisystem
und
verwendete
Schni^stelle.
8.5.2
Acronis
True
Image
HD
untersttzt
die
Par]]onsschemata
MBR
und
GPT.
Die
GUID-Par]]onstabelle
(GPT)
ist
ein
neues
Laufwerk-Par]]onsschema,
das
Vorteile
gegenber
dem
lteren
MBR-
Par]]onsschema
bringt.
Wenn
Ihr
Betriebssystem
GPT-Laufwerke
untersttzt,
knnen
Sie
das
neue
Laufwerk
als
ein
GPT-Laufwerk
ini]alisieren.
Falls
Sie
eine
32-Bit-Version
von
Windows
XP
einsetzen,
dann
steht
die
GPT-IniUalisierungsmethode
nicht
zur
Verfgung
und
der
SchriV
IniDalisierungsopDonen
wird
nicht
angezeigt.
8.5.3
110
Ein
neues
Laufwerk
muss
par]]oniert
werden,
damit
sein
Speicherplatz
verwendet
werden
kann.
Par]]onieren
ist
ein
Prozess,
bei
der
Speicherplatz
des
Laufwerks
in
logische
Abschni^e
(Volumes
oder
Par]]onen
genannt)
unterteilt
wird.
Jeder
logischer
Abschni^
(Volume/Par]]on)
kann
wie
ein
separates
Laufwerk
mit
eigenem
Buchstaben,
Dateisystem
usw.
fungieren.
Selbst
wenn
Sie
nicht
vorhaben,
Ihre
Laufwerke
in
logische
Abschni^e
zu
unterteilen,
muss
sie
par]]oniert
werden,
damit
das
Betriebssystem
wei,
dass
das
Laufwerk
'in
einem
Stck'
verwendet
werden
soll.
Zu
Anfang
wird
der
komple^e
Laufwerksspeicher
vom
Typ
'nicht
zugeordnet'
sein
(auch
'nicht
zugewiesen'
oder
'verfgbar'
genannt).
Das
ndert
sich,
sobald
Sie
neue
Volumes
(Par]]onen)
hinzugefgt
haben.
So
erstellen
Sie
ein
neues
Volume:
Whlen
den
'nicht
zugeordneten'
Speicherplatz
und
klicken
Sie
im
oberen
Fensterbereich
auf
Neues
Volume
erstellen
oder
klicken
Sie
alterna]v
mit
der
rechten
Maustaste
auf
den
'nicht
zugeordneten'
Speicher
und
whlen
den
Befehl
Neues
Volume
erstellen
aus
dem
Kontextmen.
16
Ein
neues
Laufwerk
muss
par]]oniert
werden,
damit
sein
Speicherplatz
verwendet
werden
kann.
Par]]onieren
ist
ein
Prozess,
bei
der
Speicherplatz
des
Laufwerks
in
logische
Abschni^e
(Volumes
Bedienungsanleitung
fr Acronis True Image HD:
oder
Par]]onen
genannt)
unterteilt
wird.
Jeder
logischer
Abschni^
(Volume/Par]]on)
kann
wie
ein
Ein Neues
Laufwerk
Hinzufgen
separates
Laufwerk
mit
eigenem
Buchstaben,
Dateisystem
usw.
fungieren.
Selbst
wenn
Sie
nicht
vorhaben,
Ihre
Laufwerke
in
logische
Abschni^e
zu
unterteilen,
muss
sie
par]]oniert
werden,
damit
das
Betriebssystem
wei,
dass
das
Laufwerk
'in
einem
Stck'
verwendet
werden
soll.
Zu
Anfang
wird
der
komple^e
Laufwerksspeicher
vom
Typ
'nicht
zugeordnet'
sein
(auch
'nicht
zugewiesen'
oder
'verfgbar'
genannt).
Das
ndert
sich,
sobald
Sie
neue
Volumes
(Par]]onen)
hinzugefgt
haben.
So
erstellen
Sie
ein
neues
Volume:
Whlen
den
'nicht
zugeordneten'
Speicherplatz
und
klicken
Sie
im
oberen
Fensterbereich
auf
Neues
Volume
erstellen
oder
klicken
Sie
alterna]v
mit
der
rechten
Maustaste
auf
den
'nicht
zugeordneten'
Speicher
und
whlen
den
Befehl
Neues
Volume
erstellen
aus
dem
Kontextmen.
Wenn
Sie
dem
neuen
Volume
den
gesamten
'nicht
zugeordneten'
Speicherplatz
des
Laufwerks
zuweisen,
wird
die
Schal\lche
Neues
Volume
erstellen
ausgeblendet.
8.5.3.1
Volume-Einstellungen
Gre
Sie
knnen
Gre
und
Posi]on
des
zu
erstellenden
Volumes
anpassen.
Wenn
Sie
die
Volume-Gre
ndern
wollen:
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
111
17
Wenn
Sie
dem
neuen
Volume
den
gesamten
'nicht
zugeordneten'
Speicherplatz
des
Laufwerks
zuweisen,
wird
die
Schal\lche
Neues
Volume
erstellen
ausgeblendet.
8.5.3.1
Volume-Einstellungen
Gre
Sie
knnen
Gre
und
Posi]on
des
zu
erstellenden
Volumes
anpassen.
Wenn
Sie
die
Volume-Gre
ndern
wollen:
SAcronis,
Copyright
Zeigen
ie
auf
dInc.
ie
Begrenzungen
des
Volumes.
Wenn
der
Mauszeiger
in
zwei
ver]kale
Linien
m111
it
Pfeilen nach rechts und links umschaltet, steht er ber einer Volume-Begrenzung.
Drcken
Sie
die
linke
Maustaste
und
ziehen
Sie
die
Volume-Begrenzungen,
um
die
Volume-Gre
anzupassen.
Sie
knnen
die
Volume-Gre
auerdem
manuell
einstellen,
indem
Sie
den
gewnschten
Wert
in
das
Feld
Volume-Gre
eingeben.
Wenn
Sie
die
PosiTon
des
Volumes
ndern
wollen:
Zeigen
Sie
mit
der
Maus
auf
das
Volume.
Der
Cursor
verndert
sich
zu
einem
Fadenkreuz.
Drcken
Sie
die
linke
Maustaste
und
ziehen
Sie
das
Volume,
bis
Sie
in
den
Feldern
Freier
Platz
davor
bzw.
Freier
Platz
danach
die
gewnschte
Gre
erhalten.
Sie
knnen
die
Menge
des
'nicht
zugeordneten'
Speicherplatzes
vor
und
hinter
dem
gewhlten
Volume
auch
dadurch
einstellen,
dass
Sie
den
ben]gten
Wert
manuell
in
die
betreenden
Felder
eintragen.
Wenn
Sie
ein
oder
mehrere
logische
Volumes
erstellen,
wird
das
System
etwas
'nicht
zugeordneten'
Speicher
fr
die
Erfordernisse
des
Systems
vor
dem/den
erstellten
Volume(s)
einrichten.
Wenn
Sie
ein
primres
Volume
oder
ein
primres
gemeinsam
mit
einem
logischen
Volume
einrichten,
wird
kein
'nicht
zugeordneter'
Speicherplatz
reserviert.
Dateisystem
Whlen
Sie
den
Dateisystemtyp
fr
das
zu
erstellende
Volume.
Verschiedene
Volumes
knnen
auch
verschiedene
Arten
von
Dateisystemen
haben.
Sie
knnen
das
Volume
entweder
unforma]ert
belassen
oder
zwischen
folgenden
Dateisystemen
whlen:
NTFS
ist
das
zu
Windows
2000,
Windows
XP,
Windows
Vista
und
Windows
7
gehrende
Dateisystem.
Whlen
Sie
diese
Variante,
wenn
Sie
mit
diesen
Betriebssystemen
arbeiten.
Beachten
Sie,
das
Windows
95/98/Me
und
DOS
nicht
auf
NTFS-Volumes
zugreifen
knnen.
FAT
32
ist
eine
verbesserte
32-Bit-Version
des
Dateisystems
FAT,
die
Volumes
bis
2
TB
untersttzt.
FAT
16
ist
ein
na]ves
DOS-Dateisystem.
Die
meisten
Betriebssysteme
erkennen
es.
Wenn
Ihr
Laufwerk
aber
grer
als
4
GB
ist,
knnen
Sie
es
nicht
mit
FAT16
forma]eren.
Ext2
ist
ein
na]ves
Dateisystem
von
Linux.
Es
ist
schnell
genug,
aber
kein
Journaling-
Dateisystem.
Ext3
oziell
mit
Red
Hat
Linux
Version
7.2
eingefhrt,
ist
Ext3
ein
Journaling-Dateisystem
von
Linux.
Es
ist
vorwrts
und
rckwrts
kompa]bel
mit
Linux
Ext2.
Es
hat
mul]ple
Journaling-Modi
sowie
eine
breite
Cross-Pla_orm-Kompa]bilitt
mit
32-Bit-
und
64-Bit-Architekturen.
Ext4
ist
ein
neues
Dateisystem
von
Linux.
Gegenber
dem
Ext3-Dateisystem
weist
es
Verbesserungen
auf.
Es
ist
vollstndig
abwrtskompa]bel
zu
Ext2
und
Ext3.
Allerdings
ist
Ext3
nur
teilweise
vorwrtskompa]bel
zu
Ext4.
18
Dateisystem.
Whlen
Sie
diese
Variante,
wenn
Sie
mit
diesen
Betriebssystemen
arbeiten.
Beachten
Sie,
das
Windows
95/98/Me
und
DOS
nicht
auf
NTFS-Volumes
zugreifen
knnen.
FAT
32
ist
eine
verbesserte
32-Bit-Version
des
Dateisystems
FAT,
die
Volumes
bis
2
TB
untersttzt.
FAT
16
ist
ein
na]ves
DOS-Dateisystem.
Die
meisten
Betriebssysteme
erkennen
es.
Wenn
Ihr
Laufwerk
aber
grer
als
4
GB
ist,
knnen
Sie
es
nicht
mit
FAT16
forma]eren.
Ext2
ist
ein
na]ves
Dateisystem
von
Linux.
Es
ist
schnell
genug,
aber
kein
Journaling-
Dateisystem.
Ext3
oziell
mit
Red
Hat
Linux
Version
7.2
eingefhrt,
ist
Ext3
ein
Journaling-Dateisystem
von
Linux.
Es
ist
vorwrts
und
rckwrts
kompa]bel
mit
Linux
Ext2.
Es
hat
mul]ple
Journaling-Modi
sowie
eine
breite
Cross-Pla_orm-Kompa]bilitt
mit
32-Bit-
und
64-Bit-Architekturen.
Ext4
ist
ein
neues
Dateisystem
von
Linux.
Gegenber
dem
Ext3-Dateisystem
weist
es
Verbesserungen
auf.
Es
ist
vollstndig
abwrtskompa]bel
zu
Ext2
und
Ext3.
Allerdings
ist
Ext3
nur
teilweise
vorwrtskompa]bel
zu
Ext4.
Linux
Swap
ist
ein
Dateisystem
fr
das
Auslagerungs-Volume
von
Linux.
Whlen
Sie
diese
Einstellung,
um
mehr
Platz
fr
die
Auslagerungsdateien
von
Linux
bereitzustellen.
Laufwerksbuchstabe
Whlen
Sie
einen
Buchstaben
aus
dem
Listenfeld,
der
dem
zu
erstellenden
Volume
zugewiesen
wird.
Wenn
Sie
Auto
auswhlen,
weist
das
Programm
den
ersten
freien
Laufwerksbuchstaben
in
alphabe]scher
Reihenfolge
zu.
112
Volume-Bezeichnung
Eine
Volume-Bezeichnung
(auch
Laufwerksbezeichnung
genannt)
ist
ein
kurzer
Name,
den
Sie
einem
Volume
zur
besseren
Unterscheidung
von
anderen
zuweisen
knnen.
So
kann
beispielsweise
ein
Volume
'System'
genannt
werden
(Volume
fr
das
Betriebssystem)
oder
'Programme'
(Volume
fr
Anwendungen)
oder
'Daten'
(Volume
fr
Dokumente)
usw.
(die
Volume-Bezeichnung
ist
ein
op]onales
A^ribut).
Primr
whlen
Sie
diese
Op]on,
wenn
Sie
von
diesem
Volume
ein
Betriebssystem
booten
mchten.
Wenn
nicht,
ist
es
besser,
das
neue
Volume
als
logisches
Laufwerk
einzurichten.
Es
sind
nur
vier
primre
Volumes
je
Laufwerk
mglich
oder
drei
primre
und
ein
erweitertes
Volume.
Beachten
Sie:
Wenn
Sie
mehrere
primre
Volumes
haben,
wird
nur
eines
ak]v
sein,
die
anderen
primren
Volumes
werden
versteckt
und
sind
fr
das
Betriebssystem
unsichtbar.
Volume
als
'AkTv'
markieren
ein
ak]ves
Volume
wird
zum
Laden
eines
Betriebssystems
verwendet.
Wenn
Sie
ein
Volume
ohne
installiertes
Betriebssystem
als
ak]v
kennzeichnen,
kann
bewirken,
dass
der
Computer
nicht
mehr
bootet.
Logisch
whlen
Sie
diesen
Parameter,
wenn
Sie
auf
dem
Laufwerk
kein
Betriebssystem
installieren
und
davon
starten
mchten.
Ein
logisches
Volume
ist
Teil
eines
physikalischen
Laufwerks,
der
par]]oniert
und
als
unabhngiger
Abschni^
eingerichtet
wurde,
so
dass
er
wie
ein
eigenstndiges
Laufwerk
verwendet
werden
kann.
Klicken
Sie
nach
dem
Einrichten
der
Einstellungen
fr
das
zu
erstellende
Volume
auf
Annehmen,
um
fortzufahren.
8.5.4
Die
Zusammenfassung
fr
die
Ak]on
'Laufwerk
hinzufgen'
zeigt
Informa]onen
in
grascher
Form
(Rechtecke)
ber
das
Layout
des
neuen
Laufwerks
vor
und
nach
der
Par]]onierung
an.
19
Volume
als
'AkTv'
markieren
ein
ak]ves
Volume
wird
zum
Laden
eines
Betriebssystems
verwendet.
Wenn
Sie
ein
Volume
ohne
installiertes
Betriebssystem
als
ak]v
kennzeichnen,
fr
kann
Acronis
bewirken,
True
dass
der
Computer
Bedienungsanleitung
Image
HD:nicht
mehr
bootet.
Logisch
whlen
Sie
diesen
Parameter,
wenn
Sie
auf
dem
Laufwerk
kein
Betriebssystem
Ein Neues
Laufwerk
Hinzufgen
installieren
und
davon
starten
mchten.
Ein
logisches
Volume
ist
Teil
eines
physikalischen
Laufwerks,
der
par]]oniert
und
als
unabhngiger
Abschni^
eingerichtet
wurde,
so
dass
er
wie
ein
eigenstndiges
Laufwerk
verwendet
werden
kann.
Klicken
Sie
nach
dem
Einrichten
der
Einstellungen
fr
das
zu
erstellende
Volume
auf
Annehmen,
um
fortzufahren.
8.5.4
Die
Zusammenfassung
fr
die
Ak]on
'Laufwerk
hinzufgen'
zeigt
Informa]onen
in
grascher
Form
(Rechtecke)
ber
das
Layout
des
neuen
Laufwerks
vor
und
nach
der
Par]]onierung
an.
113
Klicken
Sie
auf
FerTg
stellen,
um
mit
der
Erstellung
der
neuen
Volume(s)
zu
beginnen.
Klicken
Sie
alterna]v
auf
Abbrechen,
um
die
Prozedur
zu
verwerfen
und
zum
Programmhaup\enster
zurckzukehren.
Nach
dem
Klick
auf
FerTg
stellen
beginnt
Acronis
True
Image
HD
mit
dem
Erstellen
des
neuen
oder
neuer
Volumes;
ein
zustzliches
Fenster
gibt
AuskunK
ber
den
Ak]onsverlauf.
Sollten
Sie
diesen
Prozess
durch
Klick
auf
Abbrechen
stoppen,
dann
mssen
Sie
das
neue
Laufwerk
erneut
par]]onieren
und
forma]eren
oder
die
Prozedur
zum
Hinzufgen
neuer
Laufwerke
neu
durchfhren.
Bevor
Sie
auf
FerDg
stellen
klicken,
knnen
Sie
auerdem
die
Seitenleiste
verwenden,
um
durch
die
SchriVe
des
Assistent
zum
Hinzufgen
neuer
Laufwerke
zu
navigieren
und
so
nderungen
vorzunehmen.
8.6
Mit
dem
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
kann
das
Betriebssystem
groe
Laufwerke
mit
MBR-
Par]]onsschema
untersttzen.
Sie
knnen
den
Speicherplatz
oberhalb
von
2
TB
nutzen.
Dieser
freie
Speicher
wird
wie
ein
separates
Laufwerk
erkannt,
welches
das
Betriebssystem
und
die
Anwendungen
nutzen
knnen,
als
wre
es
ein
regulres
physikalisches
Festpla^enlaufwerk.
Der
Assistent
des
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Managers
zeigt
alle
Laufwerke
(nicht
zugeordnet
oder
mit
MBR-Par]]onsschema)
grer
als
2
TB
an.
Sie
knnen
sehen,
wie
viel
Speicherplatz
Windows
erkennt
und
zugeordnet
hat.
Dieser
Speicherplatz
wird
im
Assistenten
als
'Windows
Na]ve
Capacity'
bezeichnet.
Der
Speicherplatz
oberhalb
von
2
TB
wird
als
'Extended
Capacity'
angezeigt.
Wenn
Sie
diese
Laufwerke
mit
erweiterter
Kapazitt
(Extended
Capacity
Disks)
ak]viert
haben,
ist
der
Speicherplatz
fr
das
Betriebssystem
sichtbar
und
steht
fr
die
Laufwerksverwaltung
zur
Verfgung.
Copyright 1.
Acronis,
Inc.,d2000-2012
Um
en
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
zu
starten,
nen
Sie
die
Registerkarte
Extras
und
Wenn das Programm keine MBR-Laufwerke mit einer Gre von mehr als 2 TB ndet, wird eine Meldung
20
Klicken
Sie
alterna]v
auf
Abbrechen,
um
die
Prozedur
zu
verwerfen
und
zum
Programmhaup\enster
zurckzukehren.
Bedienungsanleitung
frsAcronis
True
Image
: HD
mit
dem
Erstellen
des
neuen
oder
Nach
dem
Klick
auf
FerTg
tellen
beginnt
Acronis
True
HD
Image
Acronisneuer
Volumes;
ein
zustzliches
Fenster
gibt
AuskunK
ber
den
Ak]onsverlauf.
Sollten
Sie
diesen
Extended Capacity Manager
Prozess
durch
Klick
auf
Abbrechen
stoppen,
dann
mssen
Sie
das
neue
Laufwerk
erneut
par]]onieren
und
forma]eren
oder
die
Prozedur
zum
Hinzufgen
neuer
Laufwerke
neu
durchfhren.
Bevor
Sie
auf
FerDg
stellen
klicken,
knnen
Sie
auerdem
die
Seitenleiste
verwenden,
um
durch
die
SchriVe
des
Assistent
zum
Hinzufgen
neuer
Laufwerke
zu
navigieren
und
so
nderungen
vorzunehmen.
8.6
Mit
dem
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
kann
das
Betriebssystem
groe
Laufwerke
mit
MBR-
Par]]onsschema
untersttzen.
Sie
knnen
den
Speicherplatz
oberhalb
von
2
TB
nutzen.
Dieser
freie
Speicher
wird
wie
ein
separates
Laufwerk
erkannt,
welches
das
Betriebssystem
und
die
Anwendungen
nutzen
knnen,
als
wre
es
ein
regulres
physikalisches
Festpla^enlaufwerk.
Der
Assistent
des
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Managers
zeigt
alle
Laufwerke
(nicht
zugeordnet
oder
mit
MBR-Par]]onsschema)
grer
als
2
TB
an.
Sie
knnen
sehen,
wie
viel
Speicherplatz
Windows
erkennt
und
zugeordnet
hat.
Dieser
Speicherplatz
wird
im
Assistenten
als
'Windows
Na]ve
Capacity'
bezeichnet.
Der
Speicherplatz
oberhalb
von
2
TB
wird
als
'Extended
Capacity'
angezeigt.
Wenn
Sie
diese
Laufwerke
mit
erweiterter
Kapazitt
(Extended
Capacity
Disks)
ak]viert
haben,
ist
der
Speicherplatz
fr
das
Betriebssystem
sichtbar
und
steht
fr
die
Laufwerksverwaltung
zur
Verfgung.
1. Um
den
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
zu
starten,
nen
Sie
die
Registerkarte
Extras
und
Werkzeuge
und
klicken
dann
auf
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager.
Wenn
das
Programm
keine
MBR-Laufwerke
mit
einer
Gre
von
mehr
als
2
TB
ndet,
wird
eine
Meldung
angezeigt,
dass
der
gesamte
Speicherplatz
verfgbar
ist;
in
diesem
Fall
benUgen
Sie
den
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
nicht.
2. Der
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
zeigt
an,
wie
viel
erweiterte
Kapazitt
fr
die
Zuordnung
zur
Verfgung
steht.
114
3. Klicken
Sie
auf
Speicher
zuteilen,
um
im
nchsten
Schri^
die
mgliche
Speicherplatzzuteilung
einzusehen.
Nach
einem
Klick
auf
die
Schal\lche
Anwenden
werden
die
Laufwerke
mit
erweiterter
Kapazitt
(Extended
Capacity
Disks)
auf
dem
physikalischen
Laufwerk
emuliert.
Falls
das
physikalische
Laufwerk
eine
Kapazitt
von
mehr
als
4
TB
hat
und
das
Betriebssystem
kein
GPT-
Par]]onsschema
untersttzt,
werden
mehrere
'MBR
Extended
Capacity
Disks'
erzeugt.
Beachten
Sie,
dass
Laufwerke
mit
erweiterter
Kapazitt
nicht
booThig
sind,
obwohl
sie
die
meisten
EigenschaCen
mit
physikalischen
Laufwerken
teilen.
4. Klicken
Sie
auf
Schlieen,
um
den
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
zu
schlieen.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
Nach
Zuweisung
des
Speicherplatzes
knnen
Sie
die
Laufwerke
mit
erweiterter
Kapazitt
auch
vorbergehend
ausschalten;
klicken
Sie
dazu
auf
die
Op]on
Laufwerke
mit
erweiterter
Kapazitt
temporr
ausschalten.
Dadurch
werden
die
Laufwerke
mit
erweiterter
Kapazitt
fr
Werkzeuge
zur
21
3. Klicken
Sie
auf
Speicher
zuteilen,
um
im
nchsten
Schri^
die
mgliche
Speicherplatzzuteilung
einzusehen.
Nach
einem
Klick
auf
die
Schal\lche
Anwenden
werden
die
Laufwerke
mit
erweiterter
Kapazitt
(Extended
Capacity
Disks)
auf
dem
physikalischen
Laufwerk
emuliert.
Falls
das
physikalische
Laufwerk
eine
Kapazitt
von
mehr
als
4
TB
hat
und
das
Betriebssystem
kein
GPT-
Par]]onsschema
untersttzt,
werden
mehrere
'MBR
Extended
Capacity
Disks'
erzeugt.
Beachten
Sie,
dass
Laufwerke
mit
erweiterter
Kapazitt
nicht
booThig
sind,
obwohl
sie
die
meisten
EigenschaCen
mit
physikalischen
Laufwerken
teilen.
4. Klicken
Sie
auf
Schlieen,
um
den
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
zu
schlieen.
Nach
Zuweisung
des
Speicherplatzes
knnen
Sie
die
Laufwerke
mit
erweiterter
Kapazitt
auch
vorbergehend
ausschalten;
klicken
Sie
dazu
auf
die
Op]on
Laufwerke
mit
erweiterter
Kapazitt
temporr
ausschalten.
Dadurch
werden
die
Laufwerke
mit
erweiterter
Kapazitt
fr
Werkzeuge
zur
Laufwerksverwaltung
unsichtbar,
obwohl
der
Speicherplatz
an
sich
weiterhin
zugeteilt
bleibt;
Sie
knnen
diese
Volumes
(Par]]onen)
spter
wieder
sichtbar
machen.
Starten
Sie
dazu
den
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
und
klicken
Sie
auf
Speicher
zuteilen.
Sie
knnen
die
Laufwerke
mit
erweiterter
Kapazitt
nach
Deinstalla]on
von
Acronis
True
Image
HD
auch
weiterhin
verwenden.
Whrend
Sie
das
Produkt
deinstallieren,
werden
Sie
gefragt,
ob
das
Laufwerk
mit
erweiterter
Kapazitt
en\ernt
werden
soll.
Wenn
Sie
es
nicht
en\ernen,
steht
das
Laufwerk
weiterhin
zur
Verfgung.
8.7
SSD trimmen
Der
'SSD
trimmen'-Assistent
hilK
Ihnen,
die
Schreibgeschwindigkeit
einer
SSD
(Solid
State
Drive)
zu
verbessern
und
einer
nachlassenden
Performance
entgegenzuwirken.
Dieses
Problem
kann
sich
bei
bes]mmten
SSDs
als
Folge
einer
intensiven
oder
langen
Nutzung
ergeben
und
resul]ert
aus
der
besonderen
Art
und
Weise,
wie
SSDs
Daten
berschreiben
und
lschen.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
Wie
bei
herkmmlichen
Festpla^en
werden
beim
Lschen
einer
Datei
von
einer
SSD
die
entsprechenden
Datenzellen
nur
einfach
als
'zur
Nutzung
verfgbar'
gekennzeichnet,
sta^
sie
rich]g
auszulschen.
Wenn
das
Betriebssystem
dann
spter
eine
Schreibak]on
auf
einer
solchen
Zelle
22
Klicken
Sie
zum
Lschen
der
Laufwerke
mit
erweiterter
Kapazitt
auf
Laufwerke
mit
erweiterter
Kapazitt
(Extended
Capacity
Disks)
enSernen
und
dann
im
nchsten
Schri^
auf
die
Schal\lche
Anwenden:
DarauGin
werden
die
Laufwerke
vom
System
en\ernt
und
der
Speicherplatz
oberhalb
von
2
TB
steht
nicht
mehr
zur
Verfgung.
Um
diesen
Speicherplatz
wieder
zuweisen
zu
knnen,
Bedienungsanleitung
fr Acronis True Image HD: SSD Trimmen
mssen
Sie
den
Extended
Capacity
Manager
erneut
starten
und
die
Schri^e
des
Assistenten
noch
einmal
ausfhren.
Sie
knnen
die
Laufwerke
mit
erweiterter
Kapazitt
nach
Deinstalla]on
von
Acronis
True
Image
HD
auch
weiterhin
verwenden.
Whrend
Sie
das
Produkt
deinstallieren,
werden
Sie
gefragt,
ob
das
Laufwerk
mit
erweiterter
Kapazitt
en\ernt
werden
soll.
Wenn
Sie
es
nicht
en\ernen,
steht
das
Laufwerk
weiterhin
zur
Verfgung.
8.7
SSD trimmen
Der
'SSD
trimmen'-Assistent
hilK
Ihnen,
die
Schreibgeschwindigkeit
einer
SSD
(Solid
State
Drive)
zu
verbessern
und
einer
nachlassenden
Performance
entgegenzuwirken.
Dieses
Problem
kann
sich
bei
bes]mmten
SSDs
als
Folge
einer
intensiven
oder
langen
Nutzung
ergeben
und
resul]ert
aus
der
besonderen
Art
und
Weise,
wie
SSDs
Daten
berschreiben
und
lschen.
Wie
bei
herkmmlichen
Festpla^en
werden
beim
Lschen
einer
Datei
von
einer
SSD
die
entsprechenden
Datenzellen
nur
einfach
als
'zur
Nutzung
verfgbar'
gekennzeichnet,
sta^
sie
rich]g
auszulschen.
Wenn
das
Betriebssystem
dann
spter
eine
Schreibak]on
auf
einer
solchen
Zelle
durchfhrt,
dann
handelt
es
sich
aus
Sicht
des
Speichergertes
um
eine
berschreibak]on.
Bei
herkmmlichen
Festpla^en
ist
dies
iden]sch
zum
Schreiben
auf
eine
leere
Zelle.
Die
Zellen
einer
SSD
sind
jedoch
eine
Ausnahme
und
mssen
zuerst
rich]g
gelscht
werden,
bevor
eine
neue
Schreibak]on
durchgefhrt
werden
kann.
Aufgrund
von
Hardware-Beschrnkungen
beeinusst
eine
Lschak]on
auf
einer
SSD
immer
einen
Block
von
512
KB.
Wenn
Sie
also
60
KB
an
zuvor
gelschten
Daten
mit
anderen
60
KB
berschreiben
mssen,
wird
zuerst
der
Inhalt
des
komple^en
Blocks
von
der
SSD
gelesen,
dann
im
Cache
gespeichert
und
erst
danach
der
Block
eek]v
ausgelscht.
Danach
werden
die
ben]gten
Daten
im
gecachten
Block
modiziert.
Abschlieend
wird
der
komple^e
Block
zurck
auf
die
SSD
geschrieben.
Das
hat
zur
Folge,
dass
die
Schreibperformance
deutlich
herabgesetzt
wird.
Zur
Vermeidung
dieses
Problems
werden
neue
Daten
immer
erst
zu
einem
neuen
Speicherort
gesichert
und
zwar
solange,
wie
auf
dem
Speichergert
noch
neue
Zellen
verfgbar
sind.
Frher
oder
spter
verfgt
die
SSD
ber
keine
leeren
Zellen
mehr,
worauf
jede
Schreibak]on
den
eben
beschriebenen
'Lesen-Auslschen-Modifzieren-Schreiben'-Zyklus
auslst.
Der
'SSD
trimmen'-Assistent
fhrt
eine
komple^e
Bereinigung
aller
zuvor
als
'gelscht'
markierter
Daten
durch
und
hinterlsst
so
leere
Datenzellen,
die
fr
neue
Schreibak]onen
bereit
sind.
Anmerkung:
Das
UUlity
verwendet
den
Standardbefehl
'TRIM',
um
eine
SSD
ber
Datenblcke
zu
informieren,
die
nicht
mehr
lnger
verwendet
werden
und
daher
ausgelscht
werden
knnen.
Stellen
Sie
sicher,
dass
Ihre
SSD
ber
eine
erforderliche
Firmware
verfgt,
die
diesen
Befehl
untersttzt.
Das
Trimmen
einer
SSD
mithilfe
von
Acronis
True
Image
HD
ist
nur
unter
Windows
Vista
oder
einer
frheren
Windows-Version
angebracht.
Windows
7
untersttzt
den
Standardbefehl
'TRIM'
bereits
von
Haus
aus
und
bereinigt
Zellen
direkt,
sobald
Daten
gelscht
werden.
So
trimmen
Sie
eine
SSD:
116
23
Anmerkung:
Das
UUlity
verwendet
den
Standardbefehl
'TRIM',
um
eine
SSD
ber
Datenblcke
zu
informieren,
die
nicht
mehr
lnger
verwendet
werden
und
daher
ausgelscht
werden
knnen.
Stellen
Sie
sicher,
dass
Ihre
SSD
ber
eine
erforderliche
Firmware
verfgt,
die
diesen
Befehl
untersttzt.
Warnung!
Diese
AkDon
kann
nicht
rckgngig
gemacht
werden.
Nach
Abschluss
der
AkDon
ist
eine
Wiederherstellung
der
betreenden
Daten
nicht
mehr
mglich.
Das
Trimmen
einer
SSD
mithilfe
von
Acronis
True
Image
HD
ist
nur
unter
Windows
Vista
oder
einer
frheren
Windows-Version
angebracht.
Windows
7
untersttzt
den
Standardbefehl
'TRIM'
bereits
von
Haus
aus
und
bereinigt
Zellen
direkt,
sobald
Daten
gelscht
werden.
So
trimmen
Sie
eine
SSD:
1. Klicken
Sie
in
der
Seitenleiste
oder
auf
der
Symbolleiste
auf
Extras
und
Werkzeuge
und
whlen
Sie
SSD
trimmen.
Darauf
net
sich
der
Assistent.
116
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
2. Whlen
Sie
aus
der
Liste
der
verfgbaren
Laufwerke
die
SSD(s)
aus,
die
Sie
trimmen
wollen
und
klicken
Sie
auf
Weiter.
3. berprfen
Sie
die
Zusammenfassung
und
klicken
Sie
auf
FerTg
stellen.
4. Sollten
Sie
den
Assistenten
unter
Windows
ausgefhrt
haben,
dann
klicken
Sie
bei
Auorderung
auf
Neustart.
Die
Ak]on
wird
nach
dem
Neustart
automa]sch
in
einer
unabhngigen
Linux-basierten
Umgebung
durchgefhrt.
Der
Assistent
bewirkt
nach
Abschluss
der
Ak]on
automa]sch
ein
Booten
von
Windows.
8.8
Acronis
True
Image
HD
beinhaltet
ein
Werkzeug
zur
sicheren
Lschung
aller
Daten
auf
komple^en
Laufwerken
oder
einzelnen
Volumes.
Wenn
Sie
ein
altes
Laufwerk
durch
ein
neues
mit
hherer
Kapazitt
ersetzen,
hinterlassen
Sie
mglicherweise
auf
dem
alten
Laufwerk
unwissentlich
persnliche
und
vertrauliche
Informa]onen
Diese
Informa]onen
knnen
mglicherweise
selbst
dann
wiederhergestellt
werden,
wenn
Sie
das
Laufwerk
neu
forma]eren.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
ermglicht
die
Vernichtung
vertraulicher
Informa]onen
auf
Laufwerken
bzw.
Volumes
mit
Hilfe
von
Verfahren,
die
zumeist
na]onalen
und
staatlichen
Standards
entsprechen
oder
diese
sogar
bertreen.
Sie
knnen
eine
geeignete
Methode
zur
Datenvernichtung
auswhlen,
welche
der
Wich]gkeit
Ihrer
vertraulichen
Daten
entspricht.
Die
Methoden
zur
Datenvernichtung
sind
in
diesem
Handbuch
ausfhrlich
unter
Methoden
zur
Datenvernichtung
auf
Laufwerken
(S.
124)
beschrieben.
Themen
Acronis
DriveCleanser............................................................................117
Methoden
zum
Lschen
von
Festpla^en...............................................124
8.8.1
Acronis DriveCleanser
Viele
Betriebssysteme
bieten
keine
sicheren
Werkzeuge
zur
Datenzerstrung,
so
dass
gelschte
Dateien
schon
mit
einfachen
Anwendungen
leicht
wiederhergestellt
werden
knnen.
Sogar
eine
komple^e
Laufwerksforma]erung
kann
die
permanente
Zerstrung
vertraulicher
Daten
nicht
garan]eren.
Der
Acronis
DriveCleanser
gewhrleistet
eine
sichere
und
permanente
Vernichtung
aller
Daten
auf
ausgewhlten
Laufwerken
bzw.
Volumes.
Es
stehen
mehrere
Algorithmen
fr
die
Datenvernichtung
zur
Auswahl,
je
nach
Wich]gkeit
der
vertraulichen
Informa]onen.
Beachten
Sie,
dass
die
Datenvernichtung
abhngig
von
der
Gesamtgre
der
ausgewhlten
Volumes
und
des
gewhlten
Algorithmus
fr
die
Datenvernichtung
mehrere
Stunden
dauern
kann.
24
Bedienungsanleitung
fr Acronis True Image HD:
klicken
Sie
auf
Weiter.
Werkzeuge
Fr
Sicherheit
Und Zum uSchutz
3. berprfen
Sie
die
Zusammenfassung
nd
klicken
Der
Sie
aPrivatsphre
uf
FerTg
stellen.
4. Sollten
Sie
den
Assistenten
unter
Windows
ausgefhrt
haben,
dann
klicken
Sie
bei
Auorderung
auf
Neustart.
Die
Ak]on
wird
nach
dem
Neustart
automa]sch
in
einer
unabhngigen
Linux-basierten
Umgebung
durchgefhrt.
Der
Assistent
bewirkt
nach
Abschluss
der
Ak]on
automa]sch
ein
Booten
von
Windows.
8.8
Acronis
True
Image
HD
beinhaltet
ein
Werkzeug
zur
sicheren
Lschung
aller
Daten
auf
komple^en
Laufwerken
oder
einzelnen
Volumes.
Wenn
Sie
ein
altes
Laufwerk
durch
ein
neues
mit
hherer
Kapazitt
ersetzen,
hinterlassen
Sie
mglicherweise
auf
dem
alten
Laufwerk
unwissentlich
persnliche
und
vertrauliche
Informa]onen
Diese
Informa]onen
knnen
mglicherweise
selbst
dann
wiederhergestellt
werden,
wenn
Sie
das
Laufwerk
neu
forma]eren.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
ermglicht
die
Vernichtung
vertraulicher
Informa]onen
auf
Laufwerken
bzw.
Volumes
mit
Hilfe
von
Verfahren,
die
zumeist
na]onalen
und
staatlichen
Standards
entsprechen
oder
diese
sogar
bertreen.
Sie
knnen
eine
geeignete
Methode
zur
Datenvernichtung
auswhlen,
welche
der
Wich]gkeit
Ihrer
vertraulichen
Daten
entspricht.
Die
Methoden
zur
Datenvernichtung
sind
in
diesem
Handbuch
ausfhrlich
unter
Methoden
zur
Datenvernichtung
auf
Laufwerken
(S.
124)
beschrieben.
Themen
Acronis
DriveCleanser............................................................................117
Methoden
zum
Lschen
von
Festpla^en...............................................124
8.8.1
Acronis DriveCleanser
Viele
Betriebssysteme
bieten
keine
sicheren
Werkzeuge
zur
Datenzerstrung,
so
dass
gelschte
Dateien
schon
mit
einfachen
Anwendungen
leicht
wiederhergestellt
werden
knnen.
Sogar
eine
komple^e
Laufwerksforma]erung
kann
die
permanente
Zerstrung
vertraulicher
Daten
nicht
garan]eren.
Der
Acronis
DriveCleanser
gewhrleistet
eine
sichere
und
permanente
Vernichtung
aller
Daten
auf
ausgewhlten
Laufwerken
bzw.
Volumes.
Es
stehen
mehrere
Algorithmen
fr
die
Datenvernichtung
zur
Auswahl,
je
nach
Wich]gkeit
der
vertraulichen
Informa]onen.
Beachten
Sie,
dass
die
Datenvernichtung
abhngig
von
der
Gesamtgre
der
ausgewhlten
Volumes
und
des
gewhlten
Algorithmus
fr
die
Datenvernichtung
mehrere
Stunden
dauern
kann.
nen
Sie
die
Registerkarte
Extras
und
Werkzeuge
und
klicken
Sie
dann
auf
Acronis
DriveCleanser.
8.8.1.1
Datenauswahl
Im ersten Schri^ bes]mmen Sie die Volumes, deren Daten Sie zerstren mchten.
25
Acronis
DriveCleanser
basiert
auf
einem
Assistenten,
der
alle
Laufwerksak]on
zuerst
als
Skript
erfasst,
daher
wird
solange
keine
Datenzerstrung
durchgefhrt,
bis
Sie
im
Abschlussfenster
des
Assistenten
auf
FerTg
stellen
klicken.
Sie
knnen
jederzeit
zu
den
vorherigen
Schri^en
zurckkehren,
um
andere
Laufwerke,
Volumes
oder
Datenvernichtungsalgorithmen
zu
whlen.
Gehen
Sie
folgendermaen
vor,
um
Daten
auf
einem
Laufwerk
permanent
zu
zerstren:
nen
Sie
die
Registerkarte
Extras
und
Werkzeuge
und
klicken
Sie
dann
auf
Acronis
DriveCleanser.
8.8.1.1
Datenauswahl
Im ersten Schri^ bes]mmen Sie die Volumes, deren Daten Sie zerstren mchten.
Markieren
Sie
ein
Volume
durch
Klick
auf
das
entsprechende
Rechteck.
Das
gewhlte
Volume
wird
mit
einem
roten
Kreuz
in
der
oberen
rechten
Ecke
des
Volumes
angezeigt.
Sie
knnen
ein
komple^es
Laufwerk
oder
auch
mehrere
Laufwerke
zur
Datenvernichtung
auswhlen.
Dazu
klicken
Sie
auf
das
zum
Laufwerk
korrespondierende
Rechteck
(mit
Gerte-Symbol,
Laufwerksnummer
und
Kapazitt).
Sie
knnen
zeitgleich
mehrere,
auf
verschiedenen
Laufwerken
liegende
Volumes
auswhlen,
genauso
wie
'nicht
zugeordneten'
Speicherplatz.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
kann
keine
Volumes
auf
dynamischen
oder
GPT-Laufwerken
bereinigen,
diese
werden
daher
im
Fenster
Auswahl
der
Daten
auch
nicht
angezeigt.
Copyright Acronis,
118 Inc., 2000-2012
26
Markieren
Sie
ein
Volume
durch
Klick
auf
das
entsprechende
Rechteck.
Das
gewhlte
Volume
wird
mit
einem
roten
Kreuz
in
der
oberen
rechten
Ecke
des
Volumes
angezeigt.
Sie
knnen
ein
komple^es
aufwerk
oder
auch
mehrere
Laufwerke
zur
Datenvernichtung
auswhlen.
Bedienungsanleitung
fr LAcronis
True
Image
HD
:
Dazu
klicken
Sie
auf
dasUnd
zum Zum
Laufwerk
korrespondierende
Rechteck
(mit
Gerte-Symbol,
Werkzeuge
Fr Sicherheit
Schutz
Der Privatsphre
Laufwerksnummer
und
Kapazitt).
Sie
knnen
zeitgleich
mehrere,
auf
verschiedenen
Laufwerken
liegende
Volumes
auswhlen,
genauso
wie
'nicht
zugeordneten'
Speicherplatz.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
kann
keine
Volumes
auf
dynamischen
oder
GPT-Laufwerken
bereinigen,
diese
werden
daher
im
Fenster
Auswahl
der
Daten
auch
nicht
angezeigt.
118
Seien
Sie
vorsich]g,
denn
ein
Klick
auf
OK
in
dieser
Warnmeldung
und
dann
auf
FerTg
stellen
im
Fenster
'Zusammenfassung'
kann
zum
vollstndigen
Lschen
des
System-Volumes
(mit
dem
Windows-Betriebssystem)
fhren.
8.8.1.2
Acronis
DriveCleanser
bietet
mehrere
gngige
Methoden
zur
Datenvernichtung.
Whlen
Sie
die
gewnschte
Methode
aus
dem
Listenfeld.
Die
Methoden
zur
Datenvernichtung
sind
in
diesem
Handbuch
ausfhrlich
unter
Methoden
zur
Datenvernichtung
auf
Laufwerken
(S.
124)
beschrieben.
Nachdem
Sie
eine
Methode
gewhlt
haben,
fhrt
Acronis
DriveCleanser
alle
Ak]onen
aus,
die
zur
Vernichtung
des
Inhalts
der
gewhlten
Volumes
bzw.
Laufwerke
notwendig
sind.
Anschlieend
wird
die
erfolgreiche
Datenvernichtung
durch
eine
Meldung
best]gt.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
bietet
noch
eine
andere
ntzliche
Mglichkeit,
die
Ergebnisse
einer
Copyright Acronis,
Inc., 2000-2012
Datenvernichtungsak]on
auf
Laufwerken
bzw.
Volumes
zu
beurteilen.
Es
enthlt
einen
integrierten
Die oben genannten Methoden bieten verschiedene Level der permanenten Zerstrung vertraulicher
27
Seien
Sie
vorsich]g,
denn
ein
Klick
auf
OK
in
dieser
Warnmeldung
und
dann
auf
FerTg
stellen
im
Fenster
'Zusammenfassung'
kann
zum
vollstndigen
Lschen
des
System-Volumes
(mit
dem
Bedienungsanleitung
frfAcronis
True Image HD:
Windows-Betriebssystem)
hren.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
bietet
mehrere
gngige
Methoden
zur
Datenvernichtung.
Whlen
Sie
die
gewnschte
Methode
aus
dem
Listenfeld.
Die
Methoden
zur
Datenvernichtung
sind
in
diesem
Handbuch
ausfhrlich
unter
Methoden
zur
Datenvernichtung
auf
Laufwerken
(S.
124)
beschrieben.
Nachdem
Sie
eine
Methode
gewhlt
haben,
fhrt
Acronis
DriveCleanser
alle
Ak]onen
aus,
die
zur
Vernichtung
des
Inhalts
der
gewhlten
Volumes
bzw.
Laufwerke
notwendig
sind.
Anschlieend
wird
die
erfolgreiche
Datenvernichtung
durch
eine
Meldung
best]gt.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
bietet
noch
eine
andere
ntzliche
Mglichkeit,
die
Ergebnisse
einer
Datenvernichtungsak]on
auf
Laufwerken
bzw.
Volumes
zu
beurteilen.
Es
enthlt
einen
integrierten
Disk
Editor
(Werkzeug
zur
Anzeige
versteckter
Laufwerksdaten).
Die
oben
genannten
Methoden
bieten
verschiedene
Level
der
permanenten
Zerstrung
vertraulicher
Daten.
Deshalb
hngt
das
Bild,
das
Sie
nach
der
Datenvernichtung
auf
dem
Laufwerk
bzw.
Volume
sehen,
von
der
verwendeten
Methode
ab.
Was
Sie
tatschlich
sehen,
sind
entweder
mit
Nullen
oder
zuflligen
Mustern
gefllte
Sektoren.
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
119
28
Nach
Erstellung
einer
benutzerdenierten
Methode
knnen
Sie
den
von
Ihnen
zusammengestellten
Algorithmus
abspeichern.
Was
prak]sch
ist,
wenn
Sie
ihn
noch
einmal
benutzen
wollen.
Das
Fenster
zur
Deni]on
der
Lschmethode
zeigt
Ihnen
zunchst
eine
Vorlage
fr
den
zuknKigen
Algorithmus.
Sie
mssen
selbst
denieren,
was
das
Programm
auf
das
Laufwerk
schreiben
soll,
um
die
vertraulichen
Daten
durch
Ihre
Methode
wirkungsvoll
zu
lschen.
Klicken
Sie
dafr
auf
die
Zeile,
die
ersten
Durchgang
reprsen]ert
und
whlen
Sie
den
Befehl
Bearbeiten.
29
Das
Fenster
zur
Deni]on
der
Lschmethode
zeigt
Ihnen
zunchst
eine
Vorlage
fr
den
zuknKigen
Algorithmus.
Sie
mssen
selbst
denieren,
was
das
Programm
auf
das
Laufwerk
schreiben
soll,
um
die
vertraulichen
Daten
durch
Ihre
Methode
wirkungsvoll
zu
lschen.
Klicken
Sie
dafr
auf
die
Zeile,
die
ersten
Durchgang
reprsen]ert
und
whlen
Sie
den
Befehl
Bearbeiten.
Komplementr
zum
Muster
im
vorhergehenden
SchriU
schreiben:
Wie
beim
zweiten
Durchgang
des
U.S.-Standards
wird
jeder
Laufwerkssektor
mit
hexadezimalen
Werten
gefllt,
die
komplementr
zu
den
Werten
sind,
die
im
vorherigen
Durchgang
auf
das
Laufwerk
geschrieben
wurden.
Deshalb
sollten
Sie
den
Schalter
auf
'Komplementr
zum
Muster
im
vorhergehenden
Schri^
schreiben'
stellen
und
dann
auf
OK
klicken.
Sie
gelangen
erneut
in
das
Fenster
zur
Deni]on
der
Datenvernichtungsmethode.
In
diesem
Fenster
sieht
der
zweite
Record
folgendermaen
aus:
Schreiben
komplementr
zum
Muster
im
vorhergehenden
Schri^.
berprfen
Wenn
Sie
den
Spezika]on
des
U.S.-Standards
zur
Datenzerstrung
folgen
wollen,
knnen
Sie
noch
einen
dri^en
und
vierten
Durchgang
zum
berschreiben
der
Daten
denieren.
Durch
weitere
Wiederholungen
und
mit
der
entsprechenden
Anzahl
knnen
Sie
eine
Methode
erstellen,
die
Ihren
Sicherheitsbedrfnissen
entspricht.
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
121
30
8.8.1.3
Im
Fenster
'Ak]onen
nach
der
Datenvernichtung'
knnen
Sie
einstellen,
welche
Ak]onen
nach
der
Datenvernichtung
auf
den
Volumes
ausgefhrt
werden
sollen.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
bietet
drei
Varianten:
Keine
AkTon
fhrt
lediglich
eine
Datenzerstrung
(mit
der
gewhlten
Methode)
aus
Volume
lschen
Daten
zerstren
und
Volume
lschen
FormaTeren
zerstrt
die
Daten
und
forma]ert
das/die
Volume(s)
(voreingestellt)
8.8.1.4
Zusammenfassung 'Datenvernichtung'
Das
Fenster
'Zusammenfassung'
enthlt
eine
Liste
aller
Ak]onen,
die
durchgefhrt
werden
sollen.
Nachdem
Sie
auf
FerTg
stellen
geklickt
haben,
werden
die
ausgewhlten
Volumes
(Par]]onen)
unwiederbringlich
gelscht.
Daher
bleibt
diese
Schal\lche
deak]viert,
bis
Sie
das
Kontrollkstchen
Ausgewhlte
ParTTonen
unwiderruich
auslschen
ak]vieren.
Klicken
Sie
auf
die
Schal\lche
FerTg
stellen,
um
die
aufgelisteten
Ak]onen
zu
starten.
Klicken
Sie
auf
die
Schal\lche
OpTonen,
um
zustzliche
Schri^e
auszufhren.
Klicken
Sie
auf
Abbrechen,
um
den
Assistenten
zu
verlassen,
ohne
eine
Ak]on
auszufhren.
8.8.1.5
Acronis
DriveCleanser
bietet
noch
eine
andere
ntzliche
Mglichkeit,
die
Ergebnisse
einer
Datenvernichtungsak]on
auf
Laufwerken
bzw.
Volumes
zu
beurteilen.
Klicken
Sie
auf
die
122
31
8.8.1.4
Zusammenfassung 'Datenvernichtung'
Das
Fenster
'Zusammenfassung'
enthlt
eine
Liste
aller
Ak]onen,
die
durchgefhrt
werden
sollen.
Nachdem
Sie
auf
FerTg
stellen
geklickt
haben,
werden
die
ausgewhlten
Volumes
(Par]]onen)
unwiederbringlich
gelscht.
Daher
bleibt
diese
Schal\lche
deak]viert,
bis
Sie
das
Kontrollkstchen
Ausgewhlte
ParTTonen
unwiderruich
auslschen
ak]vieren.
Klicken
Sie
auf
die
Schal\lche
FerTg
stellen,
um
die
aufgelisteten
Ak]onen
zu
starten.
Klicken
Sie
auf
die
Schal\lche
OpTonen,
um
zustzliche
Schri^e
auszufhren.
Klicken
Sie
auf
Abbrechen,
um
den
Assistenten
zu
verlassen,
ohne
eine
Ak]on
auszufhren.
8.8.1.5
Acronis
DriveCleanser
bietet
noch
eine
andere
ntzliche
Mglichkeit,
die
Ergebnisse
einer
Datenvernichtungsak]on
auf
Laufwerken
bzw.
Volumes
zu
beurteilen.
Klicken
Sie
auf
die
Registerkarte
Extras
und
Werkzeuge,
um
den
Status
der
bereinigten
Laufwerke
oder
Volumes
122
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
anzuzeigen.
Klicken
Sie
dann
auf
den
Link
Aktuellen
Laufwerkstatus
anzeigen
und
whlen
Sie
dann
das
Volume,
dessen
Bereinigungsergebnis
Sie
einsehen
wollen.
Dadurch
wird
der
integrierte
Acronis
Disk
Editor
genet
(im
'Nur
Lesen'-Modus).
Unterschiedliche
Algorithmen
bieten
verschiedene
Level
der
permanenten
Zerstrung
vertraulicher
Daten.
Deshalb
hngt
das
Bild,
das
Sie
nach
der
Datenvernichtung
auf
dem
Laufwerk
bzw.
Volume
sehen,
von
der
verwendeten
Methode
ab.
Was
Sie
tatschlich
sehen,
sind
entweder
mit
Nullen
oder
zuflligen
Mustern
gefllte
Laufwerkssektoren.
Ein Suchstring kann sowohl als Zeichenke^e (Eingabefeld Text) oder als numerischer
32
Ein
Suchstring
kann
sowohl
als
Zeichenke^e
(Eingabefeld
Text)
oder
als
numerischer
(hexadezimaler)
Wert
(Eingabefeld
Hex)
angegeben
werden.
Wenn
Sie
einen
Text
in
das
Eingabefeld
Text
eintragen,
wird
er
automa]sch
in
einen
hexadezimalen
Wert
im
Eingabefeld
Hex
konver]ert
und
umgekehrt.
Ak]vieren
Sie
Suche
ab
Sektor-Oset,
um
nach
einem
Suchstring
erst
beginnend
ab
einem
gewhlten
Oset
zu
suchen
Klicken
Sie
auf
OK,
um
die
Suche
zu
beginnen.
Nach
Abschluss
der
Suche
wird
die
Posi]on
auf
die
Stelle
versetzt,
an
der
eine
bereins]mmung
gefunden
wurde
oder
wird
nicht
verndert,
falls
nichts
gefunden
wurde.
Sie
knnen
beginnend
an
der
aktuellen
Stelle
die
Suche
fortsetzen,
wenn
Sie
Weitersuchen
im
Men
Suchen
whlen
oder
die
Taste
F3
benutzen.
Gehe zu Sektor
Sie
knnen
zu
dem
ben]gten
Sektor
springen,
wenn
Sie
seinen
Oset
direkt
angeben;
dazu
whlen
Sie
die
Zeile
Go
to
Copyright Acronis,
Inc.im
Men
Suchen
(oder
drcken
die
Tastenkombina]on
Alt+P).
Die
Auswahl
123
dieser
Zeile
net
die
Dialogbox
Gehe
zu.
Der
Wechsel
erfolgt
nach
Eingabe
des
absoluten
Sektor-Osets
oder
durch
Zylinder,
Kpfe
und
Sektor-Nummer.
Die
Parameter
sind
in
dieser
Weise
verknpK:
(CYL
x
HDS
+
HD)
x
SPT
+
SEC
1
Dabei
stehen
CYL,
HD,
SEC
fr
die
Nummern
der
der
Zylinder,
Kpfe
und
Sektoren
in
den
CHS-
Koordinaten
(Zylinder
-
Kopf
-
Sektor);
HDS
ist
die
Anzahl
der
Kpfe
pro
Festpla^e;
SPT
stellt
die
Kpfe
pro
Spur
dar.
Sie
knnen
von
einem
Sektor
zum
vorherigen
wechseln,
indem
Sie
das
Element
Zurck
im
Men
Suche
whlen
oder
Sie
die
Tastenkombina]on
Strg+Zurck
benutzen.
8.8.2
Informa]onen,
die
von
einer
Festpla^e
auf
nicht-sichere
Art
(z.B.
durch
die
gewhnliche
Lschfunk]on
von
Windows)
en\ernt
werden,
knnen
einfach
wiederhergestellt
werden.
Durch
die
Verwendung
speziellen
Equipments
ist
es
sogar
mglich,
mehrfach
berschriebene
Informa]onen
wiederherzustellen.
Daher
ist
eine
garan]erte
Datenlschung
wich]ger
denn
je.
Ein
garanTertes
Lschen
von
InformaTonen
von
magne]schen
Medien
(z.B.
einer
Festpla^e)
bedeutet,
dass
es
auch
fr
qualizierte
Spezialisten
mit
Hilfe
aller
bekannten
Tools
und
Wiederherstellungsmethoden
unmglich
ist,
Daten
wiederherzustellen.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
Dieses
Problem
kann
folgendermaen
erklrt
werden:
Daten
werden
auf
einer
Festpla^e
als
eine
binre
Sequenz
von
1
und
0
(Einsen
und
Nullen)
gespeichert,
durch
unterschiedlich
magne]sierte
Bereiche
auf
einer
Festpla^e
reprsen]ert.
33
Der
Wechsel
erfolgt
nach
Eingabe
des
absoluten
Sektor-Osets
oder
durch
Zylinder,
Kpfe
und
Sektor-Nummer.
Die
Parameter
sind
in
dieser
Weise
verknpK:
(CYL
x
HDS
+
HD)
x
SPT
+
SEC
1
Koordinaten
(Zylinder
-
Kopf
-
Sektor);
HDS
ist
die
Anzahl
der
Kpfe
pro
Festpla^e;
SPT
stellt
die
Kpfe
pro
Spur
dar.
Sie
knnen
von
einem
Sektor
zum
vorherigen
wechseln,
indem
Sie
das
Element
Zurck
im
Men
Suche
whlen
oder
Sie
die
Tastenkombina]on
Strg+Zurck
benutzen.
8.8.2
Informa]onen,
die
von
einer
Festpla^e
auf
nicht-sichere
Art
(z.B.
durch
die
gewhnliche
Lschfunk]on
von
Windows)
en\ernt
werden,
knnen
einfach
wiederhergestellt
werden.
Durch
die
Verwendung
speziellen
Equipments
ist
es
sogar
mglich,
mehrfach
berschriebene
Informa]onen
wiederherzustellen.
Daher
ist
eine
garan]erte
Datenlschung
wich]ger
denn
je.
Ein
garanTertes
Lschen
von
InformaTonen
von
magne]schen
Medien
(z.B.
einer
Festpla^e)
bedeutet,
dass
es
auch
fr
qualizierte
Spezialisten
mit
Hilfe
aller
bekannten
Tools
und
Wiederherstellungsmethoden
unmglich
ist,
Daten
wiederherzustellen.
Dieses
Problem
kann
folgendermaen
erklrt
werden:
Daten
werden
auf
einer
Festpla^e
als
eine
binre
Sequenz
von
1
und
0
(Einsen
und
Nullen)
gespeichert,
durch
unterschiedlich
magne]sierte
Bereiche
auf
einer
Festpla^e
reprsen]ert.
Allgemein
gesprochen
wird
eine
1,
die
auf
eine
Festpla^e
geschrieben
wurde,
von
ihrem
Controller
als
1
gelesen
eine
0
wird
als
0
gelesen.
Wenn
Sie
jedoch
eine
1
ber
eine
0
schreiben,
ergibt
sich
als
Ergebnis
bedingterweise
0,95
und
umgekehrt
wenn
eine
1
ber
eine
1
geschrieben
wird,
ist
das
Ergebnis
1,05.
Fr
den
Controller
sind
diese
Unterschiede
irrelevant.
Durch
die
Verwendung
speziellen
Equipments
ist
es
jedoch
mglich,
die
darunterliegende
Sequenz
von
Einsen
und
Nullen
zu
lesen.
Um
auf
diese
Art
gelschte
Hardware
zu
lesen,
sind
lediglich
spezialisierte
SoKware
und
preisgns]ge
Hardware
n]g;
dazu
wird
die
Magne]sierung
der
Festpla^ensektoren
sowie
eine
verbliebene
Magne]sierung
an
den
Seiten
der
Datenspuren
analysiert
und/oder
werden
aktuelle
magne]sche
Mikroskope
verwendet.
Ein
Schreiben
auf
magne]sche
Medien
fhrt
zu
kaum
merklichen,
folgendermaen
zusammenfassbaren
Eekten:
Jede
Spur
einer
Festpla^e
speichert
ein
Image
jeder
Aufzeichnung,
die
jemals
auf
sie
geschrieben
wurde;
die
Auswirkung
einer
solchen
Aufzeichnung
wird
aber
umso
geringer,
je
mehr
Zeit
verstreicht.
8.8.2.1
Physikalisch
beinhaltet
das
vollstndige
Auslschen
der
Informa]onen
einer
Festpla^e
ein
Umschalten
jedes
elementaren
magne]schen
Bereiches
des
aufzeichnenden
Materials
und
das
so
oK
wie
mglich,
durch
Schreiben
speziell
gewhlter
Sequenzen
von
logischen
1-en
und
0-en
(auch
als
124
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
Muster
bekannt).
Unter
Verwendung
der
logischen
Datenencodierungsmethoden
aktueller
Festpla^en
knnen
Sie
die
Muster
von
Symbolsequenzen
(oder
elementaren
Daten-Bits)
bes]mmen,
die
auf
die
Sektoren
geschrieben
werden,
um
die
vertraulichen
InformaTonen
wiederholt
und
eekTv
auszulschen.
Die
von
na]onalen
Standards
angebotenen
Methoden
ermglichen
die
(einfache
oder
dreifache)
Aufzeichnung
zuflliger
Symbole
auf
die
Festpla^ensektoren,
wobei
es
sich
allgemein
um
unkomplizierte
und
zufllige
Entscheidungen
handelt,
die
fr
einfache
Situa]onen
aber
noch
akzeptabel
sind.
Die
eek]vste
Methode
zur
Informa]onsauslschung
basiert
auf
einer
Tiefenanalyse
der
sub]len
Merkmale
aufgezeichneter
Daten
bei
allen
Arten
von
Festpla^en.
Diese
Kenntnis
spricht
fr
die
Notwendigkeit
komplexer
Mul]pass-Methoden,
um
die
Auslschung
von
Informa]onen
zu
garanTeren.
Die
genaue
Theorie
zum
garan]erten
Auslschen
von
Informa]onen
wird
in
einem
Ar]kel
von
Peter
Gutmann
beschrieben.
Siehe:
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
Sichere
Datenlschung
von
magne]schen
und
Solid
State
Speichern
auf
h^p://www.cs.auckland.ac.nz/~pgut001/pubs/secure_del.html.
34
Unter
Verwendung
der
logischen
Datenencodierungsmethoden
aktueller
Festpla^en
knnen
Sie
die
Muster
von
Symbolsequenzen
(oder
elementaren
Daten-Bits)
bes]mmen,
die
auf
die
Sektoren
geschrieben
werden,
um
die
vertraulichen
InformaTonen
wiederholt
und
eekTv
auszulschen.
Die
genaue
Theorie
zum
garan]erten
Auslschen
von
Informa]onen
wird
in
einem
Ar]kel
von
Peter
Gutmann
beschrieben.
Siehe:
Sichere
Datenlschung
von
magne]schen
und
Solid
State
Speichern
auf
h^p://www.cs.auckland.ac.nz/~pgut001/pubs/secure_del.html.
8.8.2.2
Die
untere
Tabelle
gibt
eine
kurze
Beschreibung
der
von
Acronis
verwendeten
Methoden
zum
Auslschen
von
Informa]onen.
Jede
Beschreibung
zeigt
die
Zahl
der
Schreibvorgnge
und
das
Byte-
Muster,
mit
dem
jeder
Sektor
berschrieben
wird.
Durchgng
e
Muster
1.
United
States
4
Department
of
Defense
5220.22-M
2.
3.
4.
Deutsch: VSITR
5.
6.
Peter
Gutmanns
Methode
Nr Algorithmus
.
(Schreibmethode)
35
Durchgng
e
125
7.
Bruce
Schneiers
Methode
8.
Schnell
8.9
Acronis
True
Image
HD
ermglicht
sowohl
das
Mounten
von
Images
als
auch
die
Suche
nach
Images
und
dateibasierten
Archiven.
Images und dateibasierte Backups durchsuchen ermglicht, ihre Inhalte einzusehen und
35
Nr Algorithmus
.
(Schreibmethode)
Durchgng
e
Muster
7.
Bruce
Schneiers
Methode
8.
Schnell
8.9
Acronis
True
Image
HD
ermglicht
sowohl
das
Mounten
von
Images
als
auch
die
Suche
nach
Images
und
dateibasierten
Archiven.
Images
und
dateibasierte
Backups
durchsuchen
ermglicht,
ihre
Inhalte
einzusehen
und
ausgewhlte
Dateien
auf
andere
Laufwerke
zu
kopieren.
Um
ein
Backup
im
Windows
Explorer
zu
durchsuchen,
klicken
Sie
doppelt
auf
die
korrespondierende
]b-Datei.
Sie
knnen
auch
mit
der
rechten
Maustaste
auf
die
Datei
klicken
und
Durchsuchen
aus
dem
Kontextmen
whlen.
Wenn
Sie
Dateien
aus
einem
durchsuchten
Backup
kopieren,
verlieren
die
kopierten
Dateien
die
AVribute
'Komprimiert'
und
'Verschlsselt'.
Wenn
es
notwendig
ist,
diese
AVribute
zu
behalten,
dann
empehlt
sich
eine
richUge
Wiederherstellung
des
Backups.
Images
als
virtuelle
Laufwerke
mounten
ermglicht
Ihnen,
auf
diese
so
zuzugreifen,
als
wren
es
physikalische
Festpla^en.
Diese
Fhigkeit
bedeutet:
in
der
Liste
wird
ein
neues
Laufwerk
mit
eigenem
Laufwerksbuchstaben
erscheinen
unter
Verwendung
des
Windows
Explorers
oder
anderer
Dateimanager
knnen
Sie
den
Inhalt
des
Images
so
einsehen,
als
lge
er
auf
einem
physikalischen
Laufwerk
oder
Volume
Sie
knnen
das
virtuelle
Laufwerk
wie
ein
reales
verwenden:
speichern,
kopieren,
verschieben,
erstellen
und
lschen
Sie
Dateien
und
Verzeichnisse.
Falls
n]g,
knnen
Sie
das
Image
im
'Nur
Lesen'-Modus
anschlieen.
Die in diesem AbschniV beschriebenen AkUonen werden nur fr FAT- und NTFS-Dateisysteme untersttzt.
Beachten
Sie,
dass
Datei-Backups
und
Images
von
Laufwerken
bzw.
Volumes
zwar
die
gleiche
vorgegebene
Dateierweiterung
'.]b'
haben,
jedoch
lediglich
Images
gemountet
werden
knnen.
Wenn
Sie
den
Inhalt
eines
Datei-Backups
einsehen
mchten,
benutzen
Sie
die
Ak]on
'Durchsuchen'.
126
36
unter
Verwendung
des
Windows
Explorers
oder
anderer
Dateimanager
knnen
Sie
den
Inhalt
des
Images
so
einsehen,
als
lge
er
auf
einem
physikalischen
Laufwerk
oder
Volume
Sie knnen das virtuelle Laufwerk wie ein reales verwenden: speichern, kopieren, verschieben,
Bedienungsanleitung
fr Acronis True Image HD: Ein Image Mounten
erstellen
und
lschen
Sie
Dateien
und
Verzeichnisse.
Falls
n]g,
knnen
Sie
das
Image
im
'Nur
Lesen'-Modus
anschlieen.
Die in diesem AbschniV beschriebenen AkUonen werden nur fr FAT- und NTFS-Dateisysteme untersttzt.
Beachten
Sie,
dass
Datei-Backups
und
Images
von
Laufwerken
bzw.
Volumes
zwar
die
gleiche
vorgegebene
Dateierweiterung
'.]b'
haben,
jedoch
lediglich
Images
gemountet
werden
knnen.
Wenn
Sie
den
Inhalt
eines
Datei-Backups
einsehen
mchten,
benutzen
Sie
die
Ak]on
'Durchsuchen'.
126
Enthlt
das
Backup
inkrementelle
Images,
dann
knnen
Sie
eines
der
aufeinanderfolgenden
inkrementellen
Images
(auch
'Backup-Versionen'
genannt)
anhand
des
Erstelldatums
bzw.
der
Erstellzeit
auswhlen.
So
knnen
Sie
den
Datenzustand
zu
einem
gewnschten
Moment
durchsuchen.
Um
ein
inkrementelles
Image
mounten
zu
knnen,
mssen
Sie
ber
alle
vorherigen
Backup-
Versionen
sowie
das
anfngliche
Voll-Backup
verfgen.
Falls
nur
eines
dieser
aufeinander
folgenden
Backups
fehlt,
ist
ein
Mounten
nicht
mglich.
Wenn
das
Backup
kennwortgeschtzt
wurde,
wird
Acronis
True
Image
HD
in
einer
Dialogbox
nach
dem
Kennwort
fragen.
Das
Par]]onslayout
und
die
Schal\lche
Weiter
werden
erst
nach
Eingabe
des
rich]gen
Kennworts
verfgbar.
37
Enthlt
das
Backup
inkrementelle
Images,
dann
knnen
Sie
eines
der
aufeinanderfolgenden
inkrementellen
Images
(auch
'Backup-Versionen'
genannt)
anhand
des
Erstelldatums
bzw.
der
Erstellzeit
auswhlen.
So
knnenTrue
Sie
den
Datenzustand
zu
einemMounten
gewnschten
Moment
Bedienungsanleitung
fr
Acronis
Image
HD: Ein
Image
durchsuchen.
Um
ein
inkrementelles
Image
mounten
zu
knnen,
mssen
Sie
ber
alle
vorherigen
Backup-
Versionen
sowie
das
anfngliche
Voll-Backup
verfgen.
Falls
nur
eines
dieser
aufeinander
folgenden
Backups
fehlt,
ist
ein
Mounten
nicht
mglich.
Wenn
das
Backup
kennwortgeschtzt
wurde,
wird
Acronis
True
Image
HD
in
einer
Dialogbox
nach
dem
Kennwort
fragen.
Das
Par]]onslayout
und
die
Schal\lche
Weiter
werden
erst
nach
Eingabe
des
rich]gen
Kennworts
verfgbar.
3. Whlen
Sie
ein
Volume,
das
Sie
als
virtuelles
Laufwerk
mounten
wollen.
(Beachten
Sie,
dass
Sie
kein
Image
eines
komple^en
Laufwerks
mounten
knnen,
auer
das
Laufwerk
besteht
aus
lediglich
einem
Volume).
Wenn
das
Image
mehrere
Volumes
enthlt,
werden
als
Standard
alle
zum
Mounten
ausgewhlt
und
erhalten
automa]sch
zugewiesene
Laufwerksbuchstaben.
Wenn
Copyright
Acronis,
Inc.
Sie
den
zu
mountenden
Volumes
einen
anderen
Laufwerksbuchstaben
geben
wollen,
klicken
127
Sie
auf
OpTonen.
Auerdem
knnen
Sie
dem
virtuellen
Laufwerk
einen
Buchstaben
aus
dem
entsprechenden
Listenfeld
Laufwerksbuchstabe
zuweisen.
Wenn
Sie
ein
Volume
nicht
mounten
wollen,
whlen
Sie
Nicht
mounten
aus
der
Liste
oder
deak]vieren
Sie
das
Kontrollkstchen
des
Volumes.
38
Auerdem
knnen
Sie
dem
virtuellen
Laufwerk
einen
Buchstaben
aus
dem
entsprechenden
Listenfeld
Laufwerksbuchstabe
zuweisen.
Wenn
Sie
ein
Volume
nicht
mounten
wollen,
whlen
Sie
Nicht
mounten
aus
der
Liste
oder
deak]vieren
Sie
das
Kontrollkstchen
des
Volumes.
4. Klicken
Sie
nach
Abschluss
der
Einstellungen
auf
FerTg
stellen,
um
die
gewhlten
Images
als
virtuelle
Laufwerke
anzuschlieen.
5. Wenn
das
Image
angeschlossen
ist,
startet
der
Windows
Explorer
und
zeigt
seinen
Inhalt.
Sie
knnen
mit
Dateien
und
Ordnern
so
arbeiten,
als
wren
diese
auf
einem
realen
Laufwerk
gespeichert.
128
39
Sie
knnen
dies
auch
im
Windows
Explorer
tun,
indem
Sie
mit
der
rechten
Maustaste
auf
das
Laufwerkssymbol
klicken
und
Trennen
whlen.
8.11.1
129
Sie
haben
vermutlich
vhd-Dateien,
wenn
Sie
das
Windows
Backup-Werkzeug
einsetzen,
welches
in
Windows
Vista
und
Windows
7
zur
Sicherung
des
Systemlaufwerkes
enthalten
ist.
Wenn
Sie
das
System
aus
einer
vhd-Datei
wiederherstellen
mchten,
gehen
Sie
folgendermaen
vor:
1. Ordnen
Sie
die
Boot-Reihenfolge
in
Ihrem
BIOS,
um
das
Gert
Ihres
No\allmediums
(CD,
DVD
oder
USB-S]ck)
zum
ersten
Boot-Gert
zu
machen.
Siehe
Boot-Reihenfolge
im
BIOS
arrangieren
(S.
67).
2. Booten
Sie
mit
dem
No\allmedium
und
whlen
Sie
'Acronis
True
Image
HD'.
3.2013Starten
Sie
Acronis
True
Image
HD
und
klicken
Sie
in
der
Willkommensseite
unter
Recovery
auf
Kingston Technology Europe Ltd und Kingston Digital Europe Ltd, Kingston Court, Brooklands Close, Sunbury-on-Thames, Middlesex,
TW16den
7EP, England.
Tel:
+44 (0) 1932 738888, Fax: +44 (0) 1932 785469. Alle Rechte vorbehalten. Alle Marken und eingetragenen Marken sind
L
ink
Laufwerke.
Eigentum ihrer jeweiligen Besitzer.
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
129
Guide de lutilisateur
Table of Contents
Clonage dun Disque Dur 3
Informations gnrales 3
Scurit et anti-spywares 4
User's Guide
Mthode de dplacement 7
Exclusion dlments 8
Partitionnement manuel 11
Rsum de clonage 13
Guide de lutilisateur Acronis True Image HD: Clonage dun Disque Dur
U]lisez
l'assistant
pour
choisir
le
type
de
support
:
USB,
CD/DVD
ou
image
ISO.
Si
vous
crez
un
support
de
dmarrage
sur
une
cl
USB,
veillez
connecter
la
cl
USB
l'ordinateur
avant
de
commencer.
La
cl
USB
doit
tre
formate
FAT
32.
Si vous slec]onnez la cra]on d'une image ISO, vous devrez aussi spcier ses paramtres :
Diviser
en
-
Choisissez
si
le
programme
doit
diviser
l'image
ISO
cre
en
chiers
.iso
mul]ples
d'une
certaine
taille.
Clonage
dun
dur-
Spcie
l'emplacement
de
l'image
ISO
cre.
Enregistrer
les
disque
chiers
dans
Une
fois
quesection
vous
avez
slec]onn
le
support,
cliquez
sur
Crer
pour
dmarrer
la
cra]on
du
Dans
cette
support.
Informations gnrales
8.4
Scurit
et anti-spywares
Clonage
d'un
disque dur
Informa]ons
Slection dun
disque source
gnrales..........................................................................105
et
an]-spywares.......................................................................107
Scurit
Slection dun disque de destination
d'un
isque
source..................................................................108
Slec]on
Mthode
deddplacement
Mthode
Exclusion
de
dlments
dplacement......................................................................109
d'lments..............................................................................110
Exclusion
Partitionnement
manuel
Par]]onnement manuel........................................................................112
Rsum
Rsumde
de
clonage
clonage................................................................................114
8.4.1
Informations gnrales
Si
l'espace
de
votre
disque
dur
est
insusant
pour
le
systme
d'exploita]on
et
les
applica]ons
installes,
ce
qui
vous
empche
de
me^re
jour
votre
logiciel
ou
d'installer
de
nouvelles
applica]ons,
vous
devez
transfrer
le
systme
sur
un
disque
dur
dot
d'une
plus
grande
capacit.
Pour
transfrer
le
systme,
vous
devez
d'abord
installer
le
nouveau
disque
dans
l'ordinateur.
Si
votre
ordinateur
ne
possde
pas
de
baie
pour
un
autre
disque
dur,
vous
pouvez
temporairement
l'installer
la
place
de
votre
lecteur
CD
ou
u]liser
une
connexion
USB
2.0
pour
un
disque
cible
externe.
Si
cela
n'est
pas
possible,
vous
pouvez
cloner
un
disque
dur
en
crant
une
image
de
disque
et
en
la
restaurant
sur
un
nouveau
disque
dur
aux
par]]ons
plus
grandes.
Sur
les
crans
du
programme,
les
parQQons
endommages
sont
repres
d'un
cercle
rouge
avec
une
croix
blanche
l'intrieur
dans
le
coin
suprieur
gauche.
Avant
de
commencer
le
clonage,
vous
devriez
vriez
qu'il
n'y
a
pas
d'erreurs
sur
ces
disques
et
corrigez
ces
erreurs
en
uQlisant
les
ouQls
adquats
du
systme
d'exploitaQon.
Pour
de
meilleurs
rsultats,
installez
le
lecteur
cible
(le
nouveau)
o
vous
planiez
l'u]liser
et
le
lecteur
source
dans
un
autre
emplacement,
par
exemple
un
priphrique
USB
externe.
Ce^e
recommanda]on
est
par]culirement
importante
pour
les
ordinateurs
portables.
Il
est
fortement
conseill
de
crer
une
sauvegarde
du
disque
original
enQer
par
mesure
de
scurit.
Cela
pourrait
sauver
vos
donnes
si
le
moindre
problme
se
produit
avec
votre
disque
dur
original
pendant
le
clonage.
Pour
des
informaQons
relaQves
la
craQon
d'une
sauvegarde
de
ce
type,
voir
Sauvegarde
de
parQQons
et
de
disques
(p.
33).
Aprs
avoir
cr
la
sauvegarde,
assurez-vous
que
vous
la
validez.
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
105
Cliquez
sur
Cloner
le
disque
dans
l'onglet
OuQls
et
uQlitaires
de
l'cran
Accueil.
Suivez
les
tapes
de
l'assistant
de
clonage
de
disque.
8.4.2
Scurit et anti-spywares
Veuillez
noter
ce
qui
suit
:
Si
l'alimenta]on
se
coupe
ou
si
vous
appuyez
accidentellement
sur
RINITIALISER
pendant
le
transfert,
la
procdure
sera
incomplte
et
vous
devrez
repar]]onner
et
Guide de lutilisateur Acronis True Image HD: Clonage dun Disque Dur
Cliquez
sur
Cloner
le
disque
dans
l'onglet
OuQls
et
uQlitaires
de
l'cran
Accueil.
Suivez
les
tapes
de
l'assistant
de
clonage
de
disque.
8.4.2
Scurit et anti-spywares
Veuillez
noter
ce
qui
suit
:
Si
l'alimenta]on
se
coupe
ou
si
vous
appuyez
accidentellement
sur
RINITIALISER
pendant
le
transfert,
la
procdure
sera
incomplte
et
vous
devrez
repar]]onner
et
reformater
ou
re-cloner
le
disque
dur.
Aucune
donne
ne
sera
perdue
parce
que
le
disque
d'origine
est
seulement
lu
(aucune
par]]on
n'est
modie
ou
redimensionne).
La
procdure
de
transfert
du
systme
ne
modie
pas
du
tout
le
disque
d'origine.
Une
fois
la
procdure
termine,
il
se
peut
que
vous
vouliez
formater
l'ancien
disque
ou
eacer
en
toute
scurit
les
donnes
qu'il
con]ent.
U]lisez
les
ou]ls
Windows
ou
Acronis
DriveCleanser
pour
ces
tches.
Cependant,
nous
ne
vous
recommandons
pas
de
supprimer
des
donnes
de
l'ancien
disque
tant
que
vous
n'tes
pas
sr(e)
qu'elles
s ont
transfres
comme
il
faut
sur
le
nouveau
disque,
que
l'ordinateur
redmarre
par]r
du
nouveau
disque
et
que
toutes
les
applica]ons
fonc]onnent.
8.4.3
AutomaQque
(recommand
dans
la
plupart
des
cas).
En
mode
automa]que,
il
sut
de
raliser
quelques
ac]ons
simples
pour
transfrer
toutes
les
donnes,
y
compris
les
par]]ons,
les
chiers
et
les
dossiers
sur
un
nouveau
disque,
et
de
le
rendre
amorable
si
le
disque
d'origine
l'tait.
Manuel.
Le
mode
manuel
ore
davantage
de
souplesse
dans
le
transfert
des
donnes.
Le
mode
manuel
peut
tre
u]le
si
vous
souhaitez
modier
la
disposi]on
des
par]]ons
du
disque.
Si
le
programme
trouve
deux
disques,
un
parQQonn
et
l'autre
non
parQQonn,
il
reconnatra
automaQquement
le
disque
parQQonn
comme
le
disque
source
et
le
disque
non
parQQonn
comme
le
disque
de
desQnaQon.
Dans
un
tel
cas,
les
tapes
suivantes
seront
sautes
et
vous
serez
emmen
l'cran
de
Rsum
du
clonage.
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
8.4.4
107
Vous
pouvez
dterminer
la
source
et
la
des]na]on
l'aide
des
informa]ons
fournies
dans
ce^e
fentre
(informa]ons
sur
le
numro
de
disque,
la
capacit,
l']que^e,
la
par]]on
et
sur
le
systme
de
chier).
Si
le
programme
trouve
plusieurs
disques
par]]onns,
il
vous
demandera
quel
est
le
Guide de lutilisateur Acronis True Image HD: Clonage dun Disque Dur
Si
le
programme
trouve
deux
disques,
un
parQQonn
et
l'autre
non
parQQonn,
il
reconnatra
automaQquement
le
disque
parQQonn
comme
le
disque
source
et
le
disque
non
parQQonn
comme
le
disque
de
desQnaQon.
Dans
un
tel
cas,
les
tapes
suivantes
seront
sautes
et
vous
serez
emmen
l'cran
de
Rsum
du
clonage.
8.4.4
Vous
pouvez
dterminer
la
source
et
la
des]na]on
l'aide
des
informa]ons
fournies
dans
ce^e
fentre
(informa]ons
sur
le
numro
de
disque,
la
capacit,
l']que^e,
la
par]]on
et
sur
le
systme
de
chier).
Si
le
programme
trouve
plusieurs
disques
par]]onns,
il
vous
demandera
quel
est
le
disque
source
(c'est--dire
le
disque
de
donnes
le
plus
ancien).
Colonnes
-
slec]onne
les
colonnes
acher.
Vous
pouvez
changer
la
largeur
d'une
colonne
en
]rant
ses
bords
avec
la
souris.
Proprits
du
disque
(dupliques
dans
le
menu
contextuel,
ouvert
avec
un
clic
droit
sur
les
objets)
-
ouvre
la
fentre
des
proprits
de
la
par]]on
ou
du
disque
slec]onn(e).
Ce^e
fentre
con]ent
deux
volets.
Le
volet
de
gauche
con]ent
l'arborescence
des
proprits
et
celui
de
droite
dcrit
en
dtail
la
proprit
slec]onne.
Les
informa]ons
rela]ves
au
disque
incluent
ses
paramtres
physiques
(type
de
connexion,
type
de
priphrique,
taille,
etc...)
;
les
informa]ons
rela]ves
aux
par]]ons
comprennent
des
paramtres
la
fois
physiques
(secteurs,
localisa]on,
etc...),
et
logiques
(systme
de
chiers,
espace
libre,
le^re
assigne,
etc...).
108
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
Guide de lutilisateur Acronis True Image HD: Clonage dun Disque Dur
8.4.5
Aprs
avoir
slec]onn
le
disque
source,
vous
devez
slec]onner
le
disque
de
des]na]on
vers
lequel
copier
les
donnes
du
disque.
Le
disque
source
pralablement
slec]onn
devient
gris
et
devient
impossible
slec]onner.
ce^e
tape,
le
programme
vrie
si
le
disque
cible
est
bien
libre.
Si
ce
n'est
pas
le
cas,
la
fentre
Conrma]on
apparait
et
vous
indique
que
le
disque
cible
con]ent
des
par]]ons,
peut-tre
avec
des
donnes
u]les.
Pour
conrmer
la
suppression
des
par]]ons,
cliquez
sur
OK.
Prenez
note
qu'aucune
modicaQon
relle
ou
destrucQon
de
donnes
ne
sera
excute
ce
moment
!
Pour
l'instant,
le
programme
ne
fera
qu'laborer
le
clonage.
Tous
les
changements
ne
seront
implments
que
lorsque
vous
cliquez
sur
ConCnuer.
Si
un
disque
n'est
pas
parQQonn,
le
programme
le
reconnatra
automaQquement
comme
le
disque
cible
et
sautera
ceRe
tape.
8.4.6
Mthode de dplacement
Lorsque
vous
slec]onnez
le
mode
de
clonage
manuel,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
vous
proposera
les
mthodes
de
dplacement
de
donnes
suivantes
:
En
l'tat
-
une
nouvelle
par]]on
sera
cre
pour
chaque
ancienne
avec
la
mme
taille,
type
et
avec
le
mme
systme
de
chiers
et
le
mme
libell.
L'espace
inu]lis
deviendra
non
allou.
109
donnes
u]les.
Pour
conrmer
la
suppression
des
par]]ons,
cliquez
sur
OK.
Prenez
note
qu'aucune
modicaQon
relle
ou
destrucQon
de
donnes
ne
sera
excute
ce
moment
!
Pour
le
programmeAcronis
ne
fera
qu'laborer
le
clonage.
les
changements
ne
seront
implments
que
Guide l'instant,
de lutilisateur
True Image
HD:
Tous
Clonage
dun Disque
Dur
lorsque
vous
cliquez
sur
ConCnuer.
Si
un
disque
n'est
pas
parQQonn,
le
programme
le
reconnatra
automaQquement
comme
le
disque
cible
et
sautera
ceRe
tape.
8.4.6
Mthode de dplacement
Lorsque
vous
slec]onnez
le
mode
de
clonage
manuel,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
vous
proposera
les
mthodes
de
dplacement
de
donnes
suivantes
:
En
l'tat
-
une
nouvelle
par]]on
sera
cre
pour
chaque
ancienne
avec
la
mme
taille,
type
et
avec
le
mme
systme
de
chiers
et
le
mme
libell.
L'espace
inu]lis
deviendra
non
allou.
109
Si
vous
choisissez
de
transfrer
l'informa]on
en
l'tat
,
pour
chaque
ancienne
par]]on,
une
nouvelle
par]]on
sera
cre
de
taille
et
de
type
iden]ques,
avec
le
mme
systme
de
chier
et
le
mme
libell.
L'espace
inu]lis
deviendra
non
allou.
Vous
pourrez
u]liser
l'espace
non-allou
ultrieurement
pour
crer
de
nouvelles
par]]ons
ou
pour
agrandir
les
par]]ons
existantes
avec
des
ou]ls
spciaux,
tels
qu'Acronis
Disk
Director
Suite.
D'une
faon
gnrale,
les
transferts
en
l'tat
ne
sont
pas
recommands
car
ils
laissent
beaucoup
d'espace
non
allou
sur
le
nouveau
disque.
En
u]lisant
la
mthode
en
l'tat
,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
transfre
des
systmes
de
chiers
non
pris
en
charge
et
endommags.
Si
vous
transfrez
les
donnes
propor]onnellement,
chaque
par]]on
sera
agrandie,
propor]onnellement
aux
capacits
du
vieux
disque
et
du
nouveau.
Les
par]]ons
FAT16
sont
moins
agrandies
que
les
autres
car
elles
possdent
une
limite
de
4
Go.
Selon
la
combinaison
choisie,
vous
con]nuerez
soit
vers
la
fentre
de
Rsum
du
clonage
ou
de
Changement
d'architecture
de
disque
(voir
ci-dessous).
8.4.7
Exclusion d'lments
Dans
la
sec]on
Quoi
exclure,
vous
pouvez
dnir
des
exclusions
pour
des
chiers
et
dossiers
que
vous
ne
voulez
pas
inclure
dans
le
clone
du
disque.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
1. Pour crer une liste d'lments exclure, eectuez l'une des opra]ons suivantes :
Dans
l'onglet
Exclure
par
chiers
et
dossiers,
slec]onnez
les
chiers
et
les
dossiers
en
u]lisant
un
explorateur
de
chiers
standard
;
Si
vous
choisissez
de
transfrer
l'informa]on
en
l'tat
,
pour
chaque
ancienne
par]]on,
une
nouvelle
par]]on
sera
cre
de
taille
et
de
type
iden]ques,
avec
le
mme
systme
de
chier
et
le
mme
libell.
L'espace
inu]lis
deviendra
non
allou.
Vous
pourrez
u]liser
l'espace
non-allou
ultrieurement
pour
crer
de
nouvelles
par]]ons
ou
pour
agrandir
les
par]]ons
existantes
avec
des
Guide ou]ls
de lutilisateur
Image
spciaux,
tels
qAcronis
u'Acronis
DTrue
isk
Director
Suite.HD: Clonage dun Disque Dur
D'une
faon
gnrale,
les
transferts
en
l'tat
ne
sont
pas
recommands
car
ils
laissent
beaucoup
d'espace
non
allou
sur
le
nouveau
disque.
En
u]lisant
la
mthode
en
l'tat
,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
transfre
des
systmes
de
chiers
non
pris
en
charge
et
endommags.
Si
vous
transfrez
les
donnes
propor]onnellement,
chaque
par]]on
sera
agrandie,
propor]onnellement
aux
capacits
du
vieux
disque
et
du
nouveau.
Les
par]]ons
FAT16
sont
moins
agrandies
que
les
autres
car
elles
possdent
une
limite
de
4
Go.
Selon
la
combinaison
choisie,
vous
con]nuerez
soit
vers
la
fentre
de
Rsum
du
clonage
ou
de
Changement
d'architecture
de
disque
(voir
ci-dessous).
8.4.7
Exclusion d'lments
Dans
la
sec]on
Quoi
exclure,
vous
pouvez
dnir
des
exclusions
pour
des
chiers
et
dossiers
que
vous
ne
voulez
pas
inclure
dans
le
clone
du
disque.
1. Pour
crer
une
liste
d'lments
exclure,
eectuez
l'une
des
opra]ons
suivantes
:
Dans
l'onglet
Exclure
par
chiers
et
dossiers,
slec]onnez
les
chiers
et
les
dossiers
en
u]lisant
un
explorateur
de
chiers
standard
;
Dans
l'onglet
Exclure
par
masque,
entrez
le
nom
des
chiers
et
dossiers
individuels
(le
chemin
d'accs
complet
est
requis)
ou
dnissez
un
modle
en
u]lisant
les
caractres
gnriques
courants
*
et
?.
U]lisez
les
boutons
Ajouter,
Modier,
Supprimer
et
Tout
supprimer
sur
la
droite
pour
contrler
l'ensemble
des
lments
dans
la
liste.
Vous
pouvez
combiner
ces
deux
mthodes.
Par
exemple,
dnissez
un
masque
de
chier
et
slec]onnez
certains
lments
dans
l'explorateur
de
chiers.
110
N'oubliez
pas
que
si
vous
slec]onnez
ou
spciez
d'exclure
un
chier
qui
possde
des
liens
physiques
NTFS,
vous
devez
galement
slec]onner/spcier
d'exclure
ces
liens
physiques
du
clone.
Sinon,
le
chier
ne
sera
pas
exclu
et
apparatra
sur
le
disque
cible
aprs
le
clonage.
Remarque
:
Lorsque
vous
excluez
des
chiers,
le
programme
calcule
la
taille
des
lments
exclus
et
vrie
si
les
donnes
clones
rentrent
dans
le
disque
cible.
Veuillez
tre
paQent
car
ce
processus
peut
prendre
jusqu'
plusieurs
minutes
pour
s'achever.
Guide de lutilisateur Acronis True Image HD: Clonage dun Disque Dur
N'oubliez
pas
que
si
vous
slec]onnez
ou
spciez
d'exclure
un
chier
qui
possde
des
liens
physiques
NTFS,
vous
devez
galement
slec]onner/spcier
d'exclure
ces
liens
physiques
du
clone.
Sinon,
le
chier
ne
sera
pas
exclu
et
apparatra
sur
le
disque
cible
aprs
le
clonage.
Remarque
:
Lorsque
vous
excluez
des
chiers,
le
programme
calcule
la
taille
des
lments
exclus
et
vrie
si
les
donnes
clones
rentrent
dans
le
disque
cible.
Veuillez
tre
paQent
car
ce
processus
peut
prendre
jusqu'
plusieurs
minutes
pour
s'achever.
Le
disque
source
possde
un
systme
de
chiers
non
pris
en
charge
et
est
plus
volumineux
que
le
disque
cible.
Le
disque
cible
doit
tre
de
taille
suprieure
ou
gale
celle
du
disque
source
dans
ce
cas,
et
il
sera
inu]le
d'exclure
plus
d'lments.
Le
disque
source
possde
des
par]]ons
avec
des
systmes
de
chiers
la
fois
pris
en
charge
et
non
pris
en
charge,
et
la
capacit
du
disque
cible
est
infrieure
la
quan]t
de
donnes
en
cours
de
clonage
par]r
des
par]]ons
avec
systmes
de
chiers
pris
en
charge
plus
la
taille
des
par]]ons
avec
des
systmes
de
chiers
non
pris
en
charge.
Essayer
d'exclure
plus
d'lments
pourrait
tre
u]le
dans
ce
cas.
Exemples d'exclusion
Les
chiers
et
dossiers
sur
le
disque
source
peuvent
tre
exclus
du
clone
tant
individuellement
qu'en
bloc
selon
un
modle.
Ce
modle
peut
tre
un
nom
de
chier
ou
de
dossier,
ou
un
masque
de
chier
dni
par
caractres
gnriques
courants
:
*
Si
ncessaire,
vous
pouvez
Copyright
Acronis,
Inc. taper
plusieurs
critres
dans
la
mme
ligne
en
les
sparant
par
des
points-
111
virgules.
Par
exemple,
pour
exclure
tous
les
chiers
dont
les
extensions
sont
.gif
et
.bmp,
vous
pouvez
saisir
*.gif;
*.bmp.
Le
tableau
ci-dessous
ache
plusieurs
exemples
d'exclusion.
Modle
Exemple
DescripQon
Par nom
F.log
Par
chemin
de
chier
Par
chemin
de
dossier
C:\Finance\F\
Par
masque
(*)
*.log
F*
Exclut
tous
les
chiers
et
dossiers
dont
les
noms
dbutent
par
F
(tels
que
les
dossiers
F,
F1
et
les
chiers
F.log,
F1.log)
Par
masque
(?)
F???.log
Exclut
tous
les
chiers
dont
le
nom
est
compos
de
quatre
symboles
et
commence
par
F
.
Guide de lutilisateur Acronis True Image HD: Clonage dun Disque Dur
Si
ncessaire,
vous
pouvez
taper
plusieurs
critres
dans
la
mme
ligne
en
les
sparant
par
des
points-
virgules.
Par
exemple,
pour
exclure
tous
les
chiers
dont
les
extensions
sont
.gif
et
.bmp,
vous
pouvez
saisir
*.gif;
*.bmp.
Le
tableau
ci-dessous
ache
plusieurs
exemples
d'exclusion.
Modle
Exemple
DescripQon
Par nom
F.log
Par
chemin
de
chier
Par
chemin
de
dossier
C:\Finance\F\
Par
masque
(*)
*.log
F*
Exclut
tous
les
chiers
et
dossiers
dont
les
noms
dbutent
par
F
(tels
que
les
dossiers
F,
F1
et
les
chiers
F.log,
F1.log)
Par
masque
(?)
F???.log
Exclut
tous
les
chiers
dont
le
nom
est
compos
de
quatre
symboles
et
commence
par
F
.
Des
caractres
gnriques
dans
un
masque
peuvent
reprsenter
seulement
des
parQes
de
noms
de
chiers
et
dossiers,
et
ne
peuvent
pas
remplacer
une
parQe
d'un
chemin
d'accs
au
chier.
Les
sous-dossiers
doivent
toujours
tre
spcis
explicitement
en
uQlisant
une
barre
oblique
inverse,
\
).
Par
exemple,
pour
exclure
tous
les
chiers
dans
le
rpertoire
C:\Program Files\Acronis\TrueImageHome\
qui
possdent
la
chane
de
caractres
Qt
dans
le
nom
de
chiers,
vous
pouvez
uQliser
la
ligne
suivante
:
*\Prog*\Acr*\True*\*Qt*.??? .
8.4.8
Partitionnement manuel
La
mthode
de
transfert
manuel
vous
permet
de
redimensionner
des
par]]ons
sur
le
nouveau
disque.
Par
dfaut,
le
programme
les
redimensionne
de
manire
propor]onnelle.
Ce^e
fentre
ache
des
rectangles
indiquant
le
disque
dur
source,
y
compris
ses
par]]ons
et
espace
non
allou,
ainsi
que
l'architecture
du
nouveau
disque.
10
112
F???.log
Exclut
tous
les
chiers
dont
le
nom
est
compos
de
quatre
symboles
et
commence
par
F
.
Guide de lutilisateur Acronis True Image HD: Clonage dun Disque Dur
Des
caractres
gnriques
dans
un
masque
peuvent
reprsenter
seulement
des
parQes
de
noms
de
chiers
et
dossiers,
et
ne
peuvent
pas
remplacer
une
parQe
d'un
chemin
d'accs
au
chier.
Les
sous-dossiers
doivent
toujours
tre
spcis
explicitement
en
uQlisant
une
barre
oblique
inverse,
\
).
Par
exemple,
pour
exclure
tous
les
chiers
dans
le
rpertoire
C:\Program Files\Acronis\TrueImageHome\
qui
possdent
la
chane
de
caractres
Qt
dans
le
nom
de
chiers,
vous
pouvez
uQliser
la
ligne
suivante
:
*\Prog*\Acr*\True*\*Qt*.??? .
8.4.8
Partitionnement manuel
La
mthode
de
transfert
manuel
vous
permet
de
redimensionner
des
par]]ons
sur
le
nouveau
disque.
Par
dfaut,
le
programme
les
redimensionne
de
manire
propor]onnelle.
Ce^e
fentre
ache
des
rectangles
indiquant
le
disque
dur
source,
y
compris
ses
par]]ons
et
espace
non
allou,
ainsi
que
l'architecture
du
nouveau
disque.
Avec
le
numro
de
disque
dur,
vous
pouvez
voir
les
informa]ons
sur
la
capacit,
le
label
et
le
volume
du
disque
et
le
systme
de
chiers.
Les
dirents
types
de
volumes,
y
compris
primaire,
logique
et
espace
non
allou
sont
iden]s
par
des
couleurs
direntes.
112
Pour
redimensionner,
changer
le
type
de
volume,
modier
le
nom
du
volume
existant,
cliquez
dessus
avec
le
bouton
droit
de
la
souris
et
slec]onnez
Modier
dans
le
menu
des
raccourcis.
Cela
ouvrira
la
fentre
des
paramtres
de
par]]on.
Vous
pouvez
faire
cela
en
saisissant
des
valeurs
dans
les
champs
Espace
libre
avant,
Taille
de
la
parQQon,
Espace
libre
aprs,
en
faisant
glisser
le
curseur
ou
la
par]]on
elle-mme.
11
Guide de lutilisateur Acronis True Image HD: Clonage dun Disque Dur
Pour
redimensionner,
changer
le
type
de
volume,
modier
le
nom
du
volume
existant,
cliquez
dessus
avec
le
bouton
droit
de
la
souris
et
slec]onnez
Modier
dans
le
menu
des
raccourcis.
Cela
ouvrira
la
fentre
des
paramtres
de
par]]on.
Vous
pouvez
faire
cela
en
saisissant
des
valeurs
dans
les
champs
Espace
libre
avant,
Taille
de
la
parQQon,
Espace
libre
aprs,
en
faisant
glisser
le
curseur
ou
la
par]]on
elle-mme.
Si
le
curseur
se
transforme
en
deux
lignes
ver]cales
avec
des
ches
gauche
et
droite,
il
est
point
sur
le
bord
de
la
par]]on
et
vous
pouvez
le
faire
glisser
pour
agrandir
ou
rduire
la
taille
de
la
par]]on.
Si
le
curseur
se
transforme
en
quatre
ches,
il
est
point
sur
la
par]]on,
vous
pouvez
ainsi
la
dplacer
vers
la
gauche
ou
la
droite
(s'il
y
a
de
l'espace
non
allou
prs
d'elle).
Une
fois
que
vous
avez
fourni
la
nouvelle
taille
et
le
nouvel
emplacement,
cliquez
sur
Accepter.
Vous
serez
alors
ramen
vers
la
fentre
de
Changement
d'architecture
de
disque.
Vous
aurez
peut-tre
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
113
besoin
de
faire
de
nouveaux
changements
de
taille
et
dplacements
avant
d'obtenir
l'architecture
dont
vous
avez
besoin.
En
cliquant
sur
Suivant,
vous
passerez
la
fentre
Rsum
du
clonage.
ARenQon
!
Cliquer
sur
n'importe
quelle
tape
prcdente
de
l'assistant
sur
la
barre
latrale
dans
ce^e
fentre
rini]alisera
toutes
les
modica]ons
de
taille
et
d'emplacement
que
vous
avez
eectues
et
vous
devrez
les
spcier
nouveau.
8.4.9
Rsum de clonage
La
fentre
Rsum
de
clonage
illustre
graphiquement
(avec
des
rectangles)
les
informa]ons
concernant
le
disque
source
(par]]ons
et
espace
non
allou)
et
l'architecture
du
disque
de
des]na]on.
D'autres
informa]ons
sont
fournies
en
mme
temps
que
le
numro
de
disque
:
la
capacit,
le
nom,
ainsi
que
des
informa]ons
sur
la
par]]on
et
le
systme
de
chiers.
12
Une
fois
que
vous
avez
fourni
la
nouvelle
taille
et
le
nouvel
emplacement,
cliquez
sur
Accepter.
Vous
serez
alors
ramen
vers
la
fentre
de
Changement
d'architecture
de
disque.
Vous
aurez
peut-tre
besoin
de
faire
de
nouveaux
changements
de
taille
et
dplacements
avant
d'obtenir
l'architecture
dont
vous
avez
besoin.
Guide de lutilisateur Acronis True Image HD: Clonage dun Disque Dur
En
cliquant
sur
Suivant,
vous
passerez
la
fentre
Rsum
du
clonage.
ARenQon
!
Cliquer
sur
n'importe
quelle
tape
prcdente
de
l'assistant
sur
la
barre
latrale
dans
ce^e
fentre
rini]alisera
toutes
les
modica]ons
de
taille
et
d'emplacement
que
vous
avez
eectues
et
vous
devrez
les
spcier
nouveau.
8.4.9
Rsum de clonage
La
fentre
Rsum
de
clonage
illustre
graphiquement
(avec
des
rectangles)
les
informa]ons
concernant
le
disque
source
(par]]ons
et
espace
non
allou)
et
l'architecture
du
disque
de
des]na]on.
D'autres
informa]ons
sont
fournies
en
mme
temps
que
le
numro
de
disque
:
la
capacit,
le
nom,
ainsi
que
des
informa]ons
sur
la
par]]on
et
le
systme
de
chiers.
Si
vous
n'avez
pas
assez
d'espace
pour
vos
donnes
(par
ex.
des
photos
de
famille
et
des
vidos),
vous
pouvez
soit
remplacer
votre
ancien
disque
par
un
disque
de
plus
grande
capacit
(les
transferts
de
donnes
vers
de
nouveaux
disques
sont
dcrits
dans
le
chapitre
prcdent),
ou
ajouter
un
nouveau
disque
uniquement
pour
stocker
des
donnes,
en
laissant
le
systme
sur
l'ancien
disque.
Si
l'ordinateur
a
une
baie
pour
un
nouveau
disque,
il
serait
plus
facile
d'ajouter
un
lecteur
de
disque
plutt
que
d'en
cloner
un.
Copyright Pour
Acronis,aInc.,
2000-2012
jouter
un
nouveau
disque,
vous
devez
d'abord
l'installer
sur
votre
PC.
13
Dans
ce
cas,
vous
devrez
repar]]onner
et
formater
le
nouveau
disque
ou
rpter
la
procdure
de
clonage.
Une
fois
l'opra]on
de
clonage
termine,
vous
verrez
la
fentre
de
rsultats.
Cliquez
sur
l'onglet
OuQls
et
uQlitaires
puis
cliquez
sur
Ajouter
un
nouveau
disque
Suivez
les
tapes
de
l'assistant
d'ajout
d'un
nouveau
disque
Si
vous
uQlisez
une
version
32
bits
de
Windows
XP,
l'assistant
n'aura
pas
l'tape
OpCons
d'iniCalisaCon
car
ce
systme
d'exploitaQon
ne
prend
pas
les
disques
GPT
en
charge.
8.5.1
Slec]onnez
le
disque
que
vous
avez
ajout
l'ordinateur.
Si
vous
avez
ajout
plusieurs
disques,
slec]onnez-en
un
et
cliquez
sur
Suivant
pour
con]nuer.
Vous
pouvez
ajouter
les
autres
disques
plus
tard
en
redmarrant
l'assistant
Ajouter
un
nouveau
disque.
115
14
Cliquez
sur
l'onglet
OuQls
et
uQlitaires
puis
cliquez
sur
Ajouter
un
nouveau
disque
Suivez
les
tapes
de
l'assistant
d'ajout
d'un
nouveau
disque
vous
uQlisez
une
version
32
bits
dTrue
e
Windows
XP,
l'assistant
Guide Si
de
lutilisateur
Acronis
Image
HD: n'aura
pas
l'tape
OpCons
d'iniCalisaCon
car
ce
systme
d'exploitaQon
ne
prend
pas
les
disques
GPT
en
charge.
Ajout dun Nouveau Disque Dur
8.5.1
Slec]onnez
le
disque
que
vous
avez
ajout
l'ordinateur.
Si
vous
avez
ajout
plusieurs
disques,
slec]onnez-en
un
et
cliquez
sur
Suivant
pour
con]nuer.
Vous
pouvez
ajouter
les
autres
disques
plus
tard
en
redmarrant
l'assistant
Ajouter
un
nouveau
disque.
S'il
y
a
des
parQQons
sur
le
nouveau
disque,
elles
doivent
d'abord
tre
supprimes.
Si
le
disque
ajout
conQent
des
parQQons,
AcronisTrue
Image
HD
vous
averQra
en
achant
un
message
d'averQssement.
Cliquez
sur
OK
pour
supprimer
les
parQQons
existantes
sur
le
disque
ajout.
115
Vous
pouvez
galement
voir
les
proprits
de
tous
les
disques
durs
installs
dans
votre
systme,
par
exemple,
le
nom
et
le
modle
du
lecteur
de
disque
slec]onn,
sa
capacit,
son
systme
de
chiers
et
son
interface.
8.5.2
Acronis
True
Image
HD
prend
en
charge
la
fois
le
par]]onnement
MBR
et
GPT.
La
table
de
par]]on
GUID
(GPT)
est
une
nouvelle
mthode
de
par]]onnement
de
disque
dur
qui
ore
plus
d'avantages
que
l'ancienne
mthode
de
par]]onnement
MBR.
Si
votre
systme
d'exploita]on
prend
en
charge
les
disques
GPT,
vous
pouvez
slec]onnez
le
nouveau
disque
ini]aliser
en
tant
que
disque
GPT.
15
8.5.2
Acronis
True
Image
HD
prend
en
charge
la
fois
le
par]]onnement
MBR
et
GPT.
La
table
de
par]]on
GUID
(GPT)
est
une
nouvelle
mthode
de
par]]onnement
de
disque
dur
qui
ore
plus
d'avantages
que
l'ancienne
mthode
de
par]]onnement
MBR.
Si
votre
systme
d'exploita]on
prend
en
charge
les
disques
GPT,
vous
pouvez
slec]onnez
le
nouveau
disque
ini]aliser
en
tant
que
disque
GPT.
Pour
ajouter
un
disque
GPT,
cliquez
sur
IniQaliser
le
disque
en
structure
GPT.
116 Pour
ajouter
un
disque
MBR,
cliquez
sur
IniQaliser
le
disque
en
structure
Copyright
MBR. Acronis, Inc.
Si
vous
uQlisez
une
version
32-bit
de
Windows
XP,
la
mthode
d'iniQalisaQon
du
GPT
sera
indisponible
et
vous
n'accderez
pas
l'tape
des
OpCons
d'iniCalisaCon.
Aprs avoir choisi la mthode d'ini]alisa]on requise, cliquez sur le bouton Suivant.
8.5.3
Pour
u]liser
l'espace
d'un
disque
dur,
il
doit
tre
par]]onn.
Par]]onner,
c'est
le
fait
de
diviser
l'espace
du
disque
dur
en
divisions
logiques.
Chaque
division
logique
peut
fonc]onner
comme
un
disque
spar
avec
une
le^re
d'unit
de
disque
qui
lui
est
assigne,
son
propre
systme
de
chiers,
etc.
Mme
si
vous
n'avez
pas
l'inten]on
de
diviser
votre
disque
dur
en
divisions
logiques,
vous
devez
le
par]]onner
de
faon
ce
que
le
systme
d'exploita]on
sache
qu'il
est
cens
rester
en
un
seul
morceau.
Ini]alement,
tout
l'espace
disque
sera
non
allou.
Cela
changera
une
fois
que
vous
aurez
ajout
de
nouvelles
par]]ons.
Pour
crer
une
nouvelle
parQQon
:
Slec]onnez
l'espace
non
allou
et
cliquez
sur
Crer
une
nouvelle
parQQon
dans
la
par]e
suprieure
de
la
fentre
ou
cliquez
avec
le
bouton
droit
sur
l'espace
non
allou
et
slec]onnez
Crer
une
nouvelle
parQQon
dans
le
menu
des
raccourcis.
16
8.5.3
Pour
u]liser
l'espace
d'un
disque
dur,
il
doit
tre
par]]onn.
Par]]onner,
c'est
le
fait
de
diviser
Guide l'espace
du
disque
dur
en
divisions
logiques.
Chaque
division
logique
peut
fonc]onner
comme
un
de lutilisateur Acronis True Image HD:
Ajout dun
disque
Nouveau
spar
avec
Disque
une
le^re
Dur
d'unit
de
disque
qui
lui
est
assigne,
son
propre
systme
de
chiers,
etc.
Mme
si
vous
n'avez
pas
l'inten]on
de
diviser
votre
disque
dur
en
divisions
logiques,
vous
devez
le
par]]onner
de
faon
ce
que
le
systme
d'exploita]on
sache
qu'il
est
cens
rester
en
un
seul
morceau.
Ini]alement,
tout
l'espace
disque
sera
non
allou.
Cela
changera
une
fois
que
vous
aurez
ajout
de
nouvelles
par]]ons.
Pour
crer
une
nouvelle
parQQon
:
Slec]onnez
l'espace
non
allou
et
cliquez
sur
Crer
une
nouvelle
parQQon
dans
la
par]e
suprieure
de
la
fentre
ou
cliquez
avec
le
bouton
droit
sur
l'espace
non
allou
et
slec]onnez
Crer
une
nouvelle
parQQon
dans
le
menu
des
raccourcis.
Si
vous
allouez
tout
l'espace
non
allou
sur
le
disque
la
nouvelle
par]]on,
le
bouton
Crer
une
nouvelle
p
arQQon
disparat.
Copyright
Acronis,
Inc.
117
Paramtres de la partition
Spciez
les
paramtres
pour
la
par]]on
en
cours
de
cra]on.
Taille
Vous
pouvez
redimensionner
et
dplacer
la
par]]on
en
cours
de
cra]on.
Si
vous
souhaitez
redimensionner
la
parQQon
:
Pointez
le
curseur
sur
le
bord
de
la
par]]on.
Si
le
curseur
est
point
exactement
sur
le
bord
de
la
par]]on,
il
se
transformera
en
deux
lignes
ver]cales
avec
des
ches
de
chaque
ct.
Vous
pouvez
galement
dnir
la
taille
de
la
par]]on
manuellement,
en
saisissant
la
taille
souhaite
de
la
par]]on
dans
le
champ
Taille
de
la
parQQon.
Copyright Acronis,
Inc.,souhaitez
2000-2012 dplacer
la
parQQon
:
Si
vous
17
Si
vous
allouez
tout
l'espace
non
allou
sur
le
disque
la
nouvelle
par]]on,
le
bouton
Crer
une
nouvelle
parQQon
disparat.
Paramtres de la partition
Spciez
les
paramtres
pour
la
par]]on
en
cours
de
cra]on.
Taille
Vous
pouvez
redimensionner
et
dplacer
la
par]]on
en
cours
de
cra]on.
Si
vous
souhaitez
redimensionner
la
parQQon
:
Pointez
le
curseur
sur
le
bord
de
la
par]]on.
Si
le
curseur
est
point
exactement
sur
le
bord
de
la
par]]on,
il
se
transformera
en
deux
lignes
ver]cales
avec
des
ches
de
chaque
ct.
Vous
pouvez
galement
dnir
la
taille
de
la
par]]on
manuellement,
en
saisissant
la
taille
souhaite
de
la
par]]on
dans
le
champ
Taille
de
la
parQQon.
Si
vous
souhaitez
dplacer
la
parQQon
:
Si
vous
crez
un
ou
plusieurs
lecteurs
logiques,
le
programme
rservera
une
parQe
de
l'espace
non
allou
devant
la(es)
parQQon(s)
cre(s)
pour
les
besoins
du
systme.
Si
vous
crez
une
parQQon
primaire
ou
une
parQQon
primaire
avec
une
parQQon
logique,
alors
le
systme
ne
rservera
pas
d'espace
non
allou
pour
ses
besoins.
Systme
de
chiers
Choisissez
le
type
de
chier
systme
pour
la
par]]on
en
cours
de
cra]on.
Des
par]]ons
direntes
peuvent
avoir
dirents
types
de
systme
de
chiers.
Vous
pouvez
soit
laisser
la
par]]on
non
formate,
ou
choisir
entre
les
types
de
systmes
de
chiers
suivants
:
NTFS
est
un
systme
de
chiers
na]f
de
Windows
NT,
Windows
2000,
Windows
XP,
Windows
Vista
et
Windows
7.
Choisissez-le
si
vous
u]lisez
ces
systmes
d'exploita]on.
Notez
que
Windows
95/98/Me
et
DOS
ne
peuvent
pas
accder
aux
par]]ons
NTFS.
FAT
32
est
une
version
32-bit
amliore
du
systme
de
chiers
FAT
qui
prend
en
charge
des
volumes
allant
jusqu'
2
To.
FAT
16
est
un
systme
de
chier
na]f
DOS.
La
plupart
des
systmes
le
reconnaissent.
Toutefois,
si
votre
lecteur
de
disque
fait
plus
de
4
Go,
il
n'est
pas
possible
de
le
formater
en
FAT16.
Ext2
est
un
systme
de
chiers
na]f
de
Linux.
C'est
susamment
rapide,
mais
ce
n'est
pas
un
systme
de
chier
journalis.
Ext3
introduit
ociellement
avec
Red
Hat
Linux
version
7.2,
est
un
systme
de
chiers
journalis
de
Linux.
Il
a
une
compa]bilit
ascendante
et
descendante
avec
Linux
Ext2.
Il
a
de
mul]ples
modes
journaliss,
ainsi
qu'une
grande
compa]bilit
mul]-plateforme,
aussi
bien
avec
des
architectures
32-bits
que
64-bits.
18
Ajout dun
Nouveau
Disque Dur
NTFS
est
un
systme
de
chiers
na]f
de
Windows
NT,
Windows
2000,
Windows
XP,
Windows
Vista
et
Windows
7.
Choisissez-le
si
vous
u]lisez
ces
systmes
d'exploita]on.
Notez
que
Windows
95/98/Me
et
DOS
ne
peuvent
pas
accder
aux
par]]ons
NTFS.
FAT
32
est
une
version
32-bit
amliore
du
systme
de
chiers
FAT
qui
prend
en
charge
des
volumes
allant
jusqu'
2
To.
FAT
16
est
un
systme
de
chier
na]f
DOS.
La
plupart
des
systmes
le
reconnaissent.
Toutefois,
si
votre
lecteur
de
disque
fait
plus
de
4
Go,
il
n'est
pas
possible
de
le
formater
en
FAT16.
Ext2
est
un
systme
de
chiers
na]f
de
Linux.
C'est
susamment
rapide,
mais
ce
n'est
pas
un
systme
de
chier
journalis.
Ext3
introduit
ociellement
avec
Red
Hat
Linux
version
7.2,
est
un
systme
de
chiers
journalis
de
Linux.
Il
a
une
compa]bilit
ascendante
et
descendante
avec
Linux
Ext2.
Il
a
de
mul]ples
modes
journaliss,
ainsi
qu'une
grande
compa]bilit
mul]-plateforme,
aussi
bien
avec
des
architectures
32-bits
que
64-bits.
Ext4
est
un
nouveau
systme
de
chier
Linux.
Il
possde
des
amliora]ons
par
rapport
ext3.
Il
a
une
compa]bilit
descendante
avec
ext2
et
ext3.
Toutefois,
ext3
a
seulement
une
compa]bilit
ascendante
par]elle
avec
ext4.
118
ReiserFS
est
un
systme
de
chiers
journalis
pour
Linux.
Il
est
gnralement
plus
sr
et
plus
rapide
que
Ext2.
Choisissez-le
pour
votre
par]]on
de
donnes
Linux.
Linux
Swap
est
une
par]]on
swap
pour
Linux.
Choisissez-la
si
vous
souhaitez
ajouter
davantage
d'espace
de
swap
en
u]lisant
Linux
LeRre
de
la
parQQon
Slec]onnez
une
le^re
a^ribuer
la
par]]on
en
cours
de
cra]on
dans
la
liste
droulante.
Si
vous
slec]onnez
Auto,
le
programme
a^ribue
la
premire
le^re
dans
l'ordre
alphab]que
du
lecteur
non
u]lis.
Nom
de
la
parQQon
Le
label
d'une
par]]on
est
un
nom,
assign
une
par]]on
pour
que
vous
puissiez
la
reconnatre
facilement.
Par
exemple,
vous
pourriez
en
appeler
une
Systme
une
par]]on
avec
un
systme
d'exploita]on,
Programme
une
par]]on
avec
des
applica]ons,
Donnes
une
par]]on
avec
des
donnes,
etc.
Le
label
de
la
par]]on
est
un
a^ribut
faculta]f.
Type
de
parQQon
(ces
paramtres
sont
uniquement
disponibles
pour
les
disques
MBR)
Choisissez
le
type
de
par]]on
crer.
Vous
pouvez
dnir
la
nouvelle
par]]on
comme
primaire
ou
logique.
Marquer
la
parQQon
comme
acQve
-
une
par]]on
ac]ve
est
u]lise
pour
charger
un
systme
d'exploita]on.
Slec]onner
Ac]ve
pour
une
par]]on
sans
installer
un
systme
d'exploita]on
pourrait
empcher
votre
ordinateur
de
dmarrer.
Lorsque
vous
avez
termin
de
spcier
les
paramtres
pour
la
par]]on
en
cours
de
cra]on,
cliquez
sur
Accepter
pour
con]nuer.
19
8.5.4
Le
rsum
d'ajout
d'un
nouveau
disque
illustre
graphiquement
(sous
forme
de
rectangles)
les
informa]ons
rela]ves
la
nouvelle
structure
du
disque
avant
et
aprs
le
par]]onnement.
Cliquez
sur
ConQnuer
pour
dbuter
la
cra]on
d'une
(des)
nouvelle(s)
par]]on(s).
Cliquez
sur
Annuler
pour
annuler
la
procdure
et
revenir
la
fentre
du
programme
principal.
Aprs
que
vous
avez
cliqu
sur
ConQnuer,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
commence
crer
une
ou
plusieurs
nouvelle(s)
par]]on(s)
et
indique
la
progression
dans
une
fentre
spcique.
Si
vous
arrtez
ce^e
opra]on
en
cliquant
sur
Annuler,
vous
devrez
repar]]onner
et
reformater
le
nouveau
disque
ou
rpter
la
procdure
d'ajout
de
disque.
Avant
de
cliquer
sur
le
bouton
ConCnuer
vous
pouvez
uQliser
la
barre
latrale
pour
naviguer
travers
des
tapes
de
l'assistant
Ajout
d'un
nouveau
disque
et
eectuer
des
modicaQons.
20
Cliquez
sur
ConQnuer
pour
dbuter
la
cra]on
d'une
(des)
nouvelle(s)
par]]on(s).
Cliquez
sur
Annuler
pour
annuler
la
procdure
et
revenir
la
fentre
du
programme
principal.
Guide Aprs
de lutilisateur
Acronis
True
Image
HD:
True
Image
HD
commence
crer
une
ou
que
vous
avez
cliqu
sur
ConQnuer,
Acronis
Gestionnaire
Capacit
tendue
Acronis
plusieurs
De
nouvelle(s)
par]]on(s)
et
indique
la
progression
dans
une
fentre
spcique.
Si
vous
arrtez
ce^e
opra]on
en
cliquant
sur
Annuler,
vous
devrez
repar]]onner
et
reformater
le
nouveau
disque
ou
rpter
la
procdure
d'ajout
de
disque.
Avant
de
cliquer
sur
le
bouton
ConCnuer
vous
pouvez
uQliser
la
barre
latrale
pour
naviguer
travers
des
tapes
de
l'assistant
Ajout
d'un
nouveau
disque
et
eectuer
des
modicaQons.
d'uQliser
l
e
GAcronis,
esQonnaire
de
120 disant
que
la
totalit
de
l'espace
disque
est
accessible
et
vous
n'avez
pas
besoin
Copyright
Inc.
capacit
tendue
Acronis.
3. Cliquez
sur
Allouer
de
l'espace
pour
voir
l'alloca]on
d'espace
disque
possible
dans
la
prochaine
tape.
Aprs
avoir
cliqu
sur
le
bouton
Appliquer,
un
disque
de
capacit
tendue
sera
mul
sur
votre
disque
physique.
Si
la
capacit
de
votre
disque
physique
dpasse
4
To
et
que
votre
systme
d'exploita]on
ne
prend
pas
en
charge
le
modle
de
par]]onnement
GPT,
le
programme
cre
plusieurs
disques
de
capacit
tendue
MBR.
Remarquez
que
les
disques
de
capacit
tendue
ne
sont
pas
dmarrables,
bien
que
la
plupart
de
leurs
proprits
soient
les
mmes
que
celles
des
disques
physiques.
Copyright Acronis,
Inc., 2000-2012
4. Cliquez
sur
Fermer
an
de
qui^er
le
Ges]onnaire
de
capacit
tendue
Acronis.
21
3. Cliquez
sur
Allouer
de
l'espace
pour
voir
l'alloca]on
d'espace
disque
possible
dans
la
prochaine
tape.
Aprs
avoir
cliqu
sur
le
bouton
Appliquer,
un
disque
de
capacit
tendue
sera
mul
sur
votre
disque
physique.
Si
la
capacit
de
votre
disque
physique
dpasse
4
To
et
que
votre
systme
d'exploita]on
ne
prend
pas
en
charge
le
modle
de
par]]onnement
GPT,
le
programme
cre
plusieurs
disques
de
capacit
tendue
MBR.
Remarquez
que
les
disques
de
capacit
tendue
ne
sont
pas
dmarrables,
bien
que
la
plupart
de
leurs
proprits
soient
les
mmes
que
celles
des
disques
physiques.
121
An
de
supprimer
les
disques
de
capacit
tendue,
cliquez
sur
Supprimer
les
disques
de
capacit
tendue
puis
cliquez
sur
le
bouton
Appliquer
la
prochaine
tape.
Ces
disques
seront
supprims
de
votre
systme
et
l'espace
disque
dpassant
2
To
deviendra
inaccessible.
Pour
allouer
cet
espace
ultrieurement,
vous
devez
redmarrer
le
Ges]onnaire
de
capacit
tendue
et
suivre
nouveau
les
tapes
de
l'assistant.
Vous
pourrez
con]nuer
d'u]liser
les
disques
de
capacit
tendue
mme
aprs
avoir
dsinstall
Acronis
True
Image
HD.
Pendant
la
dsinstalla]on,
il
vous
sera
demand
si
vous
voulez
supprimer
le
disque
de
capacit
tendue.
Si
vous
choisissez
de
ne
pas
le
supprimer,
il
restera
u]lisable.
22
An
de
supprimer
les
disques
de
capacit
tendue,
cliquez
sur
Supprimer
les
disques
de
capacit
tendue
puis
cliquez
Acronis
sur
le
bouton
Appliquer
a
prochaine
tape.
Ces
disques
seront
supprims
de
Guide de lutilisateur
True
Image
lHD:
votre
systme
et
l'espace
disque
dpassant
2
To
deviendra
inaccessible.
Pour
allouer
cet
espace
Opration De Maintenance Du SSD
ultrieurement,
vous
devez
redmarrer
le
Ges]onnaire
de
capacit
tendue
et
suivre
nouveau
les
tapes
de
l'assistant.
Vous
pourrez
con]nuer
d'u]liser
les
disques
de
capacit
tendue
mme
aprs
avoir
dsinstall
Acronis
True
Image
HD.
Pendant
la
dsinstalla]on,
il
vous
sera
demand
si
vous
voulez
supprimer
le
disque
de
capacit
tendue.
Si
vous
choisissez
de
ne
pas
le
supprimer,
il
restera
u]lisable.
bloc
sera
crit
de
nouveau
sur
le
SSD.
Il
en
rsulte
des
performances
en
criture
aectes
de
manire
signica]ve.
An
d'viter
ce
problme,
les
nouvelles
donnes
sont
toujours
sauvegardes
un
122
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
nouvel
emplacement
tant
que
des
cellules
vides
sont
disponibles
sur
le
priphrique
de
stockage.
Tt
ou
tard,
le
SSD
n'a
aucune
cellule
vide,
et
toutes
les
opra]ons
d'criture
rini]alisent
le
cycle
lire-
eacer-modier-crire
dcrit
ci-dessus.
L'assistant
de
maintenance
du
SSD
eace
dni]vement
les
donnes
marques
comme
supprimes
et
laisse
les
cellules
de
donnes
vides
et
prtes
pour
de
nouvelles
opra]ons
d'criture.
Remarque
:
L'uQlitaire
uQlise
la
commande
TRIM
standard
pour
informer
les
disques
SSD
propos
des
blocs
de
donnes
qui
ne
sont
plus
uQliss
et
qui
peuvent
tre
eacs.
Veuillez
vous
assurer
que
votre
SSD
possde
le
microprogramme
ncessaire
pour
le
prendre
en
charge.
L'opra]on
de
maintenance
d'un
SSD
l'aide
d'Acronis
True
Image
HD
est
valable
seulement
si
vous
u]lisez
Windows
Vista
ou
antrieur.
Windows
7
prend
en
charge
la
commande
TRIM
standard
directement
et
eace
les
cellules
ds
que
les
donnes
sont
supprimes.
Pour
eectuer
l'opra]on
de
maintenance
d'un
SSD
:
1. Sur
la
barre
latrale
ou
sur
la
barre
d'ou]ls,
cliquez
sur
ouQls
et
uQlitaires
et
slec]onnez
OpraQon
de
maintenance
du
SSD.
Cela
ouvre
l'assistant.
2. Dans
la
liste
des
disques
disponibles,
slec]onnez
le(s)
SSD
dont
vous
voulez
eectuer
l'opra]on
de
maintenance
et
cliquez
sur
Suivant.
3. Vriez
la
page
du
rsum
et
cliquez
sur
ConQnuer.
4. Si
vous
avez
excut
l'assistant
sous
Windows,
cliquez
sur
Redmarrer
lorsque
vous
y
tes
invit.
Aprs
le
redmarrage,
l'opra]on
con]nuera
automa]quement
dans
l'environnement
bas
sur
Linux
autonome.
Lorsque
l'opra]on
est
termine,
l'assistant
dmarrera
Windows
de
nouveau.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
23
Remarque
:
L'uQlitaire
uQlise
la
commande
TRIM
standard
pour
informer
les
disques
SSD
propos
des
blocs
de
donnes
qui
ne
sont
plus
uQliss
et
qui
peuvent
tre
eacs.
Veuillez
vous
assurer
que
votre
SSD
possde
le
microprogramme
ncessaire
pour
le
prendre
en
charge.
Guide Eectuer
de lutilisateur
Acronis True Image HD:
la
maintenance
d'un
SSD
Opration De Maintenance Du SSD
AVERTISSEMENT
!
CeDe
opraCon
est
irrversible.
Aucune
restauraCon
de
donnes
ne
sera
possible
aprs
l'achvement
de
l'opraCon.
L'opra]on
de
maintenance
d'un
SSD
l'aide
d'Acronis
True
Image
HD
est
valable
seulement
si
vous
u]lisez
Windows
Vista
ou
antrieur.
Windows
7
prend
en
charge
la
commande
TRIM
standard
directement
et
eace
les
cellules
ds
que
les
donnes
sont
supprimes.
Pour
eectuer
l'opra]on
de
maintenance
d'un
SSD
:
1. Sur
la
barre
latrale
ou
sur
la
barre
d'ou]ls,
cliquez
sur
ouQls
et
uQlitaires
et
slec]onnez
OpraQon
de
maintenance
du
SSD.
Cela
ouvre
l'assistant.
2. Dans
la
liste
des
disques
disponibles,
slec]onnez
le(s)
SSD
dont
vous
voulez
eectuer
l'opra]on
de
maintenance
et
cliquez
sur
Suivant.
3. Vriez
la
page
du
rsum
et
cliquez
sur
ConQnuer.
4. Si
vous
avez
excut
l'assistant
sous
Windows,
cliquez
sur
Redmarrer
lorsque
vous
y
tes
invit.
Aprs
le
redmarrage,
l'opra]on
con]nuera
automa]quement
dans
l'environnement
bas
sur
Linux
autonome.
Lorsque
l'opra]on
est
termine,
l'assistant
dmarrera
Windows
de
nouveau.
Acronis
DriveCleanser............................................................................124
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
123
24
1. Sur
la
barre
latrale
ou
sur
la
barre
d'ou]ls,
cliquez
sur
ouQls
et
uQlitaires
et
slec]onnez
OpraQon
de
maintenance
du
SSD.
Cela
ouvre
l'assistant.
Guide de lutilisateur
Acronis True Image HD:
la
listeEt
des
disponibles,
slec]onnez
le(s)
SSD
dont
vous
voulez
eectuer
Outils 2.De Dans
Scurit
De
disques
Confidentialit
l'opra]on
de
maintenance
et
cliquez
sur
Suivant.
3. Vriez
la
page
du
rsum
et
cliquez
sur
ConQnuer.
4. Si
vous
avez
excut
l'assistant
sous
Windows,
cliquez
sur
Redmarrer
lorsque
vous
y
tes
invit.
Aprs
le
redmarrage,
l'opra]on
con]nuera
automa]quement
dans
l'environnement
bas
sur
Linux
autonome.
Lorsque
l'opra]on
est
termine,
l'assistant
dmarrera
Windows
de
nouveau.
Acronis
DriveCleanser............................................................................124
Mthodes
d'eacement
du
disque
dur..................................................131
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
8.8.1
Acronis DriveCleanser
123
Plusieurs
systmes
d'exploita]on
ne
fournissent
pas
aux
u]lisateurs
des
ou]ls
de
destruc]on
de
donnes
ables,
donc
les
chiers
supprims
peuvent
tre
restaurs
facilement
en
u]lisant
de
simples
applica]ons.
Mme
un
reformatage
complet
du
disque
ne
peut
pas
garan]r
la
destruc]on
des
donnes
conden]elles.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
rsout
ce
problme
l'aide
d'une
destruc]on
des
donnes
garan]e
et
permanente
sur
les
disques
durs
et
les
par]]ons
slec]onns.
Vous
pouvez
slec]onner
parmi
un
certain
nombre
d'algorithmes
de
destruc]on
de
donnes
en
fonc]on
de
l'importance
de
vos
informa]ons
conden]elles.
Soyez
conscient
que,
selon
la
taille
totale
des
parQQons
slecQonnes
et
de
l'algorithme
de
destrucQon
des
donnes
slecQonn,
la
destrucQon
des
donnes
peut
prendre
de
nombreuses
heures.
eacer
les
disques
durs
ou
par]]ons
slec]onns
en
u]lisant
des
algorithmes
prdnis
crer
et
excuter
des
algorithmes
u]lisateur
personnaliss
pour
eacer
un
disque
dur.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
se
base
sur
un
assistant
qui
scripte
toutes
les
opra]ons
du
disque
dur,
de
faon
ce
qu'aucune
donne
ne
soit
dtruite
tant
que
vous
ne
cliquez
sur
Excuter
dans
la
fentre
Rsum
de
l'assistant.
n'importe
quel
moment,
vous
pouvez
retourner
aux
tapes
prcdentes
pour
slec]onner
d'autres
disques,
par]]ons
ou
d'autres
algorithmes
de
destruc]on
des
donnes.
Pour
supprimer
dniQvement
les
donnes
sur
votre
disque
:
Cliquez
sur
l'onglet
OuQls
et
uQlitaires,
puis
cliquez
sur
Acronis
DriveCleanser.
Suivez
les
tapes
de
l'assistant
d'Acronis
DriveCleanser.
D'abord,
vous
devez
slec]onner
les
par]]ons
du
disque
dur
sur
lesquelles
vous
souhaitez
dtruire
des
donnes.
25
eacer
les
disques
durs
ou
par]]ons
slec]onns
en
u]lisant
des
algorithmes
prdnis
crer
et
excuter
des
algorithmes
u]lisateur
personnaliss
pour
eacer
un
disque
dur.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
se
base
sur
un
assistant
qui
scripte
toutes
les
opra]ons
du
disque
dur,
de
faon
ce
qu'aucune
donne
ne
soit
dtruite
tant
que
vous
ne
cliquez
sur
Excuter
dans
la
fentre
Rsum
de
l'assistant.
n'importe
quel
moment,
vous
pouvez
retourner
aux
tapes
prcdentes
pour
slec]onner
d'autres
disques,
par]]ons
ou
d'autres
algorithmes
de
destruc]on
des
donnes.
Pour
supprimer
dniQvement
les
donnes
sur
votre
disque
:
Cliquez
sur
l'onglet
OuQls
et
uQlitaires,
puis
cliquez
sur
Acronis
DriveCleanser.
Suivez
les
tapes
de
l'assistant
d'Acronis
DriveCleanser.
Pour
slec]onner
une
par]]on,
cliquez
dans
le
rectangle
correspondant.
Vous
verrez
un
signe
rouge
dans
le
coin
suprieur
droit
indiquant
que
la
par]]on
est
slec]onne.
124
Vous
pouvez
slec]onner
un
disque
dur
en]er
ou
plusieurs
disques
sur
lesquels
dtruire
des
donnes.
Pour
cela,
cliquez
sur
le
rectangle
correspondant
au
disque
dur
(avec
l'icne
du
priphrique,
le
nombre
de
disques
et
la
capacit).
Vous
pouvez
simultanment
slec]onner
plusieurs
par]]ons
situes
sur
dirents
lecteurs
de
disques
durs
ou
plusieurs
disques,
ainsi
que
l'espace
non
allou
sur
les
disques.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
ne
peut
pas
eacer
des
parQQons
sur
des
disques
dynamiques
ou
GPT
;
ils
ne
seront
donc
pas
achs
dans
la
fentre
SlecCon
de
la
source.
26
Pour
slec]onner
une
par]]on,
cliquez
dans
le
rectangle
correspondant.
Vous
verrez
un
signe
rouge
dans
le
coin
suprieur
droit
indiquant
que
la
par]]on
est
slec]onne.
Vous
pouvez
slec]onner
un
disque
dur
en]er
ou
plusieurs
disques
sur
lesquels
dtruire
des
Guide donnes.
de lutilisateur
True
Pour
cela,Acronis
cliquez
sur
le
Image
rectangleHD:
correspondant
au
disque
dur
(avec
l'icne
du
Outils priphrique,
De Scurit
Et
De
Confidentialit
le
nombre
de
disques
et
la
capacit).
Vous
pouvez
simultanment
slec]onner
plusieurs
par]]ons
situes
sur
dirents
lecteurs
de
disques
durs
ou
plusieurs
disques,
ainsi
que
l'espace
non
allou
sur
les
disques.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
ne
peut
pas
eacer
des
parQQons
sur
des
disques
dynamiques
ou
GPT
;
ils
ne
seront
donc
pas
achs
dans
la
fentre
SlecCon
de
la
source.
Soyez
vigilant,
car
cliquer
sur
OK
dans
ce^e
fentre
d'aver]ssement
et
ensuite
Poursuivre
dans
la
fentre
Rsum
entranera
une
purge
de
la
par]]on
systme
contenant
votre
systme
d'exploita]on
Windows.
Slection de l'algorithme
Acronis
DriveCleanser
u]lise
les
algorithmes
de
destruc]on
de
donnes
les
plus
rpandus.
Slec]onnez
l'algorithme
souhait
dans
la
liste
droulante.
125
27
Les
mthodes
de
destruc]on
des
donnes
sont
dcrites
en
dtail
dans
la
sec]on
Mthodes
de
ne^oyage
du
disque
dur
(p.
131)
de
ce
guide.
Une
fois
que
vous
aurez
choisi
un
algorithme,
Acronis
DriveCleanser
excutera
toutes
les
ac]ons
ncessaires
la
destruc]on
du
contenu
de
la
par]]on
ou
du
disque
slec]onns.
Quant
cela
aura
t
fait,
vous
verrez
un
message
vous
informant
du
succs
de
la
destruc]on
des
donnes.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
vous
apporte
une
autre
fonc]on
trs
u]le
elle
permet
d'valuer
le
rsultat
de
l'excu]on
d'un
algorithme
de
destruc]on
de
donnes
sur
un
disque
dur
ou
dans
une
par]]on.
Elle
prsente
un
diteur
de
disque
intgr
(ou]l
de
naviga]on
de
disque
dur).
Les
algorithmes
men]onns
ci-dessus
orent
plusieurs
niveaux
de
destruc]on
des
donnes
conden]elles.
Ainsi
l'image
que
vous
pouvez
voir
sur
un
disque
ou
sur
une
par]]on
dpend
de
l'algorithme
de
destruc]on
des
donnes.
Mais
ce
que
vous
pouvez
voir
en
fait,
ce
sont
des
secteurs
du
disque
pleins
de
zros
ou
de
symboles
alatoires.
28
126
Une
fois
la
mthode
personnalise
cre,
vous
pouvez
enregistrer
l'algorithme
que
vous
avez
cr.
Cela
vous
sera
commode
si
vous
avez
l'inten]on
de
l'u]liser
nouveau.
Dfinition de l'algorithme
La
fentre
Dni]on
de
l'algorithme
vous
montre
un
modle
de
l'algorithme
venir.
La
fentre
est
lgende
comme
suit
:
La
premire
colonne
de
la
liste
con]ent
le
type
sur
un
disque
(il
n'y
en
a
que
deux
:
pour
crire
un
symbole
sur
disque,
criture
;
et
pour
vrier
l'criture,
vrica]on
)
;
la
seconde
colonne
ache
le
modle
de
donnes
crire
sur
le
disque.
Le
modle
crire
correspond
toujours
une
valeur
hexadcimale,
par
exemple
une
valeur
du
type
:
0x00,
0xAA
ou
0xCD,
etc.
Ces
valeurs
ont
une
longueur
de
1
octet,
mais
leur
longueur
peut
aller
jusqu'
512
octets.
Ces
valeurs
mises
part,
vous
pouvez
entrer
une
valeur
hexadcimale
alatoire
(jusqu'
512
octets).
Votre
algorithme
peut
aussi
comprendre
une
valeur
supplmentaire
pour
l'criture
qui
est
dnie
comme
la
valeur
complmentaire
la
valeur
qui
est
complmentaire
celle
crite
sur
le
disque
lors
des
passages
prcdents.
Si
la
valeur
binaire
est
reprsente
par
la
squence
10001010
(0x8A),
la
valeur
binaire
complmentaire
est
reprsente
par
la
squence
01110101
(0x75).
La
fentre
de
dni]on
de
l'algorithme
vous
propose
le
modle
pour
l'algorithme
seulement.
Vous
devez
dnir
exactement
ce
que
le
logiciel
doit
crire
sur
le
disque
pour
dtruire
les
donnes
conden]elles
selon
votre
algorithme.
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
127
29
La
fentre
de
dni]on
de
l'algorithme
vous
propose
le
modle
pour
l'algorithme
seulement.
Vous
devez
dnir
exactement
ce
que
le
logiciel
doit
crire
sur
le
disque
pour
dtruire
les
donnes
conden]elles
selon
votre
algorithme.
Pour
cela,
cliquez
avec
votre
souris
sur
la
ligne
reprsentant
la
passe
#1
et
cliquez
sur
Modier.
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
127
Vrier
Suivant
les
spcica]ons
du
standard
amricain
de
destruc]on
de
donnes,
dnissez
les
troisime
et
quatrime
passages
d'crasement
des
donnes.
De
la
mme
faon,
vous
pouvez
crer
n'importe
quel
algorithme
de
destruc]on
des
donnes
qui
convient
vos
exigences
en
termes
de
scurit.
Chaque algorithme personnalis est stock dans un chier spar avec son propre nom. Si vous
30
Guide
Outils DeVrier
Scurit Et De Confidentialit
Suivant
les
spcica]ons
du
standard
amricain
de
destruc]on
de
donnes,
dnissez
les
troisime
et
quatrime
passages
d'crasement
des
donnes.
De
la
mme
faon,
vous
pouvez
crer
n'importe
quel
algorithme
de
destruc]on
des
donnes
qui
convient
vos
exigences
en
termes
de
scurit.
Actions post-effacement
128
Dans
la
fentre
des
ac]ons
post-eacement
vous
pouvez
slec]onner
des
ac]ons
excuter
sur
les
par]]ons
slec]onnes
pour
la
destruc]on
de
donnes.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
vous
propose
trois
op]ons
:
Aucune
acQon
seulement
dtruire
les
donnes
en
u]lisant
l'algorithme
slec]onn
ci-dessous
Supprimer
la
parQQon
dtruire
les
donnes
et
supprimer
la
par]]on
Formater
dtruire
les
donnes
et
formater
la
par]]on
(dfaut).
31
Des
algorithmes
dirents
orent
plusieurs
niveaux
de
destruc]on
des
donnes
conden]elles.
Ainsi
l'image
que
vous
pouvez
voir
sur
un
disque
ou
sur
une
par]]on
dpend
de
la
mthode
de
destruc]on
des
donnes.
Mais
ce
que
vous
pouvez
voir
en
fait,
ce
sont
des
secteurs
du
disque
pleins
de
zros
ou
de
symboles
alatoires.
129
32
Une
ligne
de
recherche
peut
tre
congure
la
fois
comme
un
caractre
(champ
de
texte)
et
une
valeur
numrique
(hexadcimale)
(champ
Hex).
Lorsque
vous
saisissez
du
texte
dans
le
champ
de
texte,
il
est
automa]quement
conver]
en
valeur
hexadcimale
dans
le
champ
Hex,
et
vice
versa.
Cochez
le
paramtre
DisQncQon
entre
majuscules
et
minuscules
pour
tenir
compte
de
la
casse.
Si
vous
slec]onnez
le
mode
recherche
sans
faire
la
dis]nc]on
entre
majuscules
et
minuscules,
non
seulement
la
casse
mais
aussi
les
lments
de
caractres
suprieurs
seront
ignors
pour
les
ensembles
de
caractres
romains.
Cochez
le
paramtre
Rechercher
au
dcalage
du
secteur
pour
rechercher
une
ligne
donne
un
dcalage
donn
dans
le
secteur
Cliquez
sur
OK
pour
commencer
la
recherche.
Une
fois
le
processus
de
recherche
termin,
la
posi]on
actuelle
sera
dplace
l
o
une
ligne
aura
t
trouve,
sinon
elle
restera
iden]que
si
aucune
ligne
n'a
t
trouve.
Vous
pouvez
eectuer
une
recherche
de
la
ligne
suivante
par]r
de
la
posi]on
actuelle
en
slec]onnant
l'lment
Nouvelle
recherche
dans
le
menu
Recherche
ou
en
appuyant
sur
la
touche
F3.
Aller au secteur
130
Vous
pouvez
vous
rendre
dans
le
secteur
ncessaire
en
fonc]on
de
son
dcalage
absolu
en
slec]onnant
la
ligne
Aller
dans
le
menu
Rechercher
(ou
en
appuyant
simultanment
sur
les
touches
Alt+P).
Slec]onner
ce^e
ligne
ouvre
la
fentre
de
dialogue
Aller
...
La
transi]on
se
fait
en
saisissant
le
dcalage
de
secteur
absolu,
ou
les
numros
de
cylindre,
de
tte,
et
de
secteur.
Les
paramtres
lists
sont
lis
par
ce^e
expression
:
(CYL
x
HDS
+
HD)
x
SPT
+
SEC
1
O
CYL,
HD,
SEC
sont
les
numros
de
cylindre,
de
tte,
de
secteur
dans
les
coordonnes
CHS
(Cylindre
Tte
Secteur)
;
HDS
est
le
nombre
de
ttes
par
disque,
SPT
est
le
nombre
de
secteurs
par
piste.
Vous
pouvez
retourner
dans
un
secteur
par]r
d'un
autre
secteur
en
slec]onnant
l'lment
Retour
dans
le
menu
Rechercher
(ou
en
appuyant
simultanment
sur
les
touches
Ctrl+Eacement
Arrire).
8.8.2
Les
informa]ons
supprimes
sur
un
lecteur
de
disque
dur
par
des
moyens
non
scuritaires
(par
exemple,
par
simple
suppression
Windows)
peuvent
facilement
tre
rcupres.
En
u]lisant
un
quipement
spcialis,
il
est
possible
de
rcuprer
mme
les
informa]ons
crases
de
faon
rp]]ve.
Par
consquent,
la
purge
garan]e
est
plus
importante
maintenant
que
jamais.
Copyright Acronis,
Inc., 2000-2012
La
purge
garanQe
des
informaQons
des
supports
magn]ques
(par
exemple,
un
lecteur
de
disque
dur)
signie
qu'il
est
impossible
de
restaurer
des
donnes
mme
par
un
spcialiste
quali
avec
l'aide
de
tous
les
ou]ls
et
mthodes
de
restaura]on
connus.
33
La
transi]on
se
fait
en
saisissant
le
dcalage
de
secteur
absolu,
ou
les
numros
de
cylindre,
de
tte,
et
de
secteur.
Les
paramtres
lists
sont
lis
par
ce^e
expression
:
Guide (CYL
de lutilisateur
Acronis
x
HDS
+
HD)
x
SPT
+
SEC
1True Image HD:
Outils De Scurit Et De Confidentialit
O
CYL,
HD,
SEC
sont
les
numros
de
cylindre,
de
tte,
de
secteur
dans
les
coordonnes
CHS
(Cylindre
Tte
Secteur)
;
HDS
est
le
nombre
de
ttes
par
disque,
SPT
est
le
nombre
de
secteurs
par
piste.
Vous
pouvez
retourner
dans
un
secteur
par]r
d'un
autre
secteur
en
slec]onnant
l'lment
Retour
dans
le
menu
Rechercher
(ou
en
appuyant
simultanment
sur
les
touches
Ctrl+Eacement
Arrire).
8.8.2
Les
informa]ons
supprimes
sur
un
lecteur
de
disque
dur
par
des
moyens
non
scuritaires
(par
exemple,
par
simple
suppression
Windows)
peuvent
facilement
tre
rcupres.
En
u]lisant
un
quipement
spcialis,
il
est
possible
de
rcuprer
mme
les
informa]ons
crases
de
faon
rp]]ve.
Par
consquent,
la
purge
garan]e
est
plus
importante
maintenant
que
jamais.
La
purge
garanQe
des
informaQons
des
supports
magn]ques
(par
exemple,
un
lecteur
de
disque
dur)
signie
qu'il
est
impossible
de
restaurer
des
donnes
mme
par
un
spcialiste
quali
avec
l'aide
de
tous
les
ou]ls
et
mthodes
de
restaura]on
connus.
Ce
problme
peut
tre
expliqu
de
ce^e
faon
:
Les
donnes
sont
stockes
sur
un
disque
dur
comme
squences
binaire
de
1
et
de
0
(uns
et
zros),
reprsents
par
des
par]es
d'un
disque
magn]s
diremment.
De
faon
gnrale,
un
1
crit
sur
un
disque
dur
est
lu
comme
1
par
son
contrleur,
et
un
0
est
lu
comme
0.
Cependant,
si
vous
crasez
un
0
par
un
1,
le
rsultat
est
condi]onnellement
0,95
et
vice
versa
si
un
1
crase
un
1,
le
rsultat
est
1,05.
Ces
dirences
ne
sont
pas
signica]ves
pour
le
contrleur.
Cependant,
en
u]lisant
un
matriel
spcial,
on
peut
facilement
lire
la
squence
sous-
jacente
de
1
et
0.
On
a
besoin
que
d'un
logiciel
spcialis
et
de
matriel
peu
coteux
pour
lire
les
donnes
supprimes
de
ce^e
faon
en
analysant
la
magn]sa]on
des
secteurs
du
disque
dur,
la
magn]sa]on
rsiduelle
des
cts
de
pistes
et/ou
en
u]lisant
des
microscopes
magn]ques
courant.
Ecrire
sur
un
support
magn]que
emmne
des
eets
sub]les
rsums
ici
:
chaque
piste
d'un
disque
enregistre
une
image
de
chaque
enregistrement
jamais
crit
dessus,
mais
les
eets
de
tels
enregistrements
(couche
magn]que)
devient
plus
sub]le
avec
le
temps.
En
u]lisant
des
mthodes
logiques
d'encodage
de
donnes
dans
les
disques
durs
courants,
vous
pouvez
slec]onner
des
chanQllons
de
squences
de
symboles
(ou
de
bits
de
donnes
lmentaires)
tre
crits
sur
les
secteurs
an
de
rpQQvement
et
ecacement
purger
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
131
l'informaQon
condenQelle.
Les
mthodes
oertes
par
les
normes
na]onales
fournissent
des
enregistrements
(simple
ou
triple)
de
symboles
alatoires
sur
les
secteurs
du
disque
qui
sont
gnralement
des
dcisions
franches
et
arbitraires,
mais
toujours
acceptables
dans
des
situa]ons
simples.
La
mthode
de
purge
d'informa]ons
la
plus
ecace
est
base
sur
une
analyse
profonde
des
fonc]onnalits
sub]les
d'enregistrement
de
donnes
vers
tous
les
types
de
disques
durs.
Ce^e
connaissance
parle
de
la
ncessit
de
mthodes
mul]-passes
complexes
an
de
garanQr
la
purge
d'informa]ons.
La
thorie
de
purge
garan]e
d'informa]ons
est
dcrite
en
dtails
dans
un
ar]cle
par
Peter
Gutmann.
Veuillez
voir
:
Suppression
scurise
de
donnes
de
mmoire
magn]que
et
transistorise
l'adresse
h^p://www.cs.auckland.ac.nz/~pgut001/pubs/secure_del.html.
Le
tableau
ci-dessous
dcrit
brivement
les
mthodes
de
purge
d'informa]ons
u]lises
par
Acronis.
Chaque
descrip]on
prsente
le
nombre
de
passes
de
secteurs
du
disque
dur
ainsi
que
le(s)
34
En
u]lisant
des
mthodes
logiques
d'encodage
de
donnes
dans
les
disques
durs
courants,
vous
pouvez
slec]onner
des
chanQllons
de
squences
de
symboles
(ou
de
bits
de
donnes
lmentaires)
tre
crits
sur
les
secteurs
an
de
rpQQvement
et
ecacement
purger
Guide l'informaQon
de lutilisateur
Acronis True Image HD:
condenQelle.
Les
mthodes
oertes
par
les
normes
na]onales
fournissent
des
enregistrements
(simple
ou
triple)
de
symboles
alatoires
sur
les
secteurs
du
disque
qui
sont
gnralement
des
dcisions
franches
et
arbitraires,
mais
toujours
acceptables
dans
des
situa]ons
simples.
La
mthode
de
purge
d'informa]ons
la
plus
ecace
est
base
sur
une
analyse
profonde
des
fonc]onnalits
sub]les
d'enregistrement
de
donnes
vers
tous
les
types
de
disques
durs.
Ce^e
connaissance
parle
de
la
ncessit
de
mthodes
mul]-passes
complexes
an
de
garanQr
la
purge
d'informa]ons.
La
thorie
de
purge
garan]e
d'informa]ons
est
dcrite
en
dtails
dans
un
ar]cle
par
Peter
Gutmann.
Veuillez
voir
:
Suppression
scurise
de
donnes
de
mmoire
magn]que
et
transistorise
l'adresse
h^p://www.cs.auckland.ac.nz/~pgut001/pubs/secure_del.html.
Passe Enregistrement
s
1.
Dpartement
de
la
4
Dfense
des
Etats-Unis
5220.22-M
2.
Etats-Unis
:
NAVSO
P-
5239-26
(RLL)
3.
Etats-Unis
:
NAVSO
P-
5239-26
(MFM)
4.
Allemande : VSITR
5.
6.
Mthode
Peter
Gutmann
35
7.
Mthode
Bruce
Schneier
8.
Rapide
132
35
Le
montage
d'images
en
tant
que
lecteurs
virtuels
vous
permet
d'accder
aux
images
comme
s'il
s'agissait
de
lecteurs
physiques.
Ce^e
fonc]onnalit
permet
:
un
nouveau
disque
avec
sa
propre
le^re
apparatra
dans
la
liste
des
lecteurs
en
u]lisant
Windows
Explorer
et
d'autres
ges]onnaires
de
chiers,
vous
pouvez
acher
le
contenu
de
l'image
comme
si
elle
tait
localise
sur
un
disque
physique
ou
une
par]]on
vous
pourrez
u]liser
le
disque
virtuel
de
la
mme
faon
que
le
disque
rel
:
ouvrir,
enregistrer,
copier,
dplacer,
crer,
supprimer
des
chiers
ou
des
dossiers.
Si
besoin,
l'image
peut
tre
monte
en
mode
lecture
seule.
Les
opraQons
dcrites
dans
ceRe
secQon
sont
prises
en
charge
uniquement
par
les
systmes
de
chiers
FAT
et
NTFS.
Veuillez
garder
l'esprit
que
mme
si
les
sauvegardes
de
chiers
et
les
images
de
disque/par]]on
ont
toutes
deux
une
extension
.]b
par
dfaut,
seules
les
images
peuvent
tre
montes.
Si
vous
souhaitez
acher
le
contenu
de
la
sauvegarde
de
chiers,
u]lisez
l'opra]on
Explora]on.
36
133
contenu de l'image comme si elle tait localise sur un disque physique ou une par]]on
Guide
vous
pourrez
u]liser
le
disque
virtuel
de
la
mme
faon
que
le
disque
rel
:
ouvrir,
enregistrer,
copier,
dplacer,
crer,
supprimer
des
chiers
ou
des
dossiers.
Si
besoin,
l'image
peut
tre
en
mode
Acronis
lecture
seule.
de monte
lutilisateur
True Image HD: Monter Une Image
Les
opraQons
dcrites
dans
ceRe
secQon
sont
prises
en
charge
uniquement
par
les
systmes
de
chiers
FAT
et
NTFS.
Veuillez
garder
l'esprit
que
mme
si
les
sauvegardes
de
chiers
et
les
images
de
disque/par]]on
ont
toutes
deux
une
extension
.]b
par
dfaut,
seules
les
images
peuvent
tre
montes.
Si
vous
souhaitez
acher
le
contenu
de
la
sauvegarde
de
chiers,
u]lisez
l'opra]on
Explora]on.
133
Si
vous
slec]onnez
une
sauvegarde
qui
con]ent
des
images
incrmen]elles,
vous
pouvez
slec]onner
une
des
images
incrmen]elles
successives
(galement
appeles
versions
de
sauvegardes
)
en
fonc]on
de
sa
date/heure
de
cra]on.
Ainsi,
vous
pouvez
explorer
l'tat
des
donnes
un
certain
moment.
Pour
monter
une
image
incrmen]elle,
vous
devez
possder
toutes
les
versions
de
sauvegardes
pralablement
cres
et
la
sauvegarde
ini]ale
complte.
Si
l'une
des
sauvegardes
successives
est
manquante,
le
montage
n'est
pas
possible.
Si
la
sauvegarde
est
protge
par
un
mot
de
passe,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
vous
demandera
de
saisir
le
mot
de
passe
via
une
bote
de
dialogue.
L'architecture
des
par]]ons
ne
sera
pas
ache,
et
le
bouton
Suivant
ne
sera
pas
ac]v
tant
que
vous
n'aurez
pas
saisi
le
bon
mot
de
passe.
37
Guide
Si
vous
slec]onnez
une
sauvegarde
qui
con]ent
des
images
incrmen]elles,
vous
pouvez
slec]onner
une
des
images
incrmen]elles
successives
(galement
appeles
versions
de
sauvegardes
)
en
fonc]on
de
sa
date/heure
de
cra]on.
Ainsi,
vous
pouvez
explorer
l'tat
des
dedonnes
lutilisateur
Acronis
True Image HD: Monter Une Image
un
certain
moment.
Pour
monter
une
image
incrmen]elle,
vous
devez
possder
toutes
les
versions
de
sauvegardes
pralablement
cres
et
la
sauvegarde
ini]ale
complte.
Si
l'une
des
sauvegardes
successives
est
manquante,
le
montage
n'est
pas
possible.
Si
la
sauvegarde
est
protge
par
un
mot
de
passe,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
vous
demandera
de
saisir
le
mot
de
passe
via
une
bote
de
dialogue.
L'architecture
des
par]]ons
ne
sera
pas
ache,
et
le
bouton
Suivant
ne
sera
pas
ac]v
tant
que
vous
n'aurez
pas
saisi
le
bon
mot
de
passe.
3. Slec]onnez
une
par]]on
monter
comme
disque
virtuel.
(Veuillez
noter
que
vous
ne
pouvez
pas
monter
une
image
du
disque
en]er
sauf
dans
le
cas
o
le
disque
ne
con]ent
qu'une
seule
par]]on.)
Si
l'image
con]ent
plusieurs
par]]ons,
elles
seront
toutes
slec]onnes
par
dfaut
134 pour
le
montage
avec
des
le^res
de
lecteurs
assignes
automa]quement.
Copyright
Acronis,
Inc.
Si
vous
dsirez
assigner
direntes
le^res
de
lecteur
pour
les
par]]ons
monter,
cliquez
sur
OpQons.
Vous
pouvez
galement
slec]onner
une
le^re
a^ribuer
au
disque
virtuel
par]r
de
la
liste
droulante
LeRre
de
montage.
Si
vous
ne
souhaitez
pas
monter
une
par]]on,
slec]onnez
Ne
pas
monter
dans
la
liste
ou
dsac]vez
la
case
de
la
par]]on.
38
Vous
pouvez
galement
slec]onner
une
le^re
a^ribuer
au
disque
virtuel
par]r
de
la
liste
droulante
LeRre
de
montage.
Si
vous
ne
souhaitez
pas
monter
une
par]]on,
slec]onnez
Ne
pas
monter
dans
la
liste
ou
dsac]vez
la
case
de
la
par]]on.
4. Une
fois
les
paramtres
dnis,
cliquez
sur
Poursuivre
pour
connecter
les
images
de
par]]ons
slec]onnes
en
tant
que
disques
virtuels.
5. Une
fois
l'image
connecte,
le
programme
lancera
Windows
Explorer
et
achera
son
contenu.
Vous
pouvez
dornavant
travailler
avec
les
chiers
et
dossiers
comme
s'ils
taient
situs
sur
un
disque
physique.
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
135
39
Vous
pouvez
galement
faire
cela
dans
Windows
Explorer
en
cliquant
droit
sur
l'icne
du
disque
et
choisissant
Dmonter.
136
Manuale Utente
Sommario
Clonazione Di Un Disco Rigido 3
Informazioni generali 3
Sicurezza 4
User's Guide
Metodo di spostamento 7
Esclusione di elementi 8
Partizionamento manuale 11
Riepilogo clonazione 13
Montaggio Di Unimmagine 36
Smontaggio Di Unimmagine 40
Clonage
dun
disquedimensione.
dur
.iso
di
una
determinata
Una volta selezionato il supporto, fare clic su Crea per avviare la creazione del supporto.
Informations gnrales
8.4
Scurit
et anti-spywares di
Clonazione
un disco rigido
Informazioni
Slection dun
disque source
generali...............................................................................99
Sicurezza.................................................................................................100
Slection dun disque de destination
un
dplacement
disco
di
origine..............................................................101
Selezione
Mthodedi
de
Metodo
Exclusion
di
sdlments
postamento.........................................................................102
di
elemenZ............................................................................103
Esclusione
Partitionnement
manuel
ParZzionamento manuale......................................................................105
Riepilogo
Rsumcde
clonage
lonazione...............................................................................107
8.4.1
Informazioni generali
Si
potrebbe
scoprire
che
il
disco
rigido
non
conZene
spazio
suciente
per
il
sistema
operaZvo
e
le
applicazioni
installate,
impedendo
l'aggiornamento
del
soIware
o
l'installazione
di
nuove
applicazioni.
In
questo
caso,
si
deve
trasferire
il
sistema
su
un
disco
sso
di
maggiore
capacit.
Per
trasferire
il
sistema,
necessario
installare
prima
il
nuovo
disco
nel
computer.
Se
il
computer
non
dispone
di
un
alloggiamento
aggiunZvo
per
un
altro
disco
rigido,
possibile
installarlo
temporaneamente
al
posto
dellunit
CD
o
usare
un
collegamento
USB
2.0
al
disco
rigido
esterno
di
desZnazione.
Se
questa
operazione
non
pu
essere
eseguita,
possibile
clonare
un
disco
rigido
creando
un'immagine
di
un
disco
e
riprisZnarlo
sul
nuovo
disco
rigido
con
parZzioni
pi
grandi.
Sulle
schermate
del
programma,
le
parPzioni
danneggiate
sono
indicate
con
una
croce
bianca
all'interno
di
un
cerchio
rosso,
nell'angolo
in
alto
a
sinistra.
Prima
di
avviare
la
clonazione,
necessario
vericare
gli
errori
di
quesP
dischi
e
correggerli
usando
gli
strumenP
appropriaP
del
sistema
operaPvo.
Per
risultaZ
migliori,
installare
l'unit
di
desZnazione
(nuova)
nella
posizione
in
cui
verr
uZlizzata
e
l'unit
di
origine
in
una
posizione
diversa,
ad
es.
in
un
alloggiamento
USB
esterno.
Questa
raccomandazione
importante
specialmente
per
i
computer
portaZli.
Si
consiglia
di
creare
un
backup
del
disco
originale
completo
come
misura
di
sicurezza.
Potrebbe
consenPre
di
salvare
i
daP
se
qualcosa
va
storto
con
il
disco
rigido
originale
durante
la
clonazione.
Per
informazioni
sulla
creazione
di
questo
backup,
consultare
Backup
delle
parPzioni
e
dei
dischi
(p.
33).
Dopo
la
creazione
del
backup,
assicurarsi
di
convalidarlo.
fare
clic
su
Clona
disco
nella
scheda
StrumenN
e
uNlit
della
schermata
Home.
Seguire
i
passaggi
della
Clonazione
guidata
disco.
99
8.4.2
Sicurezza
Si
deve
notare
quanto
segue:
se
la
corrente
viene
a
mancare
o
per
errore
si
preme
il
tasto
RESET
durante
il
trasferimento,
la
procedura
risulter
incompleta
e
sar
necessario
eseguire
un
nuovo
parZzionamento
e
forma[are
o
clonare
di
nuovo
il
disco
rigido.
Non
risulter
alcuna
perdita
di
daZ
perch
il
disco
originale
viene
soltanto
le[o
(nessuna
parZzione
viene
modicata
o
ridimensionata).
La
procedura
di
trasferimento
del
sistema
non
modica
il
disco
originale.
Al
termine
della
procedura,
possibile
forma[are
il
vecchio
disco
o
cancellare
in
modo
sicuro
i
daZ
che
conZene.
UZlizzare
gli
strumenZ
di
Windows
o
Acronis
DriveCleanser
per
queste
a\vit.
Tu[avia,
non
consigliabile
eliminare
i
daZ
del
vecchio
disco
no
a
quando
si
sicuri
che
siano
staZ
corre[amente
trasferiZ
sul
disco
nuovo,
che
il
computer
si
possa
avviare
dal
disco
nuovo
e
che
tu[e
le
applicazioni
funzionino.
8.4.3
AutomaNco
(consigliato
nella
maggior
parte
dei
casi).
Nella
modalit
automaZca
sono
necessarie
solamente
delle
semplici
azioni
per
trasferire
tu\
i
daZ,
comprese
le
parZzioni,
le
cartelle
e
i
le,
sul
nuovo
disco
rigido,
rendendolo
avviabile
se
il
disco
di
origine
era
avviabile.
Manuale.
La
modalit
manuale
orir
una
maggiore
essibilit
nel
trasferimento
dei
daZ.
Tale
modalit
pu
essere
uZle
se
necessario
modicare
la
stru[ura
della
parZzione
del
disco.
Se
il
programma
trova
due
dischi,
uno
con
parPzioni
e
l'altro
senza
parPzioni,
riconoscer
automaPcamente
come
disco
di
origine
quello
con
le
parPzioni
e
il
disco
senza
le
parPzioni
come
disco
di
desPnazione.
In
tal
caso,
i
passaggi
successivi
saranno
ignoraP
e
si
passer
alla
schermata
Riepilogo
della
clonazione.
8.4.4
Origine
e
desZnazione
possono
essere
determinate
usando
le
informazioni
fornite
in
questa
nestra
(numero
del
disco,
capacit,
eZche[a,
informazioni
su
parZzioni
e
le
system).
Se
il
programma
riconosce
pi
dischi
parZzionaZ,
chieder
all'utente
quale
sia
il
disco
di
origine
(il
vecchio
disco
contenente
i
daZ).
Propriet
del
disco
(duplicata
nel
menu
contestuale
e
aperta
facendo
clic
con
il
pulsante
destro
del
mouse
sugli
ogge\):
consente
di
visualizzare
la
nestra
delle
propriet
della
parZzione
o
del
disco
selezionato.
Questa
nestra
conZene
due
riquadri.
Il
riquadro
a
sinistra
conZene
la
stru[ura
delle
propriet
e
quello
a
destra
descrive
in
de[aglio
la
propriet
selezionata.
Le
informazioni
sul
disco
comprendono
i
suoi
parametri
sici
(Zpo
di
connessione,
Zpo
di
periferica,
dimensione,
ecc.);
le
informazioni
sulla
parZzione
comprendo
sia
i
parametri
sici
(se[ori,
posizione,
ecc.),
sia
quelli
logici
(le
system,
spazio
libero,
le[era
assegnata,
ecc.).
101
8.4.5
Dopo
aver
selezionato
il
disco
di
origine,
necessario
selezionare
la
desZnazione
dove
saranno
copiate
le
informazioni
contenute
nel
disco.
L'origine
selezionata
precedentemente
diventa
di
colore
grigio
chiaro
e
non
possibile
selezionarla
nuovamente.
A
questo
punto,
il
programma
controlla
che
il
disco
di
desZnazione
sia
libero.
Se
non
lo
,
verr
richiesto
dalla
nestra
Conferma,
che
indica
che
il
disco
di
desZnazione
conZene
parZzioni,
probabilmente
con
daZ.
Per
confermare
l'eliminazione
delle
parZzioni,
fare
clic
su
OK.
Notare
che
in
questo
momento
non
verr
eseguita
nessuna
modica
reale
o
distruzione
di
daP.
Per
il
momento,
il
programma
esegue
solo
la
mappatura
della
clonazione.
TuQe
le
modiche
verranno
implementate
solo
dopo
aver
selezionato
Procedi.
8.4.6
Metodo di spostamento
Quando
viene
selezionata
la
modalit
di
clonazione
manuale,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
ore
i
seguenZ
metodi
di
spostamento
dei
daZ:
Cos
come
:
verr
creata
una
nuova
parZzione
per
ogni
vecchia
parZzione,
con
le
stesse
dimensioni,
Zpo,
le
system
ed
eZche[a.
Lo
spazio
non
usato
diventer
spazio
non
allocato.
Proporzionale:
lo
spazio
del
nuovo
disco
verr
distribuito
in
maniera
proporzionale
tra
le
parZzioni
clonate
102
probabilmente
con
daZ.
Per
confermare
l'eliminazione
delle
parZzioni,
fare
clic
su
OK.
Notare
che
in
questo
momento
non
verr
eseguita
nessuna
modica
reale
o
distruzione
di
daP.
Per
il
momento,
il
programma
solo
la
True
mappatura
della
cHD:
lonazione.
TuQe
le
modiche
verranno
implementate
Manuale
Utenteesegue
Acronis
Image
Clonazione
Di Un
Disco
Rigido solo
dopo
aver
selezionato
Procedi.
8.4.6
Metodo di spostamento
Quando
viene
selezionata
la
modalit
di
clonazione
manuale,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
ore
i
seguenZ
metodi
di
spostamento
dei
daZ:
Cos
come
:
verr
creata
una
nuova
parZzione
per
ogni
vecchia
parZzione,
con
le
stesse
dimensioni,
Zpo,
le
system
ed
eZche[a.
Lo
spazio
non
usato
diventer
spazio
non
allocato.
Proporzionale:
lo
spazio
del
nuovo
disco
verr
distribuito
in
maniera
proporzionale
tra
le
parZzioni
clonate
102
Se
si
decide
di
trasferire
le
informazioni
"cos
come
sono"
verr
creata
una
nuova
parZzione
per
ciascuna
di
quelle
vecchie,
con
le
stesse
dimensioni
e
dello
stesso
Zpo,
con
lo
stesso
le
system
e
la
stessa
eZche[a.
Lo
spazio
non
usato
diventer
spazio
non
allocato.
Successivamente,
sar
possibile
uZlizzare
lo
spazio
non
allocato
per
creare
nuove
parZzioni
o
per
allargare
quelle
esistenZ
con
strumenZ
speciali
come
Acronis
Disk
Director
Suite.
Di
solito,
i
trasferimenZ
in
modalit
"Cos
com'"
non
sono
consigliaZ
poich
lasciano
molto
spazio
non
allocato
sul
nuovo
disco.
Usando
la
modalit
"Cos
com'",
Acronis
True
Image
HD
trasferisce
anche
i
le
system
non
supportaZ
e
danneggiaZ.
Se
i
daZ
vengono
trasferiZ
in
modo
proporzionale,
ogni
parZzione
sar
ingrandita
in
proporzione
alla
capacit
del
disco
vecchio
e
di
quello
nuovo.
Le
parZzioni
FAT16
vengono
ingrandite
meno
di
altre,
poich
hanno
una
dimensione
limitata
a
4GB.
A
seconda
della
combinazione
selezionata,
si
procede
alla
nestra
di
riepilogo
della
clonazione
o
al
passaggio
Modica
del
layout
del
disco
(vedere
di
seguito).
8.4.7
Esclusione di elementi
Nella
sezione
Cosa
escludere,
possibile
congurare
le
esclusioni
di
le
e
cartelle
che
non
si
desidera
includere
nella
clonazione
del
disco.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
1. Per creare un elenco degli elemenZ per l'esclusione, eseguire una delle seguenZ operazioni:
Se
si
decide
di
trasferire
le
informazioni
"cos
come
sono"
verr
creata
una
nuova
parZzione
per
ciascuna
di
quelle
vecchie,
con
le
stesse
dimensioni
e
dello
stesso
Zpo,
con
lo
stesso
le
system
e
la
stessa
eZche[a.
Lo
spazio
non
usato
diventer
spazio
non
allocato.
Successivamente,
sar
possibile
uZlizzare
lo
spazio
non
allocato
per
creare
nuove
parZzioni
o
per
allargare
quelle
esistenZ
con
Manuale
Utente
Acronis
True DImage
HD:Suite.
Clonazione Di Un Disco Rigido
strumenZ
speciali
come
Acronis
isk
Director
Di
solito,
i
trasferimenZ
in
modalit
"Cos
com'"
non
sono
consigliaZ
poich
lasciano
molto
spazio
non
allocato
sul
nuovo
disco.
Usando
la
modalit
"Cos
com'",
Acronis
True
Image
HD
trasferisce
anche
i
le
system
non
supportaZ
e
danneggiaZ.
Se
i
daZ
vengono
trasferiZ
in
modo
proporzionale,
ogni
parZzione
sar
ingrandita
in
proporzione
alla
capacit
del
disco
vecchio
e
di
quello
nuovo.
Le
parZzioni
FAT16
vengono
ingrandite
meno
di
altre,
poich
hanno
una
dimensione
limitata
a
4GB.
A
seconda
della
combinazione
selezionata,
si
procede
alla
nestra
di
riepilogo
della
clonazione
o
al
passaggio
Modica
del
layout
del
disco
(vedere
di
seguito).
8.4.7
Esclusione di elementi
Nella
sezione
Cosa
escludere,
possibile
congurare
le
esclusioni
di
le
e
cartelle
che
non
si
desidera
includere
nella
clonazione
del
disco.
1. Per
creare
un
elenco
degli
elemenZ
per
l'esclusione,
eseguire
una
delle
seguenZ
operazioni:
Nella
scheda
Escludi
per
maschere,
imme[ere
i
nomi
dei
singoli
le
e
cartelle
(
richiesto
il
percorso
completo),
oppure
denire
uno
schema
tramite
i
comuni
cara[eri
jolly
*
e
?.
UZlizzare
i
pulsanZ
Aggiungi,
Modica,
Rimuovi
e
Rimuovi
tuOo
a
destra
per
controllare
il
set
di
elemenZ
nell'elenco.
possibile
combinare
quesZ
due
metodi.
Per
esempio,
denire
una
maschera
di
le
e
selezionare
alcuni
elemenZ
nel
browser
le.
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
103
La
Inc.,quanZt
di
daZ
da
clonare
dal
disco
di
origine
supera
la
capacit
disponibile
del
disco
di
Copyright Acronis,
2000-2012
desZnazione.
Per
risolvere
questo
problema,
provare
a
escludere
pi
elemenZ
dalla
clonazione,
quindi
fare
clic
su
AvanN.
Se
necessario,
ripetere
pi
volte
questa
operazione
no
alla
scomparsa
del
messaggio
di
avviso.
La
quanZt
di
daZ
da
clonare
dal
disco
di
origine
supera
la
capacit
disponibile
del
disco
di
desZnazione.
Per
risolvere
questo
problema,
provare
a
escludere
pi
elemenZ
dalla
clonazione,
quindi
fare
clic
su
AvanN.
Se
necessario,
ripetere
pi
volte
questa
operazione
no
alla
scomparsa
del
messaggio
di
avviso.
Il
disco
di
origine
conZene
parZzioni
con
le
system
sia
supportaZ
che
non
supportaZ
e
la
capacit
del
disco
di
desZnazione
inferiore
alla
quanZt
di
daZ
da
clonare
dalle
parZzioni
con
le
system
supportaZ
pi
le
dimensioni
delle
parZzioni
con
le
system
non
supportato.
In
questo
caso
provare
a
escludere
pi
elemenZ
sarebbe
inuZle.
Esempi di esclusione
I
le
e
le
cartelle
sul
disco
di
origine
possono
essere
esclusi
dalla
clonazione
sia
singolarmente
che
in
gruppo
in
base
a
uno
schema.
Tale
schema
pu
essere
il
nome
di
un
le
o
di
una
cartella
o
una
maschera
di
le
stabilita
tramite
comuni
cara[eri
jolly:
*
Se
con
punZ
virgola.
Inc.
Per
104necessario,
possibile
imme[ere
pi
criteri
nella
stessa
riga
separandoli
Copyright
e
Acronis,
esempio,
per
escludere
tu\
i
le
con
le
estensioni
.gif
e
.bmp,
si
pu
inserire
*.gif,
*.bmp.
La
tabella
di
seguito
illustra
molZ
esempi
di
esclusioni.
Schema
Esempio
Descrizione
Per nome
F.log
Per
percorso
di
le
Per
percorso
della
cartella
C:\Finanza\F\
I caraQeri jolly in una maschera possono rappresentare solo parP del nome di un le o di una cartella, non
Se
necessario,
possibile
imme[ere
pi
criteri
nella
stessa
riga
separandoli
con
punZ
e
virgola.
Per
esempio,
per
escludere
tu\
i
le
con
le
estensioni
.gif
e
.bmp,
si
pu
inserire
*.gif,
*.bmp.
La
tabella
di
seguito
illustra
molZ
esempi
di
esclusioni.
Schema
Esempio
Descrizione
Per nome
F.log
Per
percorso
di
le
Per
percorso
della
cartella
C:\Finanza\F\
I
caraQeri
jolly
in
una
maschera
possono
rappresentare
solo
parP
del
nome
di
un
le
o
di
una
cartella,
non
possono
sosPtuire
una
parte
del
percorso
del
le.
Le
soQocartelle
devono
sempre
essere
specicate
esplicitamente
uPlizzando
una
barra
rovesciata,
"\").
Per
esempio,
per
escludere
tuR
i
le
nella
directory
C:\Program Files\Acronis\TrueImageHome\
che
contengono
"Qt"
nel
nome
del
le,
possibile
uPlizzare
la
seguente
riga:
*\Prog*\Acr*\True*\*Qt*.??? .
8.4.8
Partizionamento manuale
Il
metodo
di
trasferimento
manuale
consente
il
ridimensionamento
delle
parZzioni
sul
nuovo
disco.
Per
predenita,
il
programma
le
ridimensiona
in
modo
proporzionale.
Questa
nestra
visualizza
dei
re[angoli
che
indicano
il
disco
rigido
di
origine,
comprese
le
sue
parZzioni
e
lo
spazio
non
allocato,
come
pure
il
layout
del
nuovo
disco.
10
105
F*
Per
maschera
(?) F???.log
Esclude
tu\
i
le
e
le
cartelle
con
il
nome
che
inizia
per
"F"
(come
le
cartelle
F,
F1
e
i
le
F.log,
F1.log)
Esclude
tu\
i
le
.log
con
nomi
che
sono
cosZtuiZ
da
qua[ro
simboli
e
I
caraQeri
jolly
in
una
maschera
possono
rappresentare
solo
parP
del
nome
di
un
le
o
di
una
cartella,
non
possono
sosPtuire
una
parte
del
percorso
del
le.
Le
soQocartelle
devono
sempre
essere
specicate
esplicitamente
uPlizzando
una
barra
rovesciata,
"\").
Per
esempio,
per
escludere
tuR
i
le
nella
directory
C:\Program Files\Acronis\TrueImageHome\
che
contengono
"Qt"
nel
nome
del
le,
possibile
uPlizzare
la
seguente
riga:
*\Prog*\Acr*\True*\*Qt*.??? .
8.4.8
Partizionamento manuale
Il
metodo
di
trasferimento
manuale
consente
il
ridimensionamento
delle
parZzioni
sul
nuovo
disco.
Per
predenita,
il
programma
le
ridimensiona
in
modo
proporzionale.
Questa
nestra
visualizza
dei
re[angoli
che
indicano
il
disco
rigido
di
origine,
comprese
le
sue
parZzioni
e
lo
spazio
non
allocato,
come
pure
il
layout
del
nuovo
disco.
Insieme
al
numero
del
disco
rigido,
possibile
visualizzare
la
capacit
del
disco,
l'eZche[a
e
le
informazioni
sul
volume
e
sul
le
system.
I
diversi
Zpi
di
volume,
ossia
primario,
unit
logica
e
spazio
non
allocato
verranno
indicaZ
con
colori
diversi.
105
Per
ridimensionare
o
modicare
il
Zpo
di
volume
o
modicare
l'eZche[a
del
volume
esistente,
fare
clic
con
il
pulsante
destro
sopra
di
esso
e
selezionare
Modica
nel
menu
di
scelta
rapida.
In
questo
modo
verr
aperta
la
nestra
Impostazioni
della
parZzione.
possibile
eseguire
questa
operazione
imme[endo
i
valori
nei
campi
Spazio
disponibile
prima,
Dimensioni
parNzione,
Spazio
disponibile
dopo,
trascinando
i
margini
della
parZzione
o
la
parZzione
stessa.
11
Per
ridimensionare
o
modicare
il
Zpo
di
volume
o
modicare
l'eZche[a
del
volume
esistente,
fare
clic
con
il
pulsante
destro
sopra
di
esso
e
selezionare
Modica
nel
menu
di
scelta
rapida.
In
questo
modo
verr
aperta
la
nestra
Impostazioni
della
parZzione.
possibile
eseguire
questa
operazione
imme[endo
i
valori
nei
campi
Spazio
disponibile
prima,
Dimensioni
parNzione,
Spazio
disponibile
dopo,
trascinando
i
margini
della
parZzione
o
la
parZzione
stessa.
Se
il
cursore
assume
la
forma
di
due
linee
verZcali
con
frecce
a
sinistra
e
a
destra,
puntato
sul
bordo
della
parZzione
e
sar
possibile
trascinarlo
per
aumentare
o
diminuire
le
dimensioni
della
parZzione.
Se
il
cursore
assume
la
forma
di
qua[ro
frecce,
viene
dire[o
sulla
parZzione,
in
modo
tale
che
sia
possibile
spostarla
a
sinistra
o
a
destra
(se
esiste
spazio
non
allocato
in
prossimit
della
parZzione).
Dopo
avere
fornito
la
nuova
posizione
e
le
nuove
dimensioni,
fare
clic
su
AvanN.
Si
torner
indietro
106 nestra
Modica
layout
del
disco.
possibile
eseguire
altri
ridimensionamenZ
Copyright
Acronis, Inc.
alla
e
posizionamenZ
prima
di
o[enere
la
stru[ura
necessaria.
Facendo
clic
su
AvanN,
si
procede
alla
nestra
del
Riepilogo
della
clonazione.
AOenzione!
Facendo
clic
sulla
barra
laterale
in
qualsiasi
passaggio
precedente
della
procedura
guidata,
in
questa
nestra
verranno
azzerate
tu[e
le
modiche
selezionate
relaZve
alle
dimensioni
e
alla
posizione,
quindi
sar
necessario
specicarle
nuovamente.
8.4.9
Riepilogo clonazione
12
Dopo
avere
fornito
la
nuova
posizione
e
le
nuove
dimensioni,
fare
clic
su
AvanN.
Si
torner
indietro
alla
nestra
Modica
layout
del
disco.
possibile
eseguire
altri
ridimensionamenZ
e
posizionamenZ
prima
di
o[enere
la
stru[ura
necessaria.
Facendo
clic
sulla
barra
laterale
in
qualsiasi
passaggio
precedente
della
procedura
guidata,
in
questa
nestra
verranno
azzerate
tu[e
le
modiche
selezionate
relaZve
alle
dimensioni
e
alla
posizione,
quindi
sar
necessario
specicarle
nuovamente.
8.4.9
Riepilogo clonazione
La
clonazione
di
un
disco
che
conZene
il
sistema
operaZvo
al
momento
a\vo
richieder
il
riavvio
del
computer.
In
questo
caso,
dopo
aver
scelto
Procedi
verr
richiesto
di
confermare
il
riavvio.
Annullando
il
riavvio
verr
annullata
l'intera
procedura.
Al
termine
della
procedura
di
clonazione
verr
oerta
la
possibilit
di
spegnere
il
computer
premendo
un
tasto
qualsiasi.
Questo
abilita
la
modica
della
posizione
dei
jumper
master/slave
e
la
rimozione
di
uno
dei
dischi
ssi.
La
clonazione
di
un
disco
non
di
sistema
o
di
un
disco
che
conZene
un
sistema
operaZvo,
ma
che
non
a[ualmente
a\vo,
proceder
senza
il
riavvio.
Dopo
aver
fa[o
clic
su
Procedi,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
inizier
la
clonazione
del
vecchio
disco
in
quello
nuovo,
indicandone
l'avanzamento
in
una
nestra
speciale.
possibile
anche
interrompere
la
procedura
facendo
clic
su
Annulla.
In
questo
caso
sar
necessario
parZzionare
nuovamente
e
forma[are
il
nuovo
disco
o
ripetere
la
procedura
di
clonazione.
Al
termine
dell'operazione
di
clonazione,
verr
visualizzato
il
messaggio
con
i
risultaZ.
107
13
Fare
clic
sulla
scheda
StrumenN
e
uNlit,
quindi
selezionare
Aggiungi
nuovo
disco.
Seguire
i
passaggi
dell'Aggiunta
guidata
nuovo
disco
Se
si
uPlizza
una
versione
a
32
bit
di
Windows
XP,
la
procedura
guidata
non
presenter
il
passaggio
Opzioni
di
inizializzazione
perch
questo
sistema
operaPvo
non
supporta
i
dischi
GPT.
In questa sezione
8.5.1
Selezionare
il
disco
aggiunto
al
computer.
Se
sono
staZ
aggiunZ
diversi
dischi,
selezionarne
uno
e
fare
clic
su
AvanN
per
conZnuare.
possibile
aggiungere
gli
altri
dischi
successivamente
riavviando
l'Aggiunta
guidata
nuovo
disco.
Se
esistono
delle
parPzioni
sul
nuovo
disco,
queste
devono
essere
prima
eliminate.
Se
il
disco
aggiunto
conPene
parPzioni,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
mostrer
un
avverPmento
visualizzando
un
messaggio.
Fare
clic
su
OK
per
eliminare
le
parPzioni
esistenP
sul
disco
aggiunto.
14
108
Fare
clic
sulla
scheda
StrumenN
e
uNlit,
quindi
selezionare
Aggiungi
nuovo
disco.
Seguire
i
passaggi
dell'Aggiunta
guidata
nuovo
disco
Se
si
Utente
uPlizza
una
Acronis
versione
a
3True
2
bit
di
Image
Windows
XHD:
P,
la
procedura
guidata
non
presenter
il
passaggio
Opzioni
di
Manuale
inizializzazione
perch
questo
sistema
operaPvo
non
supporta
i
dischi
GPT.
aAggiungere Un Nuovo Disco Fisso
In questa sezione
8.5.1
Selezionare
il
disco
aggiunto
al
computer.
Se
sono
staZ
aggiunZ
diversi
dischi,
selezionarne
uno
e
fare
clic
su
AvanN
per
conZnuare.
possibile
aggiungere
gli
altri
dischi
successivamente
riavviando
l'Aggiunta
guidata
nuovo
disco.
Se
esistono
delle
parPzioni
sul
nuovo
disco,
queste
devono
essere
prima
eliminate.
Se
il
disco
aggiunto
conPene
parPzioni,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
mostrer
un
avverPmento
visualizzando
un
messaggio.
Fare
clic
su
OK
per
eliminare
le
parPzioni
esistenP
sul
disco
aggiunto.
Inoltre,
possibile
visualizzare
le
propriet
di
tu\
i
dischi
rigidi
installaZ
nel
sistema,
ad
es.
il
nome
e
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
il
108
modello
dell'unit
disco
selezionata,
la
relaZva
capacit,
il
le
system
e
l'interfaccia.
8.5.2
Acronis
True
Image
HD
supporta
sia
il
parZzionamento
MBR
che
GPT.
Il
sistema
GPT
(GUID
ParZZon
Table)
un
nuovo
metodo
di
parZzionamento
dei
dischi
rigidi
che
ore
vantaggi
rispe[o
al
vecchio
metodo
di
parZzionamento
MBR.
Se
il
sistema
operaZvo
supporta
i
dischi
GPT,
possibile
selezionare
l'inizializzazione
del
nuovo
disco
come
disco
GPT.
15
Inoltre,
possibile
visualizzare
le
propriet
di
tu\
i
dischi
rigidi
installaZ
nel
sistema,
ad
es.
il
nome
e
il
modello
dell'unit
disco
selezionata,
la
relaZva
capacit,
il
le
system
e
l'interfaccia.
8.5.2
Acronis
True
Image
HD
supporta
sia
il
parZzionamento
MBR
che
GPT.
Il
sistema
GPT
(GUID
ParZZon
Table)
un
nuovo
metodo
di
parZzionamento
dei
dischi
rigidi
che
ore
vantaggi
rispe[o
al
vecchio
metodo
di
parZzionamento
MBR.
Se
il
sistema
operaZvo
supporta
i
dischi
GPT,
possibile
selezionare
l'inizializzazione
del
nuovo
disco
come
disco
GPT.
Per
aggiungere
un
disco
GPT,
fare
clic
su
Inizializza
disco
con
layout
GPT.
Per
aggiungere
un
disco
MBR,
fare
clic
su
Inizializza
disco
con
layout
MBR.
Se
si
uPlizza
una
versione
a
32
bit
di
Windows
XP,
il
metodo
di
inizializzazione
GPT
non
sar
disponibile
e
il
passaggio
Opzioni
di
inizializzazione
sar
assente.
8.5.3
Per
uZlizzare
lo
spazio
in
un
disco
rigido,
questo
deve
prima
essere
parZzionato.
Il
parZzionamento
la
procedura
di
suddivisione
dello
spazio
del
disco
rigido
in
divisioni
logiche.
Ogni
divisione
logica
pu
funzionare
come
un
disco
separato
con
una
le[era
di
unit
assegnata,
il
proprio
le
system,
ecc.
Anche
se
non
si
intende
suddividere
il
disco
rigido
in
divisioni
logiche,
esso
deve
essere
parZzionato
in
modo
che
il
sistema
operaZvo
riconosca
che
lo
si
vuole
lasciare
come
un'unica
parte.
Inizialmente,
tu[o
lo
spazio
sul
disco
sar
non
allocato.
Questo
cambia
dopo
avere
aggiunto
le
nuove
parZzioni.
Per
creare
una
nuova
parNzione:
Selezionare
lo
spazio
non
allocato
e
fare
clic
su
Crea
nuova
parNzione
nella
parte
superiore
della
nestra
o
fare
clic
sullo
spazio
non
allocato
e
selezionare
Crea
nuova
parNzione
nel
menu
di
scelta
rapida.
109
16
8.5.3
Manuale
Utente Acronis True Image HD:
Per
uZlizzare
lo
spazio
in
un
disco
rigido,
questo
deve
prima
essere
parZzionato.
Il
parZzionamento
aAggiungere
Undi
Nuovo
Disco
la
procedura
suddivisione
dello
Fisso
spazio
del
disco
rigido
in
divisioni
logiche.
Ogni
divisione
logica
pu
funzionare
come
un
disco
separato
con
una
le[era
di
unit
assegnata,
il
proprio
le
system,
ecc.
Anche
se
non
si
intende
suddividere
il
disco
rigido
in
divisioni
logiche,
esso
deve
essere
parZzionato
in
modo
che
il
sistema
operaZvo
riconosca
che
lo
si
vuole
lasciare
come
un'unica
parte.
Inizialmente,
tu[o
lo
spazio
sul
disco
sar
non
allocato.
Questo
cambia
dopo
avere
aggiunto
le
nuove
parZzioni.
Per
creare
una
nuova
parNzione:
Selezionare
lo
spazio
non
allocato
e
fare
clic
su
Crea
nuova
parNzione
nella
parte
superiore
della
nestra
o
fare
clic
sullo
spazio
non
allocato
e
selezionare
Crea
nuova
parNzione
nel
menu
di
scelta
rapida.
Copyright
Inc.
Acronis,
le
dimensioni
della
nuova
parZzione,
109
Se
tu[o
lo
spazio
non
allocato
del
disco
viene
assegnato
alla
nuova
parZzione,
il
pulsante
Crea
nuova
parNzione
scomparir.
Dimensioni
possibile
ridimensionare
e
riposizionare
la
parZzione
da
creare.
Per
ridimensionare
la
parNzione:
Dirigere
il
cursore
sul
bordo
della
parZzione.
Se
il
cursore
viene
dire[o
esa[amente
sul
bordo
della
parZzione,
esso
cambier
aspe[o
in
due
linee
verZcali
con
frecce
su
ogni
lato.
Tenere
premuto
il
pulsante
sinistro
del
mouse
e
trascinare
il
bordo
della
parZzione
selezionata
per
allargare
o
diminuire
le
dimensioni
della
parZzione.
17
Se
tu[o
lo
spazio
non
allocato
del
disco
viene
assegnato
alla
nuova
parZzione,
il
pulsante
Crea
nuova
parNzione
scomparir.
Dimensioni
possibile
ridimensionare
e
riposizionare
la
parZzione
da
creare.
Per
ridimensionare
la
parNzione:
Dirigere
il
cursore
sul
bordo
della
parZzione.
Se
il
cursore
viene
dire[o
esa[amente
sul
bordo
della
parZzione,
esso
cambier
aspe[o
in
due
linee
verZcali
con
frecce
su
ogni
lato.
Tenere
premuto
il
pulsante
sinistro
del
mouse
e
trascinare
il
bordo
della
parZzione
selezionata
per
allargare
o
diminuire
le
dimensioni
della
parZzione.
110
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
Se
vengono
create
una
o
pi
unit
logiche,
il
programma
riserver
dello
spazio
non
allocato
per
necessit
di
sistema
all'inizio
della
parPzione
creata.
Se
viene
creata
una
parPzione
primaria
o
una
parPzione
primaria
assieme
ad
una
logica,
non
verr
riservato
spazio
non
allocato
per
le
esigenze
del
sistema.
File
system
Scegliere
il
Zpo
di
le
system
per
la
parZzione
da
creare.
ParZzioni
diverse
possono
richiedere
Zpi
diversi
di
le
system.
possibile
lasciare
la
parZzione
non
forma[ata
o
scegliere
tra
i
seguenZ
Zpi
di
le
system:
NTFS
un
le
system
naZvo
di
Windows
NT,
Windows
2000,
Windows
XP,
Windows
Vista
e
Windows
7.
Sceglierlo
se
verr
usato
uno
di
quesZ
sistemi
operaZvi.
Notare
che
Windows
95/98/Me
e
DOS
non
possono
accedere
a
parZzioni
NTFS.
FAT32 una versione migliorata a 32 bit del le system FAT che supporta volumi no a 2 TB.
FAT16
un
le
system
naZvo
DOS.
riconosciuto
dalla
maggior
parte
dei
sistemi
operaZvi.
Tu[avia,
se
l'unit
disco
ha
dimensioni
maggiori
di
4
GB,
non
possibile
forma[arla
come
FAT16.
Ext2
un
le
system
naZvo
Linux.
abbastanza
veloce,
ma
non
un
le
system
di
journaling.
Ext3:
introdo[o
ucialmente
con
la
versione
di
Linux
Red
Hat
7.2,
Ext3
un
le
system
di
journaling
Linux.
compaZbile
con
le
versioni
precedenZ
e
successive
di
Linux
Ext2.
Ha
molte
modalit
di
journaling,
come
pure
un'ampia
compaZbilit
mulZ-pia[aforma
in
entrambe
le
archite[ure
a
32
bit
e
a
64
bit.
Linux
Swap
una
parZzione
di
scambio
per
Linux.
Selezionare
per
aggiungere
altro
spazio
di
scambio
uZlizzando
Linux
18
Scegliere
il
Zpo
di
le
system
per
la
parZzione
da
creare.
ParZzioni
diverse
possono
richiedere
Zpi
diversi
di
le
system.
NTFS
un
le
system
naZvo
di
Windows
NT,
Windows
2000,
Windows
XP,
Windows
Vista
e
Windows
7.
Sceglierlo
se
verr
usato
uno
di
quesZ
sistemi
operaZvi.
Notare
che
Windows
95/98/Me
e
DOS
non
possono
accedere
a
parZzioni
NTFS.
FAT32 una versione migliorata a 32 bit del le system FAT che supporta volumi no a 2 TB.
FAT16
un
le
system
naZvo
DOS.
riconosciuto
dalla
maggior
parte
dei
sistemi
operaZvi.
Tu[avia,
se
l'unit
disco
ha
dimensioni
maggiori
di
4
GB,
non
possibile
forma[arla
come
FAT16.
Ext2
un
le
system
naZvo
Linux.
abbastanza
veloce,
ma
non
un
le
system
di
journaling.
Ext3:
introdo[o
ucialmente
con
la
versione
di
Linux
Red
Hat
7.2,
Ext3
un
le
system
di
journaling
Linux.
compaZbile
con
le
versioni
precedenZ
e
successive
di
Linux
Ext2.
Ha
molte
modalit
di
journaling,
come
pure
un'ampia
compaZbilit
mulZ-pia[aforma
in
entrambe
le
archite[ure
a
32
bit
e
a
64
bit.
Linux
Swap
una
parZzione
di
scambio
per
Linux.
Selezionare
per
aggiungere
altro
spazio
di
scambio
uZlizzando
Linux
Tipo
di
parNzione
(queste
impostazioni
sono
disponibili
solo
per
i
dischi
MBR)
Selezionare
il
Zpo
di
parZzione
da
creare.
possibile
denire
la
nuova
parZzione
come
primaria
o
logica.
Primaria:
scegliere
questo
parametro
se
l'avvio
verr
eseguito
da
questa
parZzione.
In
caso
contrario
consigliabile
creare
una
nuova
parZzione
come
unit
logica.
possibile
avere
solo
qua[ro
parZzioni
primarie
per
unit
o
tre
parZzioni
primarie
e
una
estesa.
Nota:
Se
sono
presenZ
diverse
parZzioni
primarie,
solo
una
alla
volta
sar
a\va,
le
altre
parZzioni
primarie
saranno
nascoste
e
non
verranno
viste
dal
sistema
operaZvo.
Copyright Acronis,
Inc.
111
Contrassegna
la
parNzione
come
aPva:
una
parZzione
a\va
pu
essere
uZlizzata
per
caricare
un
sistema
operaZvo.
Selezionando
A\va
per
una
parZzione
su
cui
non
installato
alcun
sistema
operaZvo,
il
computer
non
si
avvier.
Logica:
scegliere
questo
parametro
se
non
si
intende
installare
e
avviare
un
sistema
operaZvo
dalla
parZzione.
Un'unit
logica
fa
parte
di
un
disco
sico
che
stato
parZzionato
e
allocato
come
unit
indipendente,
ma
funziona
come
un'unit
separata.
Quando
si
termina
di
specicare
le
impostazioni
per
la
parZzione
da
creare,
fare
clic
su
AcceOa
per
conZnuare.
8.5.4
Il
Riepilogo
aggiunta
guidata
nuovo
disco
illustra
gracamente
(come
re[angoli)
le
informazioni
sul
layout
del
nuovo
disco
prima
e
dopo
il
parZzionamento.
19
Nota:
Se
sono
presenZ
diverse
parZzioni
primarie,
solo
una
alla
volta
sar
a\va,
le
altre
parZzioni
primarie
saranno
nascoste
e
non
verranno
viste
dal
sistema
operaZvo.
Logica:
scegliere
questo
parametro
se
non
si
intende
installare
e
avviare
un
sistema
operaZvo
dalla
parZzione.
Un'unit
logica
fa
parte
di
un
disco
sico
che
stato
parZzionato
e
allocato
come
unit
indipendente,
ma
funziona
come
un'unit
separata.
Quando
si
termina
di
specicare
le
impostazioni
per
la
parZzione
da
creare,
fare
clic
su
AcceOa
per
conZnuare.
8.5.4
Il
Riepilogo
aggiunta
guidata
nuovo
disco
illustra
gracamente
(come
re[angoli)
le
informazioni
sul
layout
del
nuovo
disco
prima
e
dopo
il
parZzionamento.
Dopo
aver
fa[o
clic
su
Procedi,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
avvia
la
creazione
di
nuove
parZzioni,
indicando
l'avanzamento
in
una
nestra
speciale.
Se
questa
procedura
viene
interro[a
selezionando
Annulla,
sar
necessario
parZzionare
e
forma[are
il
nuovo
disco
o
ripetere
la
procedura
di
aggiunta
del
disco.
Prima
di
fare
clic
sul
pulsante
Procedi
possibile
uPlizzare
la
barra
laterale
per
navigare
aQraverso
i
passaggi
della
Aggiunta
guidata
nuovo
disco
ed
eeQuare
le
modiche.
112
20
Manuale
Utente Acronis True Image HD:
Dopo
aver
fa[o
clic
su
Procedi,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
avvia
la
creazione
di
nuove
parZzioni,
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
indicando
l'avanzamento
in
una
nestra
speciale.
Se
questa
procedura
viene
interro[a
selezionando
Annulla,
sar
necessario
parZzionare
e
forma[are
il
nuovo
disco
o
ripetere
la
procedura
di
aggiunta
del
disco.
Prima
di
fare
clic
sul
pulsante
Procedi
possibile
uPlizzare
la
barra
laterale
per
navigare
aQraverso
i
passaggi
della
Aggiunta
guidata
nuovo
disco
ed
eeQuare
le
modiche.
spazio
disponibile
verr
riconosciuto
come
un
disco
separato
e
potr
essere
uZlizzato
dal
sistema
operaZvo
e
dalle
applicazioni
come
se
si
tra[asse
di
un
normale
disco
rigido
sico.
112
La
Procedura
guidata
di
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
visualizza
tu\
i
dischi
rigidi
disponibili
pi
grandi
di
2
TB
(non
allocaZ
o
con
spazio
di
parZzionamento
MBR).
possibile
visualizzare
lo
spazio
su
disco
che
Windows
riconosce
e
alloca.
Questo
spazio
chiamato
Capacit
naZva
Windows
nella
procedura
guidata.
Lo
spazio
oltre
2
TB
visualizzato
come
Capacit
estesa.
possibile
abilitare
i
dischi
a
capacit
estesa
e
una
volta
eseguita
questa
operazione
lo
spazio
diventa
visibile
dal
sistema
operaZvo
e
sar
pronto
per
le
operazioni
di
gesZone
dei
dischi.
1. Per
avviare
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager,
selezionare
la
scheda
StrumenN
e
uNlit
e
fare
clic
su
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager.
Se
il
programma
non
trova
dischi
MBR
con
capacit
oltre
2
TB,
visualizza
un
messaggio
che
indica
che
tuQo
lo
spazio
del
disco
accessibile
e
non
necessario
uPlizzare
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager.
2. Acronis Extended Capacity Manager mostra la capacit estesa disponibile per l'allocazione.
3. Selezionare
Alloca
spazio
per
visualizzare
la
possibile
allocazione
di
spazio
del
disco
nel
passaggio
successivo.
Dopo
aver
selezionato
il
pulsante
Applica,
un
disco
a
capacit
estesa
verr
emulato
sul
disco
rigido.
Se
la
capacit
sica
del
disco
superiore
a
4
TB
e
il
sistema
operaZvo
non
supporta
lo
sZle
della
parZzione
GPT,
il
programma
creer
pi
dischi
a
capacit
estesa
MBR.
Notare
che
i
dischi
a
capacit
estesa
non
sono
avviabili,
nonostante
la
maggior
parte
delle
loro
propriet
siano
le
stesse
dei
dischi
sici.
21
3. Selezionare
Alloca
spazio
per
visualizzare
la
possibile
allocazione
di
spazio
del
disco
nel
passaggio
successivo.
Dopo
aver
selezionato
il
pulsante
Applica,
un
disco
a
capacit
estesa
verr
emulato
sul
disco
rigido.
Se
la
capacit
sica
del
disco
superiore
a
4
TB
e
il
sistema
operaZvo
non
supporta
lo
sZle
della
parZzione
GPT,
il
programma
creer
pi
dischi
a
capacit
estesa
MBR.
Notare
che
i
dischi
a
capacit
estesa
non
sono
avviabili,
nonostante
la
maggior
parte
delle
loro
propriet
siano
le
stesse
dei
dischi
sici.
113
Per
rimuovere
i
dischi
a
capacit
estesa,
selezionare
Rimuovi
dischi
a
capacit
estesa
e
fare
clic
sul
pulsante
Applica
nel
passaggio
successivo.
QuesZ
dischi
verranno
rimossi
dal
sistema
e
lo
spazio
del
disco
oltre
2
TB
diventer
inaccessibile.
Per
allocare
questo
spazio
successivamente,
necessario
avviare
nuovamente
Extended
Capacity
Manager
e
ripetere
i
passaggi
della
procedura
guidata.
Sar
possibile
conZnuare
a
uZlizzare
i
dischi
a
capacit
estesa
anche
dopo
la
disinstallazione
di
Acronis
True
Image
HD.
Durante
la
disinstallazione,
verr
richiesto
se
si
desidera
rimuovere
il
disco
a
capacit
estesa.
Se
si
sceglie
di
non
rimuovere
il
disco,
esso
rimarr
uZlizzabile.
22
Per rimuovere i dischi a capacit estesa, selezionare Rimuovi dischi a capacit estesa e fare clic sul
Manuale
Utente
Acronis
Truesuccessivo.
Image HD:
Ottimizza
SSDrimossi
dal
sistema
e
lo
spazio
del
pulsante
Applica
nel
passaggio
QuesZ
dischi
verranno
disco
oltre
2
TB
diventer
inaccessibile.
Per
allocare
questo
spazio
successivamente,
necessario
avviare
nuovamente
Extended
Capacity
Manager
e
ripetere
i
passaggi
della
procedura
guidata.
Sar
possibile
conZnuare
a
uZlizzare
i
dischi
a
capacit
estesa
anche
dopo
la
disinstallazione
di
Acronis
True
Image
HD.
Durante
la
disinstallazione,
verr
richiesto
se
si
desidera
rimuovere
il
disco
a
capacit
estesa.
Se
si
sceglie
di
non
rimuovere
il
disco,
esso
rimarr
uZlizzabile.
O@mizzazione
di
un
SSD
ATTENZIONE!
L'operazione
irreversibile.
Al
termine
dell'operazione
non
sar
possibile
eseguire
il
ripris?no
dei
da?.
L'o\mizzazione
di
un
SSD
tramite
Acronis
True
Image
HD
ha
senso
solo
se
si
uZlizza
Windows
Vista
o
una
versione
precedente.
Windows
7
supporta
il
comando
TRIM
standard
in
modo
dire[o
e
cancella
le
celle
non
appena
i
daZ
vengono
eliminaZ.
Per
o\mizzare
un
SSD:
1. Sulla
barra
laterale
o
sulla
barra
degli
strumenZ
fare
clic
su
StrumenN
e
uNlit
e
selezionare
OPmizza
SSD.
Ci
consente
di
aprire
la
procedura
guidata.
2. Dall'elenco
di
unit
disponibili,
selezionare
gli
SSD
da
o\mizzare
e
fare
clic
su
AvanN.
3. Rivedere
la
pagina
di
riepilogo
e
fare
clic
su
Procedi.
4. se
la
procedura
guidata
viene
eseguita
da
Windows,
fare
clic
su
Riavvia
quando
indicato.
Dopo
il
riavvio,
l'operazione
proceder
automaZcamente
nell'ambiente
autonomo
basato
su
Linux.
Al
termine
dell'operazione,
la
procedura
guidata
avvier
nuovamente
Windows.
Acronis
True
Image
HD
include
l'uZlit
per
l'eliminazione
sicura
dei
daZ
in
un
disco
rigido
completo
e
in
singole
parZzioni.
23
Nota:
l'uPlit
uPlizza
il
comando
TRIM
standard
per
informare
un'unit
SSD
dei
blocchi
di
daP
che
non
sono
pi
in
uso
e
possono
essere
cancellaP.
Assicurarsi
che
l'SSD
disponga
dal
rmware
necessario
per
supportarlo.
Manuale
Utente Acronis
O@mizzazione
di
un
SSDTrue Image HD: Ottimizza SSD
ATTENZIONE!
L'operazione
irreversibile.
Al
termine
dell'operazione
non
sar
possibile
eseguire
il
ripris?no
dei
da?.
L'o\mizzazione
di
un
SSD
tramite
Acronis
True
Image
HD
ha
senso
solo
se
si
uZlizza
Windows
Vista
o
una
versione
precedente.
Windows
7
supporta
il
comando
TRIM
standard
in
modo
dire[o
e
cancella
le
celle
non
appena
i
daZ
vengono
eliminaZ.
Per
o\mizzare
un
SSD:
1. Sulla
barra
laterale
o
sulla
barra
degli
strumenZ
fare
clic
su
StrumenN
e
uNlit
e
selezionare
OPmizza
SSD.
Ci
consente
di
aprire
la
procedura
guidata.
2. Dall'elenco
di
unit
disponibili,
selezionare
gli
SSD
da
o\mizzare
e
fare
clic
su
AvanN.
3. Rivedere
la
pagina
di
riepilogo
e
fare
clic
su
Procedi.
4. se
la
procedura
guidata
viene
eseguita
da
Windows,
fare
clic
su
Riavvia
quando
indicato.
Dopo
il
riavvio,
l'operazione
proceder
automaZcamente
nell'ambiente
autonomo
basato
su
Linux.
Al
termine
dell'operazione,
la
procedura
guidata
avvier
nuovamente
Windows.
In questa sezione
Acronis
DriveCleanser............................................................................116
Metodi
di
eliminazione
dei
daZ
sul
disco
sso.......................................122
115
24
In questa sezione
Acronis
DriveCleanser............................................................................116
Metodi
di
eliminazione
dei
daZ
sul
disco
sso.......................................122
8.8.1
Acronis DriveCleanser
MolZ
sistemi
operaZvi
non
forniscono
agli
utenZ
strumenZ
sicuri
per
la
distruzione
dei
daZ,
quindi
i
le
eliminaZ
possono
essere
riprisZnaZ
facilmente
uZlizzando
semplici
applicazioni.
Anche
una
completa
forma[azione
del
disco
non
pu
garanZre
una
distruzione
permanente
dei
daZ
riservaZ.
115
Acronis
Drive
Cleanser
risolve
questo
problema
con
una
distruzione
garanZta
e
permanente
dei
daZ
sui
dischi
rigidi
e
sulle
parZzioni
selezionate.
possibile
selezionare
una
serie
di
algoritmi
di
distruzione
dei
daZ
a
seconda
dell'importanza
delle
informazioni
riservate.
Notare
che,
a
seconda
delle
dimensioni
totali
delle
parPzioni
selezionate
e
dell'algoritmo
di
distruzione
dei
daP,
la
distruzione
dei
daP
potrebbe
richiedere
molte
ore.
Pulizia
dei
dischi
rigidi
o
delle
parZzioni
selezionate
usando
algoritmi
preimpostaZ.
Creazione
ed
esecuzione
di
algoritmi
utente
personalizzaZ
per
la
cancellazione
del
disco
rigido.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
basato
su
una
procedura
guidata
che
esegue
gli
script
di
tu[e
le
operazioni
ee[uate
sul
disco
rigido,
in
modo
che
la
distruzione
dei
daZ
non
venga
eseguita
prima
di
aver
selezionato
il
pulsante
Procedi
nella
nestra
Riepilogo
della
procedura
guidata.
possibile
tornare
in
qualsiasi
momento
ai
passaggi
precedenZ
per
selezionare
altri
algoritmi
di
distruzione
dei
dischi,
delle
parZzioni
o
dei
daZ.
Per
distruggere
permanentemente
i
daN
sul
disco:
Fare
clic
sulla
scheda
StrumenN
e
uNlit,
quindi
selezionare
Acronis
DriveCleanser.
Seguire
i
passaggi
della
procedura
guidata
di
Acronis
DriveCleanser.
Selezione dati
Innanzitu[o,
necessario
selezionare
le
parZzioni
del
disco
rigido
dove
si
desidera
distruggere
i
daZ.
Copyright Acronis,
Inc., 2000-2012
25
Creazione ed esecuzione di algoritmi utente personalizzaZ per la cancellazione del disco rigido.
Acronis DriveCleanser basato su una procedura guidata che esegue gli script di tu[e le operazioni
ee[uate
sul
disco
rigido,
in
modo
che
la
distruzione
dei
daZ
non
venga
eseguita
prima
di
aver
Manuale
Utente Acronis True Image HD:
selezionato
il
pulsante
Procedi
nella
nestra
Riepilogo
della
procedura
guidata.
possibile
tornare
in
Strumenti
Di Sicurezza
E Di Privacy
qualsiasi
momento
ai
passaggi
precedenZ
per
selezionare
altri
algoritmi
di
distruzione
dei
dischi,
delle
parZzioni
o
dei
daZ.
Fare
clic
sulla
scheda
StrumenN
e
uNlit,
quindi
selezionare
Acronis
DriveCleanser.
Seguire
i
passaggi
della
procedura
guidata
di
Acronis
DriveCleanser.
Selezione dati
Innanzitu[o,
necessario
selezionare
le
parZzioni
del
disco
rigido
dove
si
desidera
distruggere
i
daZ.
Per
selezionare
una
parZzione,
fare
clic
sul
re[angolo
corrispondente.
Si
vedr
un
segno
rosso
nell'angolo
in
alto
a
destra
che
indica
che
la
parZzione
selezionata.
possibile
selezionare
un
disco
rigido
completo
o
diversi
dischi
per
la
distruzione
dei
daZ.
Per
fare
questo,
fare
clic
sul
re[angolo
corrispondente
al
disco
rigido
(con
un'icona
di
periferica,
numero
e
capacit
del
disco.)
necessario
prestare
a[enzione,
perch
facendo
clic
su
OK
in
questa
nestra
di
avviso
e
poi
su
Procedi
nella
nestra
Riepilogo,
la
parZzione
di
sistema
contenente
il
sistema
operaZvo
Windows
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
verr
completamente
cancellata.
Selezione dell'algoritmo
26
necessario
prestare
a[enzione,
perch
facendo
clic
su
OK
in
questa
nestra
di
avviso
e
poi
su
Procedi
nella
nestra
Riepilogo,
la
parZzione
di
sistema
contenente
il
sistema
operaZvo
Windows
verr
completamente
cancellata.
Selezione dell'algoritmo
Acronis
DriveCleanser
uZlizza
alcuni
tra
i
pi
diusi
algoritmi
di
distruzione
dei
daZ.
Selezionare
l'algoritmo
desiderato
dall'elenco
a
discesa.
I
metodi
di
distruzione
dei
daZ
sono
descri\
in
de[aglio
nella
sezione
Metodi
di
cancellazione
del
disco
rigido
(p.
122)
all'intero
di
questa
guida.
117
27
necessario
prestare
a[enzione,
perch
facendo
clic
su
OK
in
questa
nestra
di
avviso
e
poi
su
Procedi
nella
nestra
Riepilogo,
la
parZzione
di
sistema
contenente
il
sistema
operaZvo
Windows
Manuale
Utente
Acronis
True Image HD:
verr
completamente
cancellata.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
uZlizza
alcuni
tra
i
pi
diusi
algoritmi
di
distruzione
dei
daZ.
Selezionare
l'algoritmo
desiderato
dall'elenco
a
discesa.
I
metodi
di
distruzione
dei
daZ
sono
descri\
in
de[aglio
nella
sezione
Metodi
di
cancellazione
del
disco
rigido
(p.
122)
all'intero
di
questa
guida.
Dopo
aver
selezionato
un
algoritmo,
Acronis
DriveCleanser
eseguir
tu[e
le
azioni
necessarie
per
distruggere
il
contenuto
della
parZzione
o
del
disco
selezionato.
Dopo
l'esecuzione
dell'operazione,
verr
visualizzato
un
messaggio
che
indica
che
la
distruzione
dei
daZ
stata
eseguita
corre[amente.
Copyright
Acronis, Inc.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
ore
un'ulteriore
funzionalit
uZle:
la
sZma
dei
risultaZ
dell'esecuzione
di
117
un
algoritmo
di
distruzione
dei
daZ
in
un
disco
rigido
o
in
una
parZzione.
dotato
infa\
di
un
Disk
Editor
(strumento
per
esplorare
il
disco
rigido)
integrato.
Gli
algoritmi
precedentemente
menzionaZ
orono
vari
livelli
di
distruzione
di
daZ
riservaZ.
Quindi
la
gura
che
pu
essere
visualizzata
su
un
disco
o
su
una
parZzione
dipende
dall'algoritmo
di
distruzione
dei
daZ.
Ci
che
viene
visualizzato
realmente
sono
i
se[ori
del
disco
riempiZ
con
zeri
o
simboli
casuali.
28
Dopo
avere
creato
un
metodo
personalizzato,
possibile
salvare
l'algoritmo
creato.
Questo
sar
uZle
se
si
ha
intenzione
di
uZlizzarlo
di
nuovo.
Caricamento
di
un
algoritmo
da
un
le
Se
stato
creato
e
salvato
un
algoritmo
personalizzato
per
la
distruzione
dei
daZ
con
il
soIware
Acronis
True
Image
HD,
possibile
usarlo
nel
seguente
modo:
Nella
nestra
Seleziona
algoritmo,
scegliere
Carica
da
le
dall'elenco
a
discesa
e
selezionare
il
le
con
i
parametri
dell'algoritmo
della
distruzione
dei
daZ
personalizzata.
Per
impostazione
predenita,
quesZ
le
hanno
estensione
*.alg.
118
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
Definizione dell'algoritmo
La
nestra
Denizione
algoritmo
mostra
un
modello
dell'algoritmo
futuro.
La
nestra
presenta
la
seguente
legenda:
La
prima
colonna
dell'elenco
conZene
il
Zpo
di
operazione
su
un
disco
(ne
esistono
solamente
due:
scrivere
un
simbolo
su
disco,
"scri[ura";
e
vericare
quanto
scri[o,
"verica");
la
seconda
colonna
conZene
lo
schema
dei
daZ
da
scrivere
sul
disco.
Lo
schema
da
scrivere
sempre
un
valore
esadecimale,
ad
esempio,
un
valore
di
questo
Zpo:
0x00,
0xAA,
o
0xCD,
ecc.
QuesZ
valori
hanno
lunghezza
di
un
byte,
ma
possono
essere
lunghi
no
a
512
byte.
Ecce[o
che
per
tali
valori,
possibile
imme[ere
un
valore
esadecimale
casuale
di
qualsiasi
lunghezza
(no
a
512
byte).
L'algoritmo
personale
pu
includere
inoltre
un
ulteriore
valore
per
scrivere,
indicato
come
valore
complementare:
il
valore
complementare
a
quello
scri[o
sul
disco
durante
il
passaggio
precedente.
Se
il
valore
binario
rappresentato
dalla
sequenza
10001010
(0x8A),
allora
il
valore
binario
complementare
sar
rappresentato
dalla
sequenza
01110101
(0x75).
La
nestra
Denizione
dell'algoritmo
ore
solamente
il
modello
per
l'algoritmo.
necessario
denire
esa[amente
cosa
il
soIware
dovrebbe
scrivere
sul
disco
per
distruggere
i
daZ
condenziali
secondo
l'algoritmo.
Copyright Acronis,
Inc., 2000-2012
Per
eseguire
questa
operazione,
fare
clic
sulla
riga
che
rappresenta
il
passaggio
n.
1
e
selezionare
AvanN.
29
scri[o,
"verica");
la
seconda
colonna
conZene
lo
schema
dei
daZ
da
scrivere
sul
disco.
Lo
schema
da
scrivere
sempre
un
valore
esadecimale,
ad
esempio,
un
valore
di
questo
Zpo:
0x00,
Manuale
Utente Acronis True Image HD:
0xAA,
o
0xCD,
ecc.
QuesZ
valori
hanno
lunghezza
di
un
byte,
ma
possono
essere
lunghi
no
a
512
byte.
Ecce[o
che
per
tali
valori,
possibile
imme[ere
un
valore
esadecimale
casuale
di
qualsiasi
Strumenti
Di Sicurezza E Di Privacy
lunghezza
(no
a
512
byte).
L'algoritmo
personale
pu
includere
inoltre
un
ulteriore
valore
per
scrivere,
indicato
come
valore
complementare:
il
valore
complementare
a
quello
scri[o
sul
disco
durante
il
passaggio
precedente.
Se
il
valore
binario
rappresentato
dalla
sequenza
10001010
(0x8A),
allora
il
valore
binario
complementare
sar
rappresentato
dalla
sequenza
01110101
(0x75).
La
nestra
Denizione
dell'algoritmo
ore
solamente
il
modello
per
l'algoritmo.
necessario
denire
esa[amente
cosa
il
soIware
dovrebbe
scrivere
sul
disco
per
distruggere
i
daZ
condenziali
secondo
l'algoritmo.
Per
eseguire
questa
operazione,
fare
clic
sulla
riga
che
rappresenta
il
passaggio
n.
1
e
selezionare
AvanN.
Scrivi
valori
complementari
allo
schema
del
passaggio
precedente:
Come
durante
il
secondo
passaggio
dello
standard
degli
StaZ
UniZ,
ogni
se[ore
del
disco
viene
riempito
con
valori
Copyright Acronis,
Inc.
119
esadecimali
complementari
a
quelli
scri\
nel
passaggio
precedente.
Perci
necessario
impostare
l'opzione
Scrivi
valori
complementari
allo
schema
del
passaggio
precedente
e
fare
clic
sul
pulsante
OK.
Si
verr
condo\
nuovamente
alla
nestra
di
denizione
dell'algoritmo.
In
questa
nestra,
il
secondo
record
sar
simile
a
questo:
scrivi
-
valori
complementari
allo
schema
del
passaggio
precedente.
Verica
Seguendo
le
speciche
dello
standard
degli
StaZ
UniZ
per
la
distruzione
dei
daZ,
denire
il
terzo
e
quarto
passaggio
per
la
sovrascri[ura
dei
daZ.
Allo
stesso
modo
possibile
creare
qualsiasi
algoritmo
di
distruzione
dei
daZ
che
soddis
i
requisiZ
di
sicurezza.
Per
salvare
l'algoritmo,
necessario
fornirgli
un
nome
di
le
e
denirne
il
percorso
nel
campo
Seleziona
le
o
individuare
un
le
esistente
sul
disco.
30
Strumenti
Di Sicurezza E Di Privacy
Verica
Seguendo
le
speciche
dello
standard
degli
StaZ
UniZ
per
la
distruzione
dei
daZ,
denire
il
terzo
e
quarto
passaggio
per
la
sovrascri[ura
dei
daZ.
Allo
stesso
modo
possibile
creare
qualsiasi
algoritmo
di
distruzione
dei
daZ
che
soddis
i
requisiZ
di
sicurezza.
Nessuna
azione:
semplice
distruzione
dei
daZ
uZlizzando
l'algoritmo
scelto
di
seguito
Elimina
parNzione:
distrugge
i
daZ
ed
elimina
la
parZzione
FormaOa:
distrugge
i
daZ
e
forma[a
le
parZzioni
(per
impostazione
predenita).
120
31
numerico
(esadecimale)
(campo
Hex).
Quando
si
scrive
un
testo
nel
campo
Testo,questo
sar
automaZcamente
converZto
in
valore
esadecimale
nel
campo
Hex
e
viceversa.
32
Una
riga
di
ricerca
pu
essere
impostata
sia
so[o
forma
di
cara[ere
(campo
Testo),
sia
di
valore
numerico
(esadecimale)
(campo
Hex).
Quando
si
scrive
un
testo
nel
campo
Testo,questo
sar
automaZcamente
converZto
in
valore
esadecimale
nel
campo
Hex
e
viceversa.
Spuntare
il
parametro
Ricerca
al
limite
del
seOore
per
cercare
una
riga
determinata
in
un
oset
preciso
all'interno
del
se[ore.
Fare
clic
su
OK
per
iniziare
la
ricerca.
Dopo
la
conclusione
del
processo
di
ricerca,
l'a[uale
posizione
spostata
dove
stata
trovata
una
riga,
oppure
rimane
dov',
se
non
stata
trovata
nessuna
riga.
possibile
cercare
la
prossima
riga
dalla
posizione
corrente,
selezionando
l'elemento
Cerca
ancora
nel
menu
Ricerca
oppure
premendo
il
tasto
F3.
Vai al settore
possibile
andare
al
se[ore
necessario
conformemente
al
suo
oset
assoluto
selezionando
la
riga
Vai
a
nel
menu
Cerca
(o
premendo
i
tasZ
Alt+P
insieme).
Selezionando
questa
riga
si
apre
la
nestra
di
dialogo
Vai
a.
La
transizione
avviene
inserendo
l'oset
assoluto
del
se[ore
o
i
numeri
di
se[ore,
cilindro
e
tesZna.
I
parametri
elencaZ
sono
legaZ
dall'espressione
seguente:
(CYL
x
HDS
+
HD)
x
SPT
+
SEC
1
Laddove
CYL,
HD,
SEC
sono
numeri
di
cilindro,
tesZna,
se[ore
nelle
coordinate
CHS
(Cylinder
Head
Sector);
HDS
rappresenta
il
numero
di
tesZne
per
disco,
SPT
il
numero
di
se[ori
per
traccia.
possibile
ritornare
a
un
se[ore
da
un
altro
selezionando
l'elemento
Indietro
nel
menu
Cerca
(o
premendo
i
tasZ
Ctrl+Backspace
insieme).
8.8.2
Le
informazioni
rimosse
da
un
disco
rigido
con
metodi
non
sicuri
(ad
es.
usando
una
semplice
eliminazione
di
Windows)
possono
essere
recuperato
facilmente.
Usando
a[rezzature
specializzate
possibile
recuperare
anche
informazioni
che
sono
state
sovrascri[e
pi
volte.
Per
questo
moZvo,
l'eliminazione
completa
dei
daZ
oggi
pi
importante
che
mai.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
La
cancellazione
sicura
di
informazioni
da
disposiZvi
magneZci
(ad
es.
da
un'unit
disco
rigido)
rende
impossibile
il
riprisZno
dei
daZ
anche
a
uno
specialista
qualicato
che
disponga
di
tu\
gli
strumenZ
e
33
Strumenti
Sicurezza
Di
Privacy
(CYL
x
Di
HDS
+
HD)
x
SPT
+
E
SEC
1
Laddove
CYL,
HD,
SEC
sono
numeri
di
cilindro,
tesZna,
se[ore
nelle
coordinate
CHS
(Cylinder
Head
Sector);
HDS
rappresenta
il
numero
di
tesZne
per
disco,
SPT
il
numero
di
se[ori
per
traccia.
possibile
ritornare
a
un
se[ore
da
un
altro
selezionando
l'elemento
Indietro
nel
menu
Cerca
(o
premendo
i
tasZ
Ctrl+Backspace
insieme).
8.8.2
Le
informazioni
rimosse
da
un
disco
rigido
con
metodi
non
sicuri
(ad
es.
usando
una
semplice
eliminazione
di
Windows)
possono
essere
recuperato
facilmente.
Usando
a[rezzature
specializzate
possibile
recuperare
anche
informazioni
che
sono
state
sovrascri[e
pi
volte.
Per
questo
moZvo,
l'eliminazione
completa
dei
daZ
oggi
pi
importante
che
mai.
La
cancellazione
sicura
di
informazioni
da
disposiZvi
magneZci
(ad
es.
da
un'unit
disco
rigido)
rende
impossibile
il
riprisZno
dei
daZ
anche
a
uno
specialista
qualicato
che
disponga
di
tu\
gli
strumenZ
e
delle
metodologie
di
riprisZno.
Questo
problema
pu
essere
spiegato
come
segue:
i
daZ
vengono
conservaZ
su
un
disco
rigido
come
sequenza
binaria
di
1
e
0
(uno
e
zero),
rappresentaZ
da
parZ
del
disco
magneZzzate
in
modo
diverso.
In
generale,
un
1
scri[o
sul
disco
rigido
viene
le[o
come
1
dal
suo
controller
e
uno
0
le[o
come
0.
Tu[avia,
se
si
scrive
un
1
su
uno
0,
il
risultato
pu
essere
condizionatamente
0,95
e
viceversa:
se
un
1
viene
scri[o
su
1
il
risultato
1,05.
Queste
dierenze
sono
irrilevanZ
per
il
controller.
Tu[avia,
usando
un'a[rezzatura
specializzata,
si
pu
leggere
facilmente
la
sequenza
so[ostante
di
1
e
0.
necessario
solo
un
soIware
specializzato
e
dell'hardware
non
molto
costoso
per
le[ura
dei
daZ
"eliminaZ"
in
questo
modo,
analizzando
la
magneZzzazione
dei
se[ori
dei
dischi
rigidi,
la
magneZzzazione
delle
tracce
e/o
usando
i
microscopi
magneZci
a[uali.
La
scri[ura
su
supporZ
magneZci
provoca
ee\
imperce\bili
che
possono
essere
riassunZ
come
segue:
ogni
traccia
di
un
disco
conserva
un'immagine
di
ogni
registrazione
scri[a
su
di
esso,
ma
l'ee[o
di
tale
registrazione
(strato
magneZco)
diventa
sempre
pi
imperce\bile
con
il
trascorrere
del
tempo.
122
34
I
metodi
oerZ
dagli
standard
nazionali
forniscono
la
registrazione
(singola
o
tripla)
di
simboli
casuali
sui
se[ori
dei
dischi
che
rappresentano
decisioni
direOe
ed
arbitrarie,
in
generale,
ma
ancora
acce[abili
in
situazioni
semplici.
Il
metodo
pi
ecace
per
l'eliminazione
delle
informazioni
basato
su
un'analisi
approfondita
delle
cara[erisZche
imperce\bili
della
registrazione
dei
daZ
su
tu\
i
Zpi
di
dischi
rigidi.
Questa
conoscenza
riguarda
la
necessit
di
metodi
complessi
a
diversi
passaggi
per
garanNre
l'eliminazione
delle
informazioni.
La
teoria
de[agliata
dell'eliminazione
delle
informazioni
descri[a
in
un
arZcolo
di
Peter
Gutmann.
Consultare:
Secure
DeleZon
of
Data
from
MagneZc
and
Solid-State
Memory
all'indirizzo
h[p://www.cs.auckland.ac.nz/~pgut001/pubs/secure_del.html.
Passagg Registrazioni
i
1.
DiparZmento
della
Difesa
degli
StaZ
UniZ
5220,22-M
2.
3.
4.
Tedesco: VSITR
5.
Zeri
logici
(numeri
0x00)
per
ogni
byte
di
ogni
se[ore
per
sistemi
di
sicurezza
che
vanno
dal
6
livello
al
4
livello
Simboli
selezionaZ
in
modo
casuale
(numeri)
per
ogni
byte
di
ogni
se[ore
per
sistemi
di
sicurezza
che
vanno
dal
3
al
1
livello.
6.
Metodo
Peter
Gutmann
No Algoritmo
(metodo
di
.
scriOura)
Copyright
Acronis, Inc.
35
7.
8.
Veloce
35
No Algoritmo
(metodo
di
.
scriOura)
Passagg Registrazioni
i
8.
Veloce
Il
montaggio
delle
immagini
come
periferiche
virtuali
perme[e
di
accedervi
come
se
fossero
unit
siche.
Una
funzionalit
del
genere
implica
che:
Le operazioni descriQe in questa sezione sono supportate soltanto per i le system FAT e NTFS.
Tenere
a
mente
che
anche
se
i
backup
di
le
e
le
immagini
del
disco
o
della
parZzione
hanno
un'estensione
predenita
".Zb",
possibile
montare
solamente
le
immagini.
Se
si
desidera
visualizzare
il
contenuto
di
un
backup
di
le,
usare
l'operazione
Esplora.
124
36
usando
Windows
Explorer
e
altri
le
manager
possibile
visualizzare
il
contenuto
delle
immagini
come
se
fossero
posizionate
su
un
disco
sico
o
su
una
parZzione
sar possibile usare il disco virtuale esa[amente come quello reale: aprire, salvare, copiare,
reare,
eliminare
oppure
HD:
cartelle.
Se
necessario,
possibile
montare
l'immagine
in
Manuale spostare,
UtentecAcronis
Truele
Image
Montaggio
Di Unimmagine
modalit
di
sola
le[ura.
Le operazioni descriQe in questa sezione sono supportate soltanto per i le system FAT e NTFS.
Tenere
a
mente
che
anche
se
i
backup
di
le
e
le
immagini
del
disco
o
della
parZzione
hanno
un'estensione
predenita
".Zb",
possibile
montare
solamente
le
immagini.
Se
si
desidera
visualizzare
il
contenuto
di
un
backup
di
le,
usare
l'operazione
Esplora.
124
37
3. Selezionare
una
parZzione
da
montare
come
disco
virtuale.
(Notare
che
non
possibile
montare
l'immagine
del
disco
completo
ecce[o
nel
caso
in
cui
il
disco
consista
in
una
sola
parZzione).
Se
l'immagine
conZene
diverse
parZzioni,
per
impostazione
predenita
verranno
selezionate
tu[e
per
il
montaggio
con
le[ere
di
unit
assegnate
automaZcamente.
Se
si
desidera
assegnare
le[ere
di
Acronis,
unit
diverse
Copyright
Inc. alle
parZzioni
da
montare,
fare
clic
su
Opzioni.
125
possibile
inoltre
selezionare
una
le[era
da
assegnare
al
disco
virtuale
dall'elenco
a
discesa
LeOera
di
montaggio.
Se
non
si
desidera
montare
una
parZzione,
selezionare
Non
montare
nell'elenco
o
deselezionare
la
casella
di
controllo
della
parZzione.
38
possibile
inoltre
selezionare
una
le[era
da
assegnare
al
disco
virtuale
dall'elenco
a
discesa
LeOera
di
montaggio.
Se
non
si
desidera
montare
una
parZzione,
selezionare
Non
montare
nell'elenco
o
deselezionare
la
casella
di
controllo
della
parZzione.
4. Dopo
avere
terminato
le
impostazioni,
fare
clic
su
Procedi
per
conne[ere
le
immagini
di
parZzione
selezionate
come
dischi
virtuali.
5. Dopo
che
l'immagine
connessa,
il
programma
eseguir
Windows
Explorer
mostrandone
il
contenuto.
Ora
possibile
lavorare
con
il
le
o
con
le
cartelle
come
se
fossero
posizionate
su
un
disco
vero.
126
39
possibile
ee[uare
quest'operazione
anche
in
Esplora
risorse
facendo
clic
con
il
pulsante
destro
sull'icona
del
disco
e
selezionando
Smonta.
127
Manual do usurio do
ndice
Clonagem de um disco rgido 3
Informaes gerais 3
Segurana 4
User's Guide
Mtodo mover 7
Excluso de itens 8
Particionamento manual 11
Resumo da clonagem 13
Informaes gerais
Segurana
Seleo do modo clonar
Seleo de um disco de origem
Seleo de um disco de destino
Mtodo mover
Excluso de itens
Particionamento manual
Resumo da clonagem
Informaes Gerais
Voc pode descobrir que seu disco rgido no possui espao suficiente para o sistema operacional e os aplicativos
instalados, impedindo que voc atualize seu software ou instale novos aplicativos. Neste caso, voc ter de transferir
o sistema para um disco rgido de maior capacidade. Para transferir o sistema voc dever primeiro instalar o
novo disco no computador. Se o seu computador no tiver uma baia para outro disco rgido, voc pode instal-la
temporariamente no lugar do seu drive de CD ou usar uma conexo USB 2.0 para o disco alvo externo. Se isso no
for possvel, voc pode clonar um disco rgido criando uma imagem do disco e recuperando-a para um novo disco
rgido com parties maiores.
Nas telas do programa, as parties avariadas so marcadas com um crculo vermelho e uma cruz branca em seu interior
no canto superior esquerdo. Antes de comear a clonagem voc deve verificar esses discos com erros e corrigir os erros
usando as ferramentas apropriadas do sistema operacional.
Para melhores resultados, instale o drive alvo (novo) onde voc planeja us-lo e o drive fonte em outro local, por
exemplo, em um compartimento USB externo. Esta recomendao especialmente importante para laptops.
Recomendamos firmemente que voc crie um backup de todo o disco original como uma precauo de segurana. Pode vir
a ser a proteo de seus dados caso acontea algo errado com seu disco rgido original durante a clonagem. Depois de criar
o backup, certifique-se de fazer a validao.
Para a clonagem de um disco:
Segurana
Observe o seguinte: Se a energia for interrompida ou voc acidentalmente pressionar RESET durante a transferncia o
procedimento ficar incompleto e voc ter de particionar e formatar ou clonar o disco rgido novamente.
Nenhum dado ser perdido porque o disco original est apenas sendo lido (nenhuma partio foi alterada ou
redimensionada). O procedimento de transferncia do sistema no altera em nada o disco original. Depois que o
procedimento for concludo voc poder querer formatar o disco antigo ou limpar de modo seguro os dados nele
might
want
to
format
the
old
disk
or
securely
wipe
the
data
it
contains.
Use
Windows
tools
or
contidos. Use as ferramentas Windows ou o Acronis DriveCleanser para essas tarefas.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
for
these
tasks.
No
entanto,
no recomendamos
que d
voc
dados
disco
atit
que
Nevertheless,
we
do
not
rns
ecommend
that
you
delete
ata
fapague
rom
the
osold
disk
do
unVl
you
antigo
are
sure
is
tenha certeza de que ele
foi
corretamente
transferido
para
o
novo
disco,
o
computador
seja
reiniciado
a
partir
dele
e todos os aplicativos
correctly
transferred
to
the
new
disk,
the
computer
boots
up
from
it
and
all
applicaVons
work.
funcionem.
8.4.3
Seleo do modo
clonar
Selecting
clone
mode
Htransfer
dois modos
deatransferncia
disponveis:
There
are
two
modes
vailable:
AutomaQc
(recommended
in
most
cases).
In
automaVc
mode,
ou
will
automtico,
only
have
to
take
several
apenas seguir algumas
Automtico
(recomendado
na maioria
dos casos).
Noymodo
voc
precisar
aes
para
os dados,
incluindo
arquivos
e pastas,
simple
acVons
to
simples
transfer
all
ttransferir
he
data,
itodos
ncluding
parVVons,
les
aparties,
nd
folders,
to
a
newer
disk,
para um novo disco, tornando-o
se ooriginal
disco original
erabootable.
inicializvel.
making
it
binicializvel
ootable
if
the
disk
was
Manual.
M
anual
mode
will
provide
more
data
transfer
exibility.
Manual
mode
can
be
useful
if
Manual.
O modo manual ir lhe oferecer mais flexibilidade na transferncia de dados. O modo manual pode ser til
you
need
to
c
hange
t
he
disk
p
arVVon
layout.
se voc necessitar
alterar
o layout
da partio do disco.
o programa
dois discos,
particionado
e ou ioutro
ele ir automaticamente
If
the
program
Se
nds
two
disks,
encontrar
one
parSSoned
and
aum
nother
unparSSoned,
t
will
ano,
utomaScally
recognize
the
reconhecer o disco
particionado
como
disco
de
origem
e
o
disco
no
particionado
como
disco
de
destino.
Nesse caso, os passos seguintes sero
parSSoned
disk
as
the
source
disk
and
the
unparSSoned
disk
as
the
desSnaSon
disk.
In
such
case,
the
next
ignorados e voc ser encaminhado para a tela resumo da clonagem.
steps
will
be
bypassed
and
you
will
be
taken
to
the
cloning
Summary
screen.
8.4.4
You
can
determine
the
source
and
desVnaVon
using
the
informaVon
provided
in
this
window
(disk
8.4.4 number,
Selecting
a lsource
diskand
le
system
informaVon).
If
the
program
nds
several
capacity,
abel,
parVVon
Seleo
de
um
disco
de
origem
You
can
determine
the
source
and
desVnaVon
using
the
informaVon
provided
in
this
window
(disk
parVVoned
ddeterminar
isks,
it
will
aaorigem
sk
you
wohich
is
the
source
(i.e.
the
older
data
nesta
disk).janela (nmero do disco,
Voc pode
destino
usando
a informao
fornecida
number,
capacity,
label,
parVVon
and
le
seystem
informaVon).
If
the
program
nds
several
capacidade, rtulo, partio e informao do sistema de arquivo). Se o programa encontrar diversos discos
parVVoned
disks,
it
will
ask
you
hich
is
the
source
the
o(i.e.
lder
data
de
disk).
particionados,
ele
ir w
perguntar
a voc
qual(i.e.
a fonte
o disco
dados mais antigo).
O Acronis
Image
no
compatvel
com clonagem
de ddiscos
Acronis
True
True
Image
HD
HD
does
not
support
cloning
of
dynamic
isks. dinmicos.
Select
Selecione o disco fonte e clique em Avanar para continuar.
Image
disk
acnd
click
to
cdonVnue.
Acronis
True
HD
tdhe
oes
source
not
support
loning
of
Ndext
ynamic
isks.
Viewing
isk
and
parQQon
nformaQon
Visualizardinformao
de disco e ipartio
Columns
-
selects
the
columns
to
display.
You
can
change
the
width
of
a
column
by
dragging
do disco
(duplicadas
no menu
de m
contexto,
abertasbao
se clicar com oobjects)
boto direito
do mouse em
Propriedades
Disk
properVes
(duplicated
in
the
context
enu,
opened
y
right-clicking
-
displays
its
borders
with
the
mouse.
objetos)
exibe
a
partio
selecionada
ou
a
janela
de
propriedades
do
disco.
the
selected
parVVon
or
disk
properVes
window.
Disk
properVes
(duplicated
in
the
context
menu,
opened
by
right-clicking
objects)
-
displays
This
window
contains
two
panels.
The
leF
panel
contains
the
de
properVes
tree
eaond
the
rdescreve
ight
one
em
Esta janela
contm
dois painis.
O painel
esquerdo
contm
a rvore
propriedades
direito
the
selected
parVVon
or
disk
properVes
window.
detalhes a propriedade
selecionada.
Asdinformaes
do disco
incluem iseus
parmetros
fsicosp(tipo
de conexo,
describes
the
selected
property
in
etail.
The
disk
informaVon
ncludes
its
physical
arameters
tipo
de dispositivo,
tamanho,
etc.);
aspanel
informaes
detpartio
incluemtree
tanto
parmetros
fsicos
(setores, localizao,
This
window
c
ontains
t
wo
p
anels.
T
he
l
eF
c
ontains
he
p
roperVes
a
nd
t
he
r
ight
o
ne
(connecVon
type,
device
type,
size,
etc.);
parVVon
informaVon
includes
both
physical
(sectors,
etc.),
quanto parmetros
lgicos
(sistema
de iarquivo,
espao
livre, letra
etc.).
describes
tlocaVon,
he
selected
property
in
detail.
he
disk
nformaVon
includes
its
designada,
physical
arameters
etc.),
and
logical
(le
sTystem,
free
space,
assigned
leWer,
etc.)
pp
arameters.
(connecVon
type,
device
type,
size,
etc.);
parVVon
informaVon
includes
both
physical
(sectors,
locaVon,
etc.),
and
logical
(le
system,
free
space,
assigned
leWer,
etc.)
parameters.
100
5
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
8.4.5
Seleo de umadisco
de destino disk
Selecting
destination
Depois
selecionar
de selecionar
o tdestino
a informao
AFer
you
select
the
de
source
disk,
seu
you
disco
have
de
to
origem,
select
tvoc
he
dter
esVnaVon
where
he
disk
onde
informaVon
will
do
be
disco ser
copiada.
A
fonte
previamente
selecionada
se
torna
cinza
e
desativada
para
seleo.
copied
to.
The
previously
selected
source
becomes
grayed-out
and
disabled
for
selecVon.
8.4.6
Move method
When
you
select
the
manual
cloning
mode,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
will
oer
you
the
following
data
move
methods:
As
is
-
a
new
parVVon
will
be
created
for
every
old
one
with
the
same
size
and
type,
le
system
and
label.
The
unused
space
will
become
unallocated.
ProporQonal
-
the
new
disk
space
will
be
proporVonally
distributed
between
cloned
parVVons
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
Mtodo mover
Quando voc seleciona o modo clonagem manual, o Acronis True Image HD ir lhe oferecer os seguintes mtodos de
mover os dados:
No estado - uma nova partio ser criada para cada partio antiga com o mesmo tipo e tamanho, sistema de
arquivo e rtulo. O espao no utilizado se tornar no alocado.
Proporcional - o novo espao em disco ser proporcionalmente distribudo entre parties clonadas
Manual - you will specify a new size and other parameters yourself
If
you
elect
to
Se
transfer
informaVon
"as
asis,"
a
new
parVVon
will
buma
e
created
for
every
ld
one
with
the
partio antiga com
voc escolheu
transferir
informaes
"no estado",
nova partio
serocriada
para
cada
same
size
and
otype,
le
tipo
system
and
label.
The
will
ecome
unallocated.
AFerwards,
mesmo
e tamanho,
sistema
deunused
arquivosepace
rtulo.
O bespao
no
utilizado se tornar
no alocado. Mais tarde,
voc
ser
capaz
de
usar
o
espao
no
alocado
para
criar
novas
parties
ou
para
ampliar
as parties existentes com
you
will
be
able
to
use
the
unallocated
space
to
create
new
parVVons
or
to
enlarge
the
exisVng
ferramentas especiais, como a Sute Acronis Disk Director.
parVVons
with
special
tools,
such
as
Acronis
Disk
Director
Suite.
regra, as
transferncias
no estado
no
soleave
recomendadas
j que deixam
muitos
no alocados no
they
a
lot
of
unallocated
space
on
espaos
the
new
As
a
rule,
"as
iComo
s"
transfers
are
not
recommended
as
novo
disco.
Usando
o
mtodo
no
estado,
o
Acronis
True
Image
HD
transfere
sistemas
de
arquivos
no suportados e
disk.
Using
the
"as
is"
method,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
transfers
unsupported
and
damaged
le
danificados.
systems.
vocproporVonally,
transfere os dados
proporcionalmente,
partio
ser redimensionada,
de acordo
If
you
transfer
Se
data
each
parVVon
will
be
cada
enlarged,
according
to
the
proporVon
of
tcom
he
a proporo das
capacidades do disco antigo e do disco novo.
old
and
new
disk
capaciVes.
FAT16
parVVons
are
enlarged
less
than
others,
as
they
have
a
4GB
size
limit.
Depending
on
the
selected
combinaVon,
you
will
proceed
to
either
the
cloning
summary
window,
or
the
Change
disk
layout
step
(see
below).
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
8.4.7
Excluding items
In the What to exclude secVon, you can set up exclusions for les and folders that you do not want
As parties FAT16 so ampliadas menos do que as outras, j que tm limite de tamanho de 4GB.
Dependendo da combinao selecionada, voc ir prosseguir para a janela de resumo de clonagem ou para o passo
Alterar layout do disco (ver abaixo).
Excluso de itens
Na seo O que excluir, voc pode definir excluses para arquivos e pastas que voc no deseja incluir no disco
clone.
1. Para criar uma lista de itens para excluso, opte por uma das seguintes aes:
Na guia Excluir por arquivos e pastas, selecione arquivos e pastas usando um gerenciador de arquivo normal;
Na guia Excluir por mscaras, insira os nomes de arquivos e pastas individuais ( necessrio o caminho completo),
ou defina um padro atravs de caracteres coringa comuns * ou ?. Use os botes Adicionar, Editar, Remover e
Remover
Tudo
direita
paratwo
controlar
o conjunto
de itens
na lista.
pode
esses dois mtodos. Por
You
can
combine
these
methods.
For
example,
dene
a
le
Voc
mask
and
scombinar
elect
certain
exemplo, definir uma mscara e selecionar certos itens no gerenciador de arquivos.
items
in
the
le
browser.
Remember
that
if
you
select
or
somehow
specify
to
exclude
a
le
that
has
NTFS
hard
links,
you
also
need
to
select/specify
to
exclude
these
hard
links
from
the
clone.
Otherwise,
the
le
will
not
be
excluded
and
will
appear
on
the
target
disk
aFer
the
cloning.
Note:
When
you
exclude
les,
the
program
calculates
the
size
of
excluded
items
and
checks
if
the
cloned
data
will
t
the
target
disk.
Please
be
paSent
as
this
process
may
take
up
to
several
minutes
to
complete.
You
may
receive
a
warning
message
saying
that
there
is
no
enough
free
space
on
the
target
hard
drive
to
complete
the
operaVon.
The
possible
reasons
are
as
follows:
Lembre-se que se voc selecionar ou de algum modo especificar para excluir um arquivo que tenha hard links NTFS,
voc precisa tambm selecionar/especificar para excluir esses hard links do clone. Caso contrrio, o arquivo no ser
excludo e aparecer no disco alvo aps a clonagem.
Observao: Quando voc exclui arquivos, o programa calcula o tamanho dos itens excludos e verifica se os dados clonados
se ajustaro no disco alvo. Por favor, seja paciente, j que esse processo poder levar alguns minutos para ser concludo.
2. Para prosseguir para o prximo passo clique em Avanar.
Aviso sobre espao insuficiente em disco
Voc pode receber uma mensagem de aviso indicando que no h espao livre suficiente no disco rgido alvo para
concluir a operao. A seguir apresentamos as possveis razes:
A quantidade de dados que esto sendo clonados a partir do disco fonte ultrapassa a capacidade disponvel do
disco alvo. Para solucionar este problema, tente excluir mais itens do clone, em seguida clique em Avanar. Se
necessrio, repita esta operao vrias vezes at que a mensagem de aviso desaparea.
O disco fonte possui um sistema de arquivos no compatveis e maior do que o disco alvo. O disco alvo deve ter
tamanho maior ou igual ao disco fonte neste caso e ser intil excluir mais itens.
O disco fonte tem parties com sistemas de arquivos compatveis e no compatveis, e a capacidade do disco
alvo menor do que a quantidade de dados que est sendo clonada das parties com o sistema de arquivos
compatveis mais o tamanho das parties com sistema de arquivos no compatveis. Tentar excluir mais itens pode
ser til neste caso.
Exemplos de excluso
Arquivos e pastas no disco fonte podem ser excludos do clone tanto individualmente quanto em lotes, de acordo
com o padro. Tal padro pode ser um nome de arquivo ou de pasta, ou uma mscara de arquivo, definidos atravs
de caracteres coringa comuns:
* - substituir por zero ou mais caracteres;
? - substituir exatamente por um caractere.
Se necessrio, voc pode digitar vrios critrios na mesma linha separando-os por ponto e vrgula. Por exemplo, para
excluir todos os arquivos com extenses .gif e .bmp, voc pode digitar *.gif;*.bmp.
O quadro abaixo mostra diversos exemplos de excluso.
Padro
Exemplo
Descrio
F.log
F
Por caminho de
arquivo
C:\Finance\F.log
Por caminho de
pasta
C:\Finance\F\
*.log
F*
F???.log
Por nome
Coringas em uma mscara podem representar somente partes de nomes de arquivos ou pastas e no podem ser substitudos
por uma parte do caminho do arquivo. Subpastas devem ser sempre especificadas explicitamente usando-se contrabarra, \).
Por exemplo, para excluir todos os arquivos no diretrio C:\Program Files\Acronis\TrueImageHome\ que tm Qt no nome do
arquivo, voc pode usar a seguinte linha: *\Prog*\Acr*\True*\*Qt*.??? .
10
Particionamento manual
O mtodo de transferncia manual permite que voc redimensione parties no novo disco. Por padro, o programa
redimensiona as parties proporcionalmente.
Esta janela exibe retngulos indicando o disco rgido fonte, incluindo suas parties e espao no alocado, bem
como o layout do novo disco.
To
resize,
change
the
volume
type,
change
the
label
of
the
exisVng
volume,
right
click
on
it,
and
Para redimensionar, alterar o tipo de volume e alterar o rtulo do volume existente, clique com o boto direito nele e
select
Edit
in
selecione
the
shortcut
enu.
This
ill
open
arVVon
SeXngs
window. da Partio.
Editarmno
menu
dewatalho
Istothe
farPabrir
a janela
de Configuraes
11
To
resize,
change
the
volume
type,
change
the
label
of
the
exisVng
volume,
right
click
on
it,
and
select
Edit
in
the
shortcut
menu.
This
will
open
the
ParVVon
SeXngs
window.
arrows,
it
is
pointed
at
the
parVVon,
so
you
can
move
it
to
the
leF
or
right
(if
there's
unallocated
Se o cursor
seitransforma
em duas linhas verticais com setas esquerda e direita, ele est apontado na borda de
space
near
t).
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
partio e voc pode arrast-lo para aumentar ou reduzir o tamanho da partio. Se o cursor se transforma em quatro
setas, elepest
apontado
a partio,
ento
pode
mov-la
para
esquerda
houver
espao
no disk
Having
rovided
the
para
new
locaVon
and
voc
size,
click
Accept.
You
will
bou
e
tdireita
aken
(se
back
to
the
C hange
alocado prximo a ela).
layout
window.
You
might
have
to
perform
some
more
resizing
and
relocaVon
before
you
get
the
layout
you
eed. a nova localizao e tamanho, clique em Aceitar. Voc ser levado de volta janela Alterar
Depois de
ter nfornecido
layout do disco. Talvez seja preciso redimensionar e relocar mais antes de obter o layout que precisa.
BCuidado!
e
careful!
Clicking
any
previous
wanterior
izard
step
on
the
snaidebar
in
this
window
will
ir
reset
all
stodas
ize
and
locaVon
de
Se clicar em
qualquer
passo
do assistente
barra lateral
nesta
janela voc
redefinir
as alteraes
tamanho etlocalizao
que
selecionou,
changes
hat
you've
selected,
so
eyento
ou
wprecisar
ill
have
especific-las
to
specify
tnovamente.
hem
again.
8.4.9
Cloning summary
The
cloning
summary
window
graphically
(as
rectangles)
illustrates
informaVon
about
the
source
disk
(parVVons
and
unallocated
space)
and
the
desVnaVon
disk
layout.
Along
with
the
disk
number,
some
addiVonal
informaVon
is
provided:
disk
capacity,
label,
parVVon
and
le
system
informaVon.
12
layout
window.
You
might
have
to
perform
some
more
resizing
and
relocaVon
before
you
get
the
layout
you
need.
8.4.9
Resumo da summary
clonagem
Cloning
janela resumo
da gclonagem
ilustra
graficamente
(em retngulos)
informaes
o discodfonte
The
cloning
sA
ummary
window
raphically
(as
rectangles)
illustrates
informaVon
about
sobre
the
source
isk
(parties e
espao
no alocado)
e oalayout
disco de destino.
Juntamente
o tnmero
disco, algumas
(parVVons
and
unallocated
space)
nd
the
do
desVnaVon
disk
layout.
Along
com
with
he
disk
do
number,
some
informaes
adicionais so fornecidas: capacidade do disco, rtulo, partio e informao do sistema de arquivo.
addiVonal
informaVon
is
provided:
disk
capacity,
label,
parVVon
and
le
system
informaVon.
Click
Proceed
to
sem
tart
disk
cloning.
Clique
Continuar
para iniciar a clonagem do disco.
Click
Cancel
to
cancel
the
procedure
and
quit
to
the
main
program
window.
Clique em Cancelar para cancelar o procedimento e sair da janela do programa principal.
Cloning
a
disk
containing
the
currently
acVve
operaVng
system
will
require
a
reboot.
In
that
case,
aFer
clicking
AProceed
you
ill
bdisco
e
asked
to
conrm
the
operacional
reboot.
Canceling
the
rativo
eboot
ill
cancel
the
clonagem
dewum
contendo
o sistema
atualmente
ir w
exigir
a reinicializao.
Neste caso, aps
enVre
procedure.
Fer
the
clone
process
nishes
yaou
will
be
aoreinicializao.
ered
an
opVon
to
shut
adreinicializao
own
the
todo o procedimento
clicar A
em
Continuar
voc
ser solicitado
confirmar
Se cancelar
cancelado.
Depois
o processo
clonagem
concludo
ser apresentada
computer
by
ser
pressing
any
key.
This
que
enables
you
to
dechange
the
for
posiVon
of
mlhe
aster/slave
jumpers
uma
and
opo para desligar o
computador pressionando qualquer tecla. Isso permite a voc alterar a posio dos jumpers mestre/escravo e remover
remove
one
of
the
hard
drives.
106
A clonagem de um disco sem sistema ou de um disco que contenha um sistema operacional, mas um que no esteja
ativo atualmente, ir prosseguir sem necessidade de reinicializao. Depois que voc clicar em Continuar,o Acronis
True Image HD ir comear a clonar o disco antigo para o novo disco, indicando o progresso em uma janela especial.
Voc pode interromper esse procedimento clicando em Cancelar. Nesse caso, voc ter de reparticionar e formatar o
novo disco ou repetir o procedimento de clonagem. Depois que a operao de clonagem estiver concluda voc ver
as mensagens de resultados.
13
Se voc no tiver espao suficiente para seus dados (por exemplo, fotos de famlia e vdeos), voc pode substituir
o disco antigo por um novo de maior capacidade (dados transferidos para novos discos so descritos no captulo
anterior), ou adicionar um novo disco somente para armazenar dados, deixando o sistema no disco antigo. Se o
computador tiver uma baia para outro disco, ser mais fcil adicionar uma unidade de disco do que clonar um disco.
Para adicionar um novo disco, voc deve primeiro instal-lo no seu PC.
Para adio de um novo disco rgido:
14
You
can
also
see
the
properVes
of
all
the
hard
disks
installed
in
your
system,
for
example,
the
name
Voc pode ver tambm ver as propriedades de todos os discos rgidos instalados em seu sistema, por exemplo, o
and
the
model
of
etmodelo
he
selected
disk
drive,
its
cselecionada,
apacity,
le
system
and
its
interface.
nome
da unidade
de disco
sua
capacidade,
sistema
de arquivo e interface.
15
8.5.2
Acronis
True
mage
HTrue
D
supports
oth
MBR
and
GPT
parVVoning.
GUID
able
(GPT)
(GPT)
s
a
n
ew
mtodo de
O IAcronis
Image HDbsuporta
particionamento
MBR e GPT.
GUIDParVVon
Partition TTable
ium
novo
particionamento
do disco
rgido aque
apresentaover
vantagens
em
ao mtodo
MBR. Se
hard
disk
parVVoning
method
providing
dvantages
the
old
Mrelao
BR
parVVoning
mantigo
ethod.
deIf
particionamento
your
o seu sistema operacional suporta discos GPT, voc pode selecionar o novo disco a ser inicializado como disco GPT.
operaVng
system
supports
GPT
disks,
you
can
select
the
new
disk
to
be
iniValized
as
a
GPT
disk.
To
add
Para
a
GPT
disk,
click
IniQalize
isk
in
em
GPT
layout. disco com layout GPT.
adicionar
um disco
GPT, dclique
Inicializar
Para adicionar um disco MBR, clique em Inicializar disco com layout MBR.
If
you
use
a
32-bit
version
of
Windows
XP,
the
GPT
iniSalizaSon
method
will
be
unavailable
and
the
voc usa
uma
verso
de 32 bits do Windows XP, o mtodo de inicializao GPT se tornar indisponvel e o passo de opes
IniJalizaJon
SeopJons
step
will
be
absent.
de Inicializao ficar ausente.
8.5.3
seousar
espao
emit
um
disco
ele precisa
ser particionado.
o processo
To
use
the
sPara
pace
n
a
ohard
disk,
must
be
rgido,
parVVoned.
ParVVoning
is
the
pParticionamento
rocess
of
dividing
the
hard
de dividir o
espao
do
disco
rgido
em
divises
lgicas.
Cada
diviso
lgica
pode
funcionar
como
um
disco
disk's
space
into
logical
divisions.
Each
logical
division
may
funcVon
as
a
separate
disk
with
an
separado com uma
letra de unidade designada, seu prprio sistema de arquivos, etc. Mesmo que voc no tenha a inteno de dividir
assigned
drive
leWer,
its
own
le
system,
etc.
ven
if
ser
you
do
not
intend
to
divide
our
hard
disk
into
saiba o que deve
seu disco
rgido
em divises
lgicas
eleEdeve
particionado,
de modo
que oysistema
operacional
logical
divisions
it
must
be
parVVoned
ser deixado
em
cada
parte. so
that
the
operaVng
system
knows
that
it
is
intended
to
be
leF
in
one
piece.
Inicialmente todo o espao em disco no estar alocado. Isso ir se alterar depois que voc adicionar novas parties.
IniVally,
all
disk
space
will
be
unallocated.
This
will
change
aFer
you
add
new
parVVons.
To
create
a
new
parQQon:
Select
the
unallocated
space
and
click
Create
new
parQQon
in
the
upper
part
of
the
window,
or
right
click
on
the
unallocated
space,
and
select
Create
new
parQQon
in
the
shortcut
menu.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
Specify
the
following
seXngs
for
the
parVVon
being
created:
16
Selecione o espao no alocado e clique em Criar nova partio na parte superior da janela, ou clique com o boto
direito no espao no alocado, e selecione Criar nova partio no menu de atalho.
If
you
allocate
all
unallocated
space
on
the
disk
to
the
new
parVVon,
the
Create
new
parQQon
buWon
disappears. Se voc alocar todo o espao no alocado no disco para a nova partio, o boto Criar nova partio ir desaparecer.
8.5.3.1
Partition settings
Size
You
can
resize
and
relocate
the
parVVon
being
created.
If
you
want
to
resize
the
parQQon:
Point
the
cursor
at
the
parVVon
border.
If
the
cursor
is
pointed
exactly
at
the
parVVon
border,
it
will
change
into
two
verVcal
lines
with
arrows
on
each
side.
Hold down the leF mouse buWon and drag the selected parVVon border to enlarge or reduce the
17
Configuraes da partio
Especifique as configuraes para a partio que est sendo criada.
Tamanho
Voc pode redimensionar e realocar a partio que est sendo criada.
Se desejar redimensionar a partio:
Aponte o cursor para a borda da partio. Se o cursor estiver apontado exatamente para a borda da partio, ele se
transformar em duas linhas verticais com setas em cada lado.
Mantenha pressionado o boto esquerdo do mouse e arraste a borda da partio selecionada para ampliar ou
reduzir o tamanho da partio.
Voc pode tambm definir o tamanho da partio manualmente, digitando o tamanho de partio desejado no
campo Tamanho da partio .
Se desejar realocar a partio:
campos Espao livre antes e/ou Espao livre depois . Voc tambm pode definir a quantidade de espao
no alocado antes ou depois da partio selecionada digitando manualmente o valor necessrio nos campos
respectivos.
Se voc criar um ou mais unidades lgicas, o programa ir reservar algum espao no alocado para as necessidades do
sistema na frente das parties criadas. Se voc criar uma partio primria ou uma partio primria juntamente com
partio lgica, ento nenhum espao alocado ser reservado para as necessidades do sistema.
Sistema de Arquivos
Escolha o tipo de sistema de arquivo para a partio que est sendo criada. Diferentes parties podem ter diferentes
tipos de sistema de arquivo.
Voc pode deixar a partio no formatada, ou escolher entre os seguintes tipos de sistema:
NTFS um sistema de arquivo nativo Windows NT, Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Vista e Windows 7.
Escolha esse sistema se usar esses sistemas operacionais. Observe que o Windows 95/98/Me e DOS no podem
acessar parties NTFS.
FAT 32 uma verso aprimorada de 32 bits do sistema de arquivo FAT que suporta volumes de at 2 TB.
FAT 16 um sistema de arquivo nativo DOS. A maioria dos sistemas operacionais o reconhece. Entretanto, se a sua
unidade de disco tiver mais de 4 GB, no ser possvel format-lo em FAT16.
Ext2 um sistema de arquivo nativo Linux. Ele rpido o bastante, mas no um sistema de arquivo tipo
'journaling'.
18
Ext3 oficialmente introduzido com o Red hat Linux verso 7.2, o Ext3 um sistema de arquivo Linux tipo
journaling. Ele compatvel com verses anteriores e posteriores do Linux Ext2. Ele possui vrios modos journaling,
bem como compatibilidade ampla, multiplataforma, em arquiteturas de 32 bits e 64 bits.
Ext4 um novo sistema de arquivo Linux. Ele foi aperfeioado em relao ao ext3. Ele totalmente compatvel
com verses anteriores do ext2 e ext 3. Entretanto, o ext3 tem compatibilidade posterior somente parcial com o
ext4.
ReiserFS um sistema de arquivo journaling disponvel para Linux. Geralmente ele mais confivel e mais rpido
do que o Ext2. Escolha o ReiserFS para sua partio de dados Linux.
Linux Swap uma partio swap para Linux. Escolha o Linus Swap para adicionar mais espao swap usando Linux
Letra de partio
Selecione na lista suspensa uma letra a ser designada para a partio que est sendo criada. Se voc selecionar Auto,
o programa ir designar a primeira letra de drive no utilizada em ordem alfabtica.
Rtulo de partio
Rtulo de partio um nome, designado a uma partio, para que voc possa facilmente reconhec-la. Por
exemplo, um poderia ser chamado Sistema uma partio com um sistema operacional, Programa uma partio
de aplicativos, Dados uma partio de dados, etc. O rtulo da partio um atributo opcional.
Tipo de partio (Essas configuraes esto disponveis somente para discos MBR)
Escolha o tipo de partio a ser criado. Voc pode definir a nova partio como primria ou lgica.
Primria - escolha esse parmetro se estiver planejando inicializar a partir dessa partio. Caso contrrio, melhor
criar uma nova partio como unidade lgica. Voc pode ter apenas quatro parties primrias por unidade, ou trs
parties primrias e uma partio estendida. Observao: Se voc tiver vrias parties primrias, somente uma
estar ativa de cada vez, as outras parties primrias ficaro ocultas e no sero vistas pelo Sistema Operacional.
Marcar a partio como ativa - uma partio ativa usada para carregar um sistema operacional. Selecionando
Ativa para uma partio sem um sistema operacional instalado poderia impedir que seu computador fosse
inicializado.
Lgica - escolha este parmetro se no pretende instalar ou iniciar um sistema operacional a partir da partio.
Uma unidade lgica parte de uma unidade do disco fsico que foi particionado e alocado como uma unidade
independente, mas funciona como uma unidade separada.
Quando concluir as especificaes das configuraes para a partio que est sendo criada, clique em Aceitar para
continuar. Resumo da adio de um novo disco
19
Mark
the
parQQon
as
acQve
-
an
acVve
parVVon
is
used
for
loading
an
operaVng
system.
SelecVng
AcVve
for
a
parVVon
without
an
installed
operaVng
system
could
prevent
your
computer
from
booVng.
Adicionando
Logical
-
choose
um
this
novo
parameter
if
you
dont
intend
to
install
and
start
an
operaVng
system
from
disco
rgido
the
parVVon.
A
logical
drive
is
part
of
a
physical
disk
drive
that
has
been
parVVoned
and
allocated
as
an
independent
unit,
but
funcVons
as
a
separate
drive.
When you nish to specify the seXngs for the parVVon being created, click Accept to conVnue.
8.5.4
Clique tem
Continuar
para
iniciar
a criao de uma nova partio ou parties.
Click
Proceed
o
start
creaVng
new
parVVon(s).
Click
Cancel
to
em
cancel
the
ppara
rocedure
and
quit
to
the
meain
rogram
indow.do programa.
Clique
Cancelar
cancelar
o procedimento
sairpda
janela w
principal
AFer
you
click
Proceed,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
starts
creaVng
new
parVVon
or
parVVons,
indicaVng
Depois
vocwclicar
emIf
Continuar,o
Acronis
True Image
ir comear
a ycriar
uma
ou parties,
the
progress
in
a
sque
pecial
indow.
you
stop
this
procedure
by
cHD
licking
Cancel,
ou
w
ill
hnova
ave
tpartio
o
indicando
o
progresso
em
uma
janela
especial.
Se
interromper
esse
procedimento
clicando
em
Cancelar,
voc ter de
reparVVon
and
format
the
new
disk
or
repeat
the
disk
add
procedure.
reparticionar e formatar o novo disco ou repetir o procedimento de adio do disco.
Antes
clicar no
boto
Continuar,
voc
podeto
usar
a barra
lateral tpara
navegar
dos spassos
Before
clicking
the
de
Proceed
buTon
you
can
use
the
sidebar
navigate
through
he
Add
New
Datravs
isk
Wizard
teps
do
Assistente
de
Adio
de
um
Novo
Disco
e
efetuar
mudanas.
and
make
changes.
112
20
8.6
The
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
allows
your
operaVng
system
support
large
capacity
disks
Gerenciador da capacidade estendida do Acronis
with
the
MBR
pOarVVon
style.
da
You
are
able
estendida
to
use
the
isk
space
beyond
TB.
sistema
This
free
space
will
be
discos de grande
Gerenciador
capacidade
dodAcronis
permite
que2seu
operacional
suporte
recognized
as
acapacidade
separate
dno
isk,
and
wpartio
ill
be
usable
y
your
operaVng
system
and
superior
applicaVons
s
if
iespao
t
modelo
MBR. b
Voc
pode
usar espao
em disco
a 2TB. aEsse
livre ser
was
a
regular
preconhecido
hysical
hard
como
disk. um disco em separado e poder ser utilizado pelo seu sistema operacional e aplicativos como se
fosse um disco rgido fsico normal.
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
wizard
displays
all
hard
disks
larger
than
2
TB
(unallocated
or
with
MBR
parVVon
style).
Ydo
ou
can
see
the
isk
space
westendida
hich
Windows
recognizes
and
os
allocates.
This
maiores do que 2 TB
O assistente
Gerenciador
dedcapacidade
do Acronis
exibe todos
discos rgidos
(no
alocados
ou
no
modelo
partio
MBR).
Voc
pode
visualizar
o
espao
em
disco
que
o
Windows reconhece e
space
is
called
Windows
NaVve
Capacity
in
the
wizard.
pode alocar. Esse espao chamado de Capacidade Nativa do Windows no assistente.
The
space
beyond
2
TB
is
displayed
as
Extended
Capacity.
You
can
enable
Extended
Capacity
Disks,
O espao
deb2ecomes
TB exibido
como
Estendida.
and
once
it
is
done,
this
alm
space
visible
to
tCapacidade
he
operaVng
system
Voc
and
pode
ready
ativar
for
dDiscos
isk
de Capacidade Estendida
e,
depois
que
isso
for
feito,
esse
espao
se
torna
visvel
para
o
sistema
operacional
e pronto para as operaes de
management
operaVons.
gerenciamento do disco.
1. To
start
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager,
select
the
Tools
and
uQliQes
tab
and
then
click
1. Para iniciar
o Gerenciador
de Capacidade Estendida do Acronis, selecione a guia Ferramentas e utilitrios e
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager.
depois clique em Gerenciador da Capacidade Estendida do Acronis.
If
the
program
not
nd
any
MBR
disks
with
adisco
capacity
of
mcapacidade
ore
than
2
TdeB,
mais
it
displays
message
that
mensagem indicando
Se odoes
programa
no
encontrar
nenhum
MBR com
de 2 TB,aele
exibir uma
the
enSre
disk
accessible
and
yest
ou
dacessvel
o
not
need
to
uno
se
Aprecisa
cronis
usar
Extended
Capacity
anager. Estendida do Acronis.
quespace
todo ios
espao
em disco
e voc
o Gerenciador
deMCapacidade
2. O Gerenciador
Capacidade
Estendida
do Acronis
mostra aavailable
capacidade
disponvel para alocao.
2. Acronis
Extended
Capacity
de
Manager
shows
the
Extended
Capacity
for
Estendida
allocaVon.
3. Click
Allocate
space
to
Alocar
see
the
possible
isk
space
aapossvel
llocaVon
in
the
de
next
step.em disco no prximo passo.
3. Clique
em
espao
paradvisualizar
alocao
espao
Aps
clicar
no bboto
Aplicar,
um Disco
de Capacidade
Estendida
ser emulado
emphysical
seu disco
fsico. Se a capacidade
AFer
clicking
the
Apply
uWon,
an
Extended
Capacity
Disk
will
be
emulated
on
your
disk.
do
seu
disco
fsico
for
maior
do
que
4
TB
e
seu
sistema
operacional
no
suportar
o
modelo
de
partio GPT, o
If
your
physical
disk's
capacity
is
more
than
4
TB
and
your
operaVng
system
does
not
support
the
programa ir criar diversos Discos de Capacidade Estendida MBR.
GPT
parVVon
style,
the
program
creates
several
MBR
Extended
Capacity
Disks.
Note
that
Extended
Capacity
Disks
are
not
bootable,
though
most
of
their
properSes
are
the
same
as
that
of
physical
disks.
21
Note que Discos de Capacidade Estendida no so inicializveis, embora a maioria de suas propriedades sejam as mesmas
dos discos fsicos.
4. Clique em Fechar para sair do Gerenciador de Capacidade Estendida do Acronis.
AFer
allocaVng
the
space,
you
can
temporarily
switch
o
the
Extended
Capacity
Disks
by
clicking
Depois de alocar o espao, voc pode temporariamente desativar os Discos de Capacidade Estendida clicando em
Temporary
switch
o
Extended
Capacity
isks.
Tde
his
Capacidade
makes
the
EEstendida..
xtended
Capacity
isks
invisible
for
Desativao
temporria
dosDDiscos
Isso tornaDos
Discos
de Capacidade
Estendida
invisveis
as ferramentas
gerenciamento
disco, embora
o espao
disco
permanea
alocado e voc
disk
management
tools,
para
though
the
disk
sde
pace
will
remain
do
allocated
and
you
will
be
em
able
to
m
ake
tornar
essas
parties
mais tarde.
Para fazer
isso, inicie
o Gerenciador
de Capacidade
these
parVVons
possa
visible
again
later.
To
do
novamente
this,
start
tvisveis
he
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
and
then
Estendida Acronis e depois clique em Alocar espao.
click
Allocate
space.
To
remove
the
Extended
Capacity
Disks,
click
Remove
Extended
Capacity
Disks
and
then
click
the
Para remover os Discos de Capacidade Estendida, clique em Remover os Discos de Capacidade Estendida e em
Apply
buWon
in
seguida
the
next
step.
hese
dAplicar
isks
will
e
removed
from
your
system,
and
the
disk
pace
clique
noTboto
nobprximo
passo.
Esses
discos
sero removidos
do sseu
sistema e o espao em
beyond
2
TB
will
become
inaccessible.
To
inacessvel.
allocate
this
space
you
need
start
voc
the
precisar
Extended
disco
alm de
2 TB se tornar
Para
alocarlater,
esse espao
maisto
tarde,
iniciar o Gerenciador de
Capacidade
Estendida
novamente
e
depois
repetir
os
passos
do
assistente.
Capacity
Manager
again
and
then
repeat
the
wizard's
steps.
Disks
even
aFer
mesmo
uninstalling
True
o Acronis True Image
You
will
be
able
Voc
to
cpoder
onVnue
using
the
Extended
Capacity
continuar
a usar
os discos
de Capacidade
Estendida
depoisAcronis
de desinstalar
HD.uDurante
a desinstalao
perguntado
deseja
remover
o Disco
deECapacidade
Image
HD.
During
ninstallaVon,
you
will
lhe
be
ser
asked
whether
se
you
want
to
remove
the
xtended
Estendida. Se decidir no
remover
o
disco,
ele
permanecer
utilizvel.
Capacity
Disk.
If
you
choose
not
to
remove
the
disk,
it
will
remain
usable.
8.7
Trim SSD
Trim
SSD
Wizard
lets
you
improve
the
speed
of
write
operaVons
on
a
solid-state
drive
(SSD)
and
miVgate
degradaVon
in
performance.
This
issue
naturally
occurs
as
a
result
of
intensive
or
long
use
of
an
SSD,
and
arises
from
the
way
SSDs
overwrite
and
delete
data.
Like
with
tradiVonal
hard
drives,
if
you
delete
a
le
from
an
SSD,
data
cells
are
simply
agged
as
"available
for
use"
instead
of
being
erased.
When
the
operaVng
system
later
performs
a
write
operaVon
to
such
a
cell,
it
actually
becomes
an
overwrite
operaVon
from
the
point
of
view
of
the
storage
device.
For
tradiVonal
hard
drives,
it
is
like
wriVng
to
an
empty
cell.
SSD
cells,
however,
are
an
excepVon
and
need
to
be
erased
before
a
new
write
operaVon
can
be
performed.
Due
to
Copyright
Acronis, Inc.,the
2000-2012
hardware
limitaVons,
erase
operaVon
on
an
SSD
always
aects
a
block
of
512
KB.
So,
if
you
need
to
overwrite
60
KB
of
previously
deleted
data
with
another
60
KB,
the
contents
of
the
enVre
block
will
be
read
from
the
SSD
and
stored
in
c ache
before
the
block
is
eecVvely
erased.
Then,
the
22
Trim SSD
Assistente do Trim SSD permite que voc aumente a velocidade das operaes de gravao em uma unidade de
estado slido (SSD) e minimize a degradao de desempenho. Essa questo ocorre naturalmente como resultado do
uso longo ou intensivo de um SSD, e surge da maneira como SSDs substituem ou excluem dados.
Como acontece com os discos rgidos tradicionais, se voc excluir um arquivo de um SSD, as clulas de dados so
sinalizadas como disponveis para uso em vez de serem apagadas. Quando o sistema operacional realiza mais
tarde uma operao de gravao em tal clula, isso se torna na verdade uma operao de substituio do ponto
de vista do dispositivo de armazenamento. Para os discos rgidos tradicionais, como gravar em uma clula vazia.
Clulas SSD, no entanto, so uma exceo e precisam ser apagadas antes que uma nova operao de gravao seja
realizada. Devido s limitaes de hardware, a operao de excluso de um SSD sempre afeta um bloco de 512 KB.
Assim, se voc precisar sobrescrever 60 KB de dados anteriormente excludos por outros 60 KB, o contedo de todo
o bloco ser lido do SSD e armazenado em cache antes que o bloco seja efetivamente apagado. Ento, os dados
necessrios sero modificados no bloco com cache. Finalmente, o bloco inteiro ser gravado novamente no SSD.
Isso faz com que o desempenho de gravao seja significativamente comprometido. A fim de evitar esse problema,
os novos dados so sempre salvos em um novo local, at que clulas vazias estejam disponveis no dispositivo de
armazenamento. Cedo ou tarde, o SSD no ter clulas vazias e cada operao de gravao inicia o ciclo ler-apagarmodificar-gravar descrito acima.
O Assistente de Trim SSD depura completamente os dados que foram marcados como excludos e deixa as clulas
de dados vazias e prontas para novas operaes de gravao.
Observao: O utilitrio usa o comando TRIM padro para informar um SSD sobre blocos de dados que no esto mais
sendo usados e podem ser apagados. Por favor, certifique-se de que seu SSD tenha o firmware necessrio para suport-lo.
Organizando um SSD (Trim)
AVISO! Esta operao irreversvel. Nenhuma recuperao de dados ser possvel quando a operao for
concluda.
A organizao de um SSD por meio do Acronis True Image HD razovel somente se voc usar o Windows Vista ou
anterior. O Windows 7 suporta o comando TRIM padro de forma imediata e apaga todas as clulas assim que os
dados so excludos.
23
24
O Acronis True Image HD contm o utilitrio para destruio segura de dados de uma unidade de disco rgido inteira
ou de parties individuais.
Ao substituir seu disco rgido antigo por um novo, de maior capacidade, voc pode acidentalmente deixar
informaes pessoais e confidenciais no disco antigo. Estas informaes podem ser recuperadas mesmo que voc
tenha reformatado o disco.
O Acronis DriveCleanser realiza a destruio de informaes confidenciais em drives de discos rgidos e/ou parties,
com a ajuda de tcnicas que atendem ou superam a maioria dos padres nacionais e estaduais. Voc pode selecionar
um mtodo de destruio apropriado dependendo da importncia de suas informaes confidenciais.
Os mtodos de destruio de dados so descritos em detalhes nos mtodos de Limpeza de Disco Rgido (pag. 34)
deste guia.
Nesta seo
Acronis DriveCleanser
Mtodos de limpeza do disco rgido
Acronis DriveCleanser
Muitos sistemas operacionais no oferecem ao usurio ferramentas seguras para destruio de dados, assim os dados
excludos podem ser recuperados facilmente usando-se simples aplicativos. Mesmo uma formatao completa de
disco no pode garantir a destruio permanente de dados confidenciais.
O Acronis DriveCleanser resolve este problema com uma destruio de dados garantida e permanente em discos
rgidos e parties selecionadas. Voc pode selecionar a partir de vrios algoritmos de destruio de dados
dependendo da importncia de suas informaes confidenciais.
Fique ciente de que, dependendo do tamanho total das parties selecionadas e do algoritmo de destruio de dados
selecionado, a destruio dos dados pode levar muitas horas.
Trabalhando com o Acronis DriveCleanser
Com o Acronis DriveCleanser voc pode:
25
Acronis
DriveCleanser
solves
this
problem
with
guaranteed
and
permanent
data
destrucVon
on
selected
hard
disks
and
parVVons.
You
can
select
from
a
number
of
data
destrucVon
algorithms
Manual
doimportance
Usurio do
True Image
HD:
depending
on
the
of
yAcronis
our
condenVal
informaVon.
Be
aware
that,
depending
on
the
total
size
of
selected
parSSons
and
the
selected
data
destrucSon
algorithm,
the
data
destrucSon
may
take
many
hours.
O Acronis
DriveCleanser
baseado
em um
faz um roteiro de todas as operaes de disco rgido,
Create
and
execute
custom
user
algorithms
of
hassistente
ard
disk
cque
lean-up.
assim nenhuma destruio de dados efetuada at que voc clique em Continuar na janela Sumrio do assistente.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
is
based
on
a
wizard
that
scripts
all
hard
disk
operaVons,
so
no
data
Em nenhum momento, voc poder retornar para os passos anteriores para selecionar outros discos, parties ou
destrucVon
is
algoritmos
performed
nVl
you
cde
lick
Proceed
in
the
wizard's
Summary
window.
At
any
moment,
de udestruio
dados.
you
can
return
to
the
previous
steps
to
select
other
disks,
parVVons
or
data
destrucVon
algorithms.
Click the Tools and uQliQes tab, and then click Acronis DriveCleanser.
Siga
os passos
do assistente
do Acronis
Follow
the
Acronis
DriveCleanser
wizard
steps.DriveCleanser.
8.8.1.1
Seleo
dados
Datade
selection
Primeiro,
as parties
do
disco
rgido
deseja
destruir os dados.
First,
you
must
select
voc
the
hdeve
ard
selecionar
disk
parVVons
where
you
want
to
onde
destroy
data.
To
select
a
parVVon,
click
the
corresponding
rectangle.
You
will
see
a
red
mark
in
the
upper
right
Para selecionar uma partio, clique no retngulo correspondente. Voc ver uma marca vermelha no canto superior
corner
indicaVng
that
the
parVVon
is
selected.
direito
indicando
que a partio
est selecionada.
116
Voc pode selecionar um disco rgido inteiro ou diversos discos para destruio de dados. Para faz-lo, clique no
retngulo correspondente ao disco rgido (com um cone de dispositivo,
nmero
de Inc.,
disco2000-2012
e capacidade).
Copyright
Acronis,
Voc pode selecionar simultaneamente diversas parties localizadas em diferentes unidades de disco rgido ou em
diversos discos, bem como em espaos no alocados nos discos.
O Acronis DriveCleanser no pode limpar parties em discos dinmicos ou GPT, assim eles no sero mostrados na janela
de seleo de Origem.
26
Se os discos e/ou parties que voc selecionou inclurem o disco ou partio do sistema, voc ver uma janela de
Be
careful,
because
clicking
OK
in
this
warning
window
and
then
Proceed
in
the
Summary
window
Mas tenha cuidado, porque clicando em OK nesta janela de aviso e depois em Continuar na janela Sumrio ir
will
result
in
wiping
the
system
parVVon
containing
your
Windows
operaVng
system.
acontecer a limpeza da partio do sistema contendo seu sistema operacional Windows.
Seleo do algoritmo
Algorithm selection
O
Acronis DriveCleanser
utiliza ovrios
mais
conhecidos
de adestruio
deSdados.
o algoritmo
Acronis
DriveCleanser
uVlizes
a
number
f
the
dos
most
popular
data
algoritmos
destrucVon
lgorithms.
elect
tSelecione
he
desejado no menu suspenso.
8.8.1.2
Os mtodos de destruio de dados so descritos em detalhes nos mtodos de Limpeza de Disco Rgido (pag. 34)
deste guia.
117
27
The
data
destrucVon
methods
are
described
in
detail
in
Hard
Disk
Wiping
Methods
(p.
123)
of
this
guide.
AFer
you
select
an
algorithm,
Acronis
DriveCleanser
will
perform
all
the
acVons
necessary
to
destroy
Depois de selecionar um algoritmo, o Acronis DriveCleanser ir realizar todas as aes necessrias para destruir o
the
contents
contedo
of
the
selected
parVVon
or
d
isk.
AFer
tDepois
his
is
dque
one,
isso
you
ill
see
a
voc
message
indicaVng
da partio
ou disco
selecionado.
forwrealizado
ver uma
mensagem indicando que a
successful
data
destrucVon.
destruio
de dados foi bem-sucedida.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
oers
you
another
useful
capability
to
esVmate
the
results
of
execuVng
a
O Acronis DriveCleanser oferece ainda outro recurso bastante til estimar os resultados da execuo de um
Disk
um
Editor
(hard
disk
integrado
data
destrucVon
algorithm
on
a
hard
isk
or
em
parVVon.
features
an
integrated
algoritmo
de destruio
de d
dados
um discoIt
rgido
ou partio.
Ele apresenta
Editor
de Disco
(ferramenta de busca de disco rgido).
browsing
tool).
The
aforemenVoned
algorithms
oer
various
levels
ovrios
f
condenVal
ata
destrucVon.
hus
the
picture
Os algoritmos
acima mencionados
oferecem
nveis de d
destruio
de dadosTconfidenciais.
Dessa forma, a
you
might
see
on
a
disk
r
parVVon
epends
n
tpartio
he
data
depende
destrucVon
algorithm.
But
what
de
you
imagem
queovoc
ver emdum
discooou
do algoritmo
de destruio
dados. Mas o que voc v,
so setores
deith
discos
preenchidos
zerossymbols.
ou smbolos aleatrios.
actually
see
ana
re
verdade,
disk
sectors
lled
w
either
zeros
or
rcom
andom
CreaQng
custom
lgorithms
f
data
destrucQon
Criao ade
algoritmosocustomizados
para destruio de dados
O Acronis DriveCleanser
oferece
a oportunidade
de ycriar
algoritmos
para limpeza
de discos rgidos.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
gives
you
the
opportunity
to
create
our
seus
own
prprios
algorithms
for
wiping
hard
disks.
Embora o software inclua diversos nveis de destruio de dados, voc pode preferir criar seu prprio nvel. Isso
Although
the
soFware
includes
several
levels
of
data
destrucVon,
you
can
choose
to
create
your
recomendado somente para usurios familiarizados com os princpios de destruio de dados em mtodos seguros
own.
This
is
recommended
only
for
users
familiar
with
the
principles
of
data
destrucVon
used
in
de limpeza de disco.
secure
disk
wiping
methods.
Para criar um algoritmo de limpeza de disco customizado, selecione e clique na linha Customizar na lista no menu
suspenso na janela de seleo do algoritmo. Nesse caso sero necessrios alguns novos passos que aparecem
no assistente DriveCleanser e voc poder criar um algoritmo de destruio de dados que corresponda s suas
exigncias de segurana.
28
Aps criar um mtodo customizado, voc pode salvar o algoritmo criado. Isso ser conveniente se voc for us-lo
novamente.
Carregando um algoritmo de um arquivo
Se voc criou e salvou seu algoritmo para destruio de dados enquanto trabalhava no software Acronis True Image
HD, voc poder us-lo da seguinte maneira:
Having
created
a
custom
method,
you
can
save
the
algorithm
you
created.
This
will
be
handy
if
you
are
going
to
it
aSelecionar
gain.
Nause
janela
algoritmo, escolha Carregar do arquivo na lista suspensa e selecione o arquivo com os
parmetros customizados do algoritmo de destruio de dados. Por padro, tais arquivos tm uma extenso *.alg.
Definio
de algoritmo
If
you
created
and
saved
your
algorithm
for
data
destrucVon
while
working
with
Acronis
True
Image
A
janela
de
definio
Algoritmo
mostra
HD
soFware,
you
can
use
it
in
de
the
following
way: um gabarito do algoritmo futuro.
In
the
Select
algorithm
window,
choose
Load
from
le
from
he
dcontm
rop-down
list
nd
select
em
the
le
A janela
tem as
seguintes
legendas:
A primeira
coluna
da tlista
o tipo
deaoperao
um
disco (h apenas
data
destrucVon
lgorithm
arameters.
By
deefault,
such
les
have
a
*confirmao);
.alg
extension.
with
custom
duas:
para
gravar um a
smbolo
no pdisco,
gravao";
para confirmar
a gravao,
a segunda coluna
contm o padro de dados a ser gravado no disco.
Algorithm
definition
O padro
a ser gravado sempre um valor hexadecimal, por exemplo, um valor desse tipo: 0x00, 0xAA, ou 0xCD,
etc. Esses
valoreswtm
1 byte,
masypodem
chegar at
Exceto
por tais valores, voc pode inserir um valor
The
Algorithm
deniVon
indow
shows
ou
a
template
of
512
the
bytes.
future
algorithm.
hexadecimal aleatrio de qualquer tamanho (at 512 bytes). Seu algoritmo tambm pode incluir mais um valor para
The
window
has
the
following
legend:
The
rst
column
of
the
list
contains
the
type
of
operaVon
on
a
gravao designado como valor complementar o valor que complementar quele gravado no disco durante o
disk
(there
passo
are
just
two:
to
write
a
symbol
to
disk,
"wriVng";
and
to
verify
wriWen,
"vericaVon");
the
anterior.
second
column
contains
the
paWern
of
data
to
be
wriWen
to
disk.
Se o valor binrio representado pela sequncia 10001010 (0x8A), ento o valor binrio complementar ser representado
The
paWern
to
bsequncia
e
wriWen
is
always
a
hexadecimal
value,
for
example,
a
value
of
this
kind:
0x00,
pela
01110101
(0x75).
0xAA,
or
0xCD,
etc.
deThese
values
are
1
byte
oferece
long,
bout
they
msomente
ay
be
up
to
5o12
bytes
long.
xcept
for
exatamente o que
A janela
definio
de Algoritmo
gabarito
para
algoritmo.
VocEdeve
definir
o
software
deve
gravar
no
disco
para
destruir
os
dados
confidenciais
de
acordo
com
seu
algoritmo.
such
values,
you
may
enter
a
random
hexadecimal
value
of
any
length
(up
to
512
bytes).
Your
algorithm
may
also
include
one
more
value
for
wriVng
that
is
designated
as
the
complementary
Para faz-lo, clique com o mouse na linha que representa o passo n 1 e clique em Editar..
value
the
value
that
is
complementary
to
the
one
wriWen
to
disk
during
the
previous
pass.
If
the
binary
value
is
represented
by
the
10001010
(0x8A)
sequence,
then
the
complementary
binary
value
will
be
represented
by
the
01110101
(0x75)
sequence.
29
Gravar complementares ao padro do passo anterior: Como durante a segunda etapa do padro EUA, cada setor de
disco preenchido com valores hexadecimais que so complementares queles gravados durante o passo anterior.
Portanto, voc deve ajustar o boto para a posio Gravar complementares do padro do passo anterior e clicar no
boto OK.
Voc ser encaminhado novamente para a janela de definio de algoritmo. Nesta janela, o segundo registro tem
essa aparncia: gravar - complementares ao padro do passo anterior.
Confirmar
Seguindo as especificaes do padro para destruio de dados dos EUA, defina o terceiro e o quarto passos para
sobrescrever os dados.
Do mesmo modo, voc pode criar qualquer algoritmo para destruio de dados que corresponda s suas exigncias
de segurana.
30
No
acQon
just
dpartio
estroy
d
ata
using
os
the
algorithm
selected
Excluir
destruir
dados
e excluir
partiobelow
8.8.1.4
8.8.1.5
31
erent
algorithms
oer
various
levels
of
condenVal
data
dedestrucVon.
the
picture
you
Dessa
might
Diferentes
algoritmos
oferecem
vrios nveis
destruio deThus
dados
confidenciais.
forma, a imagem que voc
ver emdepends
um discooou
do mtodo
deBdestruio
Massee
o que
e
on
a
disk
or
parVVon
n
tpartio
he
data
depende
destrucVon
method.
ut
what
yde
ou
dados.
actually
are
voc v, na verdade, so
de discos preenchidos com zeros ou smbolos aleatrios.
k
sectors
lled
wsetores
ith
either
zeros
or
random
symbols.
e
Search
menu
allows
you
to
search
a
hard
disk
for
a
line
and
to
go
to
a
disk
sector
according
to
its
solute
oset.
ecVng
the
Search
item
in
the
same
menu
will
give
you
access
to
funcVons
of
searching
lines
in
the
k
being
eCopyright
dited.
(You
can
do
the
same
by
pressing
the
Ctrl
+
F
key
combinaVon.)
Search
parameters
Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
e
set
in
the
Search
dialog
window.
begin searching:
32
Uma linha de pesquisa pode ser definida como uma tabela (campoTexto ) e valor numrico (hexadecimal) (campo
Hex). Quando voc digita um texto no campo Texto, ele ser automaticamente convertido em valor hexadecimal
no campo Hex e vice-versa.
voc selecionou o modo pesquisar sem correspondncia de letras maisculas e minsculas, no apenas isso, mas
tambm os elementos dos caracteres acima sero ignorados para conjuntos de caracteres romanos.
Marque o parmetro Pesquisar no desvio do setor para pesquisar uma determinada linha em um determinado
desvio dentro do setor
Clique em OK para iniciar a pesquisa. Depois que o processo de pesquisa for concludo, a posio atual ser movida
para onde a linha foi encontrada, ou permanecer a mesma se nenhuma linha tiver sido encontrada. Voc pode
pesquisar pela prxima linha a partir da posio atual selecionando o item Pesquisar novamente no menu
Pesquisar ou pressionando a tecla F3 .
Ir para o setor
Voc pode ir para o setor necessrio de acordo com seu desvio absoluto selecionando a linha Ir para... no menu
Pesquisar (ou pressionando a combinao de teclas Alt+P ). Ao selecionar essa linha se abrir a caixa de dilogo Ir
para ...
A transio realizada inserindo-se o desvio absoluto do setor, ou cilindro, ttulo e nmeros do setor. Os parmetros
listados so limitados pela expresso:
(CYL x HDS + HD) x SPT + SEC 1
Onde CYL, HD, SEC so nmeros do cilindro, ttulo, setor nas coordenadas CHS (Cilindro Ttulo Setor); HDS o
nmero de ttulos por disco e SPT o nmero de setores por trilha.
Voc pode retornar a um setor de um outro selecionado o item Voltar no menu Pesquisar (ou pressionando a
combinao de teclas Ctrl+Backspace ).
33
34
Algoritmo (mtodo de
Passos
Registro
gravao)
1
Alemo: VSITR
35
Rpido
35
voc poder usar o disco virtual do mesmo modo que o disco real: abrir, salvar, copiar, mover, criar, excluir arquivos
e pastas. Se necessrio, a imagem pode ser montada no modo somente leitura.
As operaes descritas nesta seo so suportadas somente para sistemas de arquivo FAT e NTFS.
Por favor, tenha em mente que, embora backups de arquivo e imagens de disco/partio tenham por padro a
extenso .tib", somente imagens podem ser montadas. Se desejar visualizar o contedo dos backups, use a operao
Explorar.
36
using
Windows
Explorer
and
other
le
managers,
you
can
view
the
image
contents
as
if
they
were
located
on
a
physical
disk
or
parVVon
you
wManual
ill
be
able
do
to
uUsurio
se
the
virtual
disk
in
the
True
same
Image
way
as
the
one:
open,
uma
save,
cimagem
opy,
move,
do Acronis
HD:real
Montando
create,
delete
les
or
folders.
If
necessary,
the
image
can
be
mounted
in
read-only
mode.
The operaSons described in this secSon are supported only for the FAT and NTFS le systems.
Please
keep
in
mind
that,
though
both
le
backups
and
disk/parVVon
images
have
a
default
".Vb"
extension,
only
images
can
be
mounted.
If
you
want
to
view
le
backup
contents,
use
the
Explore
operaVon.
1. Start
the
Mount
wizard
by
clicking
Mount
image
on
the
Tools
and
uQliQes
tab.
1. Inicie o assistente de montagem clicando em Montar imagem na guia Ferramentas e utilitrios .
125
37
If
you
selected
a
backup
containing
incremental
images,
you
can
select
one
of
the
successive
incremental
images
(also
called
"backup
versions")
by
its
creaVon
date/Vme.
Thus,
you
can
explore
the
data
state
at
a
certain
moment.
To
mount
an
incremental
image,
you
must
have
all
previous
backup
versions
and
the
iniVal
full
backup.
If
any
of
the
successive
backups
are
missing,
mounVng
is
not
possible.
If
the
backup
was
password-protected,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
will
ask
for
the
password
in
a
dialog
box.
Neither
the
parVVons
layout
will
be
shown,
nor
will
the
Next
buWon
be
enabled
unVl
you
enter
the
correct
password.
3. Select
a
parVVon
to
mount
as
a
virtual
disk.
(Note
that
you
cannot
mount
an
image
of
the
enVre
disk
except
in
the
case
when
the
disk
consists
of
one
parVVon).
If
the
image
contains
several
parVVons,
by
default
all
of
them
will
be
selected
for
mounVng
with
automaVcally
assigned
drive
3. Selecionar uma partio para montar como um disco virtual. (Observe que voc no pode montar uma imagem
leWers.
If
you
do
wdisco
ould
linteiro,
ike
to
exceto
assign
no
dierent
rive
consistir
leWers
tde
o
tapenas
he
parVVons
to
be
m
click
caso do ddisco
uma partio).
Seounted,
a imagem
contiver vrias parties,
por padro, todas elas sero selecionadas para montagem com letras de drive designadas automaticamente. Se voc
OpQons.
126
desejar designar letras de drives diferentes para as parties a serem montadas, clique em Opes.
You
can
also
select
a
leWer
to
be
assigned
to
the
virtual
disk
from
the
Mount
leRer
drop-down
list.
If
you
do
not
want
to
mount
a
parVVon,
select
Do
not
mount
in
the
list
or
clear
the
parVVon's
check
box.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
38
You
can
also
select
a
leWer
to
be
assigned
to
the
virtual
disk
from
the
Mount
leRer
drop-down
Voc pode tambm selecionar uma letra a ser designada para o disco virtual a partir da lista suspensa Letra da
list.
If
you
do
montagem
not
want
t.o
Semvoc
ount
no
a
pdesejar
arVVon,
select
Do
not
mount
in
the
list
or
clear
the
montar uma partio, selecione No montar na lista ou desmarque a caixa de
parVVon's
check
box.
seleo
da partio.
4. Having
nished
the
seXngs,
click
Proceed
to
connect
the
selected
parVVon
images
as
virtual
disks.
4. Aps concluir as configuraes, clique em Continuar para conectar as imagens das parties
selecionada como discos virtuais.
127
5. Depois que a imagem conectada, o programa ir executar o Windows Explorer, mostrando seu
contedo. Agora voc pode trabalhar com arquivos ou pastas como se eles estivesses localizados em um
disco real.
39
AFer
the
image
is
connected,
the
program
will
run
Windows
Explorer,
showing
its
contents.
Now
you
can
work
with
les
or
folders
as
if
they
were
located
on
a
real
disk.
Recomendamos
voc desmonte o disco virtual depois que todas as operaes necessrias estiverem
10 Unmounting
anque
image
concludas,
j que
manter
virtuais
recursos
doas
sistema. Se voc no
recommend
that
you
unmount
the
virtual
discos
disk
aFer
all
nconsome
ecessary
considerveis
operaVons
are
nished,
desmontar o disco ele ir desaparecer depois que seu computador for desligado.
intaining
virtual
disks
takes
considerable
system
resources.
If
you
do
not
unmount
the
disk,
it
will
appear
aFer
your
computer
is
turned
o.
Para desconectar o disco virtual, clique em Desmontar imagem na guia Ferramentas e utilitrios,
disconnect
the
virtual
disk,
ocdisco
lick
Unmount
image
oen
clique
the
Tools
nd
uQliQes
tab,
select
the
disk
to
selecione
para desmontar
em aOK..
mount
and
click
OK.
Seseveral
tiver montado
vrias
padro
elas sero
ou
have
mounted
parVVons,
by
dparties,
efault
all
por
of
them
will
todas
be
selected
for
selecionadas
unmounVng.
para
You
desmontagem. Voc
desconectar
todos oos
montados
juntosyou
ouddesconectar
somente
disconnect
all
mpode
ounted
drives
together
r
ddrives
isconnect
only
those
o
not
need
m
ounted
aqueles que voc no
precisar mais montar.
ymore.
u
can
also
do
this
in
Windows
Explorer
by
right-clicking
on
the
disk
icon
and
choosing
Unmount.
Voc pode fazer isso tambm no Windows Explorer clicando com o boto direito do mouse no cone do
disco e selecionando Desmontar.
Para informaes adicionais sobre procedimentos de clonagem ou perguntas mais frequentes visite:
n this section http://www.kingston.com/us/support e navegue at o link de suporte SSD correspondente.
u
may
have
vhd
les
if
you
used
the
Windows
Backup
uVlity
included
into
Windows
Vista
and
ndows
7
for
backing
up
the
system
hard
drive.
en
you
need
to
recover
your
system
using
a
vhd
backup
le,
proceed
as
follows:
Arrange
the
boot
order
in
BIOS
so
as
to
make
your
rescue
media
device
(CD,
DVD
or
USB
sVck)
2013 Kingston Technology Corporation, 17600 Newhope Street, Fountain Valley, CA 92708 USA.
the
rst
boot
device.
See
reservados.
Arranging
boot
rder
in
Bpertencem
IOS
(p.
65).
Todos os direitos
Todas as marcas
ou o
marcas
registradas
a seus
respectivos proprietrios.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
Gebruikershandleiding voor
Inhoud
Een vaste schijf klonen 3
Algemene informatie 3
Beveiliging 4
User's Guide
Selecteren kloonmodus 4
Een bronschijf selecteren 5
Een doelschijf selecteren 6
Verplaatsingsmethode 7
Items uitsluiten 8
Handmatige schijfindeling 11
Klonen samenvatting 13
Algemene informatie
Beveiliging
Kloonmodus selecteren
Een bronschijf selecteren
Een doelschijf selecteren
Verplaatsingsmethode
Items uitsluiten
Handmatige schijfindeling
Klonen samenvatting
Algemene informatie
Misschien vindt u dat uw vaste schijf niet voldoende ruimte heeft voor het besturingssysteem en de genstalleerde
toepassingen, wat het bijwerken van uw software of het installeren van nieuwe toepassingen onmogelijk maakt. In
dit geval, moet u het systeem overdragen naar een vaste schijf met hogere capaciteit. Om het systeem te overdragen,
moet u eerst de nieuwe schijf in de computer installeren. Als uw computer geen baai heeft voor een andere vaste
schijf, kunt u ze tijdelijk installeren in plaats van uw CD-station of een USB 2.0-verbinding met de externe doelschijf.
Als dat niet mogelijk is, kunt u een vaste schijf klonen door het creren van een schijfimage en herstellen naar een
nieuwe vaste schijf met grotere partities.
Op de programmaschermen, worden beschadigde partities gemarkeerd met een rode cirkel en een wit kruis binnen in de
linker bovenhoek. Voordat u begint klonen, moet u dergelijke schijven controleren op fouten en de fouten corrigeren met
behulp van de juiste besturingssysteemtools.
Voor het beste resultaat installeert u de doelschijf (nieuwe schijf ) waar u van plan bent om het te gebruiken en de
bronschijf in een andere locatie, bijvoorbeeld in een externe USB-behuizing. Deze aanbeveling is vooral belangrijk
voor laptops.
We raden u aan een back-up te maken van de gehele originele schijf als een veiligheidsmaatregel. Het kan uw gegevens
redden als er iets mis gaat met uw originele vaste schijf tijdens het klonen. Na het maken van de back-up, zorg ervoor dat u
deze valideert.
Een schijf klonen:
Klik op Clone disk op de Tools and utilities tab van het startscherm.
Volg de Disk Clone Wizard stappen.
Copyright Acronis, Inc, 2000-2012
Beveiliging
Let op het volgende: als de stroom wordt uitgeschakeld of als u per ongeluk op RESET drukt tijdens de overdracht, zal
de procedure onvoltooid zijn en zult u de vaste schijf opnieuw moeten partitioneren en formatteren of klonen.
U verliest geen gegevens omdat de originele schijf alleen wordt gelezen (er worden geen partities gewijzigd of
aangepast). De procedure van systeemoverdracht wijzigt helemaal niet de originele schijf. Nadat de procedure is
voltooid,
uld
mogelijk
oude schijf
of de gegevens
die het tbevat
might
want
to
format
wilt
the
o
disk
or
de
securely
wipe
formatteren
the
data
it
contains.
Use
Windows
ools
oveilig
r
wissen. Gebruik Windows
tools of Acronis DriveCleanser voor deze taken.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
for
these
tasks.
Nevertheless,
we
draden
o
not
we
recommend
that
you
dvan
elete
ata
from
ld
wissen
disk
unVl
are
weet
sure
idat
t
is
deze correct zijn overgezet
Toch
u aan de gegevens
de doude
schijfthe
pasote
als yuou
zeker
correctly
transferred
t
o
t
he
n
ew
d
isk,
t
he
c
omputer
b
oots
u
p
f
rom
i
t
a
nd
a
ll
a
pplicaVons
w
ork.
naar de nieuwe schijf, de computer opstart van de nieuwe schijf en alle applicaties werken.
8.4.3
Kloonmodus Selecteren
Selecting
clone mode
Ertzijn
tweemoverdrachtmodi
There
are
two
ransfer
odes
available: beschikbaar:
AutomaQc
(recommended
in
most
in
cases).
In
automaVc
mode,
ou
will
only
have
to
take
several
Automatic
(Aanbevolen
de meeste
gevallen).
In deyautomatische
modus,
hoeft
u slechts een aantal eenvoudige
simple
acVons
to
transfer
all
the
data,
ncluding
parVVons,
les
and
folders,
to
abestanden
newer
disk,
stappen
te ondernemen
om ialle
gegevens,
met inbegrip
van
partities,
en mappen, over te dragen naar
making
it
been
ootable
if
the
schijf,
original
disk
was
bootable.
nieuwere
waardoor
deze
opstartbaar wordt zoals de originele schijf opstartbaar was.
Manual.
Manual
mode
will
provide
more
data
transfer
exibility.
Manual
mode
can
be
useful
if
Manual.
modus
zal zorgen voor meer data-overdracht flexibiliteit. Handmatige modus kan handig zijn
you
need
to
change
Handmatige
the
disk
parVVon
layout.
als u de schijfpartitie-indeling moet wijzigen.
8.4.4 Selecting
a
disk
Selecting
a source
source
disk
Een
Bronschijf
Selecteren
8.4.4 8.4.4
Selecting
a
source
disk
You
c
an
d
etermine
t
he
s
ource
a
nd
d
esVnaVon
You
can
determine
the
source
and
desVnaVon
u
using
sing
tthe
he
iinformaVon
nformaVon
p
provided
rovided
iin
n
tthis
his
w
window
indow
((disk
disk
le
sw
ystem
is
nformaVon).
If
the
program
nds
several
parVVoned
d
isks,
i
t
w
ill
sk
y
ou
hich
i
t
he
s
ource
(
i.e.
t
he
o
lder
d
ata
d
isk).
parVVoned
disks,
it
will
isa(d.w.z.
sk
you
woudere
hich
is
gegevensschijf
the
source
(i.e.
the
older
data
disk).
vragen
welke
de
bron
de
).
parVVoned
disks,
it
will
ask
you
which
is
the
source
(i.e.
the
older
data
disk).
Select
Select
tthe
he
ssource
ource
d
disk
isk
aand
nd
cclick
lick
N
Next
ext
tto
o
cconVnue.
onVnue.
Select
the
source
disk
and
click
Next
to
conVnue.
Weergave
Schijfen p
Viewing
d
aand
arQQon
Viewing
disk
isk
nd
pPartitie-Informatie
arQQon
iinformaQon
nformaQon
Viewing
disk
and
parQQon
informaQon
- selecteert
te kolommen
te isplay.
tonen. U kunt
de breedte tvan
een kolom
wijzigen door
de grenzen te
Kolommen
C
Columns
olumns
--
sselects
elects
tthe
he
ccolumns
olumns
tto
o
d
display.
YYou
ou
ccan
an
cchange
hange
the
he
w
width
idth
o
of
f
aa
ccolumn
olumn
b
by
y
d
dragging
ragging
Columns
-
s
elects
t
he
c
olumns
t
o
d
isplay.
Y
ou
c
an
c
hange
t
he
w
idth
o
f
a
c
olumn
b
y
d
ragging
slepen
met de
muis.
its
b
orders
w
ith
t
he
m
ouse.
its
borders
with
the
mouse.
its
borders
with
the
mouse.
Schijfeigenschappen
D
iin
ontext
m
b
rright-clicking
o
(gedupliceerd
in cchet
contextmenu,
geopend
met de rechtermuisknop
te klikken op
Disk
isk
p
properVes
roperVes
((duplicated
duplicated
n
tthe
he
ontext
menu,
enu,
o
opened
pened
by
y
door
ight-clicking
objects)
bjects)
--
d
displays
isplays
Disk
properVes
(
duplicated
i
n
t
he
c
ontext
m
enu,
o
pened
b
y
r
ight-clicking
o
bjects)
-
d
isplays
the
sselected
arVVon
o
p
w
de objecten)
het venster
de geselecteerde
the
elected
- p
pgeeft
arVVon
or
r
d
disk
isk
met
properVes
roperVes
window.
indow.partitie of schijfeigenschappen weer.
the
selected
parVVon
or
disk
properVes
window.
This
This
w
window
indow
ccontains
ontains
ttwo
wo
p
panels.
anels.
TThe
he
lleF
eF
p
panel
anel
ccontains
ontains
tthe
he
p
properVes
roperVes
ttree
ree
aand
nd
tthe
he
rright
ight
o
one
ne
This
window
c
ontains
t
wo
p
anels.
T
he
l
eF
p
anel
c
ontains
t
he
p
roperVes
t
ree
a
nd
t
he
r
ight
o
ne
Dit
venster
bevat
twee
panelen.
Het
linkerpaneel
bevat
de
eigenschappenboom
en
het
rechter
beschrijft
de
describes
t
he
s
elected
p
roperty
i
n
d
etail.
T
he
d
isk
i
nformaVon
i
ncludes
i
ts
p
hysical
p
arameters
describes
the
selected
property
in
detail.
The
disk
informaVon
includes
its
physical
parameters
geselecteerde
eigenschap
in
detail.
De
schijfinformatie
bevat
de
fysieke
parameters
(type
verbinding,
type
describes
t(connecVon
he
selected
ptype,
roperty
in
dtetail.
The
deisk
informaVon
includes
its
includes
physical
bpoth
arameters
((sectors,
d
p
iinformaVon
p
sectors,
(connecVon
type,
device
evice
type,
ype,
ssize,
ize,
etc.);
tc.);
bevat
parVVon
arVVon
nformaVon
includes
both
physical
hysical
apparaat,
grootte,
enz.);
de partitie-informatie
zowel
fysieke
(sectoren,
locatie,
enz.),
en logische
parameters
(
sectors,
(connecVon
t
ype,
d
evice
t
ype,
s
ize,
e
tc.);
p
arVVon
i
nformaVon
i
ncludes
b
oth
p
hysical
locaVon,
e
tc.),
a
nd
l
ogical
(
le
s
ystem,
f
ree
s
pace,
a
ssigned
l
eWer,
e
tc.)
p
arameters.
locaVon,
etc.),
and
logical
(le
system,
free
space,
assigned
leWer,
etc.)
parameters.
(bestandssysteem,
vrije
ruimte,
toegewezen
letter,
enz.).
locaVon,
etc.),
and
logical
(le
system,
free
space,
assigned
leWer,
etc.)
parameters.
8.4.5
Selecting
a destination
disk
Nadat u de bronschijf
selecteert, moet
u de bestemming selecteren waar de schijfinformatie wordt gekopieerd. De
AFer
you
select
the
source
disk,
you
have
to
select
the
desVnaVon
where
the
disk
informaVon
will
be
eerder geselecteerde bron wordt grijs weergegeven en uitgeschakeld voor selectie.
copied
to.
The
previously
selected
source
becomes
grayed-out
and
disabled
for
selecVon.
8.4.6
overgeslagen.
Move method
When
you
select
the
manual
cloning
mode,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
will
oer
you
the
following
data
move
methods:
As
is
-
a
new
parVVon
will
be
created
for
every
old
one
with
the
same
size
and
type,
le
system
and
label.
The
unused
space
will
become
unallocated.
ProporQonal
-
the
new
disk
space
will
be
proporVonally
distributed
between
cloned
parVVons
Copyright Acronis, Inc, 2000-2012
Verplaatsingsmethode
Wanneer u handmatig klonen selecteert, biedt Acronis True Image HD u de volgende methoden om gegevens te
verplaatsen:
As is - een nieuwe partitie wordt aangemaakt voor elke oude met dezelfde grootte en type, bestandssysteem en
label. De ongebruikte ruimte wordt niet toegewezen.
Manual - you will specify a new size and other parameters yourself
If
you
elect
to
transfer
informaVon
"as
is,"
a
new
parVVon
will
be
created
for
every
old
one
with
the
Als u kiest om informatie over te dragen "as is", wordt een nieuwe partitie aangemaakt voor elke oude met dezelfde
same
size
and
grootte
type,
en
le
type,
system
and
label.
The
unused
space
will
become
unallocated.
AFerwards,
bestandssysteem en label. De ongebruikte ruimte wordt niet toegewezen. Daarna, zult u in staat
you
will
be
able
use
he
unallocated
sruimte
pace
tte
o
cgebruiken
reate
new
or
to
eaan
nlarge
the
exisVng
zijnto
om
detniet-toegewezen
omparVVons
nieuwe partities
te maken
of om de bestaande partities te
parVVons
with
special
tmet
ools,
such
atools
s
Acronis
isk
Director
Suite.Suite.
vergroten
speciale
zoals D
Acronis
Disk Director
As
a
rule,
"as
is"
transfers
are
not
recommended
as
they
leave
a
lot
of
unallocated
space
on
the
new
Als regel, "as is" overdrachten zijn niet aanbevolen omdat ze een hoop niet-toegewezen ruimte op de nieuwe
disk.
Using
the
"as
is"
method,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
transfers
unsupported
and
damaged
le
schijf achterlaten. Met de "as is" methode, draagt Acronis True Image HD niet-ondersteunde en beschadigde
systems.
bestandssystemen over.
If
you
transfer
data
proporVonally,
each
parVVon
will
be
enlarged,
according
to
the
proporVon
of
the
proportioneel gegevens overdraagt, wordt elke partitie aangepast, afhankelijk van het aandeel van de oude en
old
and
new
dAls
isk
ucapaciVes.
nieuwe schijfcapaciteiten.
FAT16
parVVons
are
enlarged
less
than
others,
as
they
have
a
4GB
size
limit.
Depending
on
the
selected
combinaVon,
you
will
proceed
to
either
the
cloning
summary
window,
or
Copyrightd
isk
Acronis,
Inc, 2000-2012
the
Change
layout
step
(see
below).
FAT16 partities worden minder vergroot dan andere, omdat ze een 4GB limiet voor de grootte hebben.
Afhankelijk van de geselecteerde combinatie, gaat u door naar het venster Klonen Samenvatting, of naar de stap
Schijfindeling Wijzigen (zie hieronder).
Items uitsluiten
In de What to exclude sectie, kunt u uitsluitingen instellen voor bestanden en mappen die u niet wilt opnemen in
de schijfkloon.
1. Om een lijst met items voor uitsluiting te maken, doet u een van de volgende:
In het Exclude by files and folders tab, selecteer bestanden en mappen met behulp van een typische bestandsbrowser;
In het Exclude by maks tab, voert u de namen van afzonderlijke bestanden en mappen in (volledig pad is vereist),
of definieer een patroon door middel van gewoon jokertekens * en ?. Gebruik de knoppen Add, Edit, Remove en
Remove All aan de rechterkant om het aantal items in de lijst controleren. U kunt deze twee methoden combineren.
You
can
combine
these
two
methods.
For
example,
dene
a
le
mask
and
select
certain
Bijvoorbeeld, definieer een bestandsmasker en selecteer een aantal items in de bestandsbrowser
items
in
the
le
browser.
Remember
that
if
you
select
or
somehow
specify
to
exclude
a
le
that
has
NTFS
hard
links,
you
also
need
to
select/specify
to
exclude
these
hard
links
from
the
clone.
Otherwise,
the
le
will
not
be
excluded
and
will
appear
on
the
target
disk
aFer
the
cloning.
Note:
When
you
exclude
les,
the
program
calculates
the
size
of
excluded
items
and
checks
if
the
cloned
data
will
t
the
target
disk.
Please
be
paSent
as
this
process
may
take
up
to
several
minutes
to
complete.
Copyright Acronis, Inc, 2000-2012
Hoeveelheid gegevens die wordt gekloond van de bronschijf is groter dan de beschikbare capaciteit van de
doelschijf. Om dit probleem op te lossen, probeer meer items uit te sluiten van de kloon, en klik op Next. Indien
nodig, herhaal deze bewerking meerdere keren totdat de waarschuwing verdwijnt.
De bronschijf heeft een niet-ondersteund bestandssysteem en is groter dan de doelschijf. De doelschijf moet groter
of even groot zijn als de bronschijf in dit geval, en het zal nutteloos zijn om meer items uit te sluiten.
Indien nodig, kunt u meerdere criteria op dezelfde lijn typen, gescheiden door puntkomma's. Bijvoorbeeld, om alle
bestanden uit te sluiten met .gif en .bmp extensies, kunt u *.gif;*.bmp typen
De onderstaande tabel toont een aantal uitsluitingsvoorbeelden.
Patroon
Voorbeeld
Beschrijving
F.log
F
Sluit alle bestanden met de naam "F.log uitSluit alle mappen met de
naam "F" uit
Per bestandspad
C:\Finance\F.log
Per bestandspad
C:\Finance\F\
Sluit de map C:\Finance\F uit (zorg ervoor dat het volledige pad vanaf
de schijfletter en de backslash (\) wordt opgegeven op het einde)
*.logF*
F???.log
Sluit alle .log bestanden uit met namen die bestaan uit vier symbolen
en beginnen met "F"
Op naam
Jokertekens in een masker kunnen alleen delen van bestands- of mapnamen vertegenwoordigen, en kunnen geen deel van het
bestandspad vervangen. Sub-mappen moeten altijd expliciet worden aangegeven met een backslash "\"). Als u bijvoorbeeld
alle bestanden in de directory C:\Programmabestanden\Acronis\TrueImageHome\ wilt uitsluiten die "Qt" in de bestandsnaam
hebben, kunt u de volgende regel gebruiken: *\Prog*\Acr*\True*\*Qt*.???
10
Handmatige Schijfindeling
De handmatige overdrachtsmethode maakt het mogelijk om partities een nieuwe grootte te geven op de nieuwe
schijf. Standaard past het programma de grootte proportioneel aan.
Dit venster toont rechthoeken die de harde bronschijf aanduiden, inclusief de partities en niet-toegewezen ruimte,
evenals de nieuwe schijfindeling.
To
resize,
change
the
volume
type,
change
the
label
of
the
exisVng
volume,
right
click
on
it,
and
Voor een nieuwe grootte, het volumetype veranderen, het label van het bestaande volume veranderen, klik er op met
select
Edit
in
de
the
shortcut
menu.
his
will
oBewerken
pen
the
Pin
arVVon
SeXngs
wopent
indow.het venster Partitie-Instellingen.
rechtermuisknop
enTselecteer
het snelmenu.
Dit
11
To
resize,
change
the
volume
type,
change
the
label
of
the
exisVng
volume,
right
click
on
it,
and
select
Edit
in
the
shortcut
menu.
This
will
open
the
ParVVon
SeXngs
window.
You
can
do
this
by
entering
values
in
the
Free
space
before,
ParQQon
size,
Free
space
aBer
elds,
by
dragging
pIf
arVVon
borders
or
thet
he
parVVon
itself.
U kunt
doentdoor
invoeren
waarden
inw
deith
Vrije
ruimte
ruimte
na velden,
the
cdit
ursor
urns
into
two
vvan
erVcal
lines
leF
and
rvr
ight
Partitiegrootte
arrows,
it
is
pVrije
ointed
at
the
parVVon
105
Having
provided
the
new
locaVon
and
size,
click
Accept.
You
will
be
taken
back
to
the
C hange
disk
layout
indow.
You
en
might
have
o
perform
more
Urwordt
esizing
and
relocaVon
before
get
the
Nadat dewnieuwe
locatie
grootte
zijntvoorzien,
klikt suome
op Accept
teruggebracht
naar het
vensteryou
Schijf
indelingywijzigen.
Mogelijk moet u de grootte wat meer aanpassen en verplaatsen voordat u de indeling krijgt die u
layout
ou
need.
nodig hebt.
Clicking
any
revious
wizard
on
opthe
idebar
in
venster
this
window
will
reset
all
size
and
locaVon
Drukken op
eenpeerdere
stap
van destep
wizard
de szijbalk
in dit
zal alle grootteen locatiewijzigingen
die u
changes
t
hat
y
ou've
s
elected,
s
o
y
ou
w
ill
h
ave
t
o
s
pecify
t
hem
a
gain.
hebt geselecteerd resetten, dus moet u ze dan opnieuw specificeren.
8.4.9
Cloning summary
The
cloning
summary
window
graphically
(as
rectangles)
illustrates
informaVon
about
the
source
disk
(parVVons
and
unallocated
space)
and
the
desVnaVon
disk
layout.
Along
with
the
disk
number,
some
addiVonal
informaVon
is
provided:
disk
capacity,
label,
parVVon
and
le
system
informaVon.
Copyright Acronis, Inc, 2000-2012
12
Having
provided
the
new
locaVon
and
size,
click
Accept.
You
will
be
taken
back
to
the
C hange
disk
layout
window.
You
might
have
to
perform
some
more
resizing
and
relocaVon
before
you
get
the
layout
you
need.
Clicking
any
previous
wizard
step
on
the
sidebar
in
this
window
will
reset
all
size
and
locaVon
changes
that
you've
selected,
so
you
will
have
to
specify
them
again.
8.4.9
Klonen Samenvatting
Cloning
summary
venster
Klonen gsamenvatting
illustreert
grafisch
(als rechthoeken)de
over
de bronschijf
(partities
The
cloning
sHet
ummary
window
raphically
(as
rectangles)
illustrates
informaVon
informatie
about
the
source
disk
en
niet-toegewezen
ruimte)
en
de
doelschijfindeling.
Samen
met
het
nummer
van
de
vaste
schijf,
kunt
u de
(parVVons
and
unallocated
space)
and
the
desVnaVon
disk
layout.
Along
with
the
disk
number,
some
schijfcapaciteit,
het
label,
het
volume
en
de
bestandssysteeminformatie
zien.
addiVonal
informaVon
is
provided:
disk
capacity,
label,
parVVon
and
le
system
informaVon.
Click
Proceed
o
sProceed
tart
disk
om
cloning.
Klik top
de schijf te beginnen klonen.
Click
Cancel
to
cancel
the
procedure
and
quit
to
the
main
program
window.
cKlik
op Cancel
de procedure
annulerensystem
en terug
naar
hoofdvenster
Cloning
a
disk
ontaining
the
om
currently
acVve
teoperaVng
wte
ill
rgaan
equire
a
het
reboot.
In
that
cvan
ase,
het programma.
aFer
clicking
Proceed
you
will
be
asked
to
conrm
the
reboot.
Canceling
the
reboot
will
cancel
the
Het klonen van een schijf met het huidige actieve besturingssysteem vereist het systeem opnieuw opstarten. In dat
enVre
procedure.
AFer
the
clone
process
nishes
you
will
be
oered
an
opVon
to
shut
down
the
geval, na het klikken op Proceed wordt u gevraagd om het opnieuw opstarten te bevestigen. Annuleren van het
computer
by
opnieuw
pressing
opstarten,
any
key.
Tannuleert
his
enables
you
to
change
the
posiVon
of
master/slave
jumpers
and
de gehele procedure. Na voltooiing van het kloonproces krijgt u een optie om de
remove
one
ocomputer
f
the
hard
rives.
afdte
sluiten door op een willekeurige toets te drukken. Dit stelt u in staat om de positie van master/slaaf
106
Klonen van een niet-systeemschijf of een schijf met een besturingssysteem, maar een die op dit moment niet actief
is, zal doorgaan zonder dat opnieuw opstarten nodig is. Nadat u klikt op Proceed, start Acronis True Image HD met
klonen van de oude schijf naar de nieuwe schijf, waarbij de voortgang in een speciaal venster wordt aangegeven. U
kunt deze procedure stoppen door te klikken op Cancel In dat geval moet u de nieuwe schijf opnieuw partitioneren
en formatteren of de kloonprocedure herhalen. Nadat het klonen is voltooid, ziet u het resultatenbericht.
13
14
15
8.5.2
Initialisatiemethode Selecteren
Acronis True Image HD ondersteunt zowel MBR en GPT partitionering. GUID Partition Table (GPT) is een nieuwe
Acronis
True
Image
HD
supports
oth
schijf,
MBR
die
and
voordelen
GPT
parVVoning.
GUID
ParVVon
Table
(GPT)
is
a
new
partitiemethode
van de b
vaste
biedt ten opzichte
van de oude
MBR-partitiemethode.
Als uw
besturingssysteem
GPT-schijven
ondersteunt,
kunt
u
de
nieuwe
schijf
selecteren
om
ze
te
initialiseren
als
een
hard
disk
parVVoning
method
providing
advantages
over
the
old
MBR
parVVoning
method.
If
your
GPT-schijf.
operaVng
system
supports
GPT
disks,
you
can
select
the
new
disk
to
be
iniValized
as
a
GPT
disk.
To
add
Om
a
GPT
isk,
click
Itoe
niQalize
disk
klikt
in
GuPT
eendGPT-schijf
te voegen,
oplayout.
Initialize disk in GPT layout
8.5.3
To
use
the
space
on
a
hard
disk,
it
must
be
parVVoned.
ParVVoning
is
the
process
of
dividing
the
hard
de ruimte op een vaste schijf te gebruiken, moet deze worden gepartitioneerd. Partitioneren is het proces van
disk's
space
Om
into
logical
divisions.
Each
logical
division
may
funcVon
as
a
separate
disk
with
an
de vaste schijfruimte in logische divisies te verdelen. Elke logische divisie kan functioneren als een aparte schijf met
assigned
drive
leWer,
its
own
le
system,
etc.
Even
if
you
do
not
intend
to
divide
your
hard
disk
into
een toegewezen stationsletter, een eigen bestandssysteem, enz. Zelfs als u niet van plan bent om uw vaste schijf te
logical
divisions
it
minust
be
parVVoned
so
tze
hat
the
operaVng
system
knows
dat
that
it
besturingssysteem
is
intended
to
be
weet dat het de
verdelen
logische
divisies moet
zodanig
worden gepartitioneerd,
het
leF
in
one
pbedoeling
iece.
is om een geheel te blijven.
IniVally,
all
disk
space
will
be
unallocated.
This
will
change
aFer
you
add
new
parVVons.
In eerste instantie zal alle schijfruimte niet-toegewezen zijn. Dit zal veranderen na het toevoegen van nieuwe partities.
Select
the
unallocated
space
and
click
Create
new
parQQon
in
the
upper
part
of
the
window,
or
right
click
on
the
unallocated
space,
and
select
Create
new
parQQon
in
the
shortcut
menu.
16
Selecteer de niet-toegewezen ruimte en klik op Nieuwe partitie maken in het bovenste deel van het venster, of klik
met de rechtermuisknop op de niet-toegewezen ruimte, en selecteer Nieuwe partitie maken in het snelmenu.
partitieletter en label.
If
you
allocate
all
unallocated
space
on
the
disk
to
the
new
parVVon,
the
Create
new
parQQon
buWon
Als u alle niet-toegewezen ruimte op de schijf toewijst aan de nieuwe partitie, verdwijnt de knop Nieuwe partitie
disappears. maken.
8.5.3.1
Partition settings
Size
You
can
resize
and
relocate
the
parVVon
being
created.
If
you
want
to
resize
the
parQQon:
Point
the
cursor
at
the
parVVon
border.
If
the
cursor
is
pointed
exactly
at
the
parVVon
border,
it
will
change
into
two
verVcal
lines
with
arrows
on
each
side.
Hold down the leF mouse buWon and drag the selected parVVon border to enlarge or reduce the
17
Partitie-instellingen
Specificeer de instellingen voor de partitie die wordt aangemaakt.
Grootte
U kunt de partitie die wordt aangemaakt een nieuwe grootte geven en verplaatsen.
Als u de partitie een nieuwe grootte wilt geven:
Richt de cursor op de partitie grens. Als de cursor juist wordt gericht op de partitiegrens, zal hij veranderen in twee
verticale lijnen met pijlen aan weerszijden.
NTFS is een Windows NT, Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Vista en Windows 7 bestandssystemen. Kies dit
als u gebruik maakt van deze besturingssystemen. Merk op dat Windows 95/98/Me en DOS geen NTFS-partities
kunnen openen.
FAT 32 is een verbeterde 32-bits versie van het FAT-bestandssysteem dat volumes ondersteunt tot 2 TB.
FAT 16 is een DOS-bestandssystemen. De meeste besturingssystemen herkennen het. Maar, als uw schijfstation
meer dan 4 GB is, is het niet mogelijk om het te formatteren in FAT16.
18
Ext2 is een Linux-bestandssystemen. Het is snel genoeg, maar het is geen logboek bestandssysteem.
Ext3 - officieel gentroduceerd met Red Hat Linux versie 7.2, Ext3 is een Linux logboek bestandssysteem. Het is
vooruit en achteruit compatibel met Linux Ext2. Het heeft meerdere logboekmodi, maar ook brede compatibiliteit
voor platforms in zowel 32-bits en 64-bits architecturen.
Ext4 is een nieuw Linux-bestandssystemen. Het heeft verbeteringen ten opzichte van ext3. Het is volledig achteruit
compatibel met ext2 en ext 3. Maar, ext3 is slechts gedeeltelijk voorwaarts compatibiliteit met ext4.
ReiserFS is een logboek bestandssysteem voor Linux. Over het algemeen is het betrouwbaarder en sneller dan
Ext2. Kies het voor uw Linux gegevens-partitie.
Linux Swap is een swap-partitie voor Linux. Kies dit als u meer swap-ruimte wilt toevoegen met behulp van Linux
Partitieletter
Selecteer een letter vanuit de drop-down lijst die wordt toegekend aan de partitie die wordt aangemaakt. Als u Auto
selecteert, wijst het programma de eerste ongebruikte stationsletter aan in alfabetische volgorde.
Partitielabel
Partitielabel is een naam, toegewezen aan een partitie, zodat u deze gemakkelijk kunt herkennen. Bijvoorbeeld,
n zou Systeem kunnen heten - een partitie met een besturingssysteem, Programma - een toepassingspartitie,
Gegevens - een gegevenspartitie, enz. Partitielabel is een optioneel attribuut.
Type Partitie (Alleen Beschikbaar Voor MBR-schijven),
Kies het type partitie dat aangemaakt wordt. U kunt de nieuwe partitie als primair of logisch definiren.
Primair - Kies deze parameter als u van plan bent om op te starten vanaf deze partitie. Anders is het beter om
een nieuwe partitie te maken als een logisch station. U kunt slechts vier primaire partities per schijf, of drie
primaire partities en een uitgebreide partitie. Opmerking: Als u meerdere primaire partities heeft, slechts n
zal actief zijn op een moment, de andere primaire partities worden verborgen en worden niet gezien door het
besturingssysteem.
Markeer de partitie als actief - een actieve partitie wordt gebruikt voor het laden van een besturingssysteem.
Actief selecteren voor een partitie zonder een genstalleerd besturingssysteem kan voorkomen dat uw computer
niet opstart.
Logisch - kies deze parameter als u niet van plan bent een besturingssysteem te installeren en te starten vanuit de
partitie. Een logisch station maakt deel uit van een fysiek schijfstation dat is gepartitioneerd en toegewezen als een
zelfstandige eenheid, maar functioneert als een afzonderlijk station.
Wanneer u klaar bent met specificeren van de instellingen voor de partitie die wordt aangemaakt, klikt u op Accept
om door te gaan. Samenvatting nieuwe schijf toevoegen
19
Mark
the
parQQon
as
acQve
-
an
acVve
parVVon
is
used
for
loading
an
operaVng
system.
SelecVng
AcVve
for
a
parVVon
without
an
installed
operaVng
system
could
prevent
your
computer
from
booVng.
Een
Logical
-
choose
this
parameter
if
you
dont
intend
to
install
and
start
an
operaVng
system
from
Nieuwe
Vaste
Schijf Toevoegen
the
parVVon.
A
logical
drive
is
part
of
a
physical
disk
drive
that
has
been
parVVoned
and
allocated
as
an
independent
unit,
but
funcVons
as
a
separate
drive.
When
you
nish
to
specify
the
seXngs
for
the
parVVon
being
created,
click
Accept
to
conVnue.
8.5.4
De Nieuwe
schijf toevoegen
samenvatting
illustreert
grafisch i(als
rechthoeken)
de informatie
The
Add
new
disk
summary
graphically
(as
rectangles)
illustrates
nformaVon
about
the
new
dover
isk
de nieuwe
schijfindeling
voor
en
na
de
partitie.
layout
before
and
aFer
parVVoning.
Click
Proceed
o
start
com
reaVng
new
parVVon(s).
Klik optProceed
te beginnen
met het creren van de nieuwe partitie(s).
Click
Cancel
to
cancel
the
procedure
and
quit
to
the
main
program
window.
KlikPop
CancelAom
de procedure
te annuleren
terug tengaan
het hoofdvenster
van
het programma.
AFer
you
click
roceed,
cronis
True
Image
HD
starts
en
creaVng
ew
pnaar
arVVon
or
parVVons,
indicaVng
the
progress
in
a
special
window.
If
you
stop
this
procedure
by
clicking
Cancel,
you
will
have
to
Nadat u klikt op Proceed, start Acronis True Image HD met klonen van de oude schijf naar de nieuwe schijf, waarbij
reparVVon
ade
nd
voortgang
format
the
ew
speciaal
disk
or
venster
repeat
wordt
the
daangegeven.
isk
add
procedure.
in n
een
Als u deze procedure stopt door te klikken op Annuleren,
moet u de nieuwe schijf opnieuw partitioneren en formatteren of de toevoegingsprocedure van de schijf herhalen.
Before
clicking
the
Proceed
buTon
you
can
use
the
sidebar
to
navigate
through
the
Add
New
Disk
Wizard
steps
Voordat u op de knop Proceed klikt, kunt u gebruik maken van de zijbalk om te navigeren door de Nieuwe Schijf
and
make
changes.
Toevoegen Wizard en wijzigingen aanbrengen.
112
20
8.6
AcronisExtended
Extended Capacity
Manager
Acronis
Capacity
Manager
De Acronis Extended Capacity Manager maakt het mogelijk voor uw besturingssysteem om schijven met grote
The
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
allows
your
operaVng
system
support
large
capacity
disks
capaciteit te ondersteunen met de MBR-partitie stijl. U bent in staat om schijfruimte hoger dan 2 TB te gebruiken.
with
the
MBR
pDeze
arVVon
style.
You
are
able
to
use
the
disk
space
beyond
2
TB.
This
free
space
will
be
vrije ruimte zal worden herkend als een aparte schijf, en zal bruikbaar zijn voor uw besturingssysteem en
recognized
as
atoepassingen
separate
disk,
and
ill
bgewone
e
usable
by
your
operaVng
alsof
hetween
fysieke
vaste
schijf was.system
and
applicaVons
as
if
it
was
a
regular
physical
hard
disk.
De C
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
wizard
toont
alle lvaste
zijn dan o2r
TB (niet-toegewezen of
displays
all
hard
disks
arger
schijven
than
2
die
TB
(groter
unallocated
Acronis
Extended
apacity
Manager
wizard
met partitietype MBR). U kunt de schijfruimte zien die Windows herkent en toewijst. Deze ruimte heet Windows eigen
with
MBR
parVVon
style).
You
can
see
the
disk
space
which
Windows
recognizes
and
allocates.
This
capaciteit in de wizard.
space
is
called
Windows
NaVve
Capacity
in
the
wizard.
De ruimte
2 TB wordt
weergegeven
als Extended
kunt Extended
Capacity
schijven inschakelen,
The
space
beyond
2
TB
is
boven
displayed
as
Extended
Capacity.
You
can
Capacity.
enable
EUxtended
Capacity
Disks,
en
als
dat
eenmaal
is
gebeurd,
wordt
deze
ruimte
zichtbaar
voor
het
besturingssysteem
en
is
ze klaar voor
and
once
it
is
done,
this
space
becomes
visible
to
the
operaVng
system
and
ready
for
disk
schijfbeheerbewerkingen.
management
operaVons.
1. OmEde
AcronisCExtended
Capacity
Manager
u het
tabblad
Toolsclick
en hulpprogramma's en
1. To
start
Acronis
xtended
apacity
M
anager,
select
tte
he
starten,
Tools
selecteert
and
uQliQes
tab
and
then
klikt
vervolgens
op
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager.
If
the
program
does
not
nd
any
MBR
disks
with
a
capacity
of
more
than
2
TB,
it
displays
a
message
that
Als het programma geen MBR-schijven vindt met een capaciteit van meer dan 2 TB, wordt een bericht weergegeven dat de
the
enSre
disk
space
is
accessible
and
you
do
not
need
to
use
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager.
hele schijfruimte toegankelijk is en u hoeft de Acronis Extended Capacity Manager niet te gebruiken.
2. Acronis Extended Capacity Manager shows the Extended Capacity available for allocaVon.
2. Acronis Extended Capacity Manager toont de Uitgebreide Capaciteit beschikbaar voor toewijzing.
3. Click
Allocate
space
to
see
tspace
he
possible
isk
space
schijfruimtetoewijzing
allocaVon
in
the
next
step.
3. Klik
op Allocate
om de dmogelijke
zien
in de volgende stap.
AFer
clicking
the
Apply
buWon,
an
Extended
Capacity
Disk
will
be
emulated
on
your
physical
disk.
If
your
physical
disk's
capacity
is
more
than
4
TB
and
your
operaVng
system
does
not
support
the
GPT
parVVon
style,
the
program
creates
several
MBR
Extended
Capacity
Disks.
Note
that
Extended
Capacity
Disks
are
not
bootable,
though
most
of
their
properSes
are
the
same
as
that
of
physical
disks.
Copyright Acronis, Inc, 2000-2012
21
Na het klikken op de knop Apply , wordt een schijf met uitgebreide capaciteit gemuleerd op de fysieke schijf. Als uw
fysieke schijf meer dan 4 TB capaciteit heeft en uw besturingssysteem de GPT-partitiestijl niet ondersteunt, maakt het
programma meerdere MBR Uitgebreide Capaciteit Schijven aan.
Merk op dat schijven met uitgebreide capaciteit niet opstartbaar zijn, hoewel de meeste van hun eigenschappen dezelfde
zijn als die van fysieke schijven.
4. Klik op Close om de Acronis Extended Capacity Manager af te sluiten.
AFer
allocaVng
the
space,
you
can
temporarily
switch
o
the
Extended
Capacity
Disks
by
clicking
Na toewijzing van de ruimte, kunt u de schijven met uitgebreide capaciteit tijdelijk uitschakelen door te klikken
Temporary
switch
o
Extended
Capacity
Disks.
met
This
makes
the
capaciteit
Extended
Dit
Capacity
Disks
invisible
for
op Tijdelijk
uitschakelen
schijven
uitgebreide
maakt de
schijven
met uitgebreide
capaciteit
disk
management
tools,
though
the
disk
space
ill
remain
allocated
and
you
will
be
ble
to
m
onzichtbaar
voor schijfbeheer
tools,w
maar
de schijfruimte
blijft
toegewezen
enau
bent
in ake
staat om deze partities later
te maken.
te doen,
u de
Acronis Extended
Manager
en klikt vervolgens op
these
parVVons
opnieuw
visible
azichtbaar
gain
later.
To
do
tOm
his,
dit
start
the
Astart
cronis
Extended
Capacity
Capacity
Manager
and
then
Allocate
space
click
Allocate
space.
To
remove
the
Om
Extended
Capacity
Disks,
click
Capaciteit
Remove
te
Extended
Capacity
isks
and
then
click
the
Disks en klik
de Schijven
met Uitgebreide
verwijderen,
klik opDRemove
Extended
Capacity
Apply
buWon
in
vervolgens
the
next
sop
tep.
T
hese
d
isks
w
ill
b
e
r
emoved
f
rom
y
our
s
ystem,
a
nd
t
he
d
isk
s
pace
de knop Apply in de volgende stap. Deze schijven worden verwijderd van uw systeem en de
schijfruimte
2 TB zalTniet
meer toegankelijk
Omydeze
ruimte
moet u de Extended Capacity
beyond
2
TB
will
become
iboven
naccessible.
o
allocate
this
space
zijn.
later,
ou
need
to
later
start
toewijzen,
the
Extended
Manager
opnieuw
starten
en
vervolgens
de
stappen
van
de
wizard
herhalen.
Capacity
Manager
again
and
then
repeat
the
wizard's
steps.
Disks
ezelfs
ven
na
aFer
ninstalling
van
Acronis
True
You
will
be
able
Schijven
to
conVnue
using
the
ECapaciteit
xtended
blijven
Capacity
met Uitgebreide
bruikbaar
het u
verwijderen
Acronis
True Image HD. Tijdens het
Image
HD.
During
uninstallaVon,
ou
will
bof
e
ausked
whether
you
want
tCapaciteit
o
remove
the
Extended
Als u ervoor kiest om de
verwijderen
wordt uygevraagd
de Schijf
met Uitgebreide
wilt
verwijderen.
te verwijderen,
blijft deze
Capacity
Disk.
Ischijf
f
you
niet
choose
not
to
remove
the
bruikbaar.
disk,
it
will
remain
usable.
8.7
Trim SSD
Trim
SSD
Wizard
lets
you
improve
the
speed
of
write
operaVons
on
a
solid-state
drive
(SSD)
and
miVgate
degradaVon
in
performance.
This
issue
naturally
occurs
as
a
result
of
intensive
or
long
use
of
an
SSD,
and
arises
from
the
way
SSDs
overwrite
and
delete
data.
Like
with
tradiVonal
hard
drives,
if
you
delete
a
le
from
an
SSD,
data
cells
are
simply
agged
as
"available
for
uAcronis,
se"
instead
of
being
erased.
When
the
operaVng
system
later
performs
a
write
Copyright
Inc, 2000-2012
operaVon
to
such
a
cell,
it
actually
becomes
an
overwrite
operaVon
from
the
point
of
view
of
the
storage
device.
For
tradiVonal
hard
drives,
it
is
like
wriVng
to
an
empty
cell.
SSD
cells,
however,
are
22
TRIM SSD
TRIM SSD Wizard biedt u de mogelijkheid om de snelheid van schrijfbewerkingen te verbeteren op een solid-state
drive (SSD) en vermindering in prestaties te beperken. Dit probleem komt natuurlijk voor als gevolg van intensief of
langdurig gebruik van een SSD, en onstaat uit de manier waarop SSD gegevens overschrijven en verwijderen.
Net als bij traditionele harde schijven, als u een bestand verwijdert van een SSD, zijn gegevenscellen gewoon
gemarkeerd als "beschikbaar voor gebruik" in plaats van gewist. Wanneer het besturingssysteem later een
schrijfbewerking uitvoert naar dergelijke cel, wordt het effectief een overschrijfbewerking vanuit het oogpunt van
het opslagapparaat. Voor traditionele vaste schijven, is het als schrijven naar een lege cel. SSD cellen zijn echter een
uitzondering en moeten worden gewist voordat een nieuwe schrijfbewerking kan worden uitgevoerd. Als gevolg
van beperkingen van de hardware, benvloedt het wissen van een SSD altijd een blok van 512 KB. Dus, als u 60 KB van
eerder verwijderde gegevens met een andere 60 KB moet overschrijven, wordt de inhoud van het hele blok gelezen
van de SSD en opgeslagen in de cache voordat het blok effectief wordt gewist. Vervolgens worden de benodigde
gegevens gewijzigd in het cacheblok. Tot slot zal het hele blok terug worden geschreven naar de SSD. Dit resulteert
in een schrijfresultaat dat significant wordt verlamd. Om dit probleem te voorkomen, worden nieuwe gegevens altijd
opgeslagen op een nieuwe locatie, zolang lege cellen beschikbaar zijn op het opslagapparaat. Vroeg of laat heeft de
SSD geen lege cellen, en elke schrijfbewerking initieert de "lezen-wissen-wijzigen-schrijven"-cyclus zoals hierboven
beschreven.
Trim SSD Wizard zuivert volledig de gegevens die zijn gemarkeerd als verwijderd, en laat gegevenscellen leeg en
klaar voor nieuwe schrijfbewerkingen.
Opmerking: Het hulpprogramma maakt gebruik van de standaard TRIM-opdracht om een SSD te informeren over blokken
van gegevens die niet meer in gebruik zijn en kunnen worden gewist. Zorg ervoor dat uw SSD de nodige firmware heeft om
dit te ondersteunen.
Een SSD Trimmen
WAARSCHUWING! Deze bewerking is onomkeerbaar. Gegevensherstel is niet mogelijk wanneer de bewerking is
voltooid.
Trimmen van een SSD met behulp van Acronis True Image HD is alleen redelijk als u gebruik maakt van Windows
Vista of eerdere versies. Windows 7 ondersteunt de standaard TRIM-opdracht direct uit de doos en wist cellen zodra
gegevens zijn gewist.
23
4. Als u de wizard uitvoert onder Windows, klikt u op Opnieuw starten wanneer daarom wordt gevraagd.
Na het opnieuw opstarten, zal de bewerking automatisch doorgaan in de zelfstandige Linux-gebaseerde omgeving.
Wanneer de bewerking is voltooid, zal de wizard Windows opnieuw opstarten.
24
Beveiligings- en Privacytools
Acronis True Image HD bevat het hulpprogramma voor veilige vernietiging van gegevens op een volledige vaste
schijf, en de individuele partities.
Bij het vervangen van uw oude vaste schijf door een nieuwe, met meer capaciteit, kunt u per ongeluk persoonlijke en
vertrouwelijke gegevens achterlaten op de oude schijf. Deze informatie kan worden teruggehaald, zelfs als u de schijf
opnieuw formatteert.
De Acronis DriveCleanser voorziet in de vernietiging van vertrouwelijke informatie op de harde schijven en/of
partities met behulp van technieken die voldoen aan of overtreffen de meeste nationale en lokale normen. U kunt
een geschikte gegevensvernietigingsmethode kiezen, afhankelijk van het belang van uw vertrouwelijke informatie.
De gegevensvernietigingsmethoden worden in detail beschreven onder methoden om vaste schijven te wissen (p.
34) van deze handleiding.
In dit hoofdstuk
Acronis DriveCleanser
Vaste schijf wismethoden
Acronis DriveCleanser
Veel besturingssystemen bieden gebruikers geen veilige vernietigingstools, zodat verwijderde bestanden gemakkelijk
kunnen worden hersteld met behulp van eenvoudige toepassingen. Zelfs het volledig reformatteren van de schijf kan
geen permanente vernietiging van vertrouwelijke gegevens garanderen.
Acronis DriveCleanser lost dit probleem op met gegarandeerde en permanente gegevensvernietiging op
geselecteerde harde schijven en partities. U kunt een geschikte gegevensvernietigingsmethode kiezen, afhankelijk
van het belang van uw vertrouwelijke gegevens.
Wees ervan bewust dat, afhankelijk van de totale grootte van geselecteerde partities en de geselecteerde
gegevensvernietiging algoritme, de gegevensvernietiging vele uren kan duren.
Werken met Acronis DriveCleanser
Met Acronis DriveCleanser kunt u het volgende doen:
Vernietig de gegevens op geselecteerde harde schijven of partities met behulp van vooraf ingestelde algoritmen.
Maak en voer uit aangepaste algoritmen voor het vernietigen van gegevens.
25
Acronis
DriveCleanser
solves
this
problem
with
guaranteed
and
permanent
data
destrucVon
on
selected
hard
disks
and
parVVons.
You
can
select
from
a
number
of
data
destrucVon
algorithms
depending
on
the
importance
of
your
condenVal
Gebruikershandleiding
voor
AcronisinformaVon.
True Image HD:
Beveiligings- en privacytools
Be
aware
that,
depending
on
the
total
size
of
selected
parSSons
and
the
selected
data
destrucSon
algorithm,
the
data
destrucSon
may
take
many
hours.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
gebaseerd
op een
die cscripts
uitvoert voor alle vaste schijfbewerkingen,
Create
and
execute
custom
uisser
algorithms
of
hwizard
ard
disk
lean-up.
zodat
er
geen
gegevensvernietiging
plaatsvindt
totdat
u
klikt
Doorgaan sino
de
venster van
Acronis
DriveCleanser
is
based
on
a
wizard
that
scripts
all
hard
disk
op
operaVons,
no
Samenvatting
data
de wizard. Op elk moment, kunt u terugkeren naar de voorgaande stappen om andere schijven, partities of
destrucVon
is
performed
unVl
you
click
Proceed
in
the
wizard's
Summary
window.
At
any
moment,
gegevensvernietigingsalgoritmen te selecteren.
you
can
return
to
the
previous
steps
to
select
other
disks,
parVVons
or
data
destrucVon
algorithms.
Om d
permanent
gegevens
uw schijf te vernietigen:
To
permanently
estroy
data
on
your
van
disk:
klik op
hetutabblad
en vervolgens
op Acronis DriveCleanser.
Click
the
Tools
and
QliQes
Tools
tab,
aen
nd
hulpprogramma's
then
click
Acronis
DriveCleanser.
Volg
de stappen
van de wizard
Acronis
DriveCleanser.
Follow
the
Acronis
DriveCleanser
wizard
steps.
8.8.1.1
Gegevens
selectie
Data selection
To
select
a
parVVon,
click
the
corresponding
rectangle.
You
will
see
a
red
mark
in
the
upper
right
Om een partitie te selecteren, klikt u op de overeenkomstige rechthoek. U ziet een rode markering in de
corner
indicaVng
that
the
parVVon
is
selected.
rechterbovenhoek
die aangeeft
dat de partitie is geselecteerd.
116
U kunt een volledige vaste schijf of meerdere schijven voor gegevensvernietiging selecteren. Om dit te doen, klikt u
Acronis,
Inc.,schijfnummer
2000-2012 en capaciteit).
op de rechthoek die overeenkomt met de vaste schijf (met eenCopyright
pictogramvan
het schijf,
U kunt tegelijk verschillende partities op verschillende harde schijfstations selecteren, of op verschillende schijven,
maar ook niet-toegewezen ruimte op schijven.
Acronis DriveCleanser kan geen partities op dynamische en GPT-schijven wissen, daarom worden dezen niet weergegeven in
het venster Bronselectie.
26
You
can
select
an
enVre
disk
or
several
disks
for
data
destrucVon.
To
do
this,
click
the
rectangle
Beveiligingsenhard
privacytools
corresponding
to
the
hard
disk
(with
a
device
icon,
disk
number
and
capacity).
You
can
simultaneously
select
several
parVVons
located
on
dierent
hard
disk
drives
or
on
several
disks,
as
well
as
unallocated
space
on
disks.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
cannot
wipe
parSSons
on
dynamic
and
GPT
disks,
so
they
will
not
be
shown
in
the
Source
selecJon
window.
Klik op Next om door te gaan.
Als de pschijven
en/of
die u hebt
geselecteerd
onder meer
ziet u een
If
the
disks
and/or
arVVons
you
partities
have
selected
include
the
system
disk
ode
r
psysteemschijf
arVVon,
you
ofw-partitie
ill
see
abevatten,
waarschuwingsvenster.
warning
window.
Be
careful,
because
clicking
Owant
K
in
tklikken
his
warning
and
then
Proceed
enin
vervolgens
the
Summary
window
Wees voorzichtig,
op OK w
inindow
dit waarschuwingsvenster
Proceed
in het venster
will
result
in
w
iping
the
system
parVVon
containing
your
Windows
operaVng
ystem.
Samenvatting
zal resulteren
in het
wissen van
de systeempartitie
met uwsWindows-besturingssysteem.
8.8.1.2
Algoritme selectie
Algorithm selection
Acronis DriveCleanser maakt gebruik van een aantal van de meest populaire gegevensvernietigingsalgoritmen.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
uVlizes
a
number
of
the
most
popular
data
destrucVon
algorithms.
Select
the
Selecteer het gewenste algoritme uit de vervolgkeuzelijst.
desired
algorithm
from
the
drop-down
list.
De gegevensvernietigingsmethoden worden in detail beschreven onder Methoden om vaste schijven te wissen (p.
34) van deze handleiding.
117
27
The
data
destrucVon
methods
are
described
in
detail
in
Hard
Disk
Wiping
Methods
(p.
123)
of
this
guide.
CreaQng
custom
algorithms
of
data
destrucQon
Aangepaste algoritmen van gegevensvernietiging maken
Acronis
DriveCleanser
gives
you
tgeeft
he
opportunity
to
create
your
own
algorithms
or
maken
wiping
hard
isks.
van harde
Acronis DriveCleanser
u de mogelijkheid
om uw
eigen
algoritmes
aan fte
voor
hetdwissen
Although
the
schijven.
soFware
includes
several
verschillende
levels
of
data
destrucVon,
you
can
choose
bevat,
to
create
Hoewel
de software
niveaus
van gegevensvernietiging
kuntyuour
ervoor kiezen om ze zelf
te maken. Dit wordt
voor
gebruikers
die vertrouwd
zijn
met de principes
own.
This
is
recommended
only
alleen
for
uaanbevolen
sers
familiar
with
the
principles
of
data
destrucVon
used
van
in
gegevensvernietiging
gebruikt
in
veilige
schijfopschoningsmethoden.
secure
disk
wiping
methods.
Om een aangepast vaste schijf wisalgoritme te maken, selecteert u en klikt op de lijn Aangepaste... van de
vervolgkeuzelijst in het selectievenster Algoritme. In dit geval verschijnt een aantal nieuwe vereiste stappen in
de DriveCleanser wizard en u zult in staat zijn om een gegevensvernietigingsalgoritme te maken dat aan uw
veiligheidseisen beantwoordt.
28
Having
created
a
caangepaste
ustom
method,
you
tecan
save
aangemaakt,
the
algorithm
you
created.
This
will
be
handy
if
you
Dit zal handig zijn
Na een
methode
hebben
kunt
u het
aangemaakte
algoritme
opslaan.
als
u
het
opnieuw
gaat
gebruiken.
are
going
to
use
it
again.
Loading
aEen
n
aalgoritme
lgorithm
uitfrom
a
le laden
een bestand
If
you
created
aved
your
algorithm
for
data
destrucVon
while
en
working
with
terwijl
Acronis
True
Image
Als uand
eensalgoritme
voor
gegevensvernietiging
hebt gemaakt
opgeslagen,
u werkte
met Acronis True
HD
soFware,
you
HD-software,
can
use
it
in
kunt
the
ufollowing
way:op de volgende manier:
Image
het gebruiken
In
the
Select
algorithm
window,
choose
Load
from
le
from
the
drop-down
list
and
select
the
le
In het Algoritme selecteren venster, kies Laden uit bestand... uit de vervolgkeuzelijst en selecteer het bestand met
with
custom
data
destrucVon
algorithm
parameters.
By
default,
such
les
have
a
*.alg
extension.
de aangepaste gegevensvernietigingsalgoritme parameters. Per standaard hebben dergelijke bestanden een *.alg
extensie.
Algorithm definition
Algoritme
definitie
The
Algorithm
deniVon
window
shows
you
a
template
of
the
future
algorithm.
Het venster Algoritme definitie toont u een sjabloon van het toekomstige algoritme.
The
window
has
the
following
legend:
The
rst
column
of
the
list
contains
the
type
of
operaVon
on
a
disk
(there
Het
are
venster
just
two:
to
de
write
a
symbol
to
disk,
"wriVng";
and
wriWen,
"vericaVon");
heeft
volgende
legende:
De eerste
kolom
vanto
deverify
lijst bevat
het type
bewerking opthe
een schijf (er zijn
c
ontains
t
he
p
aWern
o
f
d
ata
t
o
b
e
w
riWen
t
o
d
isk.
second
column
slechts twee: een symbool schrijven naar de schijf, "schrijven", en de schriftelijke, "verificatie" verifiren), de tweede
kolom
het ipatroon
van
die naar
eenfor
schijf
wordenageschreven.
The
paWern
to
be
bevat
wriWen
s
always
a
hgegevens
exadecimal
value,
example,
value
of
this
kind:
0x00,
0xAA,
or
0xCD,
etc.
These
values
are
1
byte
long,
but
they
may
be
up
to
512
bytes
long.
Except
for
Het patroon dat moet worden geschreven is altijd een hexadecimale waarde, bijvoorbeeld een waarde van dit type:
such
values,
you
0xAA
may
of
enter
random
exadecimal
alue
lang,
of
any
length
(up
to
512
bytes).
Your
0x00,
0xCD,a
enz.
Deze hwaarden
zijn 1vbyte
maar
ze kunnen
verlengd
worden
tot 512 bytes. Behalve voor
designated
s
the
complementary
algorithm
mdeze
ay
awaarden,
lso
include
more
value
for
wriVng
that
is
kuntone
u een
willekeurige
hexadecimale
waarde
van een awillekeurige
lengte (tot 512 bytes) invoeren.
Uwvalue
algoritme
ook een waarde tmeer
bevatten
voor het
diethe
wordt
aangemerkt
value
the
that
ikan
s
complementary
o
the
one
wriWen
to
dschrijven,
isk
during
previous
pass.als de "complementaire
waarde" - de waarde die aanvullend is op de ene die op de schijf geschreven werd tijdens de vorige stap.
de binaire
waarde wordt
weergegeven
desequence,
10001010 t(0x8A)
sequentie,
dan wordtbinary
de complementaire
If
the
binary
Als
value
is
represented
by
the
10001010
(door
0x8A)
hen
the
complementary
value
will
binaire waarde
weergegeven
door
de
01110101
(0x75)
sequentie.
be
represented
by
the
01110101
(0x75)
sequence.
29
Het venster Algoritme definitie toont u alleen een sjabloon van het toekomstige algoritme. U moet precies definiren
wat de software moet schrijven naar schijf om de vertrouwelijke gegevens op basis van uw algoritme te vernietigen.
Om dit te doen, klik met de muis op de lijn die fase #1 weergeeft en klik op Edit
Wisfase aanpassing
Het venster Wisfase aanpassing biedt u de mogelijkheid om het patroon te definiren dat naar de schijf wordt
geschreven (hexadecimale waarde).
Dit is wat de bedieningselementen van het venster betekenen: U mag elke hexadecimale waarde invoeren in het veld
onder de Schrijfpatroonschakelaar om het naar een vaste schijf te schrijven tijdens een fase (tijdens de eerste fase,
in dit geval).
Door het instellen van de schakelaar in de stand Een willekeurig getal schrijven , zult u eerst een willekeurige
waarde selecteren om naar de schijf te schrijven, en de lengte van de willekeurige waarde in bytes specificeren in het
onderstaande veld.
De Amerikaanse norm voorziet in het schrijven van willekeurige waarden in elke byte van elke schijfsector tijdens de
eerste fase, dus zet u de schakelaar op de stand Een willekeurig getal schrijven en voer 1 in in het veld.
Klik op de knop OK om door te gaan.
U wordt opnieuw meegenomen naar het venster Algoritme definitie en zult zien dat het oude record (schrijven - 00)
werd vervangen door schrijven - willekeurig, 1 byte.
Om de volgende fase te definiren, klikt u op de knop Add .
U ziet het reeds bekende venster, maar deze keer zullen er meer schakelaarstanden beschikbaar zijn: twee extra
standen beschikbaar voor selectie:
Schrijf een aanvulling op het vroegere fasepatroon: Zoals tijdens de tweede fase van de Amerikaanse standaard,
wordt elke schijfsector gevuld met hexadecimale waarden die complementair zijn voor die geschreven tijdens
de vorige fase. Daarom moet u de schakelaar instellen op de stand Complementair schrijven aan het vorige
fasepatroon, en klikken op de knop OK.
U wordt teruggebracht naar het venster Algoritme definitie. In dit venster ziet het tweede register er als volgt uit:
schrijven - complementair aan vorige stappatroon.
Controleren
Volgens de Amerikaanse gegevensvernietiging standaard specificatie, definieert u de derde en vierde
overschrijvingsfasen.
Op dezelfde manier kunt u een gegevensvernietigingsalgoritme maken om te voldoen aan uw veiligheidseisen.
30
8.8.1.3
In het venster na-wissen acties, kunt u acties selecteren die moeten worden uitgevoerd op de partities geselecteerd
Post-wiping
voor
het vernietigenactions
van gegevens. Acronis DriveCleanser biedt u drie opties:
In
the
Post-wiping
acVons
window,
you
can
select
acVons
to
be
performed
on
the
parVVons
selected
No action
for
data
destrucVon.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
oers
you
opVons:
- gewoon
vernietigen
van gegevens
metthree
behulp
van het algoritme geselecteerd hieronder
No
acQon
just
dpartition
estroy
data
using
the
algorithm
selected
below
Delete
8.8.1.4
Click the Cancel buWon to exit the wizard without performing any operaVons.
31
Schijfopschoning samenvatting
Het samenvattingsvenster bevat de lijst met de bewerkingen die moeten worden uitgevoerd.
Merk op dat nadat u op de knop Proceed drukt, de geselecteerde partities permanent worden gewist. Daarom is de
knop uitgeschakeld totdat u het selectievakje Geselecteerde partities onomkeerbaar wissen, selecteert.
Klik op de knop Proceed om de bewerkingen uit de lijst te starten.
Klik op de knop Options om de optionele stappen uit te voeren.
Klik op de knop Cancel om de wizard af te sluiten zonder enige bewerking uit te voeren.
Disk Editor (alleen-lezen modus)
Acronis DriveCleanser biedt u een andere nuttige mogelijkheid - om de resultaten van het uitvoeren van een
gegevensvernietigingsmethode op een vaste schijf of partitie te schatten. Om de status van uw opgeschoonde
schijven of partities weer te geven, klikt u op het tabblad Tools & Utilities tab. Klik vervolgens op de koppeling
Huidige status van schijven weergeven en kies de partitie waarvan u de opschoningsresultaten wilt weergeven.
Dit opent een gentegreerde Acronis Disk Editor (in alleen-lezen modus).
Verschillende
algoritmen
verschillende
van vertrouwelijke
gegevensvernietiging.
Het beeld dat u zou
erent
algorithms
oer
various
levels
of
bieden
condenVal
data
dniveaus
estrucVon.
Thus
the
picture
you
might
kunnen zien op een schijf of partitie is afhankelijk van de gegevensvernietigingsmethode. Maar wat u in werkelijkheid
e
on
a
disk
or
parVVon
depends
on
the
data
destrucVon
method.
But
what
you
actually
see
are
ziet, zijn schijfsectoren gevuld met nullen of willekeurige symbolen.
k
sectors
lled
with
either
zeros
or
random
symbols.
e
Search
menu
allows
you
to
search
a
hard
disk
for
a
line
and
to
go
to
a
disk
sector
according
to
its
solute
oset.
ecVng
the
Search
item
in
the
same
menu
will
give
you
access
to
funcVons
of
searching
lines
in
the
Copyright Acronis, Inc, 2000-2012
k
being
edited.
(You
can
do
the
same
by
pressing
the
Ctrl
+
F
key
combinaVon.)
Search
parameters
e
set
in
the
Search
dialog
window.
32
een zoekregel kan worden ingesteld zowel als een teken (Tekst veld) en numerieke (hexadecimale) waarde (Hexveld). Wanneer u tekst typt in het Tekst veld, zal deze automatisch worden omgezet in hexadecimale waarde in het
Hex veld, en vice versa.
Controleer de Zoeken op sector offset parameter om te zoeken naar een bepaalde regel op een gegeven offset in
de sector
Klik op OK om te beginnen zoeken. Nadat het zoeken is voltooid, wordt de huidige positie verplaatst naar de plek waar
een lijn werd gevonden, of zal hetzelfde blijven als er geen lijnen werden gevonden. U kunt zoeken naar de volgende
regel vanaf de huidige positie door het selecteren van de Zoek opnieuw naar het item in het Zoek menu of door te
drukken op de F3 toets.
Ga naar sector
U kunt naar de nodige sector gaan naargelang zijn absolute offset door het selecteren van de Ga naar... regel in het
Zoek menu (of door te drukken op de Alt + P toetscombinatie.) Als u deze regel selecteert, opent het Ga naar...
dialoogvenster.
De overgang wordt uitgevoerd door invoer van de absolute sector offset, of cilinder-, kop- en sectornummers. De
genoemde parameters zijn gebonden aan deze uitdrukking:
(CYL x HDS + HD) x SPT + SEC 1
Waar CYL, HD, SEC nummers zijn van de cilinder, kop, sector in de CHS-cordinaten (Cilinder - Kop - Sector), HDS is
het aantal koppen per schijf, SPT is het aantal sectoren per spoor.
U kunt terugkeren naar een sector van een andere door het selecteren van het Terug item in het Zoek menu (of door
te drukken op de Ctrl+Backspace toetscombinatie.)
33
Methoden die in nationale normen worden aangeboden, geven (enkele of drievoudige) opnamen van willekeurige
symbolen op de harde schijf-sectoren die in het algemeen duidelijke en willekeurige beslissingen zijn,, maar
nog steeds acceptabel in eenvoudige situaties. De meest effectieve methode om gegevens te wissen is gebaseerd
op diepgaande analyse van subtiele kenmerken van de opname van gegevens naar alle soorten vaste schijven. Deze
kennis wijst op de noodzaak van complexe multifasige methoden om het wissen van gegevens te garanderen.
34
De gedetailleerde theorie over het gegarandeerd wissen van gegevens wordt beschreven in een artikel van Peter
Gutmann. Zie:
Veilige verwijdering van gegevens uit magnetische en solid-state geheugen op http://www.cs.auckland.
ac.nz/~pgut001/pubs/secure_del.html.
Methoden gebruikt door Acronis voor gegevens wissen
De onderstaande tabel geeft een korte beschrijving van de methoden om gegevens te wissen die worden gebruikt
door Acronis. Elke beschrijving omvat het aantal vaste schijf sectorfasen samen met het nummer(s) geschreven naar
elke sectorbyte.
Beschrijving van ingebouwde methoden om gegevens te wissen
Nr.
Algoritme (schrijfmethode)
Fasen
Record
Duits: VSITR
35
Snel
35
een nieuwe schijf met een eigen letter verschijnt in de lijst met stations
met behulp van Windows Explorer en ander bestandsbeheerders, kunt u de inhoud van het beeld weergeven alsof
ze zich op een fysieke schijf of partitie bevonden
zult u in staat zijn om de virtuele schijf te gebruiken op dezelfde manier als de echte: bestanden of mappen
openen, opslaan, kopiren, verplaatsen, aanmaken, verwijderen. Indien nodig, kan de afbeelding worden
gemonteerd in alleen-lezen modus.
De bewerkingen beschreven in dit hoofdstuk worden alleen ondersteund voor FAT- en NTFS-bestandssystemen.
Houd er rekening mee dat, hoewel beide bestandsback-ups en schijf/partitieafbeeldingen een standaard ".tib"extensie hebben, alleen beelden kunnen gemonteerd worden. Als u de inhoud van bestand back-ups wilt
weergeven, gebruik de bewerking Verkennen.
36
using
Windows
Explorer
and
other
le
managers,
you
can
view
the
image
contents
as
if
they
were
located
on
a
physical
disk
or
parVVon
you
wGebruikershandleiding
ill
be
able
to
use
the
virtual
dvoor
isk
in
tAcronis
he
same
wTrue
ay
as
Image
the
real
HD:
one:
open,
save,
copy,
move,
create,
delete
les
okoppelen
r
folders.
If
necessary,
the
image
can
be
mounted
in
read-only
mode.
Een
Image
The operaSons described in this secSon are supported only for the FAT and NTFS le systems.
Please
keep
in
mind
that,
though
both
le
backups
and
disk/parVVon
images
have
a
default
".Vb"
extension,
only
images
can
be
mounted.
If
you
want
to
view
le
backup
contents,
use
the
Explore
operaVon.
1. Start the Mount wizard by clicking Mount image on the Tools and uQliQes tab.
1. Start de koppeling wizard door te klikken op Mount image op het tabblad Tools and utilities. tab.
125
Als u een back-up met incrementele beelden selecteerde, kunt u een van de opeenvolgende incrementele beelden
Copyright Acronis,
Inc., u
2000-2012
selecteren (ook wel "back-upversies" genoemd) per aanmaakdatum/tijdstip.
Zo kunt
de gegevensstatus verkennen
op een bepaald moment.
Om een incrementeel beeld te koppelen, moet u beschikken over alle voorafgaande back-upversies en de
oorspronkelijke volledige back-up. Indien een van de opeenvolgende back-ups ontbreekt, is de montage niet
mogelijk.
Als de back-up met een wachtwoord is beveiligd, vraagt Acronis True Image HD om het wachtwoord in een
dialoogvenster. De partities-indeling wordt niet getoond, noch zal de knop Next worden ingeschakeld totdat u het
juiste wachtwoord invoert.
37
If
you
selected
a
backup
containing
incremental
images,
you
can
select
one
of
the
successive
incremental
images
(also
called
"backup
versions")
by
its
creaVon
date/Vme.
Thus,
you
can
explore
the
data
state
at
a
certain
voor
moment.
Gebruikershandleiding
Acronis True Image HD:
Een aImage
koppelen
To
mount
n
incremental
image,
you
must
have
all
previous
backup
versions
and
the
iniVal
full
backup.
If
any
of
the
successive
backups
are
missing,
mounVng
is
not
possible.
If
the
backup
was
password-protected,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
will
ask
for
the
password
in
a
dialog
box.
Neither
the
parVVons
layout
will
be
shown,
nor
will
the
Next
buWon
be
enabled
unVl
you
enter
the
correct
password.
3. Select
a
parVVon
to
mount
as
a
virtual
disk.
(Note
that
you
cannot
mount
an
image
of
the
enVre
disk
except
in
the
case
when
the
disk
consists
of
one
parVVon).
If
the
image
contains
several
3. Selecteer een partitie om te koppelen als een virtuele schijf. (Merk op dat u geen afbeelding van de hele schijf kunt
parVVons,
by
default
all
of
them
will
be
selected
for
mounVng
with
automaVcally
assigned
drive
koppelen, behalve in het geval dat de schijf bestaat uit n partitie). Als de afbeelding verschillende partities bevat,
leWers.
If
you
worden
would
ze
like
assign
dallemaal
ierent
geselecteerd
drive
leWers
to
tde
he
montage
parVVons
to
automatisch
be
mounted,
click
stationsletters. Als u
perto
standaard
voor
met
toegewezen
OpQons.
verschillende stationsletters wilt toewijzen aan de partities voor montage, dan klikt u op Options.
126
You
can
also
select
a
leWer
to
be
assigned
to
the
virtual
disk
from
the
Mount
leRer
drop-down
list.
If
you
do
not
want
to
mount
a
parVVon,
select
Do
not
mount
in
the
list
or
clear
the
parVVon's
check
box.
Copyright Acronis, Inc, 2000-2012
38
You
can
also
select
a
leWer
to
be
assigned
to
the
virtual
disk
from
the
Mount
leRer
drop-down
selecteren
om toe
te wijzen
aanmde
virtuele
schijf
Koppelletter
vervolgkeuzelijst. Als u
list.
If
you
do
Unkunt
ot
wook
ant
een
to
mletter
ount
a
parVVon,
select
Do
not
ount
in
the
list
van
or
cde
lear
the
geen partitie wilt koppelen, selecteert u Do not mount in de lijst of leegt u het selectievakje van de partitie.
parVVon's
check
box.
4. Having
nished
click
to
connect
selected
arVVon
images
partitie-afbeeldingen
as
virtual
4. Nathe
hetseXngs,
beindigen
vanProceed
de instellingen,
klik opthe
Proceed
om p
de
geselecteerde
te koppelen als
virtuele schijven.
disks.
127
5. Nadat de afbeelding is gekoppeld, zal het programma Windows Explorer uitvoeren en de inhoud weergeven. Nu
Copyright
Acronis,
Inc., 2000-2012
kunt u werken met bestanden of mappen alsof ze zich op een
echte schijf
bevonden.
39
Een afbeelding
ontkoppelen
10 Unmounting
an image
Wijyou
raden
u aan dethe
virtuele
schijf
teaontkoppelen
nadat alle
noodzakelijke
recommend
that
unmount
virtual
disk
Fer
all
necessary
operaVons
are
bewerkingen
nished,
as
zijn voltooid, omdat het
behouden van virtuele schijven veel systeembronnen gebruikt. Als u de schijf niet ontkoppelt, zal ze verdwijnen
intaining
virtual
disks
takes
considerable
system
resources.
If
you
do
not
unmount
the
disk,
it
will
nadat de computer is uitgeschakeld.
appear
aFer
your
computer
is
turned
o.
Om dedvirtuele
schijf
los te koppelen,
op T
Unmount
opthet
and
disconnect
the
virtual
isk,
click
Unmount
image
oklik
n
the
ools
and
image
uQliQes
ab,
tabblad
select
tTools
he
disk
to
utilities en selecteer de
mount
and
click
Oschijf
K. om te ontkoppelen en klik op OK
ou
have
mounted
several
parVVons,
by
default
all
of
them
will
be
selected
for
unmounVng.
You
disconnect
all
mAls
ounted
drives
together
r
disconnect
only
those
ou
standaard
do
not
need
mounted
u verschillende
partitiesohebt
gekoppeld,
worden
zeyper
allemaal
geselecteerd voor de koppeling. U
kunt alle gekoppelde stations samen ontkoppelen, of alleen diegene die u niet meer gekoppeld nodig hebt.
ymore.
u can also do this in Windows Explorer by right-clicking on the disk icon and choosing Unmount.
U kunt dit ook doen in Windows Explorer door met de rechtermuisknop te klikken op het schijfpictogram en kiezen
voor Unmount.
11 Working
with vhd files
Voor meer informatie over klonen procedures of veelgestelde vragen, kunt u terecht op:
n this section
u
may
have
vhd
les
if
you
used
the
Windows
Backup
uVlity
included
into
Windows
Vista
and
ndows
7
for
backing
up
the
system
hard
drive.
en
you
need
to
recover
your
system
using
a
vhd
backup
le,
proceed
as
follows:
Arrange
the
boot
order
in
BIOS
so
as
to
make
your
rescue
media
device
(CD,
DVD
or
USB
sVck)
the
rst
boot
device.
See
Arranging
boot
order
in
BIOS
(p.
65).
2013 Kingston Technology Europe Ltd en Kingston Digital Europe Ltd, Kingston Court, Brooklands Close, Sunbury-on-Thames, Middlesex,
TW16 7EP, England. Tel: +44 (0) 1932 738888 Fax: +44 (0) 1932 785469. Alle rechten voorbehouden. Alle handelsmerken en geregistreerde
handelsmerken behoren toe aan hun respectieve eigenaars.
Spis treci
Klonowanie dysku twardego 3
Informacje oglne 3
Ochrona 4
User's Guide
Metoda przenoszenia 7
Wykluczanie elementw 8
Partycjonowanie rczne 11
Podsumowanie klonowania 13
Montowanie obrazu 36
Odmontowywanie obrazu 40
Informacje oglne
Ochrona
Wybieranie trybu klonowania
Wybieranie dysku rdowego
Wybieranie dysku docelowego
Metoda przenoszenia
Wykluczanie elementw
Partycjonowanie rczne
Podsumowanie klonowania
Informacje oglne
Czasami zdarza si, e dysk twardy nie zawiera wystarczajcej iloci miejsca na system operacyjny i zainstalowane
aplikacje, co uniemoliwia aktualizacje oprogramowania i instalowanie nowych aplikacji. Wwczas naley przenie
system na nowy dysk twardy o wikszej pojemnoci. Aby przenie system, naley najpierw zainstalowa nowy
dysk w komputerze. Jeeli w komputerze nie ma miejsca na kolejny dysk twardy, mona tymczasowo umieci go
na miejscu napdu CD lub uy poczenia USB 2.0 i podczy go jako docelowy dysk zewntrzny. Jeeli nie jest to
moliwe, mona sklonowa dysk twardy tworzc obraz dysku i odzyskujc go na nowym dysku twardym o wikszych
partycjach.
Na ekranach programu uszkodzone partycje s oznaczone biaym krzyykiem w czerwonym kku umieszczonym w lewym
grnym rogu ekranu. Przed rozpoczciem klonowania naley sprawdzi tego typu dyski pod ktem wystpowania bdw i
rozwiza ewentualne problemy za pomoc odpowiednich narzdzi systemowych.
Aby osign najlepsze wyniki, zainstaluj dysk docelowy (nowy) w odpowiednim miejscu, a dysk rdowy w innej
lokalizacji (np. w zewntrznej obudowie USB). To zalecenie jest szczeglnie wane w przypadku komputerw
przenonych.
Stanowczo zaleca si jako rodek ostronoci utworzenie kopii zapasowej caego oryginalnego dysku. Umoliwi ona
ocalenie danych w przypadku, gdy wystpi jaki bd podczas klonowania oryginalnego dysku twardego. Po utworzeniu
kopii zapasowej nie zapomnij o sprawdzeniu jej poprawnoci.
Aby sklonowa dysk:
Ochrona
Naley pamita, e nagy zanik napicia lub przypadkowe wcinicie przycisku RESET podczas transferu spowoduje
przerwanie procesu i konieczne bdzie ponowne utworzenie partycji na dysku twardym oraz jego sformatowanie lub
sklonowanie.
Dane nie zostan usunite z oryginalnego dysku, poniewa jest on tylko odczytywany (partycje nie s modyfikowane
ani nie jest zmieniany ich rozmiar). Wykonanie procedury transferu systemu nie powoduje adnych zmian na
oryginalnym
Poojej
zakoczeniu
sformatowa
dysk
lub bezpiecznie
might
want
to
format
the
dysku.
old
disk
r
securely
wipe
mona
the
data
it
contains.
stary
Use
W
indows
tools
or
wymaza z niego dane.
Zadania te mona wykona za pomoc narzdzi systemu Windows lub programu Acronis DriveCleanser.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
for
these
tasks.
Nevertheless,
we
zaleca
do
not
that
ydanych
ou
delete
ata
from
the
przed
old
disk
unVl
you
are
sure
t
is
one pomylnie
Nie
sirecommend
jednak usuwania
ze dstarego
dysku
upewnieniem
si,
e izostay
correctly
transferred
t
o
t
he
n
ew
d
isk,
t
he
c
omputer
b
oots
u
p
f
rom
i
t
a
nd
a
ll
a
pplicaVons
w
ork.
przeniesione na nowy dysk, e komputer uruchamia si na nim, a wszystkie aplikacje dziaaj prawidowo.
8.4.3
Dostpne
dwa tryby
przenoszenia:
There
are
two
transfer
s
modes
available:
Automatyczny
wikszoci
przypadkw).
trybie
AutomaQc
(recommended
(zalecany
in
most
cw
ases).
In
automaVc
mode,
W
you
will
oautomatycznym
nly
have
to
take
uytkownik
several
wykonuje tylko kilka
prostych
czynnoci,
powodujc
przeniesienie
na
nowy
dysk
wszystkich
danych,
w
tym partycji, plikw i folderw,
simple
acVons
to
transfer
all
the
data,
including
parVVons,
les
and
folders,
to
a
newer
disk,
ustawiajc
jeeli oryginalny dysk rwnie by dyskiem startowym.
making
it
boraz
ootable
if
the
onowy
riginal
dysk
disk
jako
was
startowy,
bootable.
Manual.
Manual
mode
will
provide
more
data
transfer
exibility.
Manual
mode
can
be
useful
if
Rczny. Tryb rczny zapewnia wiksz elastyczno przy przenoszeniu danych. Tryb rczny moe by przydatny,
you
need
to
change
the
disk
parVVon
layout.
gdy zachodzi potrzeba zmiany ukadu partycji.
komputera
dyski,unparSSoned,
z ktrych tylko
zawiera partycje,
program
If
the
program
Jeeli
nds
do
two
disks,
one
podczone
parSSoned
as
nd
dwa
another
it
jeden
will
automaScally
recognize
the
automatycznie rozpozna dysk
spartycjonowany
jako
dysk
rdowy,
a
drugi
jako
docelowy.
Wwczas
nastpne
kroki
zostan
parSSoned
disk
as
the
source
disk
and
the
unparSSoned
disk
as
the
desSnaSon
disk.
In
such
case,
the
next
pominite i pojawi si ekran
podsumowania
klonowania.
steps
will
be
bypassed
and
you
procesu
will
be
taken
to
the
cloning
Summary
screen.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
8.4.4
Wybieranie dysku
rdowego
Selecting
a source
disk
You
can
determine
the
Selecting
sinformacji
ource
and
desVnaVon
using
toknie
he
informaVon
provided
in
this
window
(disk
o partycjach i
Przy uyciu
wywietlanych
w
tym
(numer dysku,
pojemno,
etykieta,
informacje
8.4.4
a
disk
8.4.4
Selecting
a source
source
disk
systemie plikw) moesz zdefiniowa dysk rdowy i docelowy. Jeeli program wykryje kilka spartycjonowanych
number,
capacity,
parVVon
le
aasnd
ystem
informaVon).
the
program
nds
several
You
d
tthe
ource
d
u
iinformaVon
p
iin
You
ccan
an
label,
determine
etermine
he
assnd
ource
nd
desVnaVon
esVnaVon
using
sing
Ittf
he
he
nformaVon
provided
rovided
n
tthis
his
w
window
indow
((disk
disk
dyskw,
konieczne
bdzie
wskazanie
dysku(rdowego
(np.data
starszego
dysku z danymi).
parVVoned
number,
d
isks,
i
t
w
ill
a
sk
y
ou
w
hich
i
s
t
he
s
ource
i.e.
t
he
o
lder
d
isk).
c
apacity,
l
abel,
p
arVVon
a
nd
le
s
ystem
i
nformaVon).
I
f
t
he
p
rogram
nds
s
everal
number,
capacity,
label,
parVVon
and
le
system
informaVon).
If
the
program
nds
several
parVVoned
parVVoned
d
disks,
isks,
iit
t
w
will
ill
aask
sk
yyou
ou
w
which
hich
iis
s
tthe
he
ssource
ource
((i.e.
i.e.
tthe
he
o
older
lder
d
data
ata
d
disk).
isk).
True
dIisk
mage
HD
does
next
ot
stupport
cloning
of
dynamic
disks.
Select
tAcronis
he
ource
nd
click
N
o
conVnue.
sWybierz
dyskardowy
i kliknij
Dalej
, aby kontynuowa.
ssource
isk
Viewing
disk
Select
and
ptthe
arQQon
Select
he
ource
id
dnformaQon
isk
aand
nd
cclick
lick
N
Next
ext
tto
o
cconVnue.
onVnue.
Wywietlanie
informacji
o
dysku
i
partycjach
Viewing
d
disk
isk
aand
nd
p
parQQon
arQQon
iinformaQon
nformaQon
Viewing
Columns
-
selects
the
columns
to
display.
You
can
change
the
width
of
a
column
by
dragging
Kolumny
-
umoliwia
wybranie wywietlanych
kolumn.
Moesz zmieni
szeroko
kolumny,y
przecigajc
jej
its
borders
the
mouse.
with
C
Columns
olumns
-
sselects
elects
tthe
he
ccolumns
olumns
tto
o
d
display.
isplay.
YYou
ou
ccan
an
cchange
hange
tthe
he
w
width
idth
o
of
f
aa
ccolumn
olumn
b
by
d
dragging
ragging
granice za pomoc myszy.
its
w
Disk
properVes
(duplicated
n
ouse.
the
context
menu,
opened
by
right-clicking
objects)
-
displays
its
b
borders
orders
with
ith
tthe
he
im
m
ouse.
the
selected
arVVon
or
d
isk
p((duplicated
roperVes
si
wiiindow.
p
Waciwoci
D
isk
n
enu,
y
o
--
d
dysku
(znajduje
rwnie
w menum
przez
kliknicie
obiektu
D
isk
p
properVes
roperVes
duplicated
n
tthe
he
ccontext
ontext
mkontekstowym,
enu,
o
opened
pened
b
bwywoywanym
y
rright-clicking
ight-clicking
objects)
bjects)
displays
isplays
the
sselected
p
o
d
isk
p
w
prawym
przyciskiem
myszy)
waciwoci
wybranejtpartycji
dysku.
This
window
contains
two
panels.
lwywietla
eF
panel
okno
contains
the
properVes
ree
and
lub
the
right
one
the
elected
parVVon
arVVon
or
r
The
d
isk
properVes
roperVes
window.
indow.
describes
tThis
he
selected
detail.
The
TTdhe
isk
lleF
informaVon
includes
physical
pttree
arameters
w
ontains
ttwo
p
p
tthe
p
aand
This
window
indow
pccroperty
ontains
in
wo
panels.
anels.
he
eF
panel
anel
ccontains
ontains
he
its
properVes
roperVes
ree
nd
tthe
he
rright
ight
o
one
ne
Okno
to dpodzielone
jest
na dwa
panele.
LewyinformaVon
panel zawieraincludes
drzewo waciwoci,
natomiast
w prawym znajduje si
(
sectors,
(connecVon
t
ype,
evice
t
ype,
s
ize,
e
tc.);
p
arVVon
b
oth
p
hysical
describes
t
he
s
elected
p
roperty
i
n
d
etail.
T
he
d
isk
i
nformaVon
i
ncludes
i
ts
p
hysical
p
arameters
describes
the
selected
property
in
detail.
The
disk
ionformaVon
includes
its
physical
parameters
szczegowy
opis
wybranej
waciwoci.
W informacjach
dysku zawarte
s parametry
fizyczne
(typ poczenia, typ
locaVon,
etc.),
a
nd
l
ogical
(
le
s
ystem,
f
ree
s
pace,
a
ssigned
l
eWer,
e
tc.)
p
arameters.
(connecVon
t
ype,
d
evice
t
ype,
s
ize,
e
tc.);
p
arVVon
i
nformaVon
i
ncludes
b
oth
p
hysical
sectors,
(connecVon
type,
device
type,
size,
etc.);
parVVon
informaVon
includes
both
physical
((sectors,
urzdzenia, rozmiar itp.). W informacjach o partycji zawarte s parametry fizyczne (sektory, lokalizacja itp.) i logiczne
locaVon,
eetc.),
aand
(le
ssystem,
ffree
sspace,
locaVon,
tc.),
wolne
nd
llogical
ogical
ystem,
litera
ree
itp.).
pace,
aassigned
ssigned
lleWer,
eWer,
eetc.)
tc.)
p
parameters.
arameters.
(system
plikw,
miejsce,(le
przypisana
8.4.5
Selecting
a destination
disk
Po wybraniu dysku
rdowego wybierz
dysk docelowy, na ktry zostan skopiowane dane. Dysk wybrany w
AFer
you
select
the
source
disk,
you
have
to
select
the
desVnaVon
where
the
disk
informaVon
will
be
poprzednim kroku jako rdowy bdzie wyszarzony i niedostpny.
copied
to.
The
previously
selected
source
becomes
grayed-out
and
disabled
for
selecVon.
Na tym etapie nie s wykonywane adne faktyczne zmiany ani operacje niszczenia danych! Program jedynie
rozplanowuje proces klonowania. Wszystkie zmiany zostan wprowadzone dopiero po klikniciu Kontynuuj.
If any disk is unparSSoned, the program will automaScally recognize it as the desSnaSon and bypass this step.
Jeeli jeden z dyskw nie jest podzielony na partycje, program automatycznie rozpozna go jako dysk docelowy i
8.4.6
Move method
When
you
select
the
manual
cloning
mode,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
will
oer
you
the
following
data
move
methods:
As
is
-
a
new
parVVon
will
be
created
for
every
old
one
with
the
same
size
and
type,
le
system
and
label.
The
unused
space
will
become
unallocated.
ProporQonal
-
the
new
disk
space
will
be
proporVonally
distributed
between
cloned
parVVons
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
Metoda przenoszenia
W rcznym trybie klonowania program Acronis True Image HD umoliwia wybr nastpujcych metod przenoszenia
danych:
Bez zmian dla kadej starej partycji zostanie utworzona nowa partycja o identycznym rozmiarze i typie, systemie
plikw oraz etykiecie. Miejsce nieuywane nie zostanie przydzielone.
Proporcjonalna miejsce na nowym dysku zostanie proporcjonalnie rozdzielone midzy sklonowane partycje.
Manual - you will specify a new size and other parameters yourself
If
you
elect
to
Po
transfer
informaVon
"as
is,"
a
new
parVVon
will
be
created
for
every
old
one
with
the
wybraniu opcji przenoszenia Bez zmian dla kadej starej partycji zostanie utworzona nowa partycja o
same
size
and
identycznym
type,
le
system
and
i ltypie,
abel.
systemie
The
unused
space
ill
become
unallocated.
AFerwards,
rozmiarze
plikw
oraz w
etykiecie.
Miejsce
nieuywane
nie zostanie przydzielone.
you
will
be
able
to
use
tnieprzydzielonego
he
unallocated
space
to
bdzie
create
mona
new
puy
arVVons
or
to
enlarge
the
exisVng
Nastpnie
miejsca
do tworzenia
nowych
partycji
lub zwikszania istniejcych
partycji
przy
uyciu
odpowiednich
narzdzi,
takich
jak
program
Acronis
Disk
Director
Suite.
parVVons
with
special
tools,
such
as
Acronis
Disk
Director
Suite.
As
a
rule,
"as
is"
transfers
are
not
recommended
as
they
leave
a
lot
of
unallocated
space
on
the
new
Oglnie nie zaleca si przenoszenia danych metod Bez zmian, poniewa na nowym dysku pozostaje wwczas dua
disk.
Using
the
"as
nieprzydzielonego
is"
method,
Acronis
True
Uycie
Image
HD
transfers
unsupported
and
damaged
le
True Image HD przenosi
ilo
miejsca.
metody
Bez zmian
powoduje, e
program
Acronis
systems.
nieobsugiwane i uszkodzone systemy plikw.
If
you
transfer
data
proporVonally,
each
parVVon
will
be
enlarged,
according
to
the
proporVon
of
the
Po wybraniu opcji przenoszenia Proporcjonalna kada z przenoszonych partycji zostanie zwikszona zgodnie z
old
and
new
disk
capaciVes.
proporcj pojemnoci starego i nowego dysku.
FAT16
parVVons
are
enlarged
less
than
others,
as
they
have
a
4GB
size
limit.
Depending
on
the
selected
combinaVon,
you
will
proceed
to
either
the
cloning
summary
window,
or
Copyrightd
isk
Acronis,
Inc., 2000-2012
the
Change
layout
step
(see
below).
Partycje FAT16 s zwikszane w mniejszym stopniu ni inne, poniewa maj limit rozmiaru rwny 4 GB.
W zalenoci od wybranych wczeniej opcji program wywietli okno z podsumowaniem klonowania lub krok
umoliwiajcy zmian ukadu dysku (zobacz poniej).
Wykluczanie elementw
W sekcji Elementy do wykluczenia mona skonfigurowa ustawienia wyklucze z klonu dysku dla plikw i folderw.
1. Aby utworzy list elementw do wykluczenia, wykonaj nastpujce czynnoci:
Na karcie Wykluczaj wg plikw i folderw wybierz pliki i foldery przy uyciu standardowej przegldarki plikw;
Na karcie Wykluczaj wg maski wprowad nazwy pojedynczych plikw i folderw (wymagana jest pena cieka) lub
okrel wzorzec przy uyciu symboli wieloznacznych * oraz ?. Uywaj znajdujcych si po prawej stronie przyciskw
Dodaj, Edytuj, Usu oraz Usu wszystko do wykonywania operacji na elementach znajdujcych si na licie. Moesz
poczy te dwie metody. Na przykad, moesz okreli mask pliku i wybra okrelone elementy w przegldarce
You
can
combine
these
two
methods.
For
example,
dene
a
le
mask
and
select
certain
plikw.
items
in
the
le
browser.
Remember
that
if
you
select
or
somehow
specify
to
exclude
a
le
that
has
NTFS
hard
links,
you
also
need
to
select/specify
to
exclude
these
hard
links
from
the
clone.
Otherwise,
the
le
will
not
be
excluded
and
will
appear
on
the
target
disk
aFer
the
cloning.
Note:
When
you
exclude
les,
the
program
calculates
the
size
of
excluded
items
and
checks
if
the
cloned
data
will
t
the
target
disk.
Please
be
paSent
as
this
process
may
take
up
to
several
minutes
to
complete.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
Pamitaj, e w przypadku okrelenia lub wybrania do wykluczenia pliku, ktry zawiera twarde cza NTFS,
naley take okreli/wybra do wykluczenia z klonu takie twarde cza. W przeciwnym razie plik nie zostanie
wykluczony i po zakoczeniu klonowania bdzie znajdowa si na dysku docelowym.
Uwaga: W przypadku wykluczania plikw program oblicza rozmiar wykluczanych elementw i sprawdza, czy
klonowane dane zmieszcz si na dysku docelowym. Naley zachowa cierpliwo, poniewa ten proces moe
potrwa kilka minut.
2. Aby przej do nastpnego kroku, kliknij Dalej.
Ostrzeenie o braku wystarczajcej iloci wolnego miejsca na dysku
Moe pojawi si komunikat z informacj o tym, e na docelowym dysku twardym brakuje wystarczajcej iloci
miejsca, aby ukoczy operacj. Poniej wymieniono moliwe przyczyny:
Ilo danych klonowanych z dysku docelowego przekracza ilo wolnego miejsca na dysku docelowym. Aby
rozwiza ten problem, sprbuj wykluczy niektre elementy z procesu klonowania, a nastpnie kliknij Dalej. W
razie potrzeby powtrz t operacj kilka razy, a komunikat zniknie.
Dysk rdowy posiada nieobsugiwany system plikw i jest wikszy ni dysk docelowy. W takim przypadku
pojemno dysku docelowego nie moe by mniejsza ni pojemno dysku rdowego, a wykluczenie wikszej
liczby elementw nie rozwie tego problemu.
Dysk rdowy posiada partycje zarwno w obsugiwanym, jak i nieobsugiwanym systemie plikw, a pojemno
dysku docelowego jest mniejsza od rozmiaru danych klonowanych z partycji z obsugiwanym systemem plikw
oraz rozmiaru partycji z nieobsugiwanym systemem plikw. W tym przypadku wykluczenie wikszej liczby
elementw moe rozwiza problem.
Przykady wykluczania elementw
Pliki i foldery znajdujce si na dysku rdowym mona wyklucza pojedynczo i zbiorczo na podstawie wzorca. Takim
wzorcem moe by nazwa pliku lub folderu, czy te maska pliku okrelona przy uyciu symboli wieloznacznych:
* - zastpuje zero lub wicej znakw;
? - zastpuje dokadnie jeden znak.
W razie potrzeby mona wpisa kilka kryteriw w jednym wierszu, rozdzielajc je rednikami. Na przykad, aby
wykluczy wszystkie pliki z rozszerzeniami .gif i .bmp, mona wpisa *.gif;*.bmp.
Ponisza tabela zawiera kilka przykadw wykluczania elementw.
Wzorzec
Przykad
Opis
F.log
F
C:\Finance\F.log
C:\Finance\F\
Wg maski (*)
*.log
F*
Wg maski (?)
F???.log
Wg nazwy
Wg cieki pliku
Wg cieki folderu
Symbole wieloznaczne w masce mog odpowiada tylko czci nazwy pliku lub folderu, i nie mog zastpowa
czci cieki pliku. Podfoldery naley zawsze wyranie okrela przy uyciu ukonika odwrotnego (\). Na przykad,
aby wykluczy z folderu C:\Program Files\Acronis\TrueImageHome\ wszystkie pliki zawierajce w nazwie Qt,
mona uy nastpujcego polecenia: *\Prog*\Acr*\True*\*Qt*.??? .
10
Partycjonowanie rczne
Rczna metoda przenoszenia umoliwia zmian rozmiaru partycji na nowym dysku. Domylnie program zmienia
rozmiar proporcjonalnie.
W oknie tym wywietlane s prostokty wskazujce rdowy dysk twardy, cznie z jego partycjami i
nieprzydzielonym miejscem, oraz ukad nowego dysku.
Along
with
the
hard
disk
number,
you
can
see
disk
capacity,
the
label,
volume
and
le
system
numerem
dysku
twardego
widoczna
jest pojemno
dysku,
etykieta oraz
informacje
o woluminach i systemie
informaVon.
Poza
Dierent
volume
types,
including
primary,
logical
and
unallocated
space
are
marked
plikw.
Rne
typy
woluminw
(podstawowy,
logiczny
oraz
nieprzydzielone
miejsce)
oznaczone
s rnymi kolorami.
with
dierent
colors.
To
resize,
change
the
volume
type,
change
the
label
of
the
exisVng
volume,
right
click
on
it,
and
W celu zmiany rozmiaru woluminu, jego typu lub etykiety kliknij go prawym przyciskiem myszy i wybierz Edytuj z
select
Edit
in
menu
the
shortcut
enu.
This
will
ookno
pen
tUstawienia
he
ParVVon
SeXngs
window.
skrtw.m
Zostanie
otwarte
partycji.
11
To
resize,
change
the
volume
type,
change
the
label
of
the
exisVng
volume,
right
click
on
it,
and
select
Edit
in
the
shortcut
menu.
This
will
open
the
ParVVon
SeXngs
window.
border
and
you
can
drag
it
to
enlarge
or
reduce
the
parVVon's
size.
If
the
cursor
turns
into
four
arrows,
it
izmieni
s
pointed
parVVon,
so
yzeou
can
move
it
to
the
wleF
or
i rwight
(if
tbdzie
here's
unallocated
Jeeli kursor
ksztatat
nathe
dwie
pionowe linie
strzakami
skierowanymi
lewo
prawo,
wskazywa
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
granicnpartycji.
space
ear
it).Wwczas mona go przecign w celu zwikszenia lub zmniejszenia rozmiaru partycji. Jeeli kursor
zmieni ksztat na cztery strzaki, bdzie wskazywa sam partycj. Wwczas mona go przecign w lewo lub w
Having
rovided
he
new
zlnieprzydzielonym
ocaVon
and
size,
click
Accept.
You
will
be
taken
back
to
the
C hange
disk
prawo (opile
partycja tssiaduje
miejscem).
layout
window.
You
might
have
to
perform
some
more
resizing
and
relocaVon
before
you
get
the
Po wprowadzeniu
nowej lokalizacji i rozmiaru kliknij Akceptuj. Ponownie pojawi si okno Zmie ukad dysku. W celu
layout
you
need.
uzyskania danego ukadu mog by wymagane kolejne zmiany rozmiaru i lokalizacji partycji.
BOstronie!
e
careful!
Clicking
ny
previous
wizard
step
on
kreatora
the
sidebar
in
tbocznym
his
window
ill
reset
all
size
and
locaVon
Kliknicie a
dowolnego
z poprzednich
krokw
na pasku
w tymwoknie
spowoduje
zresetowanie
wszystkichtdokonanych
rozmiaru
ponowne okrelenie.
changes
hat
you've
zmian
selected,
so
iylokalizacji,
ou
will
hdlatego
ave
to
konieczne
specify
tbdzie
hem
aich
gain.
8.4.9
Cloning summary
The
cloning
summary
window
graphically
(as
rectangles)
illustrates
informaVon
about
the
source
disk
(parVVons
and
unallocated
space)
and
the
desVnaVon
disk
layout.
Along
with
the
disk
number,
some
addiVonal
informaVon
is
provided:
disk
capacity,
label,
parVVon
and
le
system
informaVon.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
12
layout
window.
You
might
have
to
perform
some
more
resizing
and
relocaVon
before
you
get
the
layout
you
need.
Instrukcja
obsugi
programu
Acronis
TruewImage
By
clicking
Next
you
will
proceed
to
the
Cloning
summary
indow. HD:
Klonowanie dysku twardego
Be
careful!
Clicking
any
previous
wizard
step
on
the
sidebar
in
this
window
will
reset
all
size
and
locaVon
changes
that
you've
selected,
so
you
will
have
to
specify
them
again.
8.4.9
Cloning
summary
Podsumowanie
klonowania
Click
Proceed
to
Kontynuuj
start
disk
c,loning.
Kliknij
aby rozpocz klonowanie dysku.
Click
Cancel
to
cancel
the
procedure
and
quit
to
the
main
program
window.
Kliknij Anuluj , aby anulowa procedur i powrci do okna gwnego programu.
Cloning
a
disk
containing
the
currently
acVve
operaVng
system
will
require
a
reboot.
In
that
case,
aFer
clicking
Klonowanie
Proceed
you
w
ill
be
azawierajcego
sked
to
conrm
aktywny
the
reboot.
Canceling
the
reboot
will
cancel
the
dysku
system
operacyjny
wymaga
ponownego
uruchomienia
enVre
procedure.
A
Fer
t
he
c
lone
p
rocess
nishes
y
ou
w
ill
b
e
o
ered
a
n
o
pVon
t
o
s
hut
d
own
t
he
komputera. W takim przypadku po klikniciu Kontynuuj zostanie wywietlona proba o potwierdzenie
computer
by
ponownego
pressing
any
kuruchomienia.
ey.
This
enables
you
to
change
the
posiVon
of
master/slave
jumpers
spowoduje
and
Anulowanie
ponownego
uruchomienia
komputera
anulowanie
remove
one
ocaej
f
the
procedury.
hard
drives.Po zakoczeniu procesu klonowania program zaproponuje wyczenie komputera przez
nacinicie dowolnego klawisza. Umoliwi to zmian pooenia
i wyjcie jednego z
106
Copyright zworek
Acronis,master/slave
Inc., 2000-2012
dyskw twardych.
Klonowanie dysku niezawierajcego systemu operacyjnego lub dysku zawierajcego system w danej chwili
nieaktywny nie wymaga ponownego uruchomienia komputera. Po klikniciu Kontynuuj, program Acronis
True Image HD rozpocznie klonowanie starego dysku na nowy, wywietlajc postp operacji w specjalnym
oknie. Proces mona zatrzyma, klikajc Anuluj. Wwczas konieczne bdzie ponowne utworzenie partycji
na nowym dysku i jego sformatowanie lub powtrzenie procesu klonowania. Po zakoczeniu klonowania
zostanie wywietlony komunikat zawierajcy wyniki tego procesu.
13
Kliknij kart Narzdzia i programy narzdziowe, a nastpnie kliknij Dodaj nowy dysk.
Postpuj zgodnie z instrukcjami Kreatora dodawania nowego dysku.
Jeli korzystasz z 32-bitowej wersji systemu Windows XP, kreator nie bdzie obejmowa kroku Opcje inicjowania z
uwagi na brak obsugi dyskw GPT w tym systemie operacyjnym.
W tej sekcji
14
15
8.5.2
Program
True Image
obsuguje
zarwno
metod G
partycjonowania
i GPT.
Acronis
True
Image
Acronis
HD
supports
both
HD
MBR
and
GPT
parVVoning.
UID
ParVVon
TMBR,
able
jak
(GPT)
is
Tabela
a
new
partycji GUID
(GPT)
to
nowa
metoda
partycjonowania
dysku
twardego
o
wikszych
zaletach
ni
stara
metoda
partycjonowania
hard
disk
parVVoning
method
providing
advantages
over
the
old
MBR
parVVoning
method.
If
your
MBR. Jeli system operacyjny obsuguje dyski GPT, mona wybra opcj inicjowania nowego dysku jako dysku GPT.
operaVng
system
supports
GPT
disks,
you
can
select
the
new
disk
to
be
iniValized
as
a
GPT
disk.
To
add
Aby
a
GPT
disk,
click
IniQalize
disk
in
Gdysk
PT
layout.
doda
dysk
MBR,
kliknij Zainicjuj
w ukadzie MBR.
Jeli korzystasz z 32-bitowej wersji systemu Windows XP, metoda inicjowania GPT bdzie niedostpna, a kreator nie bdzie
If
you
use
a
3obejmowa
2-bit
version
of
W
indows
XP,
the
GPT
iniSalizaSon
method
will
be
unavailable
and
the
kroku
Opcje
inicjowania.
IniJalizaJon
opJons
step
will
be
absent.
Po wybraniu danej metody inicjowania kliknij Dalej.
8.5.3
W celu uycia obszaru dysku twardego naley go podzieli na partycje. Partycjonowanie jest procesem dzielenia
dysku
twardego
Kada
logiczna jednostka
moe funkcjonowa
jako
oddzielny dysk
To
use
the
sobszaru
pace
on
a
hard
disk,
it
na
mlogiczne
ust
be
pjednostki.
arVVoned.
ParVVoning
is
the
process
of
dividing
the
hard
majcy przydzielon liter, wasny system plikw itp. Nawet jeeli nie zamierzasz dzieli dysku twardego na logiczne
disk's
space
into
logical
divisions.
Each
logical
division
may
funcVon
as
a
separate
disk
with
an
jednostki, musi on zawiera partycje, aby system operacyjny wiedzia, e ma on by jedn caoci.
assigned
drive
leWer,
its
own
le
system,
etc.
Even
if
you
do
not
intend
to
divide
your
hard
disk
into
logical
divisions
it
must
cae
be
miejsce
parVVoned
so
that
the
operaVng
sZmieni
ystem
ksi
nows
it
is
inowych
ntended
to
be
Pocztkowo
na dysku
jest nieprzydzielone.
to pothat
dodaniu
partycji.
leF
in
one
piece.
IniVally,
all
disk
space
will
be
unallocated.
This
will
change
aFer
you
add
new
parVVons.
To
create
a
new
parQQon:
Select
the
unallocated
space
and
click
Create
new
parQQon
in
the
upper
part
of
the
window,
or
right
click
on
Inc.,
the
unallocated
space,
and
select
Create
new
parQQon
in
the
shortcut
menu.
Copyright
Acronis,
2000-2012
Specify
the
following
seXngs
for
the
parVVon
being
created:
16
Wybierz nieprzydzielone miejsce i kliknij opcj Utwrz now partycj w grnej czci okna lub kliknij
nieprzydzielone miejsce prawym przyciskiem myszy i wybierz polecenie Utwrz now partycj z menu skrtw.
If
you
allocate
all
ucae
nallocated
space
on
miejsce
the
disk
na
to
tdysku
he
new
parVVon,
the
Create
new
partycji,
parQQon
przycisk
buWon
Utwrz now
Jeeli
nieprzydzielone
zostanie
przypisane
nowej
disappears. partycj zniknie.
8.5.3.1
Partition settings
Size
You
can
resize
and
relocate
the
parVVon
being
created.
If
you
want
to
resize
the
parQQon:
Point
the
cursor
at
the
parVVon
border.
If
the
cursor
is
pointed
exactly
at
the
parVVon
border,
it
will
change
into
two
verVcal
lines
with
arrows
on
each
side.
Hold
down
the
leF
mouse
buWon
and
drag
the
selected
parVVon
border
to
enlarge
or
reduce
the
parVVon
size.
17
Ustawienia partycji
Okrel ustawienia tworzonej partycji.
Rozmiar
Moliwe jest modyfikowanie rozmiaru i lokalizacji tworzonej partycji.
Ustaw kursor na granicy partycji. Kursor zmieni si na dwie pionowe linie ze strzakami po kadej stronie.
Przytrzymaj lewy przycisk myszy i przecignij wybran granic partycji w celu zwikszenia lub zmniejszenia jej
rozmiaru.
Moliwe jest rwnie rczne ustawienie rozmiaru partycji przez jego wpisanie w polu Rozmiar partycji .
Aby zmieni lokalizacj partycji:
Jeli utworzysz cho jeden dysk logiczny, program zarezerwuje troch nieprzydzielonego miejsca na potrzeby
systemu przed utworzonymi partycjami. Jeeli tworzona jest partycja podstawowa lub partycja podstawowa oraz
logiczna, system nie bdzie rezerwowa nieprzydzielonego miejsca.
System plikw
Naley wybra typ systemu plikw tworzonej partycji. Rne partycje mog mie systemy plikw rnego typu.
Moesz pozostawi partycj jako niesformatowan lub sformatowa j, wybierajc jeden z nastpujcych typw
systemu plikw:
NTFS to macierzysty system plikw systemw Windows NT, Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Vista i Windows
7. Wybierz ten system, jeli korzystasz z wymienionych systemw operacyjnych. Uwaga: systemy Windows 95/98/
Me i DOS nie mog uzyska dostpu do partycji NTFS.
FAT 32 to ulepszona 32-bitowa wersja systemu plikw FAT, obsugujca woluminy do 2 TB.
FAT 16 to macierzysty system plikw systemu DOS. Rozpoznawany jest przez wikszo systemw operacyjnych.
Jeli jednak dysk twardy ma pojemno wiksz ni 4 GB, nie mona go sformatowa w systemie plikw FAT16.
Ext2 to macierzysty system plikw systemu Linux. Jest on do szybki, jednak nie jest dziennikowym systemem
plikw.
18
Ext3 to wprowadzony oficjalnie wraz z systemem Red Hat Linux 7.2 dziennikowy system plikw systemu Linux. Jest
on kompatybilny z pniejszymi i wczeniejszymi wersjami systemu Linux Ext2. Posiada on wiele trybw dziennika i
jest kompatybilny z platformami 32-bitowymi i 64-bitowymi.
Ext4 to nowy system plikw systemu Linux. Zawiera on szereg ulepsze w porwnaniu z systemem ext3. Jest
w peni kompatybilny z systemami ext2 i ext 3. System ext3 jest natomiast jedynie czciowo kompatybilny z
systemem ext4.
ReiserFS to dziennikowy system plikw dla systemu Linux. Generalnie jest on bardziej niezawodny i szybszy ni
Ext2. Wybierz go dla partycji zawierajcej dane systemu Linux.
Linux Swap to partycja pliku wymiany dla systemu Linux. Wybierz go w celu dodania wikszego obszaru wymiany
dla systemu Linux.
Litera partycji
Z listy rozwijanej wybierz liter, ktra zostanie przypisana tworzonej partycji. W przypadku wybrania opcji
Automatycznie program przypisze partycji pierwsz woln liter (w kolejnoci alfabetycznej).
Etykieta partycji
Etykieta partycji jest nazw przydzielon partycji w celu jej atwego rozpoznawania. Na przykad: jedna z partycji
moe nosi nazw System partycja zawierajca system operacyjny, inna Programy partycja zawierajce
aplikacje, jeszcze inna Dane partycja zawierajca dane itp. Etykieta partycji jest atrybutem opcjonalnym.
Typ partycji (te ustawienia s dostpne tylko w przypadku dyskw MBR)
Wybierz typ partycji do utworzenia. Moesz utworzy partycj podstawow lub logiczn.
Podstawowa naley wybra ten parametr, jeli system ma by uruchamiany z tej partycji. W przeciwnym
wypadku lepszym wyborem jest utworzenie nowej partycji jako dysku logicznego. Na dysku twardym znajdowa
si mog maksymalnie cztery partycje podstawowe lub trzy partycje podstawowe i jedna partycja rozszerzona.
Uwaga: jeli jest kilka partycji podstawowych, w danym czasie moe by aktywna tylko jedna z nich. Pozostae
partycje podstawowe bd ukryte i niewidoczne dla systemu operacyjnego.
Oznacz partycj jako aktywn partycja aktywna jest uywana do adowania systemu operacyjnego. Oznaczenie
partycji, na ktrej nie znajduje si system operacyjny jako aktywnej moe uniemoliwi uruchomienie komputera.
Logiczna naley wybra ten parametr, jeli na partycji nie zostanie zainstalowany system operacyjny. Dysk
logiczny jest czci dysku fizycznego, ktra zostaa wydzielona jako partycja i niezalena jednostka i funkcjonuje
jako oddzielny dysk.
Po zakoczeniu okrelania ustawie dla tworzonej partycji kliknij Zaakceptuj , aby kontynuowa. Podsumowanie
dodawania nowego dysku
19
Mark
the
parQQon
as
acQve
-
an
acVve
parVVon
is
used
for
loading
an
operaVng
system.
SelecVng
AcVve
for
a
parVVon
without
an
installed
operaVng
system
could
prevent
your
computer
from
booVng.
Dodawanie
Logical
-
choose
this
parameter
you
dont
intend
to
install
and
start
an
operaVng
system
from
nowego
dyskuif
twardego
the
parVVon.
A
logical
drive
is
part
of
a
physical
disk
drive
that
has
been
parVVoned
and
allocated
as
an
independent
unit,
but
funcVons
as
a
separate
drive.
When
you
nish
to
specify
the
seXngs
for
the
parVVon
being
created,
click
Accept
to
conVnue.
8.5.4
Kliknij Kontynuuj
, aby rozpocz
tworzenie nowych partycji.
Click
Proceed
to
start
creaVng
new
parVVon(s).
Click
Cancel
to
cancel
the
procedure
and
quit
to
the
main
program
window.
Kliknij Anuluj , aby anulowa procedur i powrci do okna gwnego programu.
AFer
you
click
Proceed,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
starts
creaVng
new
parVVon
or
parVVons,
indicaVng
the
progress
in
klikniciu
a
special
Kontynuujprogram
window.
If
you
stop
this
True
procedure
by
rozpocznie
clicking
Cancel,
you
nowych
will
have
to
sygnalizujc
Po
Acronis
Image HD
tworzenie
partycji,
reparVVon
apostp
nd
format
the
new
oknie.
disk
oW
r
rrazie
epeat
the
disk
atej
dd
procedury
procedure.
w specjalnym
zatrzymania
przez kliknicie Anuluj konieczne bdzie ponowne
utworzenie partycji i sformatowanie nowego dysku lub powtrzenie procedury dodawania dysku.
Before
clicking
the
P
roceed
buTon
you
can
use
the
sidebar
o
navigate
hrough
the
Add
New
krokami
Disk
Wizard
stepsdodawania
Przed
klikniciem
Kontynuuj
moesz
uy
paska tbocznego
dotprzechodzenia
midzy
Kreatora
and
make
changes.
nowego dysku w celu dokonania zmian.
112
20
8.6
Acronis
Capacity
NarzdzieExtended
Acronis Extended Capacity
Manager Manager
umoliwia systemowi operacyjnemu obsug dyskw o duej
displays
all
hard
disks
MBR).
larger
than
2
Tjest
B
(unallocated
or
rozpoznawane i
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
wizard
TB (nieprzydzielone
lub ze
schematem
partycjonowania
Widoczne
miejsce na dysku
with
MBR
parVVon
style).
Yprzez
ou
can
see
tWindows.
he
disk
space
which
indows
recognizes
nd
aPojemno
llocates.
Tmacierzysta
his
przydzielone
system
Miejsce
to jestWokrelone
w kreatorzeajako
w systemie
Windows.
space
is
called
Windows
NaVve
Capacity
in
the
wizard.
The
space
beyond
2
TB
is
displayed
as
Extended
Capacity.
You
can
enable
Extended
Capacity
Disks,
Obszar poza granic 2 TB jest wywietlany jako Pojemno rozszerzona. Narzdzie umoliwia wczenie dyskw o
and
once
it
is
done,
this
space
becomes
isible
to
the
operaVng
system
and
dla
ready
for
doperacyjnego
isk
rozszerzonej
pojemnoci,
covspowoduje
widoczno
tego
obszaru
systemu
i udostpnienie go dla
peraVons.
management
ooperacji
zarzdzania dyskami.
1. To
start
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager,
select
the
Tools
and
uQliQes
tab
and
then
click
1. Aby uruchomi narzdzie Acronis Extended Capacity Manager, wybierz kart Narzdzia i programy narzdziowe
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager.
i kliknij Acronis
Extended
Capacity Manager.
If
the
program
not
nie
nd
znajdzie
any
MBR
disks
wdyskw
ith
a
capacity
of
more
than
2
TB,
it
displays
message
that
Jelidoes
program
adnych
MBR o pojemnoci
przekraczajcej
2 TB,awywietli
komunikat
informujcy o
dostpnoci
miejsca
i braku
uycia
narzdzia
AcronisMExtended
the
enSre
disk
space
is
acaego
ccessible
and
yna
ou
dysku
do
not
need
koniecznoci
to
use
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
anager. Capacity Manager.
2. Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
shows
the
Manager
Extended
Capacity
available
rozszerzon
for
allocaVon.
2. Narzdzie
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
wywietla
Pojemno
dostpn do przydzielenia.
3. Kliknij
Przydzielenie
nastpnym
kroku
z dostpnymi moliwociami przydzielenia
3. Click
Allocate
space
to
see
the
pmiejsca
ossible
d, aby
isk
swpace
allocaVon
in
zapozna
the
next
si
step.
miejsca na dysku.
AFer
clicking
the
Apply
buWon,
an
Extended
Capacity
Disk
will
be
emulated
on
your
physical
disk.
If
your
physical
disk's
capacity
is
more
than
4
TB
and
your
operaVng
system
does
not
support
the
GPT
parVVon
style,
the
program
creates
several
MBR
Extended
Capacity
Disks.
Note
that
Extended
Capacity
Disks
are
not
bootable,
though
most
of
their
properSes
are
the
same
as
that
of
physical
disks.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
21
Kliknicie przycisku Zastosuj spowoduje emulacj dysku o rozszerzonej pojemnoci na dysku fizycznym.
Jeli pojemno dysku fizycznego przekracza 4 TB, a posiadany system operacyjny nie obsuguje schematu
partycjonowania GPT, program utworzy kilka dyskw MBR o rozszerzonej pojemnoci.
Naley pamita, e dyski o rozszerzonej pojemnoci nie mog peni roli nonikw startowych, cho wikszo ich
waciwoci jest taka sama jak w przypadku dyskw fizycznych.
4. Kliknij Zamknij , aby zamkn narzdzie Acronis Extended Capacity Manager.
AFer
allocaVng
the
space,
you
can
temporarily
switch
o
the
Extended
Capacity
Disks
by
clicking
Po przydzieleniu miejsca moliwe jest tymczasowe wyczenie dyskw o rozszerzonej pojemnoci przez kliknicie
Temporary
switch
o
Extended
Capacity
isks.
This
makes
the
Extended
Capacity
isks
oinvisible
for
pojemnoci stan si
Tymczasowo
wycz
dyski o D
rozszerzonej
pojemnoci.
Spowoduje
to, e D
dyski
rozszerzonej
disk
management
t
ools,
t
hough
t
he
d
isk
s
pace
w
ill
r
emain
a
llocated
a
nd
y
ou
w
ill
b
e
a
ble
t
o
m
ake
niewidoczne dla narzdzi do zarzdzania dyskami, cho miejsce na dysku pozostanie przydzielone i pniej bdzie
ponownie
wczy
celu uruchom
Acronis
Extended Capacity
these
parVVons
mona
visible
again
later.
To
dwidoczno
o
this,
start
tych
the
partycji.
Acronis
WEtym
xtended
Capacity
narzdzie
Manager
and
then
Manager
i
kliknij
Przydziel
miejsce.
click
Allocate
space.
8.7
Trim SSD
Trim
SSD
Wizard
lets
you
improve
the
speed
of
write
operaVons
on
a
solid-state
drive
(SSD)
and
miVgate
degradaVon
in
performance.
This
issue
naturally
occurs
as
a
result
of
intensive
or
long
use
of
an
SSD,
and
arises
from
the
way
SSDs
overwrite
and
delete
data.
Like
with
tradiVonal
hard
drives,
if
you
delete
a
le
from
an
SSD,
data
cells
are
simply
agged
as
"available
for
uAcronis,
se"
instead
of
being
erased.
When
the
operaVng
system
later
performs
a
write
Copyright
Inc., 2000-2012
operaVon
to
such
a
cell,
it
actually
becomes
an
overwrite
operaVon
from
the
point
of
view
of
the
storage
device.
For
tradiVonal
hard
drives,
it
is
like
wriVng
to
an
empty
cell.
SSD
cells,
however,
are
22
23
24
Bezpieczestwo i prywatno
W skad programu Acronis True Image HD wchodz narzdzia do bezpiecznego niszczenia danych z caego dysku
twardego i poszczeglnych partycji.
W przypadku wymiany starego dysku twardego na nowy o wikszej pojemnoci moesz przypadkowo pozostawi na
starym dysku informacje osobiste i poufne. Takie informacje mona odzyska nawet po ponownym sformatowaniu
dysku.
Narzdzie Acronis DriveCleanser suy do niszczenia poufnych informacji na dyskach twardych lub partycjach przy
uyciu technik niszczenia, ktre speniaj lub nawet przewyszaj wymagania wikszoci norm krajowych. Mona
wybra odpowiedni metod niszczenia danych w zalenoci od wagi informacji poufnych.
Metody niszczenia danych zostay szczegowo opisane w sekcji Metody wymazywania dysku twardego (s. 34)
niniejszego podrcznika.
W tej sekcji
Acronis DriveCleanser
Metody wymazywania dysku twardego
Acronis DriveCleanser
Wiele systemw operacyjnych nie zawiera narzdzi do bezpiecznego niszczenia danych, wic usunite pliki mona
atwo odzyska za pomoc nieskomplikowanych aplikacji. Nawet pene sformatowanie dysku nie zapewnia trwaego
zniszczenia poufnych danych.
Narzdzie Acronis DriveCleanser gwarantuje trwae zniszczenie danych znajdujcych si na wybranych dyskach
twardych i partycjach. Narzdzie to umoliwia wybr jednego spord kilku algorytmw niszczenia danych, w
zalenoci od wanoci danych poufnych.
Naley pamita, e w zalenoci od cakowitego rozmiaru zaznaczonych partycji i wybranego algorytmu niszczenia
danych proces ten moe zaj wiele godzin.
Praca z narzdziem Acronis DriveCleanser
Narzdzie Acronis DriveCleanser umoliwia:
czyszczenie wybranych dyskw twardych lub partycji przy uyciu wybranych algorytmw,
tworzenie i uruchamianie niestandardowych algorytmw czyszczenia dysku twardego.
25
Acronis
DriveCleanser
solves
this
problem
with
guaranteed
and
permanent
data
destrucVon
on
selected
hard
disks
and
parVVons.
You
can
select
from
a
number
of
data
destrucVon
algorithms
Instrukcja
programu
AcronisinformaVon.
True Image HD:
depending
on
the
iobsugi
mportance
of
your
condenVal
Bezpieczestwo i prywatno
Be
aware
that,
depending
on
the
total
size
of
selected
parSSons
and
the
selected
data
destrucSon
algorithm,
the
data
destrucSon
may
take
many
hours.
Dziaanie
narzdzia
Acronis
kreatorze, ktry tworzy skrypt wszystkich operacji na dysku
Create
and
execute
custom
user
aDriveCleanser
lgorithms
of
opiera
hard
dsi
isk
naclean-up.
twardym, dlatego adne dane nie s niszczone a do kliknicia Kontynuuj w oknie Podsumowanie. Na dowolnym
Acronis
DriveCleanser
is
based
on
a
wizard
that
scripts
all
hard
disk
operaVons,
so
no
data
etapie kreatora moliwe jest powrcenie do poprzedniego kroku i wybranie innych dyskw, partycji lub algorytmw
destrucVon
is
niszczenia
performed
unVl
you
click
Proceed
in
the
wizard's
Summary
window.
At
any
moment,
danych.
you
can
return
to
the
previous
steps
to
select
other
disks,
parVVons
or
data
destrucVon
algorithms.
Abydtrwale
dysku:
To
permanently
estroy
zniszczy
data
on
dane
your
na
disk:
Click the Tools and uQliQes tab, and then click Acronis DriveCleanser.
Wykonaj
kreatora Acronis
DriveCleanser.
Follow
the
Acronis
kroki
DriveCleanser
wizard
steps.
8.8.1.1
Wybr
Datadanych
selection
Najpierw
wybra
dysku
twardego,
ktrych
maj by
niszczone dane.
First,
you
must
select
naley
the
hard
disk
partycje
parVVons
where
you
wnaant
to
destroy
data.
To
select
a
parVVon,
click
the
corresponding
rectangle.
You
ill
see
agrnym
red
mark
the
upper
right
Aby wybra
partycj,
kliknij odpowiedni
prostokt.
Ww
prawym
roguin
wywietli
si czerwony
znacznik
corner
indicaVng
that
the
parVVon
is
selected.
oznaczajcy
wybranie
partycji.
116
Do niszczenia danych moesz wybra cay dysk twardy lub kilka dyskw. W tym celu kliknij prostokt odpowiadajcy
dyskowi twardemu (z ikon urzdzenia, numerem dysku i pojemnoci).
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
Moesz wybra jednoczenie kilka partycji znajdujcych si na rnych dyskach twardych lub na kilku dyskach, jak
rwnie nieprzydzielone miejsce na dyskach.
Narzdzie Acronis DriveCleanser nie umoliwia wymazywania partycji na dyskach dynamicznych i GPT, wic nie s one
wywietlane w oknie Wybr rda.
26
You
can
select
an
enVre
hard
disk
or
several
disks
for
data
destrucVon.
To
do
this,
click
the
rectangle
Bezpieczestwo
i prywatno
corresponding
to
the
hard
disk
(with
a
device
icon,
disk
number
and
capacity).
You
can
simultaneously
select
several
parVVons
located
on
dierent
hard
disk
drives
or
on
several
disks,
as
well
as
unallocated
space
on
disks.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
cannot
wipe
parSSons
on
dynamic
and
GPT
disks,
so
they
will
not
be
shown
in
the
Source
selecJon
window.
Kliknij Dalej , aby kontynuowa.
Be
careful,
because
licking
OOK
K
in
his
wzarning
window
and
then
Kontynuuj
Proceed
in
wthe
Summary
window
Uwaga: ckliknicie
wtoknie
ostrzeeniem,
a nastpnie
oknie
podsumowania
spowoduje
will
result
in
w
iping
the
partycji
system
systemowej
parVVon
containing
Windows
operaVng
system.
wymazanie
zawierajcejyour
system
operacyjny
Windows.
8.8.1.2
Wybr algorytmu
Algorithm selection
Narzdzie Acronis DriveCleanser korzysta z kilku najbardziej popularnych algorytmw niszczenia danych. Wybierz
Acronis
DriveCleanser
uVlizes
a
number
of
the
most
popular
data
destrucVon
algorithms.
Select
the
dany algorytm z listy rozwijanej.
desired
algorithm
from
the
drop-down
list.
Metody niszczenia danych zostay szczegowo opisane w sekcji Metody wymazywania dysku twardego (s. 34)
niniejszego podrcznika.
117
27
The
data
destrucVon
methods
are
described
in
detail
in
Hard
Disk
Wiping
Methods
(p.
123)
of
this
guide.
CreaQng
custom
algorithms
of
data
destrucQon
Tworzenie indywidualnych algorytmw niszczenia danych
Acronis
DriveCleanser
gives
you
the
opportunity
to
tworzenie
create
your
own
algorithms
for
wiping
hard
disks.
danych
Narzdzie Acronis
DriveCleanser
umoliwia
indywidualnych
algorytmw
do wymazywania
Although
the
zsdyskw
oFware
includes
Chocia
several
program
levels
oudostpnia
f
data
destrucVon,
you
cniszczenia
an
choose
to
create
your
twardych.
kilka poziomw
danych,
mona
utworzy wasny
algorytm. Jest toozalecane
przypadku
uytkownikw
znajcych
niszczenia
danych
own.
This
is
recommended
nly
for
utylko
sers
wfamiliar
with
the
principles
of
data
zasady
destrucVon
used
in
stosowane w
bezpiecznego wymazywania.
secure
disk
wmetodach
iping
methods.
Aby rozpocz tworzenie algorytmu wymazywania dysku twardego, kliknij Niestandardowy... z listy rozwijanej
znajdujcej si w oknie Wybr algorytmu. W kreatorze narzdzia DriveCleanser bd wwczas dostpne nowe
wymagane kroki, pozwalajce utworzy nowy algorytm niszczenia danych odpowiadajcy konkretnym wymaganiom
w zakresie bezpieczestwa.
28
Having
created
a
custom
metody
method,
you
can
save
mona
the
algorithm
you
created.
This
w
ill
be
si
handy
if
you
Po utworzeniu
niestandardowej
zapisa utworzony
algorytm.
Przyda
to, jeeli
zamierzasz uy
algorytmu
ponownie.
are
going
to
use
it
again.
Loading
aadowanie
n
algorithm
from
zapliku
le
algorytmu
If
you
created
and
saved
i yzapisaniu
our
algorithm
for
dniszczenia
ata
destrucVon
while
wpracy
orking
with
Acronis
True
True
Image
Po utworzeniu
algorytmu
danych podczas
z programem
Acronis
Image HD moesz
HD
soFware,
ou
cw
an
use
it
in
the
following
way:
go yuy
nastpujcy
sposb:
In
the
Select
algorithm
window,
choose
Load
from
le
from
the
drop-down
list
and
select
the
le
W oknie Wybr algorytmu wybierz Zaaduj z pliku... z listy rozwijanej i zaznacz plik zawierajcy parametry
data
destrucVon
algorithm
parameters.
By
default,
such
les
have
a
*.alg
extension.
with
custom
niestandardowego algorytmu niszczenia danych. Domylnie pliki tego rodzaju maj rozszerzenie *.alg.
Definicja
algorytmu
Algorithm
definition
OknodeniVon
Definicja algorytmu
szablon
tworzonego
algorytmu.
The
Algorithm
window
szawiera
hows
you
a
template
of
the
future
algorithm.
The
window
has
the
following
legend:
The
rst
column
of
the
list
contains
the
type
of
operaVon
on
a
Okno zawiera nastpujc legend: pierwsza kolumna listy reprezentuje typ operacji wykonywanej na dysku (moe
disk
(there
to
are
just
two:
to
wlub
rite
weryfikacja),
a
symbol
to
isk,
"wriVng";
nd
to
verify
wjest
riWen,
"vericaVon");
the
by
zapisywanie
w ddrugiej
kolumnieaprzedstawiony
wzorzec
danych zapisywanych
na dysk.
second
column
contains
the
paWern
of
data
to
be
wriWen
to
disk.
Wzorzec danych zapisywanych na dysk zawsze ma posta heksadecymaln (np. 0x00, 0xAA lub 0xCD itp.). Wartoci
The
paWern
to
be
wriWen
is
always
a
hexadecimal
value,
for
example,
a
value
of
this
kind:
0x00,
te zajmuj 1 bajt, jednak ich rozmiar moe osign 512 bajtw. Oprcz tych wartoci moesz wprowadzi losow
0xAA,
or
0xCD,
etc.
These
values
are
1
byte
long,
but
they
may
be
up
to
512
bytes
long.
Except
for
warto heksadecymaln o dowolnej dugoci (do 512 bajtw). Algorytm moe take zawiera jedn lub wicej
such
values,
you
may
enter
a
random
value
ozapisan
f
any
length
(up
w
to
poprzednim
512
bytes).
przebiegu.
Your
wartoci
uzupeniajcych,
ktrehexadecimal
uzupeniaj warto
na dysku
algorithm
may
also
include
one
more
value
for
wriVng
that
is
designated
as
the
complementary
Jeeli
warto
to 10001010 (0x8A),
wwczas
warto
miaa posta
value
the
value
that
binarna
is
complementary
to
the
one
wriWen
to
uzupeniajca
disk
during
tbdzie
he
previous
pass.01110101 (0x75).
Okno Definicja algorytmu zawiera wycznie szablon algorytmu.
If
the
binary
value
is
represented
by
the
10001010
(0x8A)
sequence,
then
the
complementary
binary
value
will
be
represented
by
the
01110101
(0x75)
sequence.
29
Dane, ktre oprogramowanie powinno zapisa na dysku w celu zniszczenia danych poufnych zgodnie z algorytmem,
naley okreli indywidualnie.
W tym celu zaznacz wiersz reprezentujcy pierwszy przebieg i kliknij Edycja.
Dopasowywanie przebiegu wymazywania
Okno Dopasowanie przebiegu wymazywania umoliwia okrelenie wzorca, ktry bdzie zapisywany na dysk (warto
heksadecymalna).
Elementy sterujce znajdujce si w oknie maj nastpujce znaczenie: w polu znajdujcym si pod pozycj Wzorzec
zapisu moesz wpisa dowoln warto heksadecymaln, ktra zostanie zapisana na dysk podczas przebiegu (w tym
przypadku jest to przebieg pierwszy).
Po zaznaczeniu opcji Wpisz liczb losow na dysk zostanie najpierw zapisana losowa warto o dugoci okrelonej
przez uytkownika (w bajtach) w poniszym polu.
Zgodnie z amerykaskim standardem, na ktrym wzorowany jest przykad, zaznacz opcj Wpisz liczb losow i wpisz
warto 1.
Kliknij OK , aby kontynuowa.
Na ekranie ponownie pojawi si okno definicji algorytmu, w ktrym mona zaobserwowa, e poprzedni wpis dla
pierwszego przebiegu (zapis 00) zosta zastpiony wierszem zapis losowy, liczba bajtw: 1.
Aby zdefiniowa nastpny przebieg, kliknij Dodaj .
Na ekranie pojawi si znane ju okno, ale tym razem opcja ta bdzie zawieraa dwie dodatkowe pozycje:
Zapisz uzupenienie wzorca poprzedniego przebiegu: drugi przebieg algorytmu zgodnego z amerykaskim
standardem, na ktrym wzorowany jest przykad, polega na zapisaniu w kadym sektorze wartoci
heksadecymalnych uzupeniajcych wartoci z przebiegu poprzedniego. Z tego wzgldu zaznacz opcj Zapisz
uzupenienie wzorca poprzedniego przebiegu i kliknij OK.
Na ekranie ponownie pojawi si okno definicji algorytmu. W tym oknie drugi wiersz zosta zmieniony: zapis
uzupenienie wartoci z poprzedniego kroku.
Weryfikacja
Zgodnie z amerykaskim standardem niszczenia danych naley zdefiniowa trzeci i czwarty przebieg.
W ten sam sposb mona utworzy dowolny algorytm niszczenia danych speniajcy wymagania bezpieczestwa.
30
8.8.1.3
W oknie Czynnoci po wymazaniu moesz zdefiniowa czynnoci, ktre bd wykonywane na partycjach wybranych
actions
doPost-wiping
zniszczenia danych.
W narzdziu Acronis DriveCleanser s dostpne trzy opcje:
In
the
Post-wiping
cVons
window,
you
can
select
acVons
to
be
performed
on
the
parVVons
selected
Brakadziaania
A
tylko
zniszczenie
danych o
przy
uyciu
wybranego poniej
for
data
destrucVon.
cronis
DriveCleanser
ers
you
talgorytmu
hree
opVons:
Usu
partycj
No
acQon
just
destroy
data
using
the
algorithm
selected
below
8.8.1.4
8.8.1.5
31
erent
algorithms
oer
algorytmy
various
levels
of
condenVal
data
destrucVon.
Thus
danych
the
picture
you
m
ight
wzgldu wygld partycji
Rne
charakteryzuj
si rnymi
stopniami
niszczenia
poufnych.
Z tego
po zakoczeniu
danych
zaley odm
wybranej
Jednak
faktycznie
e
on
a
disk
or
parVVon
depends
niszczenia
on
the
data
destrucVon
ethod.
Bmetody.
ut
what
you
aobraz
ctually
see
are
wywietlany na ekranie to
sektory
dysku
wypenione
zerami
lub
symbolami
losowymi.
k
sectors
lled
with
either
zeros
or
random
symbols.
e
Search
menu
allows
you
to
search
a
hard
disk
for
a
line
and
to
go
to
a
disk
sector
according
to
its
solute
oset.
ecVng
the
Search
item
in
the
same
menu
will
give
you
access
to
funcVons
of
searching
lines
in
the
Acronis,cInc.,
k
being
eCopyright
dited.
(You
an
2000-2012
do
the
same
by
pressing
the
Ctrl
+
F
key
combinaVon.)
Search
parameters
e
set
in
the
Search
dialog
window.
begin searching:
32
Wyszukiwany cig moe by wartoci tekstow (poleTekst ) lub liczbow (heksadecymaln) (pole Hex).
Po wprowadzeniu cigu znakw w polu Tekst zostanie on automatycznie przekonwertowany na warto
heksadecymaln oraz wywietlony w polu Hex i odwrotnie.
Zaznacz parametr Uwzgldniaj wielko liter , aby program rozrnia wielko liter. Jeli wybrano tryb
wyszukiwania bez uwzgldniania wielkoci liter, ignorowana bdzie nie tylko wielko liter, ale take dodatkowe
symbole zestawu znakw.
Zaznacz parametr Szukaj w przesuniciu sektora , aby wyszuka cigu znakw w obrbie danego przesunicia
sektora.
Kliknij OK , aby rozpocz wyszukiwanie. Po zakoczeniu wyszukiwania bieca pozycja zostanie przesunita do
miejsca, w ktrym odnaleziono dany cig znakw, lub, jeeli nie znaleziono adnych wynikw, jej pooenie nie
ulegnie zmianie. Aby wyszuka nastpny cig znakw z biecej pozycji, wybierz Wyszukaj ponownie z menu
Wyszukiwanie lub nacinij klawisz F3 .
Przechodzenie do sektora
Do okrelonego sektora mona przej na podstawie jego przesunicia bezwzgldnego. W tym celu wybierz Przejd
do z menu Wyszukiwanie (lub nacinij kombinacj klawiszy Alt+P . Wybr tej opcji spowoduje otwarcie okna
Przejd do .
Aby wykona przejcie, wprowad przesunicie bezwzgldne sektora lub numery cylindra, gowicy i sektora.
Wywietlane parametry maj nastpujcy format:
(CYL x HDS + HD) x SPT + SEC - 1
Gdzie CYL, HD, SEC s kolejno numerami cylindra, gowicy i sektora wedug wsprzdnych CHS (Cylinder,
Head, Sector cylinder, gowica, sektor), HDS to liczba gowic przypadajca na dysk, a SPT to liczba sektorw
przypadajcych na ciek.
Aby powrci do poprzedniego sektora, wybierz Wstecz w menu Wyszukiwanie (lub nacinij kombinacj klawiszy
Ctrl+Backspace ).
33
34
Teoria gwarantowanego wymazywania danych zostaa szczegowo opisana w artykule Petera Gutmanna.
Zobacz:
Bezpieczne usuwanie danych z pamici magnetycznej i pamici pprzewodnikowej pod adresem http://www.
cs.auckland.ac.nz/~pgut001/pubs/secure_del.html.
Metody wymazywania danych uywane w programie Acronis
Ponisza tabela zawiera krtkie opisy algorytmw wymazywania danych uywanych w programie Acronis. W kadym
opisie podano liczb przebiegw w sektorach dysku twardego oraz liczby zapisywane w kadym bajcie sektora.
Opis wbudowanych metod wymazywania danych
Lp.
Przebiegi
Zapis
Niemiecki: VSITR
35
Szybki
35
Montowanie obrazu
Program Acronis True Image HD umoliwia montowanie obrazw oraz eksplorowanie obrazw i kopii zapasowych
plikw.
Eksplorowanie obrazw i kopii zapasowych plikw umoliwia wywietlanie ich zawartoci oraz kopiowanie
wybranych plikw na dysk twardy. Aby eksplorowa kopi zapasow w Eksploratorze Windows, kliknij dwukrotnie
odpowiedni plik tib. Mona take klikn plik prawym przyciskiem myszy i z menu skrtw wybra Eksploruj .
Po skopiowaniu plikw z kopii zapasowej, ktra jest eksplorowana, skopiowane pliki trac atrybuty Skompresowany i
Zaszyfrowany. Jeli trzeba zachowa te atrybuty, zaleca si odzyskanie kopii zapasowej.
Montowanie obrazw jako dyskw wirtualnych umoliwia dostp do obrazw w taki sam sposb jak do dyskw
fizycznych. Oznacza to, e:
Dysku wirtualnego mona uywa w taki sam sposb jak dysku fizycznego (otwiera, zapisywa, kopiowa,
przenosi, tworzy i usuwa pliki oraz foldery). W razie koniecznoci obraz moe zosta podczony w trybie tylko
do odczytu.
Operacje opisane w niniejszej sekcji mona wykonywa tylko w systemach plikw FAT i NTFS.
Naley pamita, e chocia zarwno kopie zapasowe plikw, jak i obrazy dyskw/partycji maj domylne
rozszerzenie .tib, moliwe jest montowanie tylko obrazw . Aby wywietli zawarto kopii zapasowej plikw, naley
uy funkcji eksplorowania (dostpnej jako polecenie Przegldaj).
36
using
Windows
Explorer
and
other
le
managers,
you
can
view
the
image
contents
as
if
they
were
located
on
a
physical
disk
or
parVVon
you
wInstrukcja
ill
be
able
to
obsugi
use
the
virtual
disk
in
the
same
way
as
tImage
he
real
oHD:
ne:
open,
save,
copy,
move,
programu
Acronis
True
Montowanie
obrazu
create,
delete
les
or
folders.
If
necessary,
the
image
can
be
mounted
in
read-only
mode.
The operaSons described in this secSon are supported only for the FAT and NTFS le systems.
Please
keep
in
mind
that,
though
both
le
backups
and
disk/parVVon
images
have
a
default
".Vb"
extension,
only
images
can
be
mounted.
If
you
want
to
view
le
backup
contents,
use
the
Explore
operaVon.
1. Start the Mount wizard by clicking Mount image on the Tools and uQliQes tab.
1. Uruchom Kreator montowania, klikajc Zamontuj obraz na karcie Narzdzia i programy narzdziowe .
125
W przypadku wybrania kopii zapasowej zawierajcej obrazy przyrostowe mona wybra jeden z kolejnych obrazw
Copyright
Acronis,wg
Inc.,
2000-2012 utworzenia.
przyrostowych (nazywanych take wersjami kopii zapasowej)
wywietlanych
daty/godziny
Umoliwia to przegldanie stanu danych z okrelonej chwili.
Aby zamontowa obraz przyrostowy, naley dysponowa wszystkimi poprzednimi wersjami kopii zapasowej i
pocztkow kopi pen. Zamontowanie jest niemoliwe, jeeli brakuje jakiejkolwiek kolejnej kopii zapasowej.
Jeeli kopi zapasow zabezpieczono hasem, program Acronis True Image HD wywietli monit o podanie hasa w
oknie dialogowym. Do czasu wprowadzenia poprawnego hasa nie pojawi si informacje o ukadzie partycji ani
przycisk Dalej .
37
If
you
selected
a
backup
containing
incremental
images,
you
can
select
one
of
the
successive
incremental
images
(also
called
"backup
versions")
by
its
creaVon
date/Vme.
Thus,
you
can
explore
the
data
state
at
a
certain
moment.
Instrukcja
obsugi
programu
Acronis True Image HD:
Montowanie
obrazu
To
mount
an
incremental
image,
you
must
have
all
previous
backup
versions
and
the
iniVal
full
backup.
If
any
of
the
successive
backups
are
missing,
mounVng
is
not
possible.
If
the
backup
was
password-protected,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
will
ask
for
the
password
in
a
dialog
box.
Neither
the
parVVons
layout
will
be
shown,
nor
will
the
Next
buWon
be
enabled
unVl
you
enter
the
correct
password.
3. Select
a
parVVon
to
mount
as
a
virtual
disk.
(Note
that
you
cannot
mount
an
image
of
the
enVre
disk
except
in
the
case
when
the
disk
consists
of
one
parVVon).
If
the
image
contains
several
do zamontowania
jakofor
dysk
wirtualny.wNaley
zauway, e nie
monadzamontowa
obrazu
parVVons,
by
3.dWybierz
efault
apartycj
ll
of
them
will
be
selected
mounVng
ith
automaVcally
assigned
rive
caego dysku z wyjtkiem sytuacji, kiedy dysk zawiera jedn partycj. Jeeli obraz zawiera kilka partycji, program
leWers.
If
you
would
like
to
assign
dierent
drive
leWers
to
the
parVVons
to
be
mounted,
click
domylnie wybiera do zamontowania kad z nich i automatycznie przypisuje im litery dyskw. Aby przypisa inne
OpQons.
litery dyskw do montowanych partycji, kliknij Opcje.
126
You
can
also
select
a
leWer
to
be
assigned
to
the
virtual
disk
from
the
Mount
leRer
drop-down
list.
If
you
do
not
want
to
mount
a
parVVon,
select
Do
not
mount
in
the
list
or
clear
the
parVVon's
check
box.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
38
You
can
also
select
a
leWer
to
be
assigned
to
the
virtual
disk
from
the
Mount
leRer
drop-down
mona
literin
dothe
przypisania
dyskowi
list.
If
you
do
Znlisty
ot
wrozwijanej
ant
to
mLitera
ount
azamontowania
parVVon,
select
Do
nwybra
ot
mount
list
or
clear
the
wirtualnemu. Aby nie
montowa partycji, zaznacz pole Nie montuj na licie lub wyczy pole wyboru danej partycji.
parVVon's
check
box.
4. Having
nished
seXngs,
konfigurowania
click
Proceed
tustawie
o
connect
the
Kontynuuj
selected
p, arVVon
images
as
virtual
4. Pothe
zakoczeniu
kliknij
aby podczy
wybrane
obrazy partycji jako dyski
wirtualne.
disks.
127
5. Po podczeniu obrazu pojawi si okno Eksploratora Windows z zawartoci danego obrazu. Teraz moesz
Copyright
Acronis, Inc.,
2000-2012
pracowa z plikami lub folderami w taki sam sposb jak w przypadku
prawdziwego
dysku.
39
Odmontowywanie
obrazu
10 Unmounting
an image
Zaleca
odmontowanie
dysku
wirtualnego
zakoczeniu
wszystkich
recommend
that
you
usi
nmount
the
virtual
disk
aFer
all
npo
ecessary
operaVons
are
niezbdnych
nished,
as
operacji, poniewa obsuga
dyskw wirtualnych wymaga znacznej iloci zasobw systemowych. Jeeli nie odmontujesz dysku, zniknie on po
intaining
virtual
disks
takes
considerable
system
resources.
If
you
do
not
unmount
the
disk,
it
will
wyczeniu komputera.
appear
aFer
your
computer
is
turned
o.
Aby odmontowa
wirtualny,
kliknij
na karcie
Narzdzia
i programy
disconnect
the
virtual
disk,
click
Udysk
nmount
image
on
Odmontuj
the
Tools
aobraz
nd
uQliQes
tab,
select
the
disk
to
narzdziowe , wybierz
mount
and
click
Odysk,
K. ktry chcesz odmontowa, i kliknij OK.
ou
have
mounted
several
parVVons,
by
dpartycji,
efault
domylnie
all
of
them
will
be
szostan
elected
for
unmounVng.
You
do odmontowania. W
Jeeli
zamontowano
kilka
wszystkie
zaznaczone
jako wybrane
disconnect
all
mprogramie
ounted
drives
or
disconnect
only
those
yzamontowane
ou
do
not
need
mounted
monatogether
odmontowa
jednoczenie
wszystkie
dyski
lub odczy tylko te, ktre nie musz
ju by zamontowane.
ymore.
t mona take wykona za pomoc Eksploratora Windows, klikajc prawym przyciskiem myszy ikon
u
can
also
do
this
Czynno
in
Windows
Explorer
by
right-clicking
on
the
disk
icon
and
choosing
Unmount.
dysku i wybierajc polecenie Odmontuj.
Aby uzyska wicej informacji na temat proces klonowania lub odpowiedzi na czsto zadawane pytania, odwied
11 Working
with vhd files
stron: http://www.kingston.com/us/support i przejd do odpowiedniego cza zwizanego z pomoc techniczn w
n this section
u
may
have
vhd
les
if
you
used
the
Windows
Backup
uVlity
included
into
Windows
Vista
and
ndows
7
for
backing
up
the
system
hard
drive.
en
you
need
to
recover
your
system
using
a
vhd
backup
le,
proceed
as
follows:
Arrange
the
boot
order
in
BIOS
so
as
to
make
your
rescue
media
device
(CD,
DVD
or
USB
sVck)
the
rst
boot
device.
See
Arranging
boot
order
in
BIOS
(p.
65).
2013 Kingston Technology Europe Ltd i Digital Europe Ltd, Kingston Court, Brooklands Close, Sunbury-on-Thames, Middlesex, TW16 7EP,
England. Wszelkie prawa zastrzeone. Wszelkie znaki towarowe i zastrzeone znaki towarowe s wasnoci odpowiednich wacicieli.
3
3
4
User's Guide
4
5
6
7
8
11
13
14
15
16
16
20
Acronis 21
Trim SSD 23
25
Acronis DriveCleanser 25
34
36
40
Acronis
HD:
USB-
.
USB-
FAT 32.
ISO- :
,
ISO-
ISO-
.
ISO-.
,
.
In This Section
8.4
...................................................................................102
.........................................................................................103
.............................................................104
.......................................................................105
.........................................................................106
...................................................................................106
........................................................................107
...............................................................109
.............................................................................111
8.4.1
,
,
.
()
.
.
,
-
USB
2.0
.
,
.
102
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
.
.
()
,
,
-
:
,
USB-.
.
.
,
-
.
,
,
.
(.
33).
.
.
.
8.4.2
.
,
,
.
(.
33).
.
.
.
8.4.2
:
RESET,
.
.
,
.
.
(
),
.
.
.
Windows
Acronis
DriveCleanser.
,
,
,
,
.
8.4.3
103
(
).
,
,
(,
,
)
,
(
).
.
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
8.4.4
,
(
,
,
,
),
,
,
.
,
,
()
.
.
,
.
(
,
)
.
.
,
.
(,
,
.).
(,
.),
(
,
,
,
.).
8.4.5
,
.
-
.
, .
,
.
,
,
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
.
.
.
,
,
,
.
8.4.6
,
,
,
.
.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
.
.
.
Acronis
True
Image
HD:
.
,
,
,
.
8.4.6
,
,
,
.
.
106
,
,
,
.
.
(,
Acronis
Disk
Director
Suite).
,
,
.
Acronis
True
Image
HD
.
.
,
,
FAT16,
4
.
(.
).
8.4.7
(,
Acronis
Disk
Director
Suite).
,
,
.
Acronis
True
Image
HD
.
.
,
,
FAT16,
4
.
(.
).
8.4.7
,
.
1.
:
(
)
*
?.
,
,
.
.
,
Copyright
Acronis,
Inc.
.
107
NTFS
-
,
.
.
.
,
,
.
.
2. .
Copyright Acronis,
Inc.,
2000-2012
.
:
NTFS
-
,
.
.
.
,
,
.
.
2. .
,
.
:
,
,
.
-
.
,
,
.
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
.
,
,
.
*
0
;
108
? .
.
,
GIF
BMP,
*.gif;*.bmp.
.
F.log
F.log
C:\Finance\F.log
F.log,
C:\Finance
C:\Finance\F\
C:\Finance\F
(
,
(\)
)
*.log
LOG
F*
,
F
(,
F,
F1
F.log,
F1.log)
Copyright Acronis,
(*) Inc., 2000-2012
?
.
.
,
GIF
BMP,
*.gif;*.bmp.
.
F.log
F.log
C:\Finance\F.log
F.log,
C:\Finance
C:\Finance\F\
C:\Finance\F
(
,
(\)
)
(*)
*.log
LOG
F*
,
F
(,
F,
F1
F.log,
F1.log)
(?)
F???.log
LOG
,
F
.
(\).
,
C:\Program
Files\Acronis\TrueImageHome\,
Qt,
:
*\Prog*\Acr*\True*\*Qt*.??? .
8.4.8
.
.
,
,
,
.
10
F*
,
F
(,
F,
F1
F.log,
F1.log)
F???.log
LOG ,
Acronis
True
Image HD:
(?)
F
.
(\).
,
C:\Program
Files\Acronis\TrueImageHome\,
Qt,
:
*\Prog*\Acr*\True*\*Qt*.??? .
8.4.8
.
.
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
.
109
,
,
.
.
11
,
:,
:
.
,
.
,
,
(
110
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
).
,
.
.
,
.
,
.
!
,
.
8.4.9
(
)
(
)
.
:
,
,
.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
12
.
,
.
,
.
8.4.9
(
)
(
)
.
:
,
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
.
.
.
master/slave
.
,
,
,
.
Acronis
True
Image
HD
.
,
.
Copyright
Acronis, Inc.
111
.
.
8.5
(,
),
(
.
)
Copyright Acronis,
Inc., 2000-2012
,
.
,
,
.
13
,
,
,
.
Acronis
True
Image
HD
.
,
.
.
.
8.5
(,
),
(
.
)
,
.
,
,
.
,
.
.
.
..........................................................................112
............................................................113
.................................................................................114
...............................................................117
8.5.1
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
.
,
.
112
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
14
Acronis
True ImageGPT-
HD:
.
..........................................................................112
............................................................113
.................................................................................114
...............................................................117
8.5.1
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
.
,
.
112
,
,
,
,
.
8.5.2
15
,
,
,
,
.
8.5.2
GPT-,
GPT.
MBR-,
MBR.
,
.
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
8.5.3
113
,
.
.
,
.
.
,
,
,
.
.
.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
.
16
8.5.3
, .
True
Image HD:
Acronis
.
,
.
.
,
,
,
.
.
.
,
,
(
MBR-),
.
,
.
.
114
17
,
.
114
.
,
.
,
.
,
.
.
,
.
,
/
.
,
,
.
().
.
.
.
:
FAT
16
DOS.
.
4
,
FAT
16.
Ext2
Linux.
,
.
Ext4 Linux.
18
NTFS
True
Windows
NT,
W
indows
2000,
Windows
XP,
Windows
Vista
Acronis
Image
HD:
W
indows
7
.
.
Windows
95/98/Me
DOS
NTFS.
FAT
16
DOS.
.
4
,
FAT
16.
Ext2
Linux.
,
.
Ext4
Linux.
ext3.
ext2
ext
3.
ext3
ext4.
ReiserFS
Linux,
,
Ext2.
Linux.
Copyright
Acronis,
Inc.
,
Linux.
115
.
,
.
,
.
,
System
,
Program
,
Data
.
.
.
(
MBR-)
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
.
,
.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
19
8.5.4
(
)
.
,
.
,
.
8.6 Acronis
Acronis
MBR.
2
.
,
.
Acronis
2
(
MBR).
,
Windows.
Windows.
2
.
Copyright Acronis,
Inc., 2000-2012
.
20
,
.
Image
AcronisAcronis
True True
Image
HD:HD
().
.
Acronis
,
.
.
8.6 Acronis
Acronis
MBR.
2
.
,
.
Acronis
2
(
MBR).
,
Windows.
Windows.
2
.
.
1.
Acronis,
Inc.
Acronis. 117
Copyright
Acronis,
MBR-
2
,
,
Acronis
.
2.
Acronis
,
.
3.
,
.
.
4
GPT,
MBR-
.
Copyright Acronis,
Inc., 2000-2012
,
,
.
21
3.
,
.
.
4
GPT,
MBR-
.
,
,
.
4.
,
Acronis.
,
.
,
.
Acronis
.
118
,
,
.
,
2
.
,
.
Acronis
True
Image
HD.
.
,
.
22
,
,
.
,
2
Trim
.
Acronis
True
Image HD:
SSD
,
.
Acronis
True
Image
HD.
.
,
.
.
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
119
.
,
,
.
,
---.
Trim
SSD
,
,
.
.
TRIM,
,
.
,
.
!
.
.
23
8.8
Acronis
True
Image
HD
.
.
.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
,
.
.
(.
127).
120
24
Trim
SSD.
.
2.
3.
.
4.
Windows,
,
.
Linux.
Windows.
8.8
Acronis
True
Image
HD
.
.
.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
,
.
.
(.
127).
120
8.8.1
Acronis DriveCleanser
,
.
.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
.
.
,
,
.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
Acronis
DriveCleanser
:
(
)
;
Acronis
DriveCleanser
,
,
.
,
.
Acronis DriveCleanser.
Acronis DriveCleanser.
25
,
,
.
Acronis DriveCleanser :
(
)
;
Acronis
DriveCleanser
,
,
.
,
.
Acronis
DriveCleanser.
Acronis
DriveCleanser.
,
.
.
Copyright
Acronis,
Inc.
121
,
,
.
.
,
(
,
).
,
,
.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
GPT-,
.
,
.
,
.
26
.
,
,
.
Acronis
Image
. ,
True
HD:
).
,
,
.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
GPT-,
.
,
.
,
.
,
,
Windows.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
.
.
.
(.
127).
122
27
Acronis True
Image,
HD:
Windows.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
.
.
.
(.
127).
Acronis
DriveCleanser
.
.
Copyright
Acronis
DriveCleanser
122
Acronis, Inc.
.
Disk
Editor
(
).
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
Acronis
DriveCleanser
.
,
.
,
.
.
DriveCleanser
,
,
.
28
,
Acronis
DriveCleanser
.
,
.
.
DriveCleanser
,
,
.
,
Acronis
True
Image
HD:
,
.
ALG.
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
123
.
:
(
:
);
.
,
:
0x00,
0xAA
0xCD
.
.
1
,
512
.
(
512
;
512
).
,
,
,
.
10001010
(0x8A),
01110101
(0x75).
.
,
,
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
.
.
29
(
512
;
512
).
,
,
,
.
10001010
(0x8A),
01110101
(0x75).
.
,
,
.
.
(
).
:
,
,
(
).
,
(
).
,
,
1.
.
,
(
00)
1
.
,
.
,
:
,
.
,
.
,
124
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
.
.
:
,
.
,
,
3-
4-
.
,
.
.
,
.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
30
.
.
:
,
Acronis
True Image
HD: .
,
,
3-
4-
.
,
.
.
,
.
.
.
,
.
,
,
.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
:
.
(
).
125
31
,
.
.
,
.
,
.
.
-
.
Disk Editor ( )
Acronis
DriveCleanser
.
,
.
,
.
Acronis
Disk
Editor
(
).
.
,
,
.
Acronis
Disk
Editor
,
.
.
Copyright Acronis, Inc.,
2000-2012
32
.
.
(
,
Ctrl
+
F).
.
126
:
(
),
(
)
.
.
.
,
,
.
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
F3.
(
Alt+P),
.
,
.
:
(CYL
x
HDS
+
HD)
x
SPT
+
SEC
1,
CYL,
HD,
SEC
,
,
CHS
(Cylinder
HeadSector);
HDS
,
SPT
.
,
(
Ctrl+Backspace).
8.8.2
,
(,
Windows),
.
.
.
(,
)
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
.
.
,
1
0
(
33
,
.
:
(CYL
x
HDS
+
HD)
x
SPT
+
SEC
1,
HeadSector);
HDS
,
SPT
.
,
(
Ctrl+Backspace).
8.8.2
,
(,
Windows),
.
.
.
(,
)
.
.
,
1
0
(
),
.
,
1,
,
1,
0
0.
0
1,
,
,
0,95
,
,
1
1,
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
127
1,05.
.
,
,
,
1
0
.
,
,
,
,
,
.
,
:
(!),
-
,
(
)
,
.
,
1
0
(
).
(
)
,
.
,
,
(-
)
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
.
.
,
,
(Peter
Gutmann)
34
.
,
,
(-
Acronis
True Image
HD:
)
,
,
,
,
,
,
.
.
.
,
,
(Peter
Gutmann)
Secure
DeleJon
of
Data
from
MagneJc
and
Solid-State
Memory
(
)
hKp
://
www
.
cs
.
auckland
.
ac
.
nz
/~
pgut
001/
pubs
/
secure
_
del
.
html
.
, Acronis
,
Acronis.
().
(
)
1. :
DoD
4
5220.22-M
(
)
1-
,
2-
1-
;
3-
;
4-
.
128
2. :
NAVSO
P-5239-26
(RLL)
-
3Acronis,
0x27FFFFFF,
Inc.
1-
0x01
,
2-
Copyright
-
,
4
.
3. :
NAVSO
P-5239-26
(MFM)
1-
0x01
,
2-
0x7FFFFFF,
3-
,
4-
.
4. : VSITR
1-
6-
:
0x00
0xFF;
7-
0xAA;
0x00,
0xFF,
0x00,
0xFF,
0x00,
0xFF,
0xAA.
5. :
P50739-95
(
0x00)
6-
4-
.
(
0x00)
3-
1-
.
6. .
35
.
(.
Secure
DeleJon
of
Data
from
MagneJc
and
Solid-State
Memory
(
)).
7. .
,
7
.
1-
(0xFF),
2-
(0x00),
3--7-
.
8.
(
0x00)
.
8.9
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
35
,
7
.
1
(0xFF),
2-
(0x00),
3--7-
.
8.
(
0x00)
.
8.9
Acronis
True
Image
HD
(
)
(
,
).
.
Windows
TIB-.
.
.
,
.
.
:
Windows
,
,
:
,
,
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
FAT
NTFS.
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
129
,
TIB,
.
,
.
1.
,
.
2.
.
36
,
TIB,
.
,
.
1.
,
.
2.
.
,
,
.
,
.
.
,
.
130
37
3.
,
.
.
,
.
,
.
38
131
,
,
.
,
.
4.
,
.
5.
Windows,
.
,
.
8.10
(
)
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
39
8.10
(
)
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
,
.
,
.
,
.
132
Windows,
.
8.11 VHD-
8.11.1 VHD-,
Windows
VHD-
c
Windows,
Windows
Vista
Windows
7.
VHD-,
:
1.
BIOS
,
DVD
-
USB)
.
2013(CD,
Kingston
Technology
Corporation,
17600 Newhope Street, Fountain Valley,
CA 92708
USA
.
.
.
BIOS
(.
69).
2.
Acronis
True
Image
HD.
indekiler Tablosu
Bir Sabit Diskin Kopyalanmas 3
Genel bilgiler 3
Gvenlik 4
User's Guide
Tama yntemi 7
elerin hari tutulmas 8
Elle blmlendirme 11
Disk kopyalama zeti 13
Genel bilgiler
Gvenlik
Bir Disk Kopyalama Modunun Seilmesi
Bir Kaynak Disk Seilmesi
Bir Hedef Disk Seilmesi
Tama Yntemi
elerin Hari Tutulmas
Elle Blmlendirme
Disk Kopyalama zeti
Genel Bilgiler
Sabit diskinizin, iletim sistemi ve ykl uygulamalar iin yeterli alana sahip olmadn ve yazlmnz
gncelletirmenizi ya da yeni uygulamalar yklemenizi engellediini grebilirsiniz. Bu durumda sisteminizi
daha yksek kapasiteli bir sabit diske aktarmanz gerekir. Sistemi aktarmak iin nce yeni diski bilgisayarnza
takmalsnz. Eer bilgisayarnzda baka bir sabit disk iin bo bir yuva yoksa, geici olarak CD srcsnn
yerine takabilir ya da USB 2.0 balantsna takl harici bir hedef diski kullanabilirsiniz. Eer bu mmkn
deilse, bir disk grnts oluturarak ve daha byk blmlere sahip yeni bir sabit diske grnty
ykleyerek sabit diskinizi kopyalayabilirsiniz.
Program ekranlarnda hasarl blmler, sol st kesinde iinde beyaz bir arp iareti bulunan krmz
yuvarlaklarla iaretlenmitir. Kopyalamaya balamadan nce bu tr diskleri hatalara kar kontrol etmeniz ve
uygun iletim sistemi aralarn kullanarak hatalar dzeltmeniz gerekmektedir.
En iyi sonular iin hedef (yeni) srcy kullanmay planladnz yere ve kaynak srcy baka bir yere
(r. harici USB kutuya) takn. Bu neri zellikle dizst bilgisayarlar iin nemlidir.
Gvenlik nlemi olarak tm orijinal diskin bir yedeini oluturmanz kesinlikle neririz. Kopyalama srasnda
orijinal sabit diskinizde bir sorun olursa verilerinizi kurtarmada kullanabilirsiniz. Yedek oluturduktan sonra verileri
doruladnzdan emin olun.
Bir Diski Kopyalamak iin:
Ana ekrann Tools and utilities (Aralar ve yardmc programlar) sekmesinde Clone disk'i (Diski kopyala)
tklatn.
Gvenlik
Bunlar unutmayn: eer aktarma srasnda elektrik kesilirse ya da yanllkla RESET'e basarsanz, ilem
tamamlanmaz ve sabit diski yeniden blmlendirip biimlendirmeniz ya da kopyalamanz gerekir.
Orijinal disk sadece okunuyor olduundan hibir veri kayb olmaz (hibir blm deitirilmez ya da yeniden
boyutlandrlmaz). Sistem aktarma ilemleri, orijinal diskte hibir deiiklik yapmaz. lemler tamamlandktan
sonra eski diski biimlendirmek ya da iindeki verileri gvenli biimde temizlemek isteyebilirsiniz. Bu
might
want
to
format
the
old
disk
or
securely
wipe
the
data
it
contains.
Use
Windows
tools
or
grevler iin Windows aralar ya da Acronis DriveCleanser' kullann.
Nevertheless,
we
dde
o
neski
ot
recommend
that
yverileri,
ou
delete
data
from
the
obiimde
ld
disk
unVl
you
are
sure
it
emin
is
olana, bilgisayar
Yine
diskte bulunan
yeni
diske
doru
aktarldndan
correctly
transferred
the
nyapana
ew
disk,
ve
the
computer
boots
ualana
p
from
it
kadar
and
asilmenizi
ll
applicaVons
work.
buradanto
al
tm
uygulamalar
nermiyoruz.
8.4.3
kitransfer
aktarma
moduavailable:
bulunmaktadr:
There
are
two
modes
Automatic
(Otomatik)
nerilir)
dosyalar ve klasrler dahil
AutomaQc
(recommended
in
most
c(ou
ases).
durumda
In
automaVc
mode,
Otomatik
you
will
omodda,
nly
have
blmler,
to
take
several
olmak
tm
yeni
bir diske
aktarmak
veand
orijinal
diskto
al
yapabilir
simple
acVons
to
tzere
ransfer
all
tverileri
he
data,
including
parVVons,
les
folders,
a
newer
disk,
bir disk ise yeni diski de
yapabilir
haline
getirmek
iin birka basit ilem yapmanz yeterli olacaktr.
making
it
bal
ootable
if
the
odisk
riginal
disk
w
as
bootable.
Manual.
Manual
mode
will
provide
more
data
transfer
exibility.
Manual
mode
can
be
useful
if
Manual (Manuel) Manuel modda, veri transferi daha esnek biimde yaplabilir. Manuel mod, disk
you
need
to
change
the
disk
parVVon
layout.
8.4.4
You
ccan
etermine
d
u
ttIf
he
iinformaVon
p
iin
tthis
w
((disk
number,
capacity,
parVVon
assource
nd
sistemi
le
aasnd
ystem
informaVon).
the
program
nds
several
etiketi,
blm
vetthe
dosya
bilgisi).
Program,
birden
fazla
blmlendirilmi
You
an
ld
dabel,
etermine
he
ource
nd
desVnaVon
esVnaVon
using
sing
he
nformaVon
provided
rovided
n
disk
his
bulursa,
window
indow
hangisinin
disk
number,
c
apacity,
l
abel,
p
arVVon
a
nd
le
s
ystem
i
nformaVon).
I
f
t
he
p
rogram
nds
s
everal
kaynak
disk
(yani
eski
veri
diski)
olduunu
sorar.
parVVoned
d
isks,
i
t
w
ill
a
sk
y
ou
w
hich
i
s
t
he
s
ource
(
i.e.
t
he
o
lder
d
ata
d
isk).
number,
capacity,
label,
parVVon
and
le
system
informaVon).
If
the
program
nds
several
parVVoned
parVVoned
d
disks,
isks,
iit
t
w
will
ill
aask
sk
yyou
ou
w
which
hich
iis
s
tthe
he
ssource
ource
((i.e.
i.e.
tthe
he
o
older
lder
d
data
ata
d
disk).
isk).
Select
the
ource
ddiski
isk
asein
nd
click
ext
to
etmek
conVnue.
sKaynak
ve N
devam
iin Next 'i (leri) tklatn.
Select
t
he
s
ource
d
isk
a
nd
c
lick
N
ext
isk
Select
source
dinformaQon
isk
and
click
Next
tto
o
cconVnue.
onVnue.
Viewing
d
and
tphe
arQQon
Disk
ve
Blm
Bilgilerinin
Grntlenmesi
Viewing
Viewing
d
disk
isk
aand
nd
p
parQQon
arQQon
iinformaQon
nformaQon
Columns
-
selects
the
columns
to
display.
You
can
change
the
width
of
a
column
by
dragging
--gsterilecek
stunlartseer.
Kenarln
fare ile srkleyerek
bir
stunun geniliini
with
Stunlar
C
its
borders
the
mouse.
Columns
olumns
-
sselects
elects
tthe
he
ccolumns
olumns
to
o
d
display.
isplay.
YYou
ou
ccan
an
cchange
hange
tthe
he
w
width
idth
o
of
f
aa
ccolumn
olumn
b
by
y
d
dragging
ragging
deitirebilirsiniz.
its
b
orders
w
ith
tthe
m
ouse.
its
b
orders
w
ith
he
m
ouse.
Disk properVes (duplicated in the context menu, opened by right-clicking objects) - displays
p
D
isk
roperVes
tthe
m
pened
o
--
d
Disk
zellikleri
sa
tklatarak
alan
ieriko
gsterilir) - seilen
blm
ya da disk
the
selected
arVVon
or
disk
(nesneleri
p((duplicated
roperVes
wiin
indow.
D
isk
p
p
roperVes
duplicated
n
he
ccontext
ontext
menu,
enu,
omensnde
pened
b
by
y
rright-clicking
ight-clicking
objects)
bjects)
displays
isplays
the
s
elected
p
arVVon
o
r
d
isk
p
roperVes
w
indow.
zellikleri
penceresini
gsterir.
the
selected
parVVon
or
Tdhe
isk
leF
properVes
window.
This
window
contains
two
panels.
panel
contains
the
properVes
tree
and
the
right
one
This
w
indow
c
ontains
t
wo
p
anels.
T
he
l
eF
p
anel
tthe
ttree
aand
describes
tThis
he
selected
detail.
The
Tdhe
isk
leF
informaVon
includes
ts
roperVes
physical
p
arameters
window
pcroperty
ontains
itn
wo
panels.
panel
ccontains
ontains
he
ip
p
roperVes
ree
nd
tthe
he
rright
ight
o
one
ne
Bu
pencerede
iki
panel
yer
alr.
Sol
panelde
zellikler
aac
bulunurken
sa
tarafta
seilen
zellik
ayrntl
describes
t
he
s
elected
p
roperty
i
n
d
etail.
T
he
d
isk
i
nformaVon
i
ncludes
i
ts
p
hysical
p
arameters
(
sectors,
(connecVon
t
ype,
d
evice
t
ype,
s
ize,
e
tc.);
p
arVVon
i
nformaVon
i
ncludes
b
oth
p
hysical
describes
the
selected
property
in
detail.
The
disk
informaVon
includes
ts
physical
arameters
biimde aklanr.
Disk bilgileri,
fiziksel
parametreleri
(balant tr,
cihaz itr,
boyut, pvs.)
ierir; blm
ttype,
d
ttype,
ssize,
eetc.);
p
arVVon
iinformaVon
iincludes
locaVon,
e(connecVon
tc.),
and
hem
logical
(le
s(sektrler,
ystem,
free
space,
assigned
etc.)
parameters.
sectors,
(connecVon
ype,
device
evice
ype,
ize,
tc.);
phem
arVVon
nformaVon
ncludes
b
both
oth
p
physical
hysical
((sectors,
bilgileri,
fiziksel
konum,
vs.)
deleWer,
mantksal
locaVon,
eetc.),
tc.),
aand
nd
llogical
ogical
((le
le
ssystem,
ystem,
ffree
ree
sspace,
pace,
aassigned
ssigned
lleWer,
eWer,
eetc.)
tc.)
p
parameters.
arameters.
locaVon,
(dosya sistemi, bo alan, atanan harf vs.) parametreleri ierir.
8.4.5
Selecting
a destination disk
Kaynak diski setikten sonra diskteki bilgilerin kopyalanaca hedefi semeniz gerekmektedir. Daha nce
AFer
you
select
the
source
disk,
you
have
to
select
the
desVnaVon
where
the
disk
informaVon
will
be
seilen kaynak gri renkte gsterilir ve seilemez durumdadr.
copied
to.
The
previously
selected
source
becomes
grayed-out
and
disabled
for
selecVon.
Bu srada hibir gerek deiiklik ya da veri silme ileminin gerekletirilmediini unutmayn! imdili program sadece
kopyalama ilemini planlayacaktr. Tm deiiklikler yalnzca Proceed'i (Devam et) tklattnzda uygulanacaktr.
If any disk is unparSSoned, the program will automaScally recognize it as the desSnaSon and bypass this step.
Eer blmlendirilmemi bir disk varsa program otomatik olarak bunu hedef disk olarak tanyacak ve bu adm
8.4.6
atlayacaktr.
Move method
When
you
select
the
manual
cloning
mode,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
will
oer
you
the
following
data
move
methods:
As
is
-
a
new
parVVon
will
be
created
for
every
old
one
with
the
same
size
and
type,
le
system
and
label.
The
unused
space
will
become
unallocated.
ProporQonal
-
the
new
disk
space
will
be
proporVonally
distributed
between
cloned
parVVons
Telif hakk Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
Tama Yntemi
Manuel kopyalama modunu setiinizde Acronis True Image HD, size aadaki veri tama yntemlerini
sunacaktr:
As is (Olduu gibi) - her eski blm iin ayn boyuta, tre, dosya sistemine ve etikete sahip yeni bir blm
oluturulacaktr. Kullanlmayan alan, atanmam halde kalacaktr.
Proportional (Orantsal) - yeni disk alan, kopyalanan blmler arasnda orantsal olarak datlacaktr
Manual (Manuel) - yeni boyutu ve dier parametreleri siz belirlersiniz
Manual - you will specify a new size and other parameters yourself
FAT16 blmleri, 4GB boyut snrna sahip olduklarndan dierlerine gre daha az bytlrler.
Setiklerinize bal olarak kopyalama zeti penceresine ya da Disk dzenini deitirme admna geersiniz.
elerin hari tutulmas
What to exclude (Hari braklacaklar) blmnde, disk kopyalamasna dahil edilmesini istemediiniz
dosyalar ve klasrler iin istisnalar belirleyebilirsiniz.
1. Hari tutulacak elerin listesini oluturmak iin aadakilerden birini yapn:
Exclude by files and folders (Dosyalara ve klasrlere gre hari tut) sekmesinde, dosyalar ve klasrleri
standart bir dosya taraycs biiminde seebilirsiniz;
Exclude by masks (Maskelere gre hari tut) sekmesinde, dosyalarn ve klasrlerin adlarn ayr ayr girebilir
(tam dosya yolu gereklidir) ya da * ve ? joker karakterleriyle belirli bir dzen tanmlayabilirsiniz. Listedeki e
grubunu kontrol etmek iin Add (Ekle), Edit (Dzenle), Remove (Kaldr) ve Remove All (Tmn Kaldr)
dmelerini kullann. Bu iki yntemi birlikte kullanabilirsiniz. rnein bir dosya maskesi tanmlayabilir ve
You
can
combine
these
two
methods.
For
example,
dene
a
le
mask
and
select
certain
dosya taraycnzda belirli eleri seebilirsiniz.
items
in
the
le
browser.
Remember
that
if
you
select
or
somehow
specify
to
exclude
a
le
that
has
NTFS
hard
links,
you
also
need
to
select/specify
to
exclude
these
hard
links
from
the
clone.
Otherwise,
the
le
will
not
be
excluded
and
will
appear
on
the
target
disk
aFer
the
cloning.
Note:
hen
you
exclude
les,
the
program
calculates
the
size
of
excluded
items
and
checks
if
the
cloned
Telif hakk Acronis,
Inc.,W
2000-2012
data will t the target disk. Please be paSent as this process may take up to several minutes to complete.
Eer NTFS sabit balantlarna sahip bir dosyay seer ya da bir ekilde hari tutulmas iin tanmlarsanz, ayn
zamanda kopyadan bu sabit balantlarn da hari tutulmasn semeniz/belirtmeniz gerekmektedir. Aksi
takdirde dosya hari tutulmaz ve kopyalamadan sonra hedef diskte yer alr.
Not: Dosyalar hari tuttuunuzda program, hari tutulan elerin boyutunu hesaplar ve kopyalanan verilerin
hedef diske sp smayacan kontrol eder. Bu ilemin tamamlanmas dakikalarca srebileceinden ltfen sabrl
olun.
2. Bir sonraki adma gemek iin Next'i (leri) tklatn.
Yetersiz Disk Alan Uyars
Hedef sabit srcde ilemin tamamlanmas iin yeterli bo alan olmadn belirten bir uyar mesaj
alabilirsiniz. Bunun olas nedenlerinden bazlar unlardr:
Kaynak diskten kopyalanan veri miktar, hedef diskin kullanlabilir kapasitesini ayor. Bu sorunu zmek
iin kopyadan daha fazla eyi hari tutun ve daha sonra Next'i (leri) tklatn. Gerekiyorsa uyar mesaj
verilmeyene kadar bu ilem tekrarlayn.
Kaynak disk desteklenmeyen dosya sistemine sahip ve hedef diskten daha byk. Bu durumda hedef
diskin, kaynak diskle ayn ya da daha byk boyuta sahip olmas gerekmektedir ve daha fazla enin hari
tutulmas ie yaramaz.
Kaynak disk, hem desteklenen hem de desteklenmeyen dosya sistemlerine sahip ve hedef diskin
kapasitesi, desteklenen dosya sistemlerine sahip blmlerden kopyalanan veri miktar ile desteklenmeyen
dosya sistemindeki blmlerin boyutunun toplamndan daha kk. Bu durumda daha fazla enin hari
tutulmas ie yarayabilir.
Hari Tutma rnekleri
Kaynak diskteki dosyalar ve klasrler, hem tek tek hem de belirli bir dzene gre toplu halde kopyalamadan
hari tutulabilir. Bu tr bir dzen bir dosya ya da klasr ad ya da joker karakterler ile tanmlanan bir dosya
maskesi olabilir:
* - sfr ya da daha fazla karakterin yerini alr;
? - tam bir karakterin yerini alr.
Gerekiyorsa ayn satra, aralarna noktal virgl koyarak birden fazla lt yazabilirsiniz. rnein, .gif ve .bmp
uzantlarna sahip tm dosyalar hari tutmak iin *.gif;*.bmp yazabilirsiniz.
Aadaki tabloda eitli hari tutma rnekleri gsterilmektedir.
Desen
Ada Gre
rnek
F.log
F
Aklama
F.log adl tm dosyalar hari tutar
F adl tm klasrleri hari tutar
*.logF*
F???.log
Maskede kullanlan joker karakterler yalnzca dosya ya da klasr adlarnn bir ksmnn yerini alabilir, dosya yolunun
bir ksmnn yerini almas iin kullanlamaz. Alt klasrlerin her zaman bir ters eik izgi \ kullanlarak zel olarak
belirtilmesi gerekir). rnein, C:\Program Files\Acronis\TrueImageHome\ klasrnde, dosya adndan Qt olan
tm dosyalar hari tutmak iin aadaki satr kullanabilirsiniz: *\Prog*\Acr*\True*\*Qt*.??? .
10
Manuel Blmlendirme
Manuel transfer yntemi, yeni diskte blmlerin boyutunu ayarlayabilmenizi salar. Varsaylan olarak
program blmleri orantsal olarak boyutlandrr.
Bu pencerede, blmleri ve ayrlmam alan dahil olmak zere kaynak sabit diski gsteren dikdrtgenlerin
yeni sra yeni disk dzeni gsterilir.
Along
with
the
hard
disk
number,
you
can
see
disk
capacity,
the
label,
volume
and
le
system
informaVon.
Sabit
Dierent
olume
types,
including
primary,
logical
unallocated
space
abilgileri
re
marked
disk vnumarasyla
birlikte
disk kapasitesi,
etiketi,and
birimi
ve dosya sistemi
gsterilir. Birincil,
mantksal
with
dierent
colors. ve ayrlmam alan gibi farkl birim trleri farkl renklerde gsterilir.
To
resize,
change
the
birimin
volume
yeniden
type,
change
the
label
of
birim
the
etrn
xisVng
ya
volume,
right
deitirmek
click
on
it,
and
Var olan
boyutlandrmak,
da etiketini
iin zerini sa tklayn
select
Edit
in
ve
the
s
hortcut
m
enu.
T
his
w
ill
o
pen
t
he
P
arVVon
S
eXngs
w
indow.
ksayol mensnde Dzenle'yi sein. Bu ilem Partition Settings (Blmleme Ayarlar) penceresini aar.
11
To
resize,
change
the
volume
type,
change
the
label
of
the
exisVng
volume,
right
click
on
it,
and
select
Edit
in
the
shortcut
menu.
This
will
open
the
ParVVon
SeXngs
window.
You
can
do
this
by
entering
values
in
the
Free
space
before,
ParQQon
size,
Free
space
aBer
elds,
by
Free space before (nceki bo alan), Partition size (Blm boyutu), Free space after (Sonraki bo alan)
dragging
parVVon
borders
or
the
parVVon
itself.
alanlarna deerler girerek, blm snrlarn ya da blmn kendisini srkleyerek yapabilirsiniz.
105
If
the
cursor
turns
into
two
verVcal
lines
with
leF
and
right
arrows,
it
is
pointed
at
the
parVVon
Acronis,
Eer imle,
sol
ve sa
ikito
dikey
izgiye
blm
snrlarn
gsterir
blmturns
boyutunu
border
and
you
can
oklarla
drag
it
enlarge
or
dnrse,
reduce
the
pCopyright
arVVon's
size.
If
tInc.,
he
vec2000-2012
ursor
into
four
deitirmek iin bunu srkleyebilirsiniz. Eer imle drt oka dnrse, blm gsteriyordur, yani bunu
arrows,
it
is
pointed
at
the
parVVon,
so
you
can
move
it
to
the
leF
or
right
(if
there's
unallocated
sola ya da saa hareket ettirebilirsiniz (eer yannda ayrlmam alan varsa).
space
near
it).
Yeni yeripve
boyututbelirledikten
sonra aAccept'i
tklatn.
Change
layoutback
(Diskto
dzenini
Having
rovided
he
new
locaVon
nd
size,
(Kabul
click
Aet)ccept.
You
will
bdisk
e
taken
the
C hange
disk
deitirme)
penceresine
geersiniz.
stediiniz
dzeni
elde
etmek
iin
baka
boyutlandrma
ve
tekrar
layout
window.
You
might
have
to
perform
some
more
resizing
and
relocaVon
before
you
get
the
konumlandrma ilemleri yapmanz gerekebilir.
layout
you
need.
Clicking
any
previous
wizard
step
on
the
sidebar
in
this
window
will
reset
all
size
and
locaVon
Bu penceredeki yan ubuk zerindeki herhangi bir nceki sihirbaz admn tklatmak, semi olduunuz
changes
you've
deiikliklerini
selected,
so
sfrlar.
you
wBylece
ill
have
bunlar
to
specify
them
again. gerekir.
tm boyutthat
ve konum
yeniden
belirtmeniz
8.4.9
Cloning summary
The
cloning
summary
window
graphically
(as
rectangles)
illustrates
informaVon
about
the
source
disk
(parVVons
and
unallocated
space)
and
the
desVnaVon
disk
layout.
Along
with
the
disk
number,
some
addiVonal
informaVon
is
provided:
disk
capacity,
label,
parVVon
and
le
system
informaVon.
Telif hakk Acronis,
Inc., 2000-2012
12
Having
provided
the
new
locaVon
and
size,
click
Accept.
You
will
be
taken
back
to
the
C hange
disk
layout
window.
You
might
have
to
perform
some
more
resizing
and
relocaVon
before
you
get
the
layout
you
need.
By
clicking
Next
yDiskin
ou
will
pKopyalanmas
roceed
to
the
Cloning
summary
window.
Bir Sabit
Be
careful!
Clicking
any
previous
wizard
step
on
the
sidebar
in
this
window
will
reset
all
size
and
locaVon
changes
that
you've
selected,
so
you
will
have
to
specify
them
again.
8.4.9
Kopyalamasummary
zeti
Cloning
zeti penceresi
kaynak
disk (blmler
ve ayrlmam
alan)
ve hedef
disk dzeni
The
cloning
sKopyalama
ummary
window
graphically
(as
rectangles)
illustrates
informaVon
about
the
source
disk
ile ilgili bilgileri
grafiksel
olaraks(dikdrtgenler
gsterir.
Disk numarasyla
baz
ek bilgiler
de gsterilir: disk
(parVVons
and
unallocated
pace)
and
the
dhalinde)
esVnaVon
disk
layout.
Along
with
birlikte
the
disk
number,
some
kapasitesi,
etiket,
blm
ve
dosya
sistemi
bilgileri.
addiVonal
informaVon
is
provided:
disk
capacity,
label,
parVVon
and
le
system
informaVon.
Click
Proceed
start
disk
cloning.
Diskto
kopyalamasn
balatmak iin Proceed'i (Devam et) tklayn.
Click
Cancel
to
cancel
the
procedure
and
quit
to
the
main
program
window.
clemi
iptaltetmek
ve anaaprogram
penceresinden
iinaCancel'
Cloning
a
disk
ontaining
he
currently
cVve
operaVng
system
wkmak
ill
require
reboot.
I(ptal)
n
that
tklayn.
case,
aFer
clicking
Proceed
you
will
be
asked
to
conrm
the
reboot.
Canceling
the
reboot
will
cancel
the
O srada etkin olan bir iletim sistemi ieren bir diskin kopyalanmas, bilgisayarn tekrar balatlmasn
enVre
procedure.
AFer
the
clone
process
nishes
you
will
be
oered
an
opVon
to
shut
down
the
gerektirir. Bu durumda Proceed'i (Devam et) tklattnzda tekrar balatmay onaylamanz istenecektir. Tekrar
computer
by
balatmann
pressing
any
iptal
key.
edilmesi
This
enables
ou
to
ciptal
hange
the
posiVon
of
molacaktr.
aster/slave
jumpers
ilemi
and
tamamlandnda,
tm yilemin
edilmesine
neden
Kopyalama
remove
one
oherhangi
f
the
hard
drives.
bir
tua basarak bilgisayar kapatma seenei sunulur. Bu seenek, birincil/ikincil anahtarlarn
106
Copyright Acronis,
(jumper) yerini deitirmenizi ve sabit disklerden birini kartmanz
salar. Inc., 2000-2012
Sistem diski olmayan ya da iinde bir iletim sistemi olan ancak o srada etkin olmayan disklerin kopyalanmas
srasnda, bilgisayar tekrar balatmadan devam edebilirsiniz. Proceed'i (Devam et) tklattktan sonra
Acronis True Image HD eski diski yeni diske kopyalamaya balar ve ilerlemeyi zel bir pencerede gsterir.
Cancel' (ptal) tklatarak bu ilemi durdurabilirsiniz. Bu durumda yeni diski tekrar blmlendirmeniz ve
biimlendirmeniz ya da kopyalama ilemini tekrarlamanz gerekecektir. Kopyalama ilemi tamamlandktan
sonra sonular grrsnz.
13
Tools and utilities (Aralar ve yardmc programlar) sekmesini, ardndan Add new disk'i (Yeni disk ekle)
tklayn.
14
You
can
also
see
the
properVes
of
all
the
hard
disks
installed
in
your
system,
for
example,
the
name
Sisteminizde takl tm sabit disklerin, seilen disk srcsnn ad ve modeli, kapasitesi, dosya sistemi ve
and
the
model
of
the
disk
de
drive,
its
capacity,
le
system
and
its
interface.
arayz
gibiselected
zelliklerini
grebilirsiniz.
15
To
add
Bir
a
GGPT
PT
ddiski
isk,
ceklemek
lick
IniQalize
disk
in
GPT
layout.
iin Initialize
disk
in GPT layout'u (Diski GPT dzeninde hazrla) tklayn.
If
you
use
a
32-bit
version
of
Windows
XP,
the
GPT
iniSalizaSon
method
will
be
unavailable
and
the
IniJalizaJon
Eer
opJons
step
wXP'nin
ill
be
a32-bit'lik
bsent. bir srmn kullanyorsanz GPT hazrlama yntemi kullanlamaz ve
Windows
Initialization
options
(Hazrlamamseenekleri)
adm
AFer
selecVng
the
required
iniValizaVon
ethod
click
Next.gsterilmez.
8.5.3
Select
the
unallocated
space
and
click
Create
new
parQQon
in
the
upper
part
of
the
window,
or
right
click
on
the
unallocated
space,
and
select
Create
new
parQQon
in
the
shortcut
menu.
16
Ayrlmam alan sein ve Create new partition' (Yeni blm olutur) tklatn ya da ayrlmam alan sa
tklatn ve ksayol mensnde Create new partition' (Yeni blm olutur) sein.
If
you
allocate
all
unallocated
space
on
the
disk
to
the
new
parVVon,
the
Create
new
parQQon
buWon
Eer disk zerindeki ayrlmam alann tmn yeni blme ayrrsanz, Create new partition (Yeni blm
disappears. olutur) dmesi gsterilmez.
8.5.3.1
Partition settings
Size
You
can
resize
and
relocate
the
parVVon
being
created.
If
you
want
to
resize
the
parQQon:
Point
the
cursor
at
the
parVVon
border.
If
the
cursor
is
pointed
exactly
at
the
parVVon
border,
it
will
change
into
two
verVcal
lines
with
arrows
on
each
side.
Hold
down
the
leF
mouse
buWon
and
drag
the
selected
parVVon
border
to
enlarge
or
reduce
the
parVVon
size.
17
Blmleme Ayarlar
Oluturulan blm iin ayarlar belirleyin.
Size (Boyut)
Oluturduunuz blm yeniden boyutlandrabilir ve konumlandrabilirsiniz.
Eer Blm Yeniden Boyutlandrmak stiyorsanz:
mleci blm kenarlna gtrn. Eer imle tam olarak blm kenarlna gtrlrse, her iki yannda
oklar olan iki dik izgi halini alacaktr.
Farenin sol dmesine basl tutun ve seilen blm kenarln srkleyerek blm boyutunu bytn
ya da kltn.
Blm boyutunu, Partition Size (Blm boyutu) alanna istediiniz blm boyutunu yazarak da
belirleyebilirsiniz.
Eer Blm Yeniden Konumlandrmak stiyorsanz:
NTFS, Windows NT, Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Vista ve Windows 7'nin zgn dosya sistemidir.
Bu iletim sistemlerini kullanyorsanz bunu sein. Windows 95/98/Me ve DOS iletim sistemlerinin NTFS
blmlerine eriemediklerini unutmayn.
FAT 32 FAT dosya sisteminin, 2 TB' kadar birimleri destekleyen, gelitirilmi bir 32-bit'lik srmdr.
FAT 16, DOS'un zgn dosya sistemidir. ou iletim sistemi tarafndan tannr. 4 GB'tan byk disk
srclerini, FAT16'ya biimlendirmek mmkn deildir.
18
Ext2, Linux'un zgn dosya sistemidir. Yeterince hzldr ancak gnlklemeli bir dosya sistemi deildir.
Ext3 Red hat Linux version 7.2 ile resmi olarak tantlan Ext3, bir Linux gnlklemeli dosya sistemidir.
leriye doru ve Linux Ext2 ile geriye doru uyumludur. Birden fazla gnlkleme modunun yan sra hem
32-bit hem de 64-bit mimarilerde apraz platform uyumluluuna sahiptir.
Ext4, yeni bir Linux dosya sistemidir. Ext3'e gre gelitirmeler ierir. Ext2 ve ext 3 ile tamamen geriye
doru uyumludur. Ancak ext3, ext4 ile yalnzca ksmen ileriye doru uyumludur.
ReiserFS, Linux iin bir gnlklemeli dosya sistemidir. Genellikle Ext2'den daha gvenilirdir ve daha
hzldr. Linux veri blmnz iin bunu sein.
Linux Swap, Linux iin bir takas (swap) blmdr. Linux kullanarak daha fazla takas (swap) alan eklemek
istiyorsanz bunu sein
Partition Letter (Blm Harfi)
Aa alr listeden oluturduunuz blme atanacak bir harf sein. Auto (Otomatik) seerseniz, program,
alfabetik sraya gre ilk kullanlmayan harfi atar.
Partition Label (Blm Etiketi)
Blm etiketi, kolayca tanyabilmeniz iin blme atanan bir addr. rnein iletim sisteminin bulunduu
blme Sistem, uygulamalarn bulunduu blme Program ve verilerin bulunduu blme Veri ad
verebilirsiniz. Blm etiketi istee bal bir zelliktir.
Partition Type (Blm Tr - Bu Ayarlar Yalnzca MBR Disklerde Kullanlabilir)
Oluturulacak blm trn sein. Yeni blm birincil ya da mantksal olarak tanmlayabilirsiniz.
Primary (Birincil) - bilgisayarn alnn bu blmden yaplmasn istiyorsanz bu parametreyi sein. Aksi
takdirde yeni blmn bir mantksal src olarak oluturulmas daha iyi olacaktr. Src bana yalnzca
drt birincil blm ya da birincil ve bir uzatlm blm belirleyebilirsiniz. Not: Eer birden fazla birincil
blme sahipseniz, bir anda bunlardan yalnzca bir tanesi etkin olabilir. Dier birincil blmler gizlenir ve
iletim sistemi tarafndan grlemez.
Mark the partition as active (Blm etkin olarak iaretle) - etkin blm, iletimi sistemini yklemek
iin kullanlr. letim sistemi ykl olmayan bir blmn etkin olarak seilmesi bilgisayarnzn almasn
engelleyebilir.
19
Mark
the
parQQon
as
acQve
-
an
acVve
parVVon
is
used
for
loading
an
operaVng
system.
SelecVng
AcVve
for
a
parVVon
without
an
installed
operaVng
system
could
prevent
your
True
computer
from
HD
booVng.
Acronis
Image
iin Kullanc Klavuzu:
Bir-
Sabit
Eklenmesi
Yeni
Logical
choose
Disk
this
parameter
if
you
dont
intend
to
install
and
start
an
operaVng
system
from
the
parVVon.
A
logical
drive
is
part
of
a
physical
disk
drive
that
has
been
parVVoned
and
allocated
as
an
independent
unit,
but
funcVons
as
a
separate
drive.
When
you
nish
to
specify
the
seXngs
for
the
parVVon
being
created,
click
Accept
to
conVnue.
Add New Disk (Yeni Disk Ekle) zeti
Add new disk summary
Adddisk
new
disk (Yenigraphically
disk ekle) zeti,
yeni disk dzeninin,
vedisk
sonraki hali
The
Add
new
summary
(as
rectangles)
illustrates
blmlendirmeden
informaVon
about
tnceki
he
new
hakkndaki bilgileri grafiksel (dikdrtgenler biiminde) gsterir.
layout
before
and
aFer
parVVoning.
8.5.4
Click
Proceed
to
start
coluturmaya
reaVng
new
balamak
parVVon(s).
Yeni blmler
iin Proceed'i (Devam et) tklatn.
Click
Cancel
to
cancel
the
procedure
and
quit
to
the
main
program
window.
lemi
iptal etmek
veTana
penceresinden
kmak
Cancel'
(ptal) tklatn.
AFer
you
click
Proceed,
Acronis
rue
program
Image
HD
starts
creaVng
new
piin
arVVon
or
parVVons,
indicaVng
the
progress
in
a
special
window.
If
you
stop
this
procedure
by
clicking
Cancel,
you
will
have
to
Proceed'i (Devam et) tklattktan sonra Acronis True Image HD yeni blm ya da blmler oluturmay
reparVVon
abalatr
nd
format
the
new
dzel
isk
obir
r
repeat
the
dgsterir.
isk
add
pCancel'
rocedure.
ve ilerlemeyi
pencerede
(ptal) tklatarak bu ilemi durdurursanz, yeni
diski tekrar blmlendirmeniz ve biimlendirmeniz ya da disk ekle ilemini tekrarlamanz gerekecektir.
Before
clicking
the
Proceed
buTon
you
can
use
the
sidebar
to
navigate
through
the
Add
New
Disk
Wizard
steps
Proceed (Devam et) dmesini tklatmadan nce Add New Disk Wizard (Yeni disk ekleme sihirbaz) admlar
and
make
changes.
112
20
8.6
2. Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
shows
the
Extended
Capacity
available
for
allocaVon.
2. Extended
Capacity
Manager,
ayrlabilecek
Extended
Capacity
(Geniletilmi
Kapasiteyi) gsterir.
3. Click
Allocate
space
to
sadmda
ee
the
pdisk
ossible
space
allocaVon
grmek
in
the
niin
ext
sAllocate
tep.
3. Bir
sonraki
alandisk
ayrma
olaslklarn
space' (Alan ayr) tklatn.
AFer
clicking
the
Apply
buWon,
an
Extended
Capacity
Disk
will
be
emulated
on
your
physical
disk.
If
your
physical
disk's
capacity
is
more
than
4
TB
and
your
operaVng
system
does
not
support
the
GPT
parVVon
style,
the
program
creates
several
MBR
Extended
Capacity
Disks.
Note
that
Extended
Capacity
Disks
are
not
bootable,
though
most
of
their
properSes
are
the
same
as
that
of
physical
disks.
Telif hakk Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
4. Click
Close
to
exit
the
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager.
21
Apply (Uygula) dmesini tklattktan sonra fiziksel diskinizde bir Extended Capacity Disk (Geniletilmi
Kapasiteli Disk) gsterilecektir. Eer fiziksel diskinizin kapasitesi 4 TB'dan fazlaysa ve iletim sisteminiz GPT
blmlendirme tarzn desteklemiyorsa, program ok sayda MBR Geniletilmi Kapasiteli Diskler oluturur.
zelliklerinin birou fiziksel disklerle ayn olmasna karn Extended Capacity Disk'lerden (Geniletilmi Kapasiteli
Disk) bilgisayar alnn yaplamayacan unutmayn.
4. Acronis Extended Capacity Manager'dan kmak iin Close'u (Kapat) tklatn.
Extended
Capacity
Disks'i
AFer
allocaVng
Disk
the
ayrdktan
space,
you
sonra
can
tTemporary
emporarily
sswitch
witch
ooff
the
Extended
Capacity
Disks
(Geniletilmi
by
clicking
Kapasiteli
Diskleri
geici
olarak
kapat)
tklatarak
Geniletilmi
Kapasiteli
Diskleri
geici
kapatabilirsiniz.
Bunu
Temporary
switch
o
Extended
Capacity
Disks.
This
makes
the
Extended
Capacity
Disks
olarak
invisible
for
yaptnzda,
Geniletilmi
ynetimi
tarafndan
grlemez
disk
management
tools,
though
the
disk
sKapasiteli
pace
will
Diskler
remain
disk
allocated
and
aralar
you
will
be
able
to
make
ancak disk alan
ayrlm
haldedir
ve
daha
sonra
bu
blmleri
yeniden
grlebilir
hale
getirebilirsiniz.
Bunu yapmak iin
these
parVVons
visible
again
later.
To
do
this,
start
the
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
and
then
Acronis Extended Capacity Manager' balatn ve Allocate space'i (Alan ayr) tklatn.
click
Allocate
space.
8.7
Trim SSD
Trim
SSD
Wizard
lets
you
improve
the
speed
of
write
operaVons
on
a
solid-state
drive
(SSD)
and
miVgate
degradaVon
in
performance.
This
issue
naturally
occurs
as
a
result
of
intensive
or
long
use
of
an
SSD,
and
arises
from
the
way
SSDs
overwrite
and
delete
data.
Like
with
radiVonal
hard
drives,
if
you
delete
a
le
from
an
SSD,
data
cells
are
simply
agged
as
Telif thakk
Acronis, Inc.,
2000-2012
"available
for
use"
instead
of
being
erased.
When
the
operaVng
system
later
performs
a
write
operaVon
to
such
a
cell,
it
actually
becomes
an
overwrite
operaVon
from
the
point
of
view
of
the
22
Trim SSD
Trim SSD Wizard (Trim SSD Sihirbaz), bir kat hal srcsndeki (SSD) yazma ilemlerinin hzn arttrmanz
ve performans dne kar nlem almanz salar. Bu sorun, SSD'lerin youn ve uzun sre kullanlmas
sonucunda doal olarak oluur ve SSD'lerin verilerin zerine yazma silme ynteminden kaynaklanr.
Geleneksel sabit disklerde olduu gibi bir SSD'den bir dosyay sildiinizde veri hcreleri silinmek
yerine "kullanlabilir" olarak iaretlenir. Daha sonra iletim sistemi bu tr bir hcreye yazma ilemi
gerekletirdiinde, saklama cihaznn bak asndan bu aslnda bir zerine yazma ilemidir. Geleneksel
sabit disk srclerde bu ilem bo bir hcreye yazmak gibidir. Ancak SSD hcreleri farkldr ve yeni yazma
ilemi gerekletirilmeden nce hcrelerin silinmeleri gerekir. Donanm snrlamalar nedeniyle bir SSD'deki
silme ilemi her zaman 512 KB'lk bir blou etkiler. Dolaysyla eer, 60 KB'lk daha nce silinmi bir verinin
zerine yeni bir 60 KB'lk veri yazmanz gerekiyorsa, blok gerekten silinmeden nce SSD'den tm blok okur
ve n bellekte saklanr. Daha sonra gerekli veriler n bellee alnm blokta deitirilir. Son olarak tm blok
yeniden SSD'ye yazlr. Bu durum, yazma performansnn nemli lde dmesine neden olur. Bu sorunu
nlemek iin yeni veriler, saklama cihaznda bo hcreler olduu srece her zaman yeni bir konuma yazlr.
Eninde sonunda SSD'de hi bo hcre kalmaz ve her yazma ilemi yukarda aklanan "oku-sil-deitir-yaz"
dngsn balatr.
Trim SSD Wizard (Trim SSD Sihirbaz), silinmi olarak iaretlenen verileri tamamen temizler ve veri
hcrelerini bo brakarak yeni yazma ilemleri iin hazr halde tutar.
Not: Bu ilev, bir SSD'ye, artk kullanlmayan ve silinebilecek veri bloklar hakknda bilgi vermek iin standart TRIM
komutunu kullanr. SSD'nizin bunu desteklemek iin gerekli bellenim srmne sahip olduundan emin olun.
23
24
Acronis DriveCleanser
Sabit Disk Temizleme yntemleri
Acronis DriveCleanser
Birok iletim sistemi kullanclarna gvenli veri imha aralar sunmamaktadr. Dolaysyla silinen dosyalar
basit uygulamalarla kolayca kurtarlabilir. Diskin tamamen tekrar biimlendirilmesi bile, gizli bilgilerin kalc
olarak imha edilmesini garanti edemez.
Acronis DriveCleanser, seilen sabit disklerde ve blmlerde garantili ve kalc veri imha ilemlerini bu
sorunu zer. Gizli bilgilerinizin nemine bal olarak eitli veri imha algoritmalarndan birini seebilirsiniz.
Seilen blmn toplam boyutuna ve seilen veri imha algoritmasna bal olarak veri imha ileminin saatlerce
srebileceini ltfen unutmayn.
Acronis DriveCleanser ile alma
Acronis DriveCleanser ile aadakileri gerekletirebilirsiniz:
25
Clean
up
Acronis
the
selected
hard
disks
or
psabit
arVVons
using
preset
algorithms.
DriveCleanser,
tm
disk ilemlerini
gsteren
bir sihirbaz temel almaktadr. Dolaysyla
sihirbazn
penceresinde
Proceed'i
(Devam et) tklatmadan hibir veri imha ilemi
Create
and
execute
Summary
custom
u(zet)
ser
algorithms
of
hard
disk
clean-up.
gerekletirilmez.
stediiniz
zaman
baka
diskler,
blmler
ya da verisimha
semek iin nceki
Acronis
DriveCleanser
is
based
on
a
wizard
that
scripts
all
hard
disk
operaVons,
o
no
dalgoritmalar
ata
admlara geri dnebilirsiniz.
destrucVon
is
performed
unVl
you
click
Proceed
in
the
wizard's
Summary
window.
At
any
moment,
you
can
return
to
the
previous
steps
to
select
other
disks,
parVVons
or
data
destrucVon
algorithms.
Diskinizdeki verileri kalc olarak imha etmek iin:
To
permanently
destroy
data
on
your
disk:
Tools and utilities (Aralar ve yardmc programlar) sekmesini, ardndan Acronis DriveCleanser' tklatn.
Click
the
Tools
and
uQliQes
tab,
and
then
click
Acronis
DriveCleanser.
Acronis DriveCleanser sihirbaznn admlarn uygulayn.
Follow
the
Acronis
DriveCleanser
wizard
steps.
Veri seimi
Data selection
nce, verilerin imha edilmesini istediiniz sabit disk blmlerini semeniz gerekmektedir.
First,
you
must
select
the
hard
disk
parVVons
where
you
want
to
destroy
data.
8.8.1.1
To
select
a
parVVon,
click
the
corresponding
rectangle.
You
will
see
a
red
mark
in
the
upper
right
Bir blm semek iin ilgili dikdrtgeni tklayn. Sa st kede, blmn seili olduunu gsteren bir
corner
indicaVng
that
the
greceksiniz.
parVVon
is
selected.
krmz
iaret
116
Daha sonra veri imhas iin tm sabit diski ya da birden fazla diski seebilirsiniz. Bunu yapmak iin sabit
Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
diske karlk gelen dikdrtgeni tklatn (bir cihaz simgesi, Copyright
disk numaras
ve kapasite bilgisi ieren)
Farkl disk srclerde ya da birden fazla diskte bulunan ok sayda blmn yan sra diskler zerindeki
ayrlmam blmleri ayn anda seebilirsiniz.
Acronis DriveCleanser, dinamik ve GPT disklerindeki blmleri temizleyemez. Bu nedenle Source selection (Kaynak
seimi) penceresinde gsterilmez.
Telif hakk Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
26
Acronis
Image
Kullanc
Klavuzu:
You
can
select
aTrue
n
enVre
hard
dHD
isk
oiin
r
several
disks
for
data
destrucVon.
To
do
this,
click
the
rectangle
Gvenlik
ve
Gizlilik
Aralar
corresponding
to
the
hard
disk
(with
a
device
icon,
disk
number
and
capacity).
You
can
simultaneously
select
several
parVVons
located
on
dierent
hard
disk
drives
or
on
several
disks,
as
well
as
unallocated
space
on
disks.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
cannot
wipe
parSSons
on
dynamic
and
GPT
disks,
so
they
will
not
be
shown
in
the
Source
selecJon
window.
Be
careful,
because
clicking
OK
in
this
warning
window
and
then
Proceed
in
the
Summary
window
Bu uyar penceresinde OK'i (Tamam) ve daha sonra Summary (zet) penceresinde Proceed'i (Devam et)
will
result
in
w
iping
the
system
parVVon
containing
your
Windows
osistem
peraVng
system.
tklattnzda,
Windows
iletim
sisteminizin
bulunduu
blm
temizleneceinden dikkatli olun.
8.8.1.2
Algoritma
seimi
Algorithm
selection
Acronis
DriveCleanser
uVlizes
a
number
f
the
most
opular
data
destrucVon
algorithms.
elect
the
Acronis DriveCleanser,
eitliopopler
veripimha
algoritmalar
kullanr.
Aa alrSlisteden
istediiniz
algoritmay
sein.
desired
algorithm
from
the
drop-down
list.
mha yntemleri bu klavuzun Sabit Disk Temizleme Yntemleri (s. 34) ksmnda ayrntl olarak
aklanmaktadr.
117
27
The
data
destrucVon
methods
are
described
in
detail
in
Hard
Disk
Wiping
Methods
(p.
123)
of
this
guide.
AFer
you
select
an
algorithm,
Acronis
DriveCleanser
will
perform
all
the
acVons
necessary
to
destroy
Bir algoritma setikten sonra Acronis DriveCleanser, seilen blm ya da diskin ieriklerini imha etmek iin
the
contents
gerekli
of
the
stm
elected
parVVon
or
disk.
AFer
this
is
done,
you
will
see
a
message
indicaVng
ilemleri gerekletirecektir. Bunu yaptktan sonra veri imhasnn baarl olduunu gsteren bir
successful
data
destrucVon.
mesaj
grrsnz.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
oers
you
another
useful
capability
to
esVmate
the
results
of
execuVng
a
Acronis
DriveCleanser,
size
baka
yararl Izellik
dahaasunmaktadr:
birisk
sabit
disk(hard
ya dadblmde
veri imha
Editor
isk
data
destrucVon
algorithm
on
a
hard
disk
or
pbir
arVVon.
t
features
n
integrated
D
algoritmasnn
sonularn
tahmin
etmenize
olanak
tanmaktadr.
Tmleik
bir
Disk
Editor
(sabit
diske
gz
browsing
tool).
atma arac) zelliine sahiptir.
The
aforemenVoned
algorithms
oer
various
levels
of
condenVal
data
destrucVon.
Thus
the
picture
you
might
see
on
ance
disk
obelirtilen
r
parVVon
depends
ogizli
n
the
data
dimhas
estrucVon
algorithm.
But
sunmaktadrlar.
what
you
Daha
algoritmalar,
verilerin
iin farkl
seviyeler
Bu nedenle bir
actually
see
adisk
re
disk
sectors
lled
with
either
resim,
zeros
overi
r
random
symbols. baldr. Ancak gerekte grdnz, sfr
ya da
blmde
grdnz
imha algoritmasna
ya da rastgele
saylarlaodoldurulmu
disk sektrleridir.
CreaQng
custom
algorithms
f
data
destrucQon
Acronis
DriveCleanser
gives
you
the
opportunity
to
create
your
own
algorithms
for
wiping
hard
disks.
Veri imhas iin zel algoritmalar oluturulmas
Although
the
soFware
includes
several
levels
of
data
destrucVon,
you
can
choose
to
create
your
Acronis DriveCleanser, sabit disklerin silinmesinde kullanlmak zere kendi algoritmalarnz oluturma
own.
This
is
recommended
only
for
birden
users
ffazla
amiliar
ith
the
principles
of
data
destrucVon
sed
in
olana salar. Yazlm,
veriwimhas
seviyesi
ieriyor
olmasna
karn, ukendi
algoritmanz
secure
disk
woluturmay
iping
methods.
da seebilirsiniz. Bu zellik, yalnzca gvenli disk temizleme yntemlerinde kullanlan veri imha
ilkeleri konusunda bilgi sahibi kullanclar iin nerilmektedir.
zel bir sabit disk temizleme algoritmas oluturmak iin Algorithm selection (Algoritma seimi)
penceresindeki aa alr listeden Custom... (zel...) satrn tklatn. Bunu yaptnzda DriveCleanser
sihirbaznda, baz yeni gereken admlar grntlenir ve gvenlik gereksinimlerinize uygun bir veri imha
algoritmas oluturabilirsiniz.
28
Having
created
custom
oluturduktan
method,
you
csonra
an
save
the
kaydedebilirsiniz.
algorithm
you
created.
This
tekrar
will
be
kullanacaksanz
handy
if
you
kaydetmeniz
zel ayntemi
bunu
Daha sonra
are
going
to
u
se
i
t
a
gain.
yararl olabilir.
Algorithm definition
The
Algorithm
deniVon
window
shows
you
a
template
of
the
future
algorithm.
Algoritma tanm
The
window
has
the
following
legend:
The
rst
column
of
the
list
contains
the
type
of
operaVon
on
a
Algorithm definition (Algoritma tanm) penceresinde, yapacanz algoritma iin bir ablon gsterilir.
disk
(there
are
just
two:
to
write
a
symbol
to
disk,
"wriVng";
and
to
verify
wriWen,
"vericaVon");
the
contains
the
paWern
of
dbulunur:
ata
to
be
Listenin
wriWen
ilk
to
stununda
disk.
second
column
Pencerede
aadaki
unsurlar
disk zerindeki ilem tr bulunur (yalnzca
ikito
tane
bir sembol
yazma, writing
(yazma);
ve yazlanlar
(dorulama);
The
paWern
be
wvardr:
riWen
diske
is
always
a
hexadecimal
value,
for
example,
a
value
of
dorulama,
this
kind:
0verification
x00,
ikinci
stunda,
diske
yazlacak
veri
deseni
bulunmaktadr.
0xAA,
or
0xCD,
etc.
These
values
are
1
byte
long,
but
they
may
be
up
to
512
bytes
long.
Except
for
such
values,
you
may
enter
a
random
hexadecimal
value
of
any
length
(up
to
512
bytes).
Your
zaman
altlfor
say
sisteminde
deere sahiptir.
trdeki bir deere rnek: 0x00,
designated
as
the
Bu
complementary
algorithm
mYazlacak
ay
also
iveriler
nclude
her
one
more
on
value
wriVng
that
is
bir
0xAA, or 0xCD, vs. Bu deerler 1 bayt uzunluundadr ancak 512 bayt uzunlua kadar olabilmektedirler.
value
the
value
that
is
complementary
to
the
one
wriWen
to
disk
during
the
previous
pass.
Bu deerler dnda herhangi bir uzunlukta (512 bayta kadar) rastgele bir on altl say sisteminde deer
girebilirsiniz. Algoritmanzda complementary value (tamamlayc deer), yani, nceki gei srasnda
tamamlayc
nitelikteki(0x8A)
bir deer
olarakthen
tasarlanm
baka bir deer
olabilir.
If
the
binary
yazlan
value
is
deeri
represented
by
the
10001010
sequence,
the
complementary
binary
daha
value
bulunuyor
will
be
represented
by
the
01110101
(0x75)
sequence.
Eer ikili deer 10001010 (0x8A) dizisi ile gsteriliyorsa, tamamlayc ikili deer 01110101 (0x75) dizisiyle
gsterilecektir.
119
29
Algorithm definition (Algoritma tanm) penceresi size yalnzca algoritma iin bir ablon gsterir. Yazlmn,
algoritmanza gre gizli verileri imha etmek iin diske ne yazmas gerektiini tam olarak tanmlamanz
gerekmektedir.
Bunu yapmak iin farenizi 1. geii temsil eden satrn zerine getirin ve Edit'i (Dzenle) tklayn.
Wiping pass adjustment (Temizleme geii ayar)
Wiping Pass Adjustment (Temizleme Geii Ayar), diske yazlacak deseni tanmlamanz salar (on altlk
deer).
Pencere kontrol elemanlarnn anlamlar unlardr: Herhangi bir gei srasnda (bu durumda ilk gei
srasnda) sabit diske yazlmas iin Write pattern (Yazma deseni) anahtar altndaki alana herhangi bir on
altl deer girebilirsiniz.
Anahtar Write a random number (Rastgele bir say yaz) konumuna getirdiinizde, nce diskte rastgele
bir say deeri yazlmasn seerseniz ve altndaki alana rastgele deerin bayt cinsinden uzunluunu
belirtirsiniz.
ABD standartlar, ilk geite her disk sektrnn her baytna rastgele deerler yazlmasn gerektirmektedir.
Bu nedenle anahtar Write a random number (Rastgele bir say yaz) konumuna getirin ve alana 1 yazn.
Devam etmek iin OK (Tamam) dmesini tklayn.
Yeniden algoritma tanmlama penceresine geersiniz ve nceki kaydn (write 00 (yaz - 00)) write
random, 1 bayt (yaz - rastgele, 1 bayt) olarak deitirildiini grrsnz.
Bir sonraki geii tanmlamak iin Add (Ekle) dmesini tklayn.
Daha ncekilere benzer bir pencere alr ancak bu pencerede, daha fazla anahtar konumu bulunmaktadr:
seilebilecek iki ek konum yer alr:
Write complementary to previous pass pattern (Bir nceki gei desenini tamamlayacak ekilde yaz): ABD
standardnn ikinci geii srasnda her disk sektr, bir nceki gei srasnda yazlan deeri tamamlayacak
on altl deerlerle doldurulur. Bu nedenle anahtar Write complementary to previous pass pattern (Bir
nceki gei desenini tamamlayacak ekilde yaz) konumuna getirmeniz ve OK (Tamam) dmesini
tklatmanz gerekmektedir.
Yeniden algoritma tanmlama penceresine gtrlrsnz. Bu pencerede ikinci kayt u ekilde gsterilir:
write complementary to previous step pattern (yaz - bir nceki adm desenini tamamlayacak ekilde).
Dorulama
ABD veri imhas standartlarnn gereklerini uygulayarak nc ve drdnc veri stne yazma geileri
tanmlayn.
Ayn ekilde gvenlik gereksinimlerinize uygun herhangi bir veri imha algoritmas oluturabilirsiniz.
Telif hakk Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
30
No
acQon
just
dpartition
estroy
data
using
the
lgorithm
elected
below
Delete
(Blm
sil)a
verilerisimha
eder
ve blm siler
8.8.1.4
31
erent
algorithms
oer
various
levels
condenVal
data
estrucVon.
Thus
the
picture
yBu
ou
nedenle
might
bir disk ya da
Farkl
algoritmalar,
gizliof
verilerin
imhas
iindfarkl
seviyeler
sunmaktadrlar.
blmde
grdnz
resim,
veri imha yntemine
gerekte
grdnz,
sfr ya da rastgele
e
on
a
disk
or
parVVon
depends
on
the
d
ata
destrucVon
method.
Bbaldr.
ut
what
Ancak
you
actually
see
are
doldurulmu
disk sektrleridir.
k
sectors
lled
wsaylarla
ith
either
zeros
or
random
symbols.
e
Search
menu
allows
you
to
search
a
hard
disk
for
a
line
and
to
go
to
a
disk
sector
according
to
its
Telif hakk Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
solute
oset.
ecVng the Search item in the same menu will give you access to funcVons of searching lines in the
32
Arama satr, karakter (Text (Metin) alan) ve saysal (onaltl) deer (Hex (on altl) alan) olarak belirtilebilir.
Text (Metin) alanna ya da Hex (on altl) alanna girdiiniz deerler, otomatik olarak dier tre
dntrlr.
Byk-kk harfleri kullanmak iin Case sensitive (Byk-kk harf duyarl) parametresini iaretleyin.
Eer byk-kk harf eletirmesi olmadan bir arama modu setiyseniz, byk-kk harfin yan sra
Roma karakter setleri iin yukardaki karakterlerin unsurlar da yok saylacaktr.
Belirli bir satr, sektrn iindeki belirli bir ofset iinde aratmak iin Search at sector offset (Sektr
ofsetinde ara) parametresini iaretleyin.
Aramay balatmak iin OK'i (Tamam) tklayn. Arama ilemi tamamlandnda, geerli konum, satrn
bulunduu yere hareket eder ya da hibir satr bulunmazsa ayn yerde kalr. Search (Ara) mensnde
Search again (Tekrar ara) esini seerek ya da F3 tuuna basarak mevcut konumdan bir sonraki satr
aratabilirsiniz.
Sektre git
Search (Ara) mensnde Go to... (Git...) satrn seerek (ya da Alt+P tularna basarak) tam ofsetine gre
gerekli sektre gidebilirsiniz. Bu satr setiinizde Go to (Git) iletiim kutusu alr.
Gei, tam sektr ofseti ya da silindir, kafa ve sektr numaralar girilerek gerekletirilir. Listelenen
parametreler bu ifadeye baldr:
(CYL x HDS + HD) x SPT + SEC 1
CYL, HD, SEC , CHS koordinatlarnda (Cylinder (silindir) Head (kafa) Sector (sektr) silindir, kafa ve sektr
numaralardr; HDS, disk bana kafa saysdr, SPT, iz bana sektr saysdr.
Search (Ara) mensnde Back (Geri) esini seerek (ya da Ctrl+Backspace tularna basarak) bir
sektrden dierine geri dnebilirsiniz.
Telif hakk Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
33
34
Garantili bilgi temizleme ile ilgili ayrntl teorinin aklamasn, Peter Gutman tarafndan yazlan bir
makalede bulabilirsiniz.
Ltfen buraya bakn:
Secure Deletion of Data from Magnetic and Solid-State Memory (Manyetik ve Kat Hal Belleklerinden
Verilerin Gvenli Biimde Silinmesi), http://www.cs.auckland.ac.nz/~pgut001/pubs/secure_del.html.
Acronis tarafndan kullanlan bilgi temizleme yntemleri
Aadaki tablo, ksaca Acronis tarafndan kullanlan temizleme yntemlerini aklamaktadr. Her aklamada
sabit disk sektr gei says ve her sektr baytna yazlacak numaralar gsterilir.
Dahili bilgi temizleme yntemleri aklamas
No.
Gei says
Kayt
Almanya: VSITR
35
Hzl
35
Sanal diski gereiyle ayn ekilde kullanabilirsiniz: a, kaydet, kopyala, ta, olutur, dosyalar ve klasrleri
sil ilevlerini gerekletirebilirsiniz. Gerekiyorsa grnt salt okunur modda taklabilir.
Bu blmde aklanan ilemler yalnzca FAT ve NTFS dosya sistemlerinde desteklenmektedir.
Dosya yedeklerinin ve disk/blm grntlerinin varsaylan uzantsnn .tib olduunu ve yalnzca disk
grntlerinin taklabileceini ltfen unutmayn. Eer dosya yedeklerinin ieriini grntlemek
istiyorsanz Aratr ilevini kullann.
36
a new disk with its own leWer will appear in the drives list
using
Windows
Explorer
and
other
le
managers,
you
can
view
the
image
contents
as
if
they
were
located
on
a
physical
disk
or
parVVon
you
will
be
able
to
use
the
virtual
disk
in
the
same
way
as
the
real
one:
open,
save,
copy,
move,
create,
delete
les
or
folders.
If
necessary,
the
image
can
be
mounted
in
read-only
mode.
The operaSons described in this secSon are supported only for the FAT and NTFS le systems.
Please
keep
in
mind
that,
though
both
le
backups
and
disk/parVVon
images
have
a
default
".Vb"
extension,
only
images
can
be
mounted.
If
you
want
to
view
le
backup
contents,
use
the
Explore
operaVon.
Bir disk grntsnn taklmas
1. Tools
and
yardmc
programlar)
1. Start
the
Mount
wizard
by
utilities
clicking
(Aralar
Mount
ve
image
on
the
Tools
and
sekmesinde
uQliQes
tab.Mount image' (Disk grntsn tak)
tklatarak Mount wizard' (Takma sihirbaz) balatn.
125
Eer artml disk grntlerine sahip bir yedek setiyseniz, oluturma tarihi/saatine gre takip eden artml
Copyright birini
Acronis,
Inc., 2000-2012
disk grntlerinden ("yedek srmleri" olarak da adlandrlr)
seebilirsiniz.
Dolaysyla verinin
herhangi bir andaki haline gz atabilirsiniz.
Bir artml disk grntsn takmak iin, tm nceki yedek srmlerine ve ilk tam yedeklemeye sahip
olmanz gerekmektedir. Eer daha sonraki yedeklerden herhangi biri yoksa takma ilemi yaplamaz.
Eer yedek parola korumalysa Acronis True Image HD, bir iletiim kutusunda parolay soracaktr. Doru
parolay girene kadar blm dzeni ya da Next (leri) dmesi gsterilmeyecektir.
37
If
you
selected
a
backup
containing
incremental
images,
you
can
select
one
of
the
successive
incremental
images
(also
called
"backup
versions")
by
its
creaVon
date/Vme.
Thus,
you
can
explore
the
data
state
at
a
certain
moment.
To
mount
an
incremental
image,
you
must
have
all
previous
backup
versions
and
the
iniVal
full
backup.
If
any
of
the
successive
backups
are
missing,
mounVng
is
not
possible.
If
the
backup
was
password-protected,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
will
ask
for
the
password
in
a
dialog
box.
Neither
the
parVVons
layout
will
be
shown,
nor
will
the
Next
buWon
be
enabled
unVl
you
enter
the
correct
password.
3. Select
a
parVVon
to
mount
as
a
virtual
disk.
(Note
that
you
cannot
mount
an
image
of
the
enVre
disk
except
in
the
case
when
the
disk
consists
of
one
parVVon).
If
the
image
contains
several
3. Bir sanal disk olarak takmak iin bir blm sein. (Diskin bir blm ierdii durumlar dnda tm diskin
parVVons,
by
default
all
of
them
will
be
selected
for
mounVng
with
automaVcally
assigned
drive
grntsn takamayacanz unutmayn). Eer grntde birden fazla blm varsa, varsaylan olarak
leWers.
If
you
tm,
would
like
to
aolarak
ssign
datanan
ierent
drive
harfleriyle
leWers
to
ttaklmak
he
parVVons
to
be
mounted,
click
blmlere farkl
otomatik
src
iin seilecektir.
Eer taklacak
OpQons.
src harfleri atamak istiyorsanz, Options' (Seenekler) tklatn.
126
You
can
also
select
a
leWer
to
be
assigned
to
the
virtual
disk
from
the
Mount
leRer
drop-down
list.
If
you
do
not
want
to
mount
a
parVVon,
select
Do
not
mount
in
the
list
or
clear
the
parVVon's
check
box.
Telif hakk Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
38
Mount letter (Takma harfi) aa alan listesinde sanal diske atanacak bir harf de seebilirsiniz. Eer bir
You
can
also
select
a
leWer
to
be
assigned
to
the
virtual
disk
from
the
Mount
leRer
drop-down
blm takmak istemiyorsanz, listede Do not mount'u (Takma) sein ya da blmn onay kutusundaki
list.
If
you
do
not
want
to
mount
a
parVVon,
select
Do
not
mount
in
the
list
or
clear
the
iareti kaldrn.
parVVon's
check
box.
4. Having
nished
the
seXngs,
click
Proceed
to
connect
the
selected
parVVon
images
as
virtual
4. Ayarlar tamamladktan sonra seilen blm grntlerini sanal diskler olarak balamak iin Proceed'i
disks.
(Devam) tklatn.
127
39
AFer
the
image
is
connected,
the
program
will
run
Windows
Explorer,
showing
its
contents.
Now
you
can
work
with
les
or
folders
as
if
they
were
located
on
a
real
disk.
recommend
that
you
unmount
the
virtual
disk
aFer
all
necessary
operaVons
are
nished,
as
kapandnda artk grntlenmeyecektir.
intaining
virtual
disks
takes
considerable
system
resources.
If
you
do
not
unmount
the
disk,
it
will
appear
aFer
your
computer
is
turned
o.
Sanal diskin balantsn kesmek iin Tools and utilities (Aralar ve yardmc programlar) sekmesinde
disconnect
the
virtual
disk,
image'
click
Unmount
image
on
the
Tools
kartlacak
and
uQliQes
tab,
select
he
d(Tamam)
isk
to
tklayn.
Unmount
(Grnty
kart)
tklatn,
diski
sein
ve tOK'i
mount
and
click
OK.
Eer
birden
fazla blm
varsaylan
tm kartlmak
iin seili
olacaktr. Tm takl
ou
have
mounted
several
parVVons,
by
dtaktysanz,
efault
all
of
them
will
olarak
be
selected
for
unmounVng.
You
srclerin balantsn birlikte kesebilir ya da yalnzca artk takl olmasn istemediklerinizin balantsn
disconnect
all
mounted
drives
together
or
disconnect
only
those
you
do
not
need
mounted
kesebilirsiniz.
ymore.
u
can
also
do
this
in
Windows
Explorer
by
right-clicking
on
the
disk
icon
and
choosing
Unmount.
Bunu, Windows Explorer'da disk simgesini sa tklatp Unmount'u (kart) seerek de yapabilirsiniz.
Kopyalama
11 Working
withilemleri
vhdhakknda
files daha fazla bilgi ya da ska sorulan sorular iin ltfen:
n this section
u
may
have
vhd
les
if
you
used
the
Windows
Backup
uVlity
included
into
Windows
Vista
and
ndows
7
for
backing
up
the
system
hard
drive.
en
you
need
to
recover
your
system
using
a
vhd
backup
le,
proceed
as
follows:
Arrange
the
boot
order
in
BIOS
so
as
to
make
your
rescue
media
device
(CD,
DVD
or
USB
sVck)
2013 Kingston Technology Corporation, 17600 Newhope Street, Fountain Valley, CA 92708 USA.
the
rst
boot
device.
ee
Tm
Arranging
oot
order
n
B
IOS
(p.
65).
Her hakk S
sakldr.
ticari markalar vebkaytl
ticari
markalar, iilgili
sahiplerinin
mlkdr.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
3
3
4
User's Guide
4
5
6
7
8
11
13
14
15
16
16
20
36
40
8.4
.................................................................................................93
..........................................................................................................94
........................................................................................94
....................................................................................95
....................................................................................96
.................................................................................................96
.................................................................................................97
.........................................................................................99
...............................................................................................101
8.4.1
.
.
.
CD
USB
2.0
.
.
.
.
()
(:
USB
) .
.
.
.
(30
) .
.
.
.
8.4.2
.
.
.
.
8.4.2
.
.
(
).
.
.
Windows
Acronis
DriveCleanser .
,
,
.
8.4.3
( ).
,
.
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
94
8.4.4
( ,
,
,
)
.
(,
) .
- . .
( )
-
.
.
.
( ,
,
) (,
)
( ,
,
) .
8.4.5
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
8.4.6
-
,
.
.
- .
.
.
.
Acronis
True
Image
HD: .
8.4.6
-
,
.
.
- .
- .
96
" "
,
.
.
Acronis
Disk
Director
Suite
.
,
" "
.
Acronis
True
Image
HD " "
.
.
FAT16
4GB .
( ) .
8.4.7
Copyright Acronis,
Inc., 2000-2012
1. .
" "
,
.
.
Acronis
Disk
Director
Suite
.
,
" "
.
Acronis
True
Image
HD " "
.
.
FAT16
4GB .
( ) .
8.4.7
.
1. .
(
)
(*
?) .
,
,
.
.
,
.
97
NTFS
/ .
.
:
.
.
2. .
.
.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
.
.
.
NTFS
/ .
.
:
.
.
2. .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
*
- 0 .
- .
.
,
.gif
.bmp *.gif,
*.bmp .
98
.
.
- 0 .
- .
.
,
.gif
.bmp *.gif,
*.bmp .
.
98
F.log
"F.log" .
"F" .
C:\Finance\F\
*.log
(*)
F*
F???.log
(?)
C:\Finance\F
(
(\) ).
.log .
"F"
(F
,
F1
F.log
,
F1.log).
"F" .log
.
.
("\") .
,
C:\Program
Files\Acronis\TrueImageHome\
"Qt"
.
*\Prog*\Acr*\True*\*Qt*.???
.
8.4.8
.
.
.
,
,
.
,
.
10
(*)
F*
F???.log
"F"
(F
,
F1
F.log
,
F1.log).
"F" .log
(?)
Acronis True Image
. HD:
.
("\") .
,
C:\Program
Files\Acronis\TrueImageHome\
"Qt"
.
*\Prog*\Acr*\True*\*Qt*.???
.
8.4.8
.
.
.
,
,
.
,
.
,
,
,
.
.
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
99
11
,
,
,
.
.
,
,
.
.
( ).
.
.
.
.
!
.
12
100
8.4.9
( )
()
.
(
,
,
) .
.
.
.
.
.
.
/ .
.
Acronis
True
Image
HD
.
.
.
.
8.5
(:
)
( ),
.
.
PC .
Copyright Acronis,
Inc.,
2000-2012
.
.
13
.
.
.
.
.
/
Acronis
True
Image
HD:
.
Acronis
True
Image
HD
.
.
.
.
8.5
(:
)
( ),
.
.
PC .
:
.
.
32 Windows
XP ,
GPT
Copyright
Acronis, Inc.
101
.
..................................................................................102
..................................................................................103
..............................................................................103
.............................................................................106
8.5.1
.
.
.
.
Acronis
True
Image
HD .
.
14
32 Windows
XP ,
GPT
.
..................................................................................102
..................................................................................103
..............................................................................103
.............................................................................106
8.5.1
.
.
.
.
Acronis
True
Image
HD .
.
,
,
.
102
15
8.5.2
GPT
GPT
.
MBR
MBR
.
32 Windows
XP
GPT
.
8.5.3
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
:
.
Copyright Acronis,
Inc., 2000-2012
16
8.5.3
.
Acronis True Image HD:
.
,
.
.
.
.
:
Copyright
(MBR
)
Acronis, Inc.
103
.
:
.
.
17
.
:
.
.
.
:
.
.
/
.
.
,
.
,
.
104
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
.
.
:
NTFS Windows
NT,
Windows
2000,
Windows
XP,
Windows
Vista
Windows
7
.
.
Windows
95/98/Me DOS
NTFS
.
18
.
.
Acronis
True
Image HD:
NTFS Windows
NT,
Windows
2000,
Windows
XP,
Windows
Vista
Windows
7
.
.
Windows
95/98/Me DOS
NTFS
.
.
.
.
,
( ),
( )
,
(
)
,
.
( MBR
)
.
.
-
.
,
.
4 3
.
:
OS .
-
.
.
Copyright
Inc. .
105
-
Acronis,
8.5.4
(
) .
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
19
-
.
Acronis
True Image
HD:
.
-
.
.
8.5.4
(
) .
.
.
106
20
.
.
,
Acronis
True
Image
HD ()
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
.
.
.
Acronis,
,
Inc.
106 .
Copyright
.
1. Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager .
2TB
MBR
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager .
3. .
.
4TB
GPT
,
MBR
.
.
21
3. .
.
4TB
GPT
,
MBR
.
.
107
.
,
2TB
.
Extended
Capacity
Manager
.
Acronis
True
Image
HD .
.
.
8.7 SSD
SSD
(SSD)
.
SSD
SSD .
SSD "
" .
.
Copyright Acronis,
2000-2012 SSD
.
Inc.,
.
SSD 512KB
.
60KB 60KB SSD
22
.
True
Acronis
Image
HD:
SSD 2TB
8.7 SSD
SSD
(SSD)
.
SSD
SSD .
SSD "
" .
.
.
SSD
.
SSD 512KB
.
60KB 60KB SSD
.
.
SSD .
.
.
SSD
"---"
.
SSD
.
:
TRIM
SSD .
SSD .
108
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
SSD
!
.
.
8.8
23
:
TRIM
SSD .
SSD .
SSD
! . .
8.8
Acronis
DriveCleanser............................................................................109
.........................................................................116
8.8.1
Acronis DriveCleanser
.
.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
.
.
109
24
SSD :
1. SSD
.
.
Acronis
True Image HD:
2. SSD .
3. .
4. Windows .
Linux
.
Windows .
8.8
Acronis
DriveCleanser............................................................................109
.........................................................................116
8.8.1
Acronis DriveCleanser
.
.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
.
.
.
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
Acronis DriveCleanser
109
Acronis DriveCleanser .
Acronis
DriveCleanser
.
,
.
:
Acronis
DriveCleanser .
Acronis
DriveCleanser
.
Copyright
Acronis,
Inc., 2000-2012
25
Acronis
DriveCleanser
Acronis
DriveCleanser .
Acronis
DriveCleanser
.
,
.
:
Acronis
DriveCleanser .
Acronis
DriveCleanser
.
.
.
.
( ,
) .
.
Acronis
DriveCleanser GPT
.
110
26
.
.
.
.
Acronis
DriveCleanser GPT
.
.
/ ,
.
110
Windows
.
Acronis
DriveCleanser .
.
(116
)
.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
27
Windows
.
Acronis
DriveCleanser .
.
(116
)
.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
.
.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
.
(
) .
.
.
0
Copyright
Acronis,
Inc. .
111
Acronis
DriveCleanser
.
.
.
.
DriveCleanser
.
28
Acronis
DriveCleanser
.
Acronis True Image HD:
.
.
.
DriveCleanser
.
.
.
Acronis
True
Image
HD
.
.
*.alg
.
.
.
( ,
"" " ") ,
.
16 .
0x00,
0xAA
0xCD
.
1
byte
512
bytes
.
512
bytes
16 .
.
.
112
2 10001010(0x8A)
2 01110101(0x75)
.
.
.
#1 .
(16 ) .
.
16
29
.
.
#1 .
(16 ) .
.
16
( ) .
() .
1
1 .
.
(
-
00) -
,
1
byte
.
.
.
.
.
:
16 .
.
.
-
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
113
30
16 .
.
.
-
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
113
.Acronis
DriveCleanser .
-
-
-
()
.
.
.
.
.
.
( )
Acronis
DriveCleanser
.
.
.
Acronis
( ) .
Copyright Acronis,
Inc.,
2000-2012
31
.
.
.
.
.
.
( )
Acronis
DriveCleanser
.
.
.
Acronis
( ) .
.
.
0
.
114
.
(Ctrl
+
F
).
.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
( ) (16 ) ( ) .
32
.
(Ctrl
+
F
).
.
:
( )
(16 )
( ) .
16
.
/ .
.
.
.
F3
.
( Alt+P
)
.
.
,
,
.
.
(CYL
x
HDS
+
HD)
x
SPT
+
SEC
-
1
CYL,
HD,
SEC CHS
( -
-
) ,
,
.
HDS
SPT .
115
( Ctrl+Backspace
)
.
8.8.2
( Windows
)
.
.
.
(:
)
.
1 0 2
.
1 1 0 0 .
0 1 0.95 1 0 1.05
.
1 0
Copyright
Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
33
8.8.2
( Windows
)
.
.
.
(:
)
.
1 0 2
.
1 1 0 0 .
0 1 0.95 1 0 1.05
.
1 0
.
1 0
.
,
,
/ "
"
.
:
,
( )
.
1 0 ( )
.
(
)
.
.
.
.
Peter
Gutmann
.
.
hMp://www.cs.auckland.ac.nz/~pgut001/pubs/secure_del.html
.
116
34
.
(
)
Acronis
Acronis .
116
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
.
(
)
1.
5220.22-M
1 -
,
2
-
,
3
-
,
4
-
2.
:
NAVSO
P-
5239-26
(RLL)
1 -
0x01,
2
-
0x27FFFFFF,
3
-
,
4
-
3.
:
NAVSO
P-
5239-26
(MFM)
1 -
0x01,
2
-
0x7FFFFFFF,
3
-
,
4
-
4.
: VSITR
5.
:
GOST
P50739-95
-
0(0x00
).
-
().
6.
Peter Gutmann
35
Peter
Gutmann
.
('
'
).
7.
Bruce Schneier
Bruce
Schneier 7
.
1 -
0xFF,
-
0x00,
5
8.
0(0x00 ).
8.9
.
.
35
-
().
6.
Peter Gutmann
35
Peter Gutmann .
('
'
).
7.
Bruce Schneier
Bruce
Schneier 7
.
1 -
0xFF,
-
0x00,
5
8.
0(0x00 ).
8.9
.
.
.
Windows
.
.
,
,
,
.
,
.
FAT NTFS
.
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
117
/ ".Lb"
.
.
1. .
2. .
/
(" " )
.
36
/ ".Lb"
.
.
1. .
2. .
/
(" " )
.
.
.
.
Acronis
True
Image
HD
.
,
.
118
37
3. .
(
).
.
.
38
119
.
.
4. ,
.
5. Windows
.
.
8.10
,
.
.
.
39
4. ,
.
5. Windows
.
.
8.10
,
.
.
.
.
.
120
Windows
Explorer
.
8.11 vhd
Windows
vhd
.....................121
User's Guide
4
4
5
6
7
8
11
13
14
15
16
16
20
Acronis 21
SSD
23
25
Acronis DriveCleanser 25
34
36
40
USB FAT 32
ISO
[]: ISO
[]
8.4
..................................................................................................95
..........................................................................................96
..................................................................96
.........................................................................97
.................................................................98
..................................................................................................98
..............................................................................99
....................................................................101
............................................................................103
8.4.1
CD
USB
2.0
USB
(31
)
Copyright
[]
[]
Acronis,
Inc.
95
[]
8.4.2
[]
Copyright Acronis,
Inc., 2000-2012
[] []
[]
8.4.2
[]
8.4.3
[]-
[]
-
8.4.4
[]
[]:
[ ]
:
2
8.4.5
[]
[OK]
[]
8.4.6
[]
-
1
1
[] -
[OK]
Acronis True
Image HD:
[]
8.4.6
[]
-
1
1
[] -
[] -
98
[]
Acronis
Disk
Director
Suite
[]
[]
[]
FAT16 4 GB
[
]
8.4.7
[]
Acronis
Disk
Director
Suite
Acronis
FAT16 4 GB
[
]
8.4.7
[]
1.
[]
[]
*
?
[][][][]
99
NTFS
2. []
NTFS
2. []
[]
*
?
-
0
-
1
100
.gif
.bmp
*.gif;*.bmp
F.log
F.log
C:\Finance\F\
C:\Finance\F
\
*.log
.log
F*
F FF1
F.logF1.log
F???.log
F 4 .log
\
C:\Program Files\Acronis\TrueImageHome\
Qt*\Prog*\Acr*\True*\*Qt*.???
.
8.4.8
[]
10
F.logF1.log
F???.log
F 4 .log
\
C:\Program Files\Acronis\TrueImageHome\
Qt*\Prog*\Acr*\True*\*Qt*.???
.
8.4.8
[]
101
[] []
[][ ][]
11
[] []
[][ ][]
[]
[ ]
[]
102
8.4.9
[]
12
8.4.9
[]
[]
[]
[]
/
1
[]
[]
8.5
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
103
13
/
1
[]
[]
8.5
103
[] []
32
Windows
XP
GPT
[]
........................................................................104
................................................................................105
............................................................105
............................................................108
8.5.1
1
[]
Acronis
True
Image
HD
[OK]
14
32
Windows
XP
GPT
[]
........................................................................104
................................................................................105
............................................................105
............................................................108
8.5.1
1
[]
Acronis
True
Image
HD
[OK]
104
15
8.5.2
GPT [GPT ]
MBR [MBR ]
32 Windows XP GPT
[]
8.5.3
16
[]
[
]
MBR
[
]
[
Copyright
Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
]
17
[
]
[
]
[]
[]
106
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
[FAT32]
FAT
32
2
TB
[FAT
16]
DOS
4
GB
FAT16
[Ext2]
Linux
[Ext3]
Red
Hat
Linux
Version
7.2
Linux
Ext2
32
64
Copyright
Acronis,
Inc., 2000-2012
[Ext4]
Linux
ext3
ext2
ext3
ext3
ext4
18
[Ext2]
Linux
[Ext3]
Red
Hat
Linux
Version
7.2
Linux
Ext2
32
64
[]
System Program
Data
MBR
[]:
4 3
Copyright
Acronis, Inc.
107
:
1
[]:
[]:
[]
8.5.4
19
[]:
Acronis True Image HD:
[]:
[]
8.5.4
[]
[]
[]
[]
[] []
108
20
8.6 Acronis
Acronis
MBR
2
TB
Acronis
2
TB
MBR
Windows
[Windows
]
2
TB
[]
1. Acronis
[]
[Acronis
]
2
TB
MBR
Acronis
2. Acronis
3. []
[]
4
TB
GPT
MBR
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
4. [] Acronis
21
3. []
[]
4
TB
GPT
MBR
4. []
Acronis
[]
Acronis
[]
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
109
[]
[]
2
TB
8.7 SSD
SSD
SSD
SSD
SSD
SSD
22
[]
2 TB
8.7 SSD
SSD
SSD
SSD
SSD
SSD
SSD
SSD
512
KB
60
KB
60
KB
SSD
SSD
SSD
SSD
:
TRIM
110
Copyright SSD
Acronis,
Inc.
SSD
SSD
:
SSD
1. []
[SSD
]
2. SSD []
3. []
4. Windows
[]
Linux
Windows
8.8
23
SSD SSD
SSD
Acronis True Image HD: SSD
:
SSD
1. []
[SSD
]
2. SSD []
3. []
4. Windows
[]
Linux
Windows
8.8
Acronis
True
Image
HD
Acronis DriveCleanser
(118 )
Acronis
DriveCleanser............................................................................111
................................................................118
8.8.1
Acronis DriveCleanser
Acronis DriveCleanser
111
24
1. []
[SSD
]
3. []
4. Windows
[]
Linux
Windows
8.8
Acronis
True
Image
HD
Acronis DriveCleanser
(118 )
Acronis
DriveCleanser............................................................................111
................................................................118
8.8.1
Acronis DriveCleanser
Acronis DriveCleanser
Acronis DriveCleanser
111
Acronis DriveCleanser
Acronis
DriveCleanser
[]
[] [Acronis DriveCleanser]
Acronis DriveCleanser
25
Acronis DriveCleanser
Acronis
DriveCleanser
[]
[] [Acronis DriveCleanser]
Acronis DriveCleanser
[]
112
26
[]
112
[OK]
[]
Windows
Acronis
DriveCleanser
(118 )
Acronis
DriveCleanser
Acronis
DriveCleanser
1
0
Acronis DriveCleanser
27
[OK]
[]
Windows
Acronis
DriveCleanser
(118 )
Acronis
DriveCleanser
Acronis
DriveCleanser
1
0
Acronis
DriveCleanser
[]
[...]
DriveCleanser
113
28
[]
[...]
DriveCleanser
[]
[...]
*.alg
[]
2 2
16
0x000xAA0xCD
1
512
512
16
1
29
114
100010100x8A 011101010x75
1 []
[] 16
[]
16
1
[]
[]
1
[OK]
[]
[][00]
[][1
]
[]
2
:
16
2
[]
[OK]
[]
2
[]
-
[]
3 4
[]
[
]
Copyright Acronis,
Inc., 2000-2012
30
16
2
[]
[OK]
[] - []
3 4
[]
[
]
[]
3
[]:
Acronis, Inc.
Copyright
115
[]:
[]:
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
Acronis
DriveCleanser
1
[]
[]
31
[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
Acronis
DriveCleanser
1
[]
[]
DriveCleanser
Acronis
116
[]
[]
+Inc.,
F
[]
Copyright Ctrl
Acronis,
2000-2012
32
[]
[]
Ctrl
+
F
[]
[]
[16
]
[]
16
[16
]
[]
[]
[OK]
[]
[]
F3
[]
[]
Alt+P
[...]
(CYL
x
HDS
+
HD)
x
SPT
+
SEC
-
1
CYLHDSEC
CHS
117
HDS
SPT
[]
[]
Ctrl+Backspace
8.8.2
Windows
1 0 2
33
CYLHDSEC
CHS
HDS
SPT
[]
[]
Ctrl+Backspace
8.8.2
Windows
1 0 2
1
1
0
0
0
1
0.95
1
1
1.05
0
1
1
1
1
0
1 3
Peter Gutmann
34
118
No
1.
DoD
5220.22-M
1
-
2
-
1
3
-
4
-
2.
NAVSO
4
P-5239-26-RLL
1
-
0x01 2
-
0x27FFFFFF 3
-
4
-
3.
NAVSO
4
P-5239-26-MFM
1
-
0x01 2
-
0x7FFFFFFF 3
-
4
-
4.
VSITR
5.
GOST
P50739-
95
64
0x00
31
6.
Peter
Gutmann
35
7.
Bruce Schneier
Bruce
Schneier
() 7
1
0xFF
2
0x00
5
8.
0x00
8.9
Acronis
True
Image
HD
Windows
Lb
[]
Copyright Acronis,
Inc., 2000-2012
35
6.
Peter
Gutmann
35
7.
Bruce Schneier
Bruce
Schneier
() 7
1
0xFF
2
0x00
5
8.
0x00
Acronis True
8.9
Acronis
True
Image
HD
Windows
Lb
[]
Windows
Inc.
Copyright
Acronis,
119
FAT NTFS
/
.Lb
1. [] []
2.
36
Acronis
True Image HD:
FAT NTFS
/
.Lb
1. [] []
2.
120
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
37
3. 1
[]
121
38
[ ]
[]
4. []
5. Windows
8.10
[]
[
]
[OK]
39
5. Windows
8.10
[]
[
]
[OK]
122
Windows []
8.11 vhd
Windows vhd
123
vhd
Kingston Technology Far East Co. Ltd (Asia Headquarters) No. 1-5, Li-Hsin Rd. 1, Science Park, Hsin Chu, Taiwan, R.O.C.
1.2013
BIOS
CDDVD USB
BIOS
(63
)
3
3
4
User's Guide
4
5
6
7
8
11
13
14
15
16
16
20
36
40
CD USB 2.0
()
USB
:
: RESET
(
)
Windows Acronis DriveCleanser
might
want
to
the
old
disk
format
that
disk
a
it
i
Nevertheless,
e
d
o
not
recommend
you
delete
data
from
the
old
unVl
you
re
sure
s
to
n
computer
boots
f
correctly
transferred
the
ew
disk,
the
up
rom
it
and
all
applicaVons
work.
8.4.3
:
There
are
two
transfer
modes
available:
AutomaQc
(recommended
in
most
cases).
In
automaVc
mode,
you
will
only
have
to
take
several
Automatic ()
simple
acVons
to
transfer
all
the
data,
including
parVVons,
les
and
folders,
to
a
newer
disk,
making
it
bootable
if
the
original
disk
was
bootable.
Manual.
M
anual
mode
will
provide
ore
data
transfer
exibility.
M
anual
mode
be
useful
if
Manual
can
you
need
to
change
t
he
disk
layout.
parVVon
If
the
program
nds
two
disks,
one
parSSoned
and
another
unparSSoned,
it
will
automaScally
recognize
the
parSSoned
disk
as
the
source
disk
and
the
unparSSoned
disk
as
the
desSnaSon
disk.
In
such
case,
the
next
steps
will
be
bypassed
and
you
will
be
taken
to
the
cloning
Summary
screen.
Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
a source
Selecting
a
8.4.4 8.4.4
Selecting
source
disk disk
8.4.4
Selecting
a
source
disk using
the
informaVon
You
can
dtetermine
and
desVnaVon
provided
in
this
window
(disk
You
can
determine
he
source
tahe
nd
source
desVnaVon
using
the
informaVon
provided
in
this
window
(disk
system
nds
(
number,
capacity,
label,
arVVon
and
is
le
system
informaVon).
If
the
program
nds
several
parVVoned
isks,
t
ww
ill
hich
apsk
yis
ou
which
(i.e.
dtata
he
odlder
it
w
ill
d
)yiou
parVVoned
disks,
ask
the
source
t(he
i.e.
source
the
older
isk). data
disk).
parVVoned
disks,
it
will
ask
you
which
is
the
source
(i.e.
the
older
data
disk).
Acronis
THrue
Ioes
mage
HsD
does
ncot
support
loning
odf
dynamic
disks.
Acronis
Image
HD
Acronis
True
Image
D
dTrue
not
upport
loning
of
dcynamic
isks.
Acronis
True
Image
HD
does
not
support
cloning
of
dynamic
disks.
to
Select
the
source
disk
a
nd
cNext
lick
N
ext
conVnue.
and
parQQon
informaQon
Viewing
disk
olumns
-
scelects
the
columns
tYo
ou
display.
You
can
change
idth
of
bay
cdolumn
by
dragging
Columns
-
C
selects
the
olumns
display.
can
hange
the
width
othe
f
a
w
column
ragging
--
to
olumns
c
c
f
a
its
b
Columns
Corders
olumns
s
elects
t
he
c
t
o
d
isplay.
Y
ou
c
an
hange
t
he
w
idth
o
c
olumn
by
dragging
ith
the
mouse.
its
borders
with
the
mw
ouse.
its
borders
with
the
mouse.
DDisk
)
-bjects)
properVes
isk
p(properties
roperVes
((
duplicated
in
t
he
c
ontext
enu,
by
r
ight-clicking
-
displays
Disk
duplicated
in
the
context
menu,
opened
by
orpened
ight-clicking
objects)
-
doisplays
the
isk
p
roperVes
(
duplicated
i
n
t
he
c
ontext
m
enu,
o
pened
b
y
r
ight-clicking
o
bjects)
-
d
isplays
D
selected
or
disk
pwroperVes
the
selected
parVVon
op
r
arVVon
disk
properVes
indow. window.
the
selected
parVVon
or
disk
roperVes
w
indow.
p
This
window
contains
two
panels.
The
clontains
eF
panel
contains
the
ptree
roperVes
tree
and
the
right
one
This
window
contains
two
panels.
The
leF
p
anel
the
properVes
he
right
one
) the
properVes
and
t
This
window
csontains
tpwo
panels.
Tdhe
leF
Tphe
anel
contains
tree
nd
the
right
one
describes
t
he
elected
roperty
i
n
etail.
d
isk
i
nformaVon
i
ncludes
i
ts
p
hysical
p
arameters
describes
t(
he
selected
p
roperty
i
n
d
etail.
T
he
d
isk
i
nformaVon
i
ncludes
i
ts
p
hysical
p
arameters
) ( )
describes
the
selected
property
in
deetail.
disk
iinformaVon
iincludes
ibts
oth
physical
parameters
(sectors,
(connecVon
type,
device
tc.);
pThe
arVVon
nformaVon
ncludes
physical
(sectors,
(connecVon
type,
device
type,
size,
teype,
tc.);
spize,
arVVon
informaVon
includes
both
physical
(connecVon
t
ype,
d
evice
t
ype,
s
ize,
e
tc.);
p
arVVon
i
nformaVon
i
ncludes
b
oth
p
hysical
locaVon,
tc.),
a(nd
(le
system,
space,
assigned
etc.)
parameters. (sectors,
locaVon,
etc.),
and
leogical
le
logical
system,
free
space,
free
assigned
leWer,
etc.)
leWer,
parameters.
locaVon,
etc.),
and
logical
(le
system,
free
space,
assigned
leWer,
etc.)
parameters.
8.4.5
Selecting
a destination disk
AFer you select the source disk, you have to select the desVnaVon where the disk informaVon will be
copied to. The previously selected source becomes grayed-out and disabled for selecVon.
Next
At this point, the program checks to see if the desVnaVon disk is free. If not, you will be prompted by
the
ConformaVon
window
staVng
that
the
desVnaVon
disk
contains
p
arVVons,
erhaps
with
useful
deleVon
of
data.
To
conrm
the
p
arVVons,
click
O
K.
OK.
Note
that
no
real
changes
or
data
destrucSon
will
be
performed
at
this
Sme!
For
now,
the
program
will
just
map
out
cloning.
All
changes
be
implemented
only
when
lick
Proceed.
will
you
c
!
Proceed.
If
any
disk
is
unparSSoned,
will
recognize
it
as
t
he
desSnaSon
and
bypass
step.
the
program
automaScally
this
8.4.6
Move method
When
you
select
the
manual
cloning
mode,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
will
oer
you
the
following
data
move
methods:
As
is
-
a
new
parVVon
will
be
created
for
every
old
one
with
the
same
size
and
type,
le
system
and
label.
The
unused
space
will
become
unallocated.
ProporQonal
-
the
new
disk
space
will
be
proporVonally
distributed
between
cloned
parVVons
Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
As is -
Proportional -
Manual -
Manual - you will specify a new size and other parameters yourself
If
you
elect
to
transfer
informaVon
"as
is,"
a
new
parVVon
will
be
created
for
every
old
one
with
the
"as is"
same
size
and
type,
le
system
and
label.
The
unused
space
will
become
unallocated.
AFerwards,
you
will
be
able
to
use
the
unallocated
space
to
create
new
parVVons
or
to
enlarge
the
exisVng
Acronis Disk
parVVons
with
special
tools,
such
as
Acronis
Disk
Director
Suite.
Director Suite
As
a
rule,
"as
is"
transfers
are
not
recommended
as
they
leave
a
lot
of
unallocated
space
on
the
new
T"as
damaged
Acronis
True
Image
HD
systems.
If
you
transfer
data
proporVonally,
each
parVVon
will
be
enlarged,
according
to
the
proporVon
of
the
old
and
new
disk
capaciVes.
FAT16
parVVons
are
enlarged
less
than
others,
as
they
have
a
4GB
size
limit.
Depending
on
the
selected
combinaVon,
you
will
proceed
to
either
the
cloning
summary
window,
or
the
Change
disk
layout
step
(see
below).
8.4.7 Excluding
items
Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
In
the
What
to
exclude
secVon,
you
can
set
up
exclusions
for
les
and
folders
that
you
do
not
want
to
include
in
the
disk
clone.
FAT16 4GB
()
What to exclude
1.
example,
dene
a
You
can
combine
hese
two
methods.
For
le
mask
a
nd
select
certain
items
in
the
le
browser.
Remember
that
if
you
select
or
somehow
specify
to
exclude
a
le
that
has
NTFS
hard
links,
you
also
need
to
select/specify
to
exclude
these
hard
links
from
the
clone.
Otherwise,
the
le
will
not
be
excluded
and
will
appear
on
the
target
disk
aFer
the
cloning.
Note:
When
you
exclude
les,
the
program
calculates
the
size
of
excluded
items
and
checks
if
the
cloned
data
will
t
the
target
disk.
Please
be
paSent
as
this
process
may
take
up
to
several
minutes
to
complete.
NTFS /
:
2. Next.
Insufficient Free Space Warning
:
Next
Exclusion Examples
* -
? -
.gif .bmp *.gif;*.bmp.
F.log
F
"F.log"
"F"
C:\Finance\F.log
"F.log" C:\Finance
C:\Finance\F\
C:\Finance\F (
(\) )
By mask (*)
*.log
F*
.log
"F" (
F, F1 F.log,
F1.log)
By mask (?)
F???.log
.log
"F"
By Name
By file path
By folder path
"\") C:\
Program Files\Acronis\TrueImageHome\ "Qt" *\Prog*\Acr*\
True*\*Qt*.??? .
10
Manual Partitioning
Along
with
the
hard
disk
number,
you
can
see
disk
capacity,
the
label,
volume
and
le
system
informaVon.
Dierent
volume
types,
primary,
unallocated
space
are
marked
including
logical
and
with
dierent
colors.
To
resize,
change
the
volume
type,
change
the
label
of
the
exisVng
volume,
o
n
it,
and
right
click
Edit
select
Edit
in
the
shortcut
m
enu.
T
his
w
ill
o
pen
t
he
P
arVVon
S
eXngs
w
indow.
Partition Settings
11
To
resize,
change
the
volume
type,
change
the
label
of
the
exisVng
volume,
right
click
on
it,
and
select
Edit
in
the
shortcut
menu.
This
will
open
the
ParVVon
SeXngs
window.
You
can
do
this
by
entering
values
in
the
Free
space
before,
ParQQon
size,
Free
space
aBer
elds,
by
the
cursor
into
two
verVcal
lines
with
leF
and
right
arrows,
it
is
pspace
ointed
at
the
parVVon
turns
i
Free
space
before,
Partition
size, Free
after
dragging
pIf
arVVon
borders
or
the
parVVon
tself.
105
you
can
drag
it
to
enlarge
or
reduce
the
parVVon's
size.
If
the
cursor
turns
into
four
border
and
arrows,
it
is
pointed
at
the
parVVon,
so
you
can
move
it
to
the
eF
or
rInc.,
ight
2000-2012
(if
there's
unallocated
Copyright
lAcronis,
space
near
i
t).
(
locaVon
size,
A)
Having
provided
the
new
and
click
ccept.
You
will
be
taken
back
to
the
C hange
disk
layout
window.
You
might
have
to
perform
some
more
resizing
and
relocaVon
before
you
get
the
Accept.
layout
you
need.
Clicking any previous wizard step on the sidebar in this window will reset all size and locaVon
changes
selected,
so
y
ou
will
have
to
specify
them
again.
that
you've
8.4.9
Cloning summary
The
cloning
summary
window
graphically
(as
rectangles)
illustrates
informaVon
about
the
source
disk
(parVVons
and
unallocated
space)
and
the
desVnaVon
disk
layout.
Along
with
the
disk
number,
some
addiVonal
informaVon
is
provided:
disk
capacity,
label,
parVVon
and
le
system
informaVon.
Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
12
Having
provided
the
new
locaVon
and
size,
click
Accept.
You
will
be
taken
back
to
the
C hange
disk
layout
window.
You
might
have
to
perform
some
more
resizing
and
relocaVon
before
you
get
the
layout
you
need.
yAcronis
TruetImage
HD: s
By
clicking
Next
ou
will
proceed
o
the
Cloning
ummary
window.
Be
careful!
Clicking
any
previous
wizard
step
on
the
sidebar
in
this
window
will
reset
all
size
and
locaVon
changes
that
you've
selected,
so
you
will
have
to
specify
them
again.
8.4.9
Cloning Summary
Cloning
summary
window
(illustrates
) about
the
(disk
The
cloning
s
ummary
graphically
(as
rectangles)
informaVon
source
u)
s
t
d
(parVVons
and
nallocated
pace)
and
the
desVnaVon
disk
layout.
Along
with
he
isk
number,
some
addiVonal informaVon is provided: disk capacity, label, parVVon and le system informaVon.
Click
Proceed
start
disk
cloning.
to
Proceed
Click
Cancel
ancel
the
and
quit
to
the
main
rogram
window.
to
cCancel
procedure
Cloning
a
disk
containing
the
currently
acVve
operaVng
system
will
require
a
reboot.
In
that
case,
aFer
clicking
Proceed
you
e
asked
t
o
conrm
the
reboot.
anceling
the
reboot
ill
cancel
will
b
w
the
Proceed
the
clone
process
nishes
an
enVre
procedure.
AFer
you
will
b
e
oered
opVon
t
o
shut
down
the
and
computer
by
pressing
any
key.
This
enables
you
to
change
the
posiVon
of
master/slave
jumpers
/
remove
one
o
f
the
h
ard
drives.
106
13
( )
()
PC
:
14
Next
Add New Disk Wizard
If
there
are
any
parSSons
on
the
new
disk,
they
must
be
deleted
rst.
If
the
added
disk
contains
parSSons,
you
b
the
warning
m
Acronis
True Image HD
Acronis
True
Image
HD
w
ill
warn
y
d
isplaying
essage.
lick
O
K
to
delete
the
exisSng
parSSons
on
t
he
added
disk. OK
You
can
also
see
the
properVes
of
all
the
hard
disks
installed
in
your
system,
for
example,
the
name
and
the
model
of
the
selected
disk
drive,
its
capacity,
le
system
and
its
interface.
15
8.5.2
Acronis
True
Image
True
HD
sImage
upports
both
and
G
PT
parVVoning.
arVVon
Table
(GPT)
is
a
n(GPT)
ew
Acronis
HD
MBR
MBRGUID
PGPT
GUID
Partition
Table
method
p
roviding
parVVoning
MBR
hard
disk
parVVoning
advantages
ver
the
old
MBR
method.
If
your
GPT
GPT
operaVng
system
supports
GPT
disks,
you
can
select
the
new
disk
to
be
iniValized
as
a
GPT
disk.
GPTclick
Initialize
in GPT layout.
To
add
a
GPT
disk,
IniQalize
disk
in
Gdisk
PT
layout.
8.5.3
To
use
the
s
pace
on
a
hard
isk,
it
must
be
parVVoned.
ParVVoning
is
the
process
of
dividing
the
hard
d
disk's
space
into
logical
Each
logical
division
may
as
a
separate
d
isk
with
divisions.
funcVon
an
leWer,
Even
if
d
o
n
into
assigned
drive
its
own
le
system,
etc.
you
ot
intend
to
divide
y
our
hard
disk
logical divisions it must be parVVoned so that the operaVng system knows that it is intended to be
leF
in
one
p
iece.
IniVally,
all
disk
space
will
be
unallocated.
This
will
change
aFer
you
add
new
parVVons.
Select
the
unallocated
space
and
click
Create
new
parQQon
in
the
upper
part
of
the
window,
or
on
Inc.,
the
unallocated
space,
and
select
Create
new
parQQon
in
the
shortcut
menu.
right
click
Acronis,
2000-2012
Specify
the
following
seXngs
for
the
parVVon
being
created:
16
( MBR)
If
you
allocate
all
unallocated
on
disk
to
the
new
parVVon,
the
Create
arQQon
new
buWon
space
the
new
pCreate
partition
disappears.
8.5.3.1
Partition settings
Size
You
can
resize
and
relocate
the
parVVon
being
created.
If
you
want
to
resize
the
parQQon:
Point
the
cursor
at
the
parVVon
border.
If
the
cursor
is
pointed
exactly
at
the
parVVon
border,
it
will
change
into
two
verVcal
lines
with
arrows
on
each
side.
Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
Hold
down
the
leF
mouse
buWon
and
drag
the
selected
parVVon
border
to
enlarge
or
reduce
the
parVVon
size.
17
Partition Settings
Size
Partition Size
:
Free space before / Free space after
File System
FAT 32 FAT 32 2 TB
FAT 16 DOS
4GB FAT16
18
Partition Label
System
Program Data
Primary -
Logical -
Accept
19
Mark
the
parQQon
as
acQve
-
an
acVve
parVVon
is
used
for
loading
an
operaVng
system.
SelecVng
AcVve
for
a
parVVon
without
an
installed
operaVng
system
could
prevent
your
computer
from
booVng.
Logical
-
choose
Acronis
True Image HD:
this
parameter
if
you
dont
intend
to
install
and
start
an
operaVng
system
from
the
parVVon.
A
logical
drive
is
part
of
a
physical
disk
drive
that
has
been
parVVoned
and
allocated
as
an
independent
unit,
but
funcVons
as
a
separate
drive.
When you nish to specify the seXngs for the parVVon being created, click Accept to conVnue.
8.5.4
Adddisk
New
Disk Summary
) informaVon
a
layout
before
and
aFer
parVVoning.
Click
Proceed
to
start
c
reaVng
new
parVVon(s).
Proceed
Click
Cancel
o
cancel
the
procedure
and
quit
to
the
main
program
window.
tCancel
AFer you click Proceed, Acronis True Image HD starts creaVng new parVVon or parVVons, indicaVng
w
Proceed,
True
Image
HD
the
progress
in
a
special
indow.
If
Acronis
you
stop
this
procedure
by
clicking
Cancel,
you
will
have
to
Cancel
reparVVon
a
nd
format
the
new
disk
or
repeat
the
disk
add
procedure.
Proceed Add New Disk Wizard
Before
clicking
the
Proceed
buTon
you
can
use
the
sidebar
to
navigate
through
the
Add
New
Disk
Wizard
steps
and
make
changes.
112
20
8.6
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
The
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
allows
your
operaVng
system
support
large
capacity
disks
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
space
with
the
MBR
parVVon
style.
You
are
able
to
use
the
d
isk
s
pace
b
eyond
2
TB.
This
f
ree
will
be
MBR
2 TB
recognized
as
a
separate
disk,
and
will
be
usable
by
your
operaVng
system
and
applicaVons
as
if
it
than
or
2 TB (
with
MBR
parVVon
s
tyle).
Y
ou
c
an
s
ee
t
he
d
isk
s
pace
w
hich
W
indows
r
ecognizes
a
nd
allocates.
T
his
MBR) Windows
space
is
called
W
indows
Native
NaVve
Capacity
Capacity
in
the
izard.
Windows
w
The space beyond 2 TB is displayed as Extended Capacity. You can enable Extended Capacity Disks,
s
2 bTB
Extended
Capacitysystem
Extended
and
once
it
is
done,
this
pace
ecomes
visible
to
the
operaVng
and
ready
for
disk
Capacity Disks
management
operaVons.
1. To
start
Acronis
xtended
Extended
Capacity
Capacity
Manager,
select
the
Tools
and
QliQes
and
tab
autilities
nd
then
click
Acronis
1. EAcronis
Manager
uTools
Extended
Capacity
Manager.
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager.
of 2mTB
If
the
program
does
not
nd
any
BR
MBR
disks
with
a
capacity
ore
than
2
TB,
it
displays
a
message
that
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
the
enSre
disk
space
is
accessible
and
you
do
not
need
to
use
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager.
2. Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
shows
the
Extended
available
Capacity
for
allocaVon.
2. Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
Capacity
Extended
3. Click
Allocate
space
to
see
the
possible
space
allocaVon
the
step.
3.
Allocate
space
disk
in
next
AFer
clicking
the
Apply
buWon,
an
Extended
Capacity
Disk
will
be
emulated
on
your
physical
disk.
If
your
physical
disk's
capacity
is
more
than
4
TB
and
your
operaVng
system
does
not
support
the
GPT
parVVon
style,
the
program
creates
several
MBR
Extended
Capacity
Disks.
Note
that
Extended
Capacity
Disks
are
not
bootable,
though
most
of
their
properSes
are
the
same
as
that
of
physical
disks.
21
AFer
allocaVng
the
space,
you
can
temporarily
switch
o
the
Extended
Capacity
Disks
by
clicking
o
Capacity
Extended
Capacity
Disks
Temporary
switch off
Temporary
switch
Extended
Disks.
This
makes
the
Extended
Capacity
Disks
invisible
for
Extended
Capacity
Disks.
Extended
Capacity
Disks
disk
management
tools,
though
the
disk
space
will
remain
allocated
and
you
will
be
able
to
make
again
later.
these
parVVons
visible
To
do
this,
start
he
Acronis
E
xtended
C
apacity
anager
and
then
Acronis Extended Capacity Manager Allocate space.
click
Allocate
space.
To
remove
the
Extended
Capacity
Disks,
click
Remove
Extended
Capacity
DCapacity
isks
and
then
click
the
Extended
Capacity
Disks
Remove
Extended
Disks
Apply
Apply
buWon
in
the
next
s
tep.
T
hese
d
isks
w
ill
b
e
r
emoved
f
rom
y
our
s
ystem,
a
nd
t
he
d
isk
s
pace
2 TB
beyond
2
TB
will
become
inaccessible.
To
allocate
this
space
later,
to
start
the
Extended
Extended
Capacity
Manager
you
need
even
Acronis
True
Image HD
Disks
aFer
u
ninstalling
Acronis
True
You
will
be
able
t
o
conVnue
uExtended
sing
the
ECapacity
xtended
Disks
Capacity
Extended Capacity Disk
Image
HD.
During
uninstallaVon,
you
will
be
asked
whether
you
want
to
remove
the
Extended
Capacity Disk. If you choose not to remove the disk, it will remain usable.
8.7
Trim SSD
Trim
SSD
Wizard
lets
you
improve
the
speed
of
write
operaVons
on
a
solid-state
drive
(SSD)
and
miVgate
degradaVon
in
performance.
This
issue
naturally
occurs
as
a
result
of
intensive
or
long
use
of
an
SSD,
and
arises
from
the
way
SSDs
overwrite
and
delete
data.
Like
with
tradiVonal
hard
drives,
if
you
delete
a
le
from
an
SSD,
data
cells
are
simply
agged
as
"available
se"
instead
of
being
erased.
When
the
operaVng
system
later
performs
a
write
for
u
Acronis,
Inc., 2000-2012
operaVon
to
such
a
cell,
it
actually
becomes
an
overwrite
operaVon
from
the
point
of
view
of
the
storage
device.
For
tradiVonal
hard
drives,
it
is
like
wriVng
to
an
empty
cell.
SSD
cells,
however,
are
22
Trim SSD
Trim SSD Wizard Solid State (SSD)
SSD
SSD
SSD ""
SSD
SSD
512 KB 60 KB
60 KB SSD
SSD
SSD
" "
Trim SSD Wizard
: TRIM SSD
SSD
SSD
!
SSD Acronis True Image HD Windows Vista
Windows 7 TRIM
23
SSD:
1. Tools & Utilities Trim SSD.
2. SSD Next.
3. Proceed.
4. Windows Reboot
Linux
Windows
24
Acronis DriveCleanser /
( 34)
Acronis DriveCleanser
Acronis DriveCleanser
Acronis DriveCleanser
Acronis DriveCleanser
Acronis DriveCleanser
Acronis DriveCleanser
Proceed
25
Be
aware
that,
depending
on
the
total
size
of
selected
parSSons
and
the
selected
data
destrucSon
algorithm,
the
data
destrucSon
may
take
many
hours.
w
ith
A
Acronis
Image HD:
Working
cronis
DTrue
riveCleanser
s
: other
disks,
parVVons
or
data
destrucVon
algorithms.
To
permanently
destroy
data
on
your
disk:
Click the Tools and uQliQes tab, and then click Acronis DriveCleanser.
Acronis DriveCleanser
8.8.1.1
Data selection
First, you must select the hard disk parVVons where you want to destroy data.
To
select
a
parVVon,
the
corresponding
rectangle.
You
ill
see
a
red
mark
in
the
right
click
upper
116
( )
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
26
True
HD:
You
can
elect
an
Acronis
enVre
hard
disk
Image
or
several
disks
for
data
destrucVon.
To
do
this,
click
the
rectangle
corresponding
to
the
hard
disk
(with
a
device
icon,
disk
number
and
capacity).
You
can
simultaneously
select
several
parVVons
located
on
dierent
hard
disk
drives
or
on
several
disks,
as
well
as
unallocated
space
on
disks.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
cannot
wipe
parSSons
on
dynamic
and
GPT
disks,
so
they
will
not
be
shown
in
the
Source
selecJon
window.
Click
Next
to
conVnue.
Next
If
the
disks
and/or
parVVons
you
have
selected
include
the
system
disk
or
parVVon,
you
will
see
a
/
warning
window.
Be
careful,
because
clicking
OK
in
this
warning
window
and
then
Proceed
in
the
Summary
window
OK Proceed Summary
will
result
in
w
iping
the
parVVon
containing
your
Windows
operaVng
system.
system
Windows
8.8.1.2
selection
Algorithm
Acronis DriveCleanser
Select
Acronis
DriveCleanser
uVlizes
a
number
of
the
most
popular
data
destrucVon
algorithms.
the
desired
algorithm
from
the
drop-down
list.
( 34)
117
27
The
data
destrucVon
methods
are
described
in
detail
in
Hard
Disk
Wiping
Methods
(p.
123)
of
this
guide.
AFer
you
select
an
algorithm,
Acronis
DriveCleanser
will
perform
all
the
acVons
necessary
to
destroy
Acronis DriveCleanser
the
contents
of
t
he
selected
or
disk.
AFer
this
is
done,
ou
ill
see
parVVon
y
w
a
message
indicaVng
successful
data
destrucVon.
Acronis DriveCleanser
capability
o
a
Acronis
DriveCleanser
oers
you
another
useful
to
esVmate
the
results
f
execuVng
algorithm
Disk Editor
(d
isk
The
aforemenVoned
algorithms
oer
v
arious
f
condenVal
data
destrucVon.
Thus
levels
o
the
picture
you
might
see
on
a
disk
or
parVVon
depends
on
the
data
destrucVon
algorithm.
But
what
you
actually
see
a
re
disk
lled
w
ith
either
eros
or
random
symbols.
sectors
Acronis aDriveCleanser
CreaQng
custom
lgorithms
of
d
ata
d
estrucQon
Acronis DriveCleanser gives you the opportunity to create your own algorithms for wiping hard disks.
Although
the
soFware
includes
several
levels
of
data
destrucVon,
you
can
choose
to
create
your
own.
This
is
recommended
only
users
with
the
principles
of
destrucVon
in
for
familiar
d
ata
Custom...
used
secure
disk
w
iping
m
ethods.
Algorithm DriveCleanser
28
To
create
a
custom
hard
disk
wiping
algorithm,
select
and
click
the
Custom
line
from
the
drop-
down
list
in
the
Algorithm
selecVon
window.
In
this
case
some
new
required
steps
appear
in
the
DriveCleanser
wizard
and
you
will
be
able
to
create
a
data
destrucVon
algorithm
matching
your
security
requirements.
Having created a custom method, you can save the algorithm you created. This will be handy if you
are
going
to
use
it
again.
HD
soFware,
you
it
in
the
ay: Acronis True Image HD
can
use
following
w
algorithm
choose
Load
from
le
from
the
drop-down
list
and
select
the
le
In
the
Select
window,
with
custom
data
destrucVon
algorithm
parameters.
By
default,
such
les
have
a
*.alg
extension.
Algorithm definition
The
Algorithm
deniVon
window
shows
you
a
template
of
the
future
algorithm.
Algorithm
definition
The
window
following
legend:
The
rst
column
of
the
list
contains
the
type
of
operaVon
on
a
has
the
Algorith
definition
disk
(there
are
just
two:
to
write
a
symbol
to
disk,
"wriVng";
and
to
verify
wriWen,
"vericaVon");
the
contains
the
p
o
f
: d
aWern
ata
t
o
b
e
wriWen
to
disk. (
second
column
"writing" "verification")
The paWern to be wriWen is always a hexadecimal value, for example, a value of this kind: 0x00,
0xAA,
or
0xCD,
etc.
These
values
are
1
byte
long,
but
they
may
be
up
to
512
bytes
long.
Except
for
such
values,
you
may
enter
a
random
hexadecimal
value
of
any
length
(up
to
512
bytes).
Your
0x00, 0xAA 0xCD 1
esignated
as
the
complementary
algorithm
may
also
include
one
m
ore
v
alue
or
riVng
that
is
d
512
f
w
( 512 )
value
the
value
that
is
complementary
the
wriWen
to
disk
during
the
previous
pass.
to
one
complementary
value
If
the
binary
value
i
s
represented
y
the
10001010
(0x8A)
sequence,
then
complementary
value
will(0x75)
b
10001010
(0x8A)
the
binary
01110101
be
represented
b
y
t
he
0
1110101
(
0x75)
s
equence.
Algorithm
29
pass #1 Edit.
Wiping pass adjustment
Wiping Pass Adjustment window ()
: Write
pattern ()
Write a random number
Write a random number 1
OK
(write - 00) write random, 1 byte
Add
:
write
complementary to previous step pattern.
Verify
30
Select file
8.8.1.3
Post-wiping actions
Post-wiping actions
In
the
Post-wiping
acVons
window,
you
can
select
acVons
to
be
performed
on
the
parVVons
selected
DriveCleanser
for
data
destrucVon.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
oers
you
three
opVons:
No action
Delete partition
()
Format
Format
destroy
d
ata
nd
format
parVVon
(default).
8.8.1.4
8.8.1.5
31
Proceed Wipe
the selected partitions irreversibly
Proceed
Options
Cancel
Disk Editor ()
Acronis DriveCleanser
Tools & Utilities View current state of
your disks Acronis Disk Editor ()
erent algorithms oer various levels of condenVal data destrucVon. Thus the picture you might
see
e
on
a
disk
or
parVVon
depends
on
the
data
destrucVon
ethod.
ut
hat
you
actually
are
e
Search
menu
allows
you
to
search
a
hard
disk
for
a
line
and
to
go
to
a
disk
sector
according
to
its
solute
oset.
ecVng
the
Search
item
in
the
same
menu
will
give
you
access
to
funcVons
of
searching
lines
in
the
k
being
edited.
(You
can
do
the
same
by
pressing
the
Ctrl
+
F
key
combinaVon.)
Search
parameters
Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
e
set
in
the
Search
dialog
window.
begin searching:
32
Search
Search (
Ctrl + F ) Search
:
(Text ) () ( Hex)
Text Hex
Case sensitive
Roman
Go to sector
Go to Search (
Alt+P ) Go to
:
(CYL x HDS + HD) x SPT + SEC 1
CYL, HD, SEC CHS (Cylinder - Head - Sector); HDS
SPT
Back Search (
Ctrl+Backspace )
( Windows)
( )
33
1 0 (
)
1 1 0 0 1 0
0.95 1 1 1.05
underlying 1s 0s
""
/
()
1's 0's ()
()
.
()
Peter Gutmann
:
Secure Deletion of Data from Magnetic and Solid-State Memory at http://www.cs.auckland.
ac.nz/~pgut001/pubs/secure_del.html
34
Acronis
Acronis
No.
Algorithm ()
5220.22-M
-
; 2 -
1; 3 -
; 4 -
: NAVSO P-5239-26
(RLL)
1 - 0x01
; 2 0x27FFFFFF; 3 -
; 4 -
: NAVSO P-5239-26
(MFM)
1 - 0x01
; 2 0x7FFFFFFF; 3 -
; 4 -
1 -
6 : 0x00 0xFF;
7th 0xAA;
0x00, 0xFF, 0x00, 0xFF, 0x00, 0xFF,
0xAA
( 0x00)
6 4
( )
3
1
35
Peter Gutmann
( Secure
Deletion of Data from Magnetic and Solid-State
Memory)
: VSITR
: GOST P50739-95
Peter Gutmann
Bruce Schneier
Bruce Schneier
Applied Cryptography
1 - 0xFF; 2 - 0x00
Fast
( 0x00)
35
Windows Explorer
FAT NTFS
/ "*.tib"
Explore
36
using
Windows
Explorer
and
other
le
managers,
you
can
view
the
image
contents
as
if
they
were
located
on
a
physical
disk
or
parVVon
you
will
be
able
to
use
the
virtual
disk
in
the
same
way
as
the
real
one:
open,
save,
copy,
move,
Acronis True Image HD:
create,
delete
les
or
folders.
If
necessary,
the
image
can
be
mounted
in
read-only
mode.
The operaSons described in this secSon are supported only for the FAT and NTFS le systems.
Please
keep
in
mind
that,
though
both
le
backups
and
disk/parVVon
images
have
a
default
".Vb"
extension,
only
images
can
be
mounted.
If
you
want
to
view
le
backup
contents,
use
the
Explore
operaVon.
How
to
mount
an
image
1. Start the Mount wizard by clicking Mount image on the Tools and uQliQes tab.
125
(
"") /
Copyright
Acronis,
Inc.,
2000-2012
Acronis True Image HD
Next
37
If
you
selected
a
backup
containing
incremental
images,
you
can
select
one
of
the
successive
incremental
images
(also
called
"backup
versions")
by
its
creaVon
date/Vme.
Thus,
you
can
explore
the
data
state
at
a
certain
moment.
To
mount
an
incremental
image,
you
must
have
all
previous
backup
versions
and
the
iniVal
full
backup.
If
any
of
the
successive
backups
are
missing,
mounVng
is
not
possible.
If
the
backup
was
password-protected,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
will
ask
for
the
password
in
a
dialog
box.
Neither
the
parVVons
layout
will
be
shown,
nor
will
the
Next
buWon
be
enabled
unVl
you
enter
the
correct
password.
3. Select
a
parVVon
to
mount
as
a
virtual
disk.
(Note
that
you
cannot
mount
an
image
of
the
enVre
disk
except
in
the
case
when
the
disk
consists
of
one
parVVon).
If
the
image
contains
several
3. (
parVVons,
by
default
all
of
them
will
be
selected
for
mounVng
with
automaVcally
assigned
drive
)
leWers.
If
you
would
like
to
assign
dierent
drive
leWers
to
the
parVVons
to
be
mounted,
click
OpQons.
Options.
126
You
can
also
select
a
leWer
to
be
assigned
to
the
virtual
disk
from
the
Mount
leRer
drop-down
list.
If
you
do
not
want
to
mount
a
parVVon,
select
Do
not
mount
in
the
list
or
clear
the
parVVon's
check
box.
Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
38
You
can
also
select
a
leWer
to
be
assigned
to
the
virtual
disk
from
the
Mount
leRer
drop-down
Mount letter
list.
If
you
do
not
want
to
mount
a
parVVon,
select
Do
not
mount
in
the
list
or
clear
the
Do not mount
parVVon's
check
box.
4. Having
nished
the
seXngs,
click
Proceed
to
connect
the
selected
parVVon
images
as
virtual
4. Proceed
disks.
127
5. Windows Explorer
Copyright
Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
39
Acronis True Image HD:
AFer
the
image
is
connected,
the
program
will
run
Windows
Explorer,
showing
its
contents.
Now
you
can
work
with
les
or
folders
as
if
they
were
located
on
a
real
disk.
10 Unmounting
an image
recommend
that
you
unmount
the
virtual
disk
aFer
all
necessary
operaVons
are
nished,
as
intaining
virtual
d
isks
takes
considerable
system
resources.
If
you
do
not
unmount
the
disk,
it
will
appear
aFer
your
computer
is
turned
o.
Unmount
Unmount
Tools
ou
have
mounted
several
parVVons,
by
default
all
of
them
will
be
selected
for
unmounVng.
You
drives
together
o
only
those
not
m
ounted
disconnect
all
m
ounted
r
disconnect
you
do
need
ymore.
u can also do this in Windows Explorer by right-clicking on the disk icon and choosing Unmount.
Windows Explorer
Unmount.
n this
:
section http://www.kingston.com/us/support and navigate to the corresponding SSD support link
u
may
have
vhd
les
if
you
used
the
Windows
Backup
uVlity
included
into
Windows
Vista
and
ndows
7
for
backing
up
the
system
hard
drive.
en
you
need
to
recover
your
system
using
a
vhd
backup
le,
proceed
as
follows:
Arrange
the
boot
order
in
BIOS
so
as
to
make
your
rescue
media
device
(CD,
DVD
or
USB
sVck)
the
rst
boot
device.
See
Arranging
boot
order
in
BIOS
(p.
65).
2013 Kingston Technology Far East Co. Ltd (Asia Headquarters) No. 1-5, Li-Hsin Rd. 1, Science Park, Hsin Chu, Taiwan, R.O.C.
3
3
4
User's Guide
4
5
6
7
8
11
13
14
15
16
16
20
21
SSD 23
25
Acronis DriveCleanser 25
34
36
40
..................................................................................................86
..........................................................................................................86
..........................................................................................87
..............................................................................................88
..........................................................................................89
..................................................................................................89
..................................................................................................90
..................................................................................................92
..................................................................................................94
8.4.1
USB 2.0
()
USB
( 30 )
8.4.2
Copyright Acronis,
Inc., 2000-2012
( )
USB
( 30 )
8.4.2
( )
8.4.3
86
()
()
8.4.4
()
()
-
(
)-
()()
()
8.4.5
8.4.6
8.4.6
89
FAT16 4GB
()
8.4.7
1.
()
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
*
?
FAT16 4GB
()
8.4.7
1.
()
*
?
90
NTFS /
2.
NTFS /
2.
91
F.log
"F.log"
"F"
C\Finance\F\
(*) *.log
F*
(?) F???.log
C\Finance\F(
\)
.log
"F"
( FF1
F.logF1.log)
4
"F"
.log
8.4.8
10
(*) *.log
F*
Acronis True
.log
"F"
( FF1
F.log
F1.log)
Image HD:
(?) F???.log
4 "F" .log
8.4.8
92
11
(
)
12
8.4.9
()(
)
/
Acronis
True
Image
HD
8.5
()(
)
Windows XP 32 GPT
13
8.5
()(
)
Windows XP 32 GPT
..................................................................................................95
......................................................................................96
..............................................................................................96
94
......................................................................................99 Copyright Acronis, Inc.
8.5.1
14
8.5.1
15
8.5.2
GPT
GPT
MBR
MBR
Windows XP 32 GPT
8.5.3
( MBR )
16
( MBR )
96
Copyright
Acronis,
Inc., 2000-2012
17
FAT 32 FAT 32
2 TB
Ext2 Linux
FAT 16 DOS
4
GB
FAT16
Linux Ext2
32 64
Ext4 Linux
ext3
ext2 ext3
ext3
ext4
ReiserFS Linux
Ext2
Linux
Linux
Copyright
Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
18
FAT 16 DOS
4
GB FAT16
Ext2 Linux
Linux Ext2
32 64
Ext4 Linux
ext3
ext2 ext3
ext3
ext4
ReiserFS Linux
Ext2
Linux
Linux
( MBR )
19
8.5.4
()
8.6 Acronis
Acronis
MBR
2
TB
Acronis
2
TB
( MBR
)
Windows
Windows
2 TB
1. Acronis Acronis
2
TB
MBR
Acronis
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
20
8.6 Acronis
Acronis
MBR
2
TB
Acronis
2
TB
( MBR
)
Windows
Windows
2 TB
1. Acronis Acronis
2
TB
MBR
Acronis
2. Acronis
99
3.
4
TB
GPT
MBR
4. Acronis
Acronis
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
21
3.
4
TB
GPT
MBR
4. Acronis
Acronis
2 TB
100
22
8.7
SSD
SSD
(SSD)
SSD
SSD
SSD
SSD
SSD 512 KB
60
KB
60
KB
SSD
SSD
SSD
---
SSD
SSD
2. SSD
3.
4. Windows
Linux
Windows
8.8
Acronis DriveCleanser /
Copyright
Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
( 108 )
23
SSD
2. SSD
3.
4. Windows
Linux
Windows
8.8
Acronis DriveCleanser /
( 108 )
Acronis
DriveCleanser............................................................................102
........................................................................................108
101
24
SSD
1. SSD
2. SSD
3.
4. Windows
Linux
Windows
8.8
Acronis DriveCleanser /
( 108 )
Acronis
DriveCleanser............................................................................102
........................................................................................108
8.8.1
Acronis DriveCleanser
101
Acronis DriveCleanser
Acronis
DriveCleanser
Acronis
DriveCleanser
Acronis DriveCleanser
Acronis
DriveCleanser
Acronis
DriveCleanser
25
Acronis DriveCleanser
Acronis
DriveCleanser
Acronis
DriveCleanser
Acronis DriveCleanser
Acronis
DriveCleanser
Acronis
DriveCleanser
102
26
102
Windows
Acronis
DriveCleanser
( 108 )
Acronis DriveCleanser
Acronis DriveCleanser -
()
Acronis DriveCleanser
27
Acronis
DriveCleanser
( 108 )
Acronis DriveCleanser
Acronis DriveCleanser -
()
Acronis DriveCleanser
DriveCleanser
103
28
DriveCleanser
*.alg
0x000xAA 0xCD
512
( 512 )
Copyright Acronis,
Inc., 2000-2012
#1
29
0x000xAA 0xCD
512
( 512 )
#1
104
()
()
()
( -
00)( -
1
)
Acronis
DriveCleanser
-
Copyright Acronis,
Inc., 2000-2012
-
30
Acronis
DriveCleanser
- ()
105
(
)
()
Acronis
DriveCleanser
Copyright Acronis,
Inc., 2000-2012
Acronis
31
(
)
()
Acronis
DriveCleanser
Acronis
()
106
( Ctrl + F
()()()
32
( Ctrl + F
()()()
F3
( Alt+P )
( - - )HDS
SPT
( Ctrl+Backspace )
107
33
8.8.2
( Windows )
()
1 0
1
10
0 1
0
0.95-- 1
1 1.05
1 0
()
1 0 ()
()
()
Peter Gutmann
hLp://www.cs.auckland.ac.nz/~pgut001/pubs/secure_del.html
Acronis
Acronis
()
1.
5220.22-M
1
( 1
)-
2
-
1
3
-
4
-
2.
NAVSO
P-
5239-26
(RLL)
1 ( 1 )- 0x012 - 0x27FFFFFF3 - 4 -
3.
NAVSO P-
1 ( 1 )- 0x012 - 0x7FFFFFFF3 - 4 -
34
1
0
()
()
()
Peter Gutmann
hLp://www.cs.auckland.ac.nz/~pgut001/pubs/secure_del.html
Acronis
Acronis
()
1.
5220.22-M
1
( 1
)-
2
-
1
3
-
4
-
2.
NAVSO
P-
5239-26
(RLL)
1 ( 1 )- 0x012 - 0x27FFFFFF3 - 4 -
3.
NAVSO
P-
5239-26
(MFM)
1 ( 1 )- 0x012 - 0x7FFFFFFF3 - 4 -
4.
VSITR
()
108
5. GOST
P50739-95
3
1
()
6.
Peter Gutmann
35
Peter
Gutmann
()
7.
Bruce Schneier
Bruce
Schneier
7
1
-
0xFF 2
-
0x00
8.
( 0x00)
8.9
Windows
Kb
Copyright Acronis,
Inc., 2000-2012
Windows
35
5.
GOST
P50739-95
6
4
(
0x00)
3
1
()
Peter Gutmann
35
Peter
Gutmann
()
7.
Bruce Schneier
Bruce
Schneier
7
1
-
0xFF 2
-
0x00
8.
( 0x00)
8.9
Windows
Kb
Windows
FAT NTFS
/.Kb
1.
109
36
Windows
FAT NTFS
/.Kb
1.
2.
109
/(
)
37
/(
)
3. (
)
110
38
4.
5.
Windows
8.10
111
39
Windows
8.10
Copyright Acronis,
Inc.
111
Windows Explorer
8.11 vhd
8.11.1
Windows vhd
3.2013 Kingston
Acronis
True
Image
HD
Technology Far East Co. Ltd (Asia Headquarters) No. 1-5, Li-Hsin Rd. 1, Science Park, Hsin Chu, Taiwan, R.O.C.
4.
vhd
vhd
3
3
4
User's Guide
4
5
6
7
8
11
13
14
15
16
16
20
36
40
8.4
..................................................................................................92
..........................................................................................................92
..........................................................................................93
..........................................................................................94
......................................................................................95
..................................................................................................95
..................................................................................................96
..........................................................................................98
................................................................................................100
8.4.1
USB 2.0
()
USB
( 30 )
[] [] []
8.4.2
USB
[] [] []
8.4.2
(
)
8.4.3
92
[]
()
()
(
)
[]
()
[]
8.4.4
()
()
[]
[]
-
[]
(
) -
() (
)
()
8.4.5
[]
[]
[
]
[]
8.4.6
[] -
[] -
[] -
[
]
8.4.6
[] -
[] -
[] -
95
[]
[]
[]
Acronis
True
Image
HD
FAT16 4GB
()
8.4.7
[]
Copyright 1.
Acronis,
Inc., 2000-2012
[]
[]
[]
[]
Acronis
True
Image
HD
FAT16 4GB
()
8.4.7
[]
1.
[]
[]
()
*
?
[][][]
[]
96
NTFS
/
2. []
[]
NTFS
/
2. []
[]
.gif
.bmp
*.gif;*.bmp
97
.gif
.bmp
*.gif;*.bmp
F.log
"File1.log"
F
Copyright Acronis,
Inc.
"F"
97
C\Finance\F
( (\)
)
(*)
*.log
.log
F*
"F"
( FF1
F.logF1.log)
F???.log
4 "F" .log
(?)
"\"
C \Program
Files\Acronis\TrueImageHome\
"Qt"
*\Prog*\Acr*\True*\*Qt*.??? .
8.4.8
()
10
F*
"F"
( FF1
F.logF1.log)
(?) F???.log
4 "F" .log
Acronis
True Image HD:
"\"
C \Program
Files\Acronis\TrueImageHome\
"Qt"
*\Prog*\Acr*\True*\*Qt*.??? .
8.4.8
()
[] []
98
11
[] []
[][][]
()
[] []
[] []
12
8.4.9
[] () ()
[]
[]
[]
[]
8.5
()
( )
13
[]
[]
8.5
()
( )
[] []
[]
32
Windows
XP []
GPT
100
Copyright Acronis, Inc.
................................................................................................101
....................................................................................102
................................................................................102
........................................................................................105
8.5.1
[]
[]
Acronis
True
Image
HD
[]
14
32
Windows
XP []
GPT
................................................................................................101
....................................................................................102
................................................................................102
........................................................................................105
8.5.1
[]
[]
Acronis
True
Image
HD
[]
101
15
8.5.2
GPT [ GPT ]
MBR
[ MBR ]
32 Windows XPGPT []
[]
8.5.3
[]
[]
Copyright Acronis,
Inc., 2000-2012
16
[]
8.5.3
[]
[]
( MBR )
102
[]
[]
17
[]
[]
[] / []
Copyright
Acronis, Inc.
Windows
95/98/Me
103
DOS NTFS
2 TB
4 GB FAT16
[Ext2] Linux
Linux Ext2
( 32 64 )
[Ext4]
Linux
Ext3
Ext2
Ext3
Ext3
Ext4
Linux
Ext2 Linux
eiserFS
]
Copyright Acronis,[R
Inc.,
2000-2012
Linux
18
True Image
HD:
[Acronis
NTFS]
Windows
NTWindows
2000Windows
XPWindows
Vista
Windows
7
Windows
95/98/Me
DOS
NTFS
2 TB
4 GB FAT16
[Ext2] Linux
Linux Ext2
( 32 64 )
[Ext4]
Linux
Ext3
Ext2
Ext3
Ext3
Ext4
[ReiserFS] Linux
Ext2 Linux
Linux
[]
( MBR )
[] -
[]
-
[]
[] -
[]
104
19
8.5.4
[] ()
[]
[]
[] []
Windows
2
TB
2 TB MBR
20
[]
[]
[] []
Windows
2
TB
105
3. []
[]
4
TB GPT
MBR
21
3. []
[]
4
TB GPT
MBR
[ ] []
2
TB
Extended
Capacity
Manager
Acronis, Inc.
106
Copyright
8.7 SSD
SSD
(SSD)
SSD SSD
SSD
SSD
SSD
SSD
512
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
KB
60 KB 60 KB
SSD
22
Acronis True Image HD: [SSD
] []
2
TB
Extended
Capacity
Manager
Acronis
True
Image
HD
8.7 SSD
SSD
(SSD)
SSD SSD
SSD
SSD
SSD
SSD
512
KB
60 KB 60 KB
SSD
SSD
SSD
---
SSD
TRIM
SSD
SSD
SSD
1. [] [ SSD]
2. SSD []
3.
[]
4. Windows
[]
Linux
Windows
107
23
TRIM
SSD
SSD
1. [] [ SSD]
2. SSD []
3.
[]
4. Windows
[]
Linux
Windows
107
24
8.8
Acronis
True
Image
HD
Acronis DriveCleanser
( 115 )
Acronis
DriveCleanser............................................................................108
........................................................................................115
8.8.1
Acronis DriveCleanser
Acronis DriveCleanser
Acronis
DriveCleanser
Acronis
DriveCleanser
Acronis
DriveCleanser
[]
[]
[] [Acronis DriveCleanser]
Acronis DriveCleanser
25
8.8.1
Acronis DriveCleanser
Acronis DriveCleanser
Acronis
DriveCleanser
Acronis
DriveCleanser
Acronis
DriveCleanser
[]
[]
[] [Acronis DriveCleanser]
Acronis DriveCleanser
108
[]
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
26
[]
/
[]
[]
[]
Windows
Acronis DriveCleanser
( 115 )
109
Acronis DriveCleanser
Acronis DriveCleanser -
(
)
Acronis DriveCleanser
27
( 115 )
Acronis DriveCleanser
Acronis DriveCleanser -
(
)
Acronis DriveCleanser
[]
[
...]
DriveCleanser
28
[]
[
...]
DriveCleanser
[]
[...]
*.alg
[]
() ())
0x000xAA 0xCD
512
-
512
)
[]
Copyright Acronis,
Inc., 2000-2012
#1
[]
29
() ())
0x000xAA 0xCD
512
-
512
)
[]
#1
[]
111
()
[]
()
[]
()
[
]
1
[]
[]
( -
00)
-
1
)
[]
[
]
[]
[]
-
[]
[]
[ ]
Acronis
DriveCleanser
30
[
]
[]
-
Acronis True[
Image
HD:]
[]
[]
[ ]
Acronis
DriveCleanser
[] -
[] -
[] ()
112
[]
[
]
[]
[]
[]
31
[]
[
]
[]
[]
[]
()
Acronis
DriveCleanser
[]
[]
Acronis
()
113
[]
[]
( Ctrl
+
Copyright Acronis,
Inc., 2000-2012
F
)[]
32
[]
[]
( Ctrl
+
F
)[]
([]) ()
([])[]
[]
[]
[]
[]
[][] F3
[]
[...]
( Alt+P
)
[...]
( - - )HDS
SPT
[][] ( Ctrl+Backspace )
114
33
8.8.2
( Windows )
()
1 0
1 10 0
0
1
0.95
1 0 1.05
1 0
()
1 0 ()
()
Peter Gutmann
( )
hLp://www.cs.auckland.ac.nz/~pgut001/pubs/secure_del.html
Acronis
Acronis
(
)
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
1.
5220.22-M
1
2
1
3
4
34
1 0 ()
()
Peter Gutmann
( )
hLp://www.cs.auckland.ac.nz/~pgut001/pubs/secure_del.html
Acronis
Acronis
(
)
1.
5220.22-M
1
2
1
3
4
NAVSO
P- 4
5239-26
(MFM)
1
0x01
2
-
0x7FFFFFFF 3
-
4
-
4.
VSITR
5.
GOST
P50739-95
6
4
(0x00
)
3
1
()
6.
7.
Bruce Schneier 7
8.
(0x00 )
8.9
Acronis
True
Image
HD
Windows
Tib
[]
35
3 1
()
6.
7.
Bruce Schneier 7
8.
Acronis
True Image
HD:
(0x00 )
8.9
Acronis
True
Image
HD
Windows
Tib
[]
Windows
FAT NTFS
/ ".Kb"
1. [] []
116
36
Windows
FAT NTFS
/ ".Kb"
1. [] []
2.
116
/ (
)
[]
37
(
/
Acronis True Image HD:
)
[]
3. (
)
[]
117
[]
[]
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
38
[]
[]
4. []
5.
Windows
118
39
8.10
[] []
[]
Windows
[]
8.11 Vhd
[] [] []
3
3
4
User's Guide
4
5
6
7
8
11
13
14
15
16
16
20
Acronis 21
SSD 23
25
Acronis DriveCleanser 25
34
36
40
. ,
. ,
.
USB 2.0 .
.
, .
,
.
, ()
USB . .
.
. ,
.
:
.
.
:
.
(
). . ,
. Windows
Acronis DriveCleanser .
might
want
to
format
the
old
disk
or
securely
wipe
the
data
it
contains.
Use
Windows
tools
or
Acronis
DriveCleanser
for
these
,
tasks.
you
delete
d
the
u
y
sure
Nevertheless,
we
do
not
recommend
that
ata
from
old
d,isk
nVl
ou
are
it
is
to
.the
new
disk,
the
computer
boots
up
from
it
and
all
applicaVons
work.
correctly
transferred
8.4.3
Selecting
clone mode
:
(recommended
(
I
,w
AutomaQc
in
m
ost
cases).
n
a).
utomaVc
mode,
you
ill
only
h, ave
to
t
ake
s
everal
, to
all
d
,folders,
to
d
simple
acVons
transfer
the
ata,
including
parVVons,
les
and
a
n
ewer
isk,
.
making
it
bootable
if
the
original
disk
was
bootable.
Manual.
Manual
mode
will
provide
more
data
transfer
exibility.
Manual
mode
can
be
useful
if
. , .
you
need
to
change
the
disk
parVVon
layout.
.
, ,
If
the
program
nds
two
disks,
one
parSSoned
and
another
unparSSoned,
it
will
automaScally
recognize
the
. ,
parSSoned
disk
as
the
source
disk
and
the
unparSSoned
disk
as
the
desSnaSon
disk.
In
such
case,
the
next
.
steps
will
be
bypassed
and
you
will
be
taken
to
the
cloning
Summary
screen.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
8.4.4
a
source
Selecting
disk
8.4.4
Selecting
a
disk
You
can
determine
source
and
sing
the
informaVon
in
)this
indow
(disk
the
(
, desVnaVon
,
, u
p
rovided
8.4.4
Selecting
a source
source
disk
You
etermine
aasnd
d
he
ii
nformaVon
p
iin
indow
((disk
ccan
ld
p
tthe
assource
le
. u
ttIf
number,
capacity,
arVVon
nd
ystem
informaVon).
the
p
rogram
nds
several
You
an
dabel,
etermine
he
ource
nd
desVnaVon
esVnaVon
using
sing
he
nformaVon
provided
rovided
n
tthis
his
w
w
indow
disk
number,
llabel,
aasource
nd
ystem
IIf
i
ask
(
w
hich
p
parVVoned
disks,
t
ccwapacity,
ill
you
is
the
the
iionformaVon).
lder
data
disk).
number,
apacity,
abel,
parVVon
arVVon
nd
).le
le
(ssi.e.
ystem
nformaVon).
f
tthe
he
p
program
rogram
nds
nds
sseveral
everal
parVVoned
d
isks,
i
t
w
ill
a
sk
y
ou
w
hich
i
s
t
he
s
ource
(
i.e.
t
he
o
lder
d
ata
d
isk).
parVVoned
disks,
it
will
ask
you
which
is
the
source
(i.e.
the
older
data
disk).
Acronis
HD,c
.
Acronis
True
Image
HD
True
does
nImage
ot
support
loning
of
d
ynamic
disks.
Acronis
Acronis
TTrue
rue
IImage
mage
H
HD
D
d
does
oes
n
not
ot
ssupport
upport
ccloning
loning
o
of
f
d
dynamic
ynamic
d
disks.
isks.
source
c lick
N
.
Select
the
disk
and
ext
to
conVnue.
isk
Select
ssource
isk
Select
he
ource
d
dinformaQon
isk
aand
nd
cclick
lick
N
Next
ext
tto
o
cconVnue.
onVnue.
Viewing
d
and
ttphe
arQQon
Viewing
Viewing
d
disk
isk
aand
nd
p
parQQon
arQQon
iinformaQon
nformaQon
Columns
-
selects
the
columns
to
display.
You
can
change
the
width
of
a
column
by
dragging
- -
columns
display.
.
idth
f
a
y
with
C
its
borders
the
mouse.
Columns
olumns
-
sselects
elects
tthe
he
columns
tto
o
display.
YYou
ou
ccan
an
cchange
hange
tthe
he
w
width
o
of
a
ccolumn
olumn
b
by
d
dragging
ragging
.
its
w
ouse.
its
b
borders
orders
with
ith
tthe
he
m
m
Disk
properVes
(duplicated
in
ouse.
the
context
menu,
opened
by
right-clicking
objects)
-
displays
p
D
isk
duplicated
tthe
ccontext
m
o
b
o
--
d
or
(disk
p((
,
-
) -
the
selected
roperVes
wiin
indow.
DarVVon
isk
p
properVes
roperVes
duplicated
n
he
ontext
menu,
enu,
opened
pened
by
y
rright-clicking
ight-clicking
objects)
bjects)
displays
isplays
.
the
s
elected
p
arVVon
o
r
d
isk
p
roperVes
w
indow.
the
selected
two
parVVon
or
Tdhe
isk
leF
properVes
window.
This
window
contains
panels.
panel
contains
the
properVes
tree
and
the
right
one
This
w
indow
c
ontains
t
wo
p
anels.
T
he
l
eF
p
anel
tthe
ttree
aand
describes
tThis
he
selected
detail.
The
Tdhe
isk
leF
informaVon
includes
ts
roperVes
physical
p
arameters
window
pcroperty
ontains
itn
wo
panels.
panel
ccontains
ontains
he
ip
p
roperVes
ree
nd
tthe
he
rright
ight
o
one
ne
. .
describes
t
he
s
elected
p
roperty
i
n
d
etail.
T
he
d
isk
i
nformaVon
i
ncludes
i
ts
p
hysical
p
arameters
(
sectors,
(connecVon
t
ype,
d
evice
t
ype,
s
ize,
e
tc.);
p
arVVon
i
nformaVon
i
ncludes
b
oth
p
hysical
describes
selected
property
in
detail.
informaVon
its
p
hysical
arameters
the
(The
disk
,
includes
, ,
); p
(sectors,
t
ype,
d
evice
t
ype,
s
ize,
e
tc.);
p
arVVon
i
nformaVon
i
ncludes
b
oth
p
hysical
locaVon,
e(connecVon
tc.),
a
nd
l
ogical
(
le
s
ystem,
f
ree
s
pace,
a
ssigned
l
eWer,
e
tc.)
p
arameters.
(connecVon
type,
(d
evice
type,
size,
etc.);
informaVon
includes
both
physical
,
,
),parVVon
(
,
,
(sectors,
, ),
locaVon,
etc.),
tc.),
and
nd
llogical
ogical
((le
le
ssystem,
ystem,
ffree
ree
sspace,
pace,
aassigned
ssigned
lleWer,
eWer,
eetc.)
tc.)
p
parameters.
arameters.
locaVon,
, e
. a
8.4.5
Selecting
a destination disk
disk,
,
. w
click
N
.
At
this
point,
the
program
checks
to
see
if
the
desVnaVon
disk
is
free.
If
not,
you
will
be
prompted
by
the
ConformaVon
staVng
desVnaVon
disk
parVVons,
erhaps
ith
useful
w
indow
,
that
the
contains
.p
w
data.
To
conrm
d
eleVon
o
f
t
he
p
arVVons,
c
lick
O
K.
, .
, .
Note
that
no
real
changes
or
data
destrucSon
will
be
performed
at
this
Sme!
For
now,
the
program
will
just
map
out
cloning.
All
changes
will
be
implemented
only
when
you
click
Proceed.
! ,
. .
If
any
disk
is
unparSSoned,
the
program
will
automaScally
recognize
it
as
the
desSnaSon
and
bypass
this
step.
.
8.4.6
Move method
When
you
select
the
manual
cloning
mode,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
will
oer
you
the
following
data
move
methods:
As
is
-
a
new
parVVon
will
be
created
for
every
old
one
with
the
same
size
and
type,
le
system
and
label.
The
unused
space
will
become
unallocated.
ProporQonal
-
the
new
disk
space
will
be
proporVonally
distributed
between
cloned
parVVons
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
Acronis True Image HD
:
- -, .
.
Manual - you will specify a new size and other parameters yourself
If
you
elect
to
transfer
informaVon
"as
is,"
a
new
parVVon
will
be
created
for
every
old
one
with
the
" "
same
size
and
type,
le
system
and
label.
The
unused
space
will
become
unallocated.
AFerwards,
-, . . ,
you
will
be
able
to
use
the
unallocated
space
to
create
new
parVVons
or
to
enlarge
the
exisVng
Acronis Disk Director Suite
parVVons
with
special
tools,
such
as
.Acronis
Disk
Director
Suite.
As
a
rule,
"as
is"
transfers
are
not
recommended
as
they
leave
a
lot
of
unallocated
space
on
the
new
,
" Acronis
I
H
u
d
.
disk.
Using
the
"as
is"
m"
ethod,
True
mage
D
transfers
nsupported
and
amaged
le
" " Acronis True Image HD
systems.
.
If
you
transfer
data
proporVonally,
each
parVVon
will
be
enlarged,
according
to
the
proporVon
of
the
old
and
new
d
isk
c
apaciVes.
e
l
FAT16
parVVons
are
nlarged
ess
t.
han
others,
as
they
have
a
4GB
size
limit.
Depending
on
the
selected
combinaVon,
you
will
proceed
to
either
the
cloning
summary
window,
or
Copyrightd
Acronis,
Inc.,s2000-2012
the
Change
isk
layout
tep
(see
below).
FAT16 4GB .
,
( ).
, , ,
.
1. , :
, ;
, ( ),
* ? . , ,
. . ,
You
can
combine
these
two
methods.
For
example,
dene
a
le
mask
and
select
certain
.
items
in
the
le
browser.
Remember
that
if
you
select
or
somehow
specify
to
exclude
a
le
that
has
NTFS
hard
links,
you
also
need
to
select/specify
to
exclude
these
hard
links
from
the
clone.
Otherwise,
the
le
will
not
be
excluded
and
will
appear
on
the
target
disk
aFer
the
cloning.
Note:
When
you
exclude
les,
the
program
calculates
the
size
of
excluded
items
and
checks
if
the
cloned
data
will
t
the
target
disk.
Please
be
paSent
as
this
process
may
take
up
to
several
minutes
to
complete.
NTFS
/ . ,
.
:
. .
2. , .
. :
, , .
.
.
, .
, , ,
. .
- ,
.
:
* - ;
? - .
.
, .gif .bmp *.gif;*.bmp .
.
F.log
F
F.log F
C:\Finance\F.log
C:\Finance F.log
C:\Finance\F\
C:\Finance\F (
(\) )
(*)
*.logF*
.log
F
(
F, F1 F.log, F1.log )
(?)
F???.log
F
.log
,
. - \ . ,
C:\Program Files\Acronis\TrueImageHome\ Qt ,
: *\Prog*\Acr*\True*\*Qt*.??? .
10
. ,
.
, , ,
.
Along
with
the
hard
disk
number,
you
can
see
disk
capacity,
the
label,
volume
and
le
system
informaVon.
Dierent
olume
ypes,
and
u
nallocated
space
are
marked
v
t
including
primary,
, logical
,
.
with
dierent
colors., , , - .
To
resize,
change
volume
type,
change
the
label
of
the
e
xisVng
olume,
right
click
n
it,
and
the
,
v
,
o
,
select
Edit
in
the
s
hortcut
m
enu.
T
his
w
ill
o
pen
t
he
P
arVVon
S
eXngs
w
indow.
. .
11
To
resize,
change
the
volume
type,
change
the
label
of
the
exisVng
volume,
right
click
on
it,
and
select
Edit
in
the
shortcut
menu.
This
will
open
the
ParVVon
SeXngs
window.
You
can
do
this
by
entering
values
in
the
Free
space
before,
ParQQon
size,
Free
space
aBer
elds,
by
, , ,
dragging
parVVon
borders
or
the
parVVon
itself.
c
two
l.ines
with
leF
and
right
arrows,
it
is
pointed
at
the
parVVon
If
the
ursor
turns
into
verVcal
105
border and you can drag it to enlarge or reduce the parVVon's size. If the cursor turns into four
Copyright
Acronis,
Inc.,2000-2012
arrows,
it
is
pointed
at
the
parVVon,
so
you
can
move
it
to
the
leF
or
right
(if
there's
unallocated
. ,
space
near
t). ( ).
, i
Having
provided
the
new
locaVon
and
size,
click
Accept.
You
will
be
taken
back
to
the
C hange
disk
, .
layout
window.
You
might
have
to
perform
some
more
resizing
and
relocaVon
before
you
get
the
. ,
layout
you
. need.
By
clicking
Next
you
will
proceed
to
the
Cloning
summary
window.
.
!
B
e
careful!
Clicking any previous wizard step on the sidebar in this window will reset all size and locaVon
changes
that
you've
selected,
o
you
will
have
to
specify
, s
them
. again.
8.4.9
Cloning summary
The
cloning
summary
window
graphically
(as
rectangles)
illustrates
informaVon
about
the
source
disk
(parVVons
and
unallocated
space)
and
the
desVnaVon
disk
layout.
Along
with
the
disk
number,
some
addiVonal
informaVon
is
provided:
disk
capacity,
label,
parVVon
and
le
system
informaVon.
12
Having
provided
the
new
locaVon
and
size,
click
Accept.
You
will
be
taken
back
to
the
C hange
disk
layout
window.
You
might
have
to
perform
some
more
resizing
and
relocaVon
before
you
get
the
layout
you
need.
By
clicking
ext
y
ou
will
proceed
to
the
Cloning
summary
window.
N
Be
careful!
Clicking
any
previous
wizard
step
on
the
sidebar
in
this
window
will
reset
all
size
and
locaVon
changes
that
you've
selected,
so
you
will
have
to
specify
them
again.
8.4.9
summary
Cloning
,
((
) i
informaVon
(
)d
The
cloning
s
ummary
window
graphically
as
rectangles)
llustrates
about
the
source
isk
-,
:
(parVVons
and
unallocated
space)
and
the
desVnaVon
disk
layout.
Along
with
the
disk
number,
some
, i,
.
addiVonal
informaVon
s
p
rovided:
disk
capacity,
label,
parVVon
and
le
system
informaVon.
Click
Proceed
loning.
to
start
disk
c
.
Click
Cancel
to
cancel
the
procedure
and
quit
to
the
main
program
window.
containing
c
system
w
ill
require
c ase,
.
Cloning
a
disk
the
urrently
acVve
operaVng
a
reboot.
In
t
hat
aFer
clicking
Proceed
you
will
be
asked
to
conrm
the
reboot.
Canceling
the
reboot
will
cancel
the
.
enVre
procedure.
AFer
the
clone
process
nishes
you
will
be
oered
an
opVon
to
shut
down
the
, .
computer
by
pressing
any
key.
This
enables
you
to
change
the
posiVon
of
master/slave
jumpers
and
.
remove
one
o
f
the
.
hard
d
rives. / .
106
- , ,
. , Acronis True Image HD ,
, . .
, .
, .
13
( )
( ),
.
.
, .
:
Windows XP 32-
GPT .
14
.
. .
b e
rst.
.
contains
p
Acronis True
If
there
are
a
ny
p
arSSons
on
the
new
disk,
they
must
deleted
If
the
added
disk
arSSons,
ill
by
the
w
essage.
.
OK
the
Acronis
True
Image
Image
HD
HD
w
warn
you
displaying
arning
m
Click
to
delete
exisSng
You
can
also
see
the
properVes
of
all
the
hard
disks
installed
in
your
system,
for
example,
the
name
, ,
and
the
model
of
the
selected
disk
drive,
its
capacity,
le
system
and
its
interface.
, , .
15
8.5.2
Acronis
True
Image
True
HD
supports
both
and
G
parVVoning.
GUID
ParVVon
is
a
new
(GPT)
Acronis
Image HD
MBR
PT
MBR
GPT,
,
.Table
GUID(GPT)
MBR
GPT
hard
disk
parVVoning
method
providing
advantages
over
the
old
MBR
parVVoning
method.
If
your
GPT
the
to
PT
operaVng
system
supports
GPT
disks,
you
can
select
new
disk
be
iniValized
as
a
G
disk..
, GPT
.
To
add
GPT
a
GPT
disk,
click
IniQalize
disk
in
GPT
layout.
MBR ,MBR .
If
you
use
a
32-bit
version
of
Windows
XP,
the
GPT
iniSalizaSon
method
will
be
unavailable
and
the
IniJalizaJon
opJons
step
will
bXP
e
absent.
Windows
32- GPT
.
AFer
selecVng
the
required
iniValizaVon
method
click
Next.
.
8.5.3
To
use
the
s
pace
on
a
h
ard
disk,
it
must
be
parVVoned.
ParVVoning
is
the
process
of
dividing
the
hard
disk's
space
into
logical
Each
logical
division
may
funcVon
s
a
separate
disk
with
an
d
ivisions.
a.
le
. E
to
d
,
,
assigned
drive
leWer,
its
own
system,
etc.
ven
if
you
do
n
ot
i
ntend
ivide
your
hard
disk
into
logical
divisions
it
must
be
parVVoned
so
that
the
operaVng
system
knows
that
it
is
intended
to
be
.
leF
in
one
p
iece.
IniVally, all disk space will be unallocated. This will change aFer you add new parVVons.
, . .
Select
the
unallocated
space
and
click
Create
new
parQQon
in
the
upper
part
of
the
window,
or
right
click
on
tInc.,
he
u2000-2012
nallocated
space,
and
select
Create
new
parQQon
in
the
shortcut
menu.
Copyright
Acronis,
Specify
the
following
seXngs
for
the
parVVon
being
created:
16
, ,
.
:
,
,
( MBR ),
If
you
allocate
ll
unallocated
space
isk
to
the
new
arVVon,
the
C
reate
ew
parQQon
buWon
a
on
the
d
p
n
.
disappears.
8.5.3.1
Partition settings
Size
You
can
resize
and
relocate
the
parVVon
being
created.
If
you
want
to
resize
the
parQQon:
Point
the
cursor
at
the
parVVon
border.
If
the
cursor
is
pointed
exactly
at
the
parVVon
border,
it
will
change
into
two
verVcal
lines
with
arrows
on
each
side.
Hold
down
the
leF
mouse
buWon
and
drag
the
selected
parVVon
border
to
enlarge
or
reduce
the
parVVon
size.
17
.
:
.
.
.
, .
:
. .
/
. ,
, .
,
() .
, .
. - -
.
, :
NTFS Windows NT, Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 7
. . Windows 95/98/Me DOS, NTFS
.
Ext2 Linux . .
18
.
.
. ,
, , ,
.
( MBR )
. .
- . ,
. ,
. : ,
OS .
- .
, , .
- .
,
.
19
Mark
the
parQQon
as
acQve
-
an
acVve
parVVon
is
used
for
loading
an
operaVng
system.
SelecVng
AcVve
for
a
parVVon
without
an
installed
operaVng
system
could
prevent
your
computer
from
booVng.
Logical
-
choose
this
parameter
if
you
dont
intend
to
install
and
start
an
operaVng
system
from
the
parVVon.
A
logical
drive
is
part
of
a
physical
disk
drive
that
has
been
parVVoned
and
allocated
as
an
independent
unit,
but
funcVons
as
a
separate
drive.
When you nish to specify the seXngs for the parVVon being created, click Accept to conVnue.
8.5.4
( )
The
Add
new
disk
summary
graphically
(as
rectangles)
illustrates
informaVon
about
the
new
disk
.
layout
before
and
aFer
parVVoning.
Click
Proceed
to
start
creaVng
new
parVVon(s).
Click
Cancel
to
cancel
the
procedure
and
quit
to
the
main
program
window.
.
AFer
you
click
Proceed,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
starts
creaVng
new
parVVon
or
parVVons,
indicaVng
the
progress
in
a
special
indow.
f
you
top
tAcronis
his
procedure
by
clicking
Cancel,
ou
ill
h
ave
to
,
w
I
s,
True Image
HD,
y
w
reparVVon
and
format
the
n.ew
r
repeat
the
add
procedure.
disk
o
disk
Before
clicking
roceed
buTon
ou
can
use
t
he
s
idebar
to
navigate
through
the
Add
New
Disk
W
izard
the
P
steps
and
make
changes.
.
112
20
8.6
AcronisExtended
Capacity
Manager
Acronis
Acronis , MBR
The
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
allows
your
operaVng
system
support
large
capacity
disks
. 2 TB .
with
the
MBR
parVVon
style.
You
are
able
to
use
the
disk
space
beyond
2
TB.
This
free
space
will
be
, .
recognized
as
a
separate
disk,
and
will
be
usable
by
your
operaVng
system
and
applicaVons
as
if
it
was
a
regular
physical
hard
disk.
Acronis 2 TB ( MBR
ll
h
ard
disks
than
2
TB
(unallocated
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
anager
izard
M
).
w
displays
a
larger
Windows
o
r
.
with
MBR
parVVon
tyle).
You
can
see
he
disk
space
which
s
Windows
t
The
space
beyond
2
TB
is
displayed
as
Extended
Capacity.
You
can
enable
Extended
Capacity
Disks,
,
and
once
it
is
done,
this
space
becomes
visible
to
the
operaVng
system
and
ready
for
disk
.
management
operaVons.
1. Acronis
C
select
the
,
and
then
click
Acronis
1. To
start
Acronis
Extended
apacity
Manager,
Tools
uQliQes
tab
and
2 BR
TBdisks
w
of
MBR
2
that
If
the
program
nd
a
ny
M
ith
a
c
apacity
more
than
TB,
it
displays
a
m
essage
is
Acronis
E
..
the
enSre
disk
space
accessible
and
you
do
not
need
to
use
Acronis
xtended
Capacity
M
anager.
2. Acronis
shows
the
Extended
C
for
.
2. Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
apacity
available
allocaVon.
3. Click
Allocate
space
to
see
the
possible
space
the
ext
step.
3.
disk
allocaVon
in
.
AFer
clicking
the
Apply
buWon,
an
Extended
Capacity
Disk
will
be
emulated
on
your
physical
disk.
If
your
physical
disk's
capacity
is
more
than
4
TB
and
your
operaVng
system
does
not
support
the
GPT
parVVon
style,
the
program
creates
several
MBR
Extended
Capacity
Disks.
Note
that
Extended
Capacity
Disks
are
not
bootable,
though
most
of
their
properSes
are
the
same
as
that
of
physical
disks.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
21
.
4 TB GPT
MBR .
,
.
4. Acronis .
AFer
allocaVng
the
space,
you
can
temporarily
switch
o
the
Extended
Capacity
Disks
by
clicking
Temporary
switch
Extended
Capacity
isks.
This
he
E
xtended
Capacity
for
o
, D
m
akes
t
Disks
invisible
the
.
a
, y
b
disk
management
tools,
though
disk
space
will
remain
llocated
and
ou
will
e
able
to
make
Acronis
these
parVVons
visible
again
later.
To
do
this,
start
the
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
and
then
.
click
Allocate
space.
To
remove
the
Extended
Capacity
Disks,
click
Remove
Extended
Capacity
Disks
and
then
click
the
,
Apply
buWon
in
the
next
step.
These
disks
will
be
removed
from
your
system,
and
the
disk
space
. , 2 TB
beyond
2
TB
will
become
o
allocate
space
later,
need
to
start
he
Extended
.
inaccessible.
T
this
you
t
Capacity
Manager
again
and
then
repeat
the
steps.
wizard's
.
You
will
be
able
to
conVnue
using
the
Extended
Capacity
Disks
even
aFer
uninstalling
Acronis
True
Acronis
True Image
HD
be
a
whether
y
to
the
Image
HD.
During
uninstallaVon,
you
will
sked
ou
want
remove
Extended
n
r,
.
Capacity
Disk.
If
.you
choose
ot
to
emove
the
disk,
it
will
remain
usable.
.
8.7
Trim SSD
Trim
SSD
Wizard
lets
you
improve
the
speed
of
write
operaVons
on
a
solid-state
drive
(SSD)
and
miVgate
degradaVon
in
performance.
This
issue
naturally
occurs
as
a
result
of
intensive
or
long
use
of
an
SSD,
and
arises
from
the
way
SSDs
overwrite
and
delete
data.
Like
with
tradiVonal
hard
drives,
if
you
delete
a
le
from
an
SSD,
data
cells
are
simply
agged
as
"available
for
use"
instead
of
being
erased.
When
the
operaVng
system
later
performs
a
write
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
operaVon
to
such
a
cell,
it
actually
becomes
an
overwrite
operaVon
from
the
point
of
view
of
the
storage
device.
For
tradiVonal
hard
drives,
it
is
like
wriVng
to
an
empty
cell.
SSD
cells,
however,
are
22
SSD
SSD - (SSD)
. SSD
, SSD .
, SSD " "
- . ,
, . ,
. SSD , , .
, SSD 512 KB . ,
60 KB 60 KB
SSD . , . ,
SSD . . ,
, . , SSD
, "---" .
SSD
.
: SSD
. SSD
.
SSD
! . .
Acronis True Image HD SSD Windows Vista
. Windows 7 TRIM
.
23
SSD :
1. , SSD .
.
2. , SSD () .
3. .
4. Windows .
, Linux .
Windows .
24
Acronis DriveCleanser
Acronis DriveCleanser
,
.
.
Acronis DriveCleanser
. .
.
Acronis DriveCleanser
Acronis DriveCleanser :
- .
.
25
Acronis
DriveCleanser
solves
this
problem
with
guaranteed
and
permanent
data
destrucVon
on
selected
hard
disks
and
parVVons.
You
can
select
from
a
number
of
data
destrucVon
algorithms
depending
on
the
importance
of
your
condenVal
informaVon.
Be
aware
that,
depending
on
the
total
size
of
selected
parSSons
and
the
selected
data
destrucSon
algorithm,
the
data
destrucSon
may
take
many
hours.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
o
clean-up.
Create
and
execute
custom
user
algorithms
f
hard
disk
o
. ,
Acronis
DriveCleanser
is
based
on
a
wizard
that
scripts
all
hard
disk
peraVons,
so
no
data
,
you
izard's
Summary
w
. moment,
destrucVon
is
performed
unVl
click
P
roceed
in
t
he
w
indow.
At
any
you
can
return
to
the
previous
steps
to
select
other
disks,
parVVons
or
data
destrucVon
algorithms.
Acronis DriveCleanser .
Click the Tools and uQliQes tab, and then click Acronis DriveCleanser.
Acronis DriveCleanser .
8.8.1.1
Data selection
t, he
d
p
you
w
d
First,
you
must
select
hard
isk
arVVons
where
ant
to
destroy
ata. .
To
select
a
parVVon,
click
the
corresponding
rectangle.
You
will
see
a
red
mark
in
the
upper
right
, .
corner
indicaVng
that
the
parVVon
is
selected.
.
116
. , ( ,
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
) .
,
.
Acronis DriveCleanser GPT ,
.
26
You
can
select
aTrue
n
enVre
hard
dHD
isk
or
several
disks
data
estrucVon.
o
this,
click
the
ectangle
Acronis
Image
for
d:
To
d
r
corresponding
to
the
hard
disk
(with
a
device
icon,
disk
number
and
capacity).
You
can
simultaneously
select
several
parVVons
located
on
dierent
hard
disk
drives
or
on
several
disks,
as
well
as
unallocated
space
on
disks.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
cannot
wipe
parSSons
on
dynamic
and
GPT
disks,
so
they
will
not
be
shown
in
the
Source
selecJon
window.
Click
Next
to
conVnue.
.
If
the
disks
and/or
parVVons
you
have
selected
include
the
system
disk
or
parVVon,
you
will
see
a
/ .
warning
window.
Be
careful,
because
clicking
OK
in
this
warning
window
and
then
Proceed
in
the
Summary
window
,
will
result
in
wiping
the
system
parVVon
containing
your
Windows
operaVng
system.
.
8.8.1.2
selection
Algorithm
Acronis
DriveCleanser
uVlizes
a
number
f
the
m
ost
popular
destrucVon
algorithms.
elect
Acronis DriveCleanser
o
d
ata
S
the
. -
117
27
The
data
destrucVon
methods
are
described
in
detail
in
Hard
Disk
Wiping
Methods
(p.
123)
of
this
guide.
AFer
you
select
an
algorithm,
Acronis
DriveCleanser
will
perform
all
the
acVons
necessary
to
destroy
, Acronis DriveCleanser
the
contents
of
t
he
selected
or
disk.
Fer
his
s
done,
you
ill
see
message
indicaVng
p
arVVon
A
t
. i
w
,
a
successful
data
destrucVon.
.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
oers
you
another
useful
capability
to
esVmate
the
results
of
execuVng
a
Acronis
DriveCleanser
a
D
(
isk
Editor
hard
disk
data
destrucVon
algorithm
on
a
hard
disk
or
p
arVVon.
It
features
n
integrated
. (
browsing
tool).
).
The
aforemenVoned
algorithms
oer
various
levels
of
condenVal
data
destrucVon.
Thus
the
picture
you
might
see
on
a
disk
r
parVVon
depends
on
the
data
destrucVon
lgorithm.
ut
what
you
o,
a
. B
actually
see
a
re
disk
sectors
lled
with
either
zeros
or
random
symbols.
.
.
CreaQng
custom
algorithms
of
data
destrucQon
Acronis
DriveCleanser
gives
you
the
opportunity
to
create
your
own
algorithms
for
wiping
hard
disks.
Although
the
soFware
includes
several
levels
of
data
destrucVon,
you
can
choose
to
create
your
Acronis DriveCleanser .
own.
This
is
recommended
nly
users
familiar
the
p,rinciples
of
data
destrucVon
in
.
o
for
w
ith
used
secure
disk
w
iping
methods.
.
, - ...
. , DriveCleanser
.
28
Having created a custom method, you can save the algorithm you created. This will be handy if you
i
are
going
to
use
t
a
gain. .
.
Acronis
HD w
Load
from
:from
the
drop-down
list
and
select
the
le
In
the
Select
algorithm
window,
choose
le
with
custom
data
destrucVon
algorithm
parameters.
By
default,
such
les
have
a
*.alg
extension.
, - ...
. , *.alg .
Algorithm definition
The
Algorithm
eniVon
window
shows
you
a
template
of
the
future
algorithm.
d
The
window
the
f
ollowing
rst
column
of
the
the
has
legend:
The
list
contains
. type
of
operaVon
on
a
disk
(there
are
just
two:
to
write
a
symbol
to
disk,
"wriVng";
and
to
verify
wriWen,
"vericaVon");
the
: of data
( :
contains
the
paWern
to
be
wriWen
to
d isk.
second
column
, "", , "");
The
paWern
to
be
wriWen
is
always
a
hexadecimal
value,
for
example,
a
value
of
this
kind:
0x00,
.
0xAA,
or
0xCD,
etc.
These
values
are
1
byte
long,
but
they
may
be
up
to
512
bytes
long.
Except
for
such
values,
you
may
enter
random
hexadecimal
any
length
up
to
512
bytes).
Your
a
-
value
o
f
,
, (
:
0x00,
0xAA, 0xCD, .
d
esignated
a
s
t
he
complementary
algorithm
may
a
lso
i
nclude
o
ne
m
ore
v
alue
f
or
w
riVng
t
hat
is
1 , 512 . ,
value
the
value
that
is
complementary
he
o
ne
wriWen
to
disk
-
to
t(512
).
during
the
previous
pass.
.
If
the
binary
value
is
represented
by
the
10001010
(0x8A)
the
c
omplementary
binary
value
will
(0x75)
0001010
(0x8A)
sequence,
then
01110101
be
represented
b
y
t
he
0
1110101
(
0x75)
s
equence.
.
119Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
29
.
- .
, #1 .
(- ).
: ( )
- .
, ,
.
.. ,
1 .
.
( 00), ,
1 .
, .
, :
:
: .. , -
.
.
. , :
.
.. , .
, .
30
, .
.
,
.
.
.
-
8.8.1.3
- , .
Acronis
DriveCleanser
:
Post-wiping
actions
In
the
Post-wiping
cVons
indow,
you
can
select
acVons
to
be
performed
on
the
parVVons
selected
a
w
you
opVons:
for
data
destrucVon.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
oers
three
No
acQon
just
d
estroy
data
using
the
algorithm
selected
below
().
8.8.1.4
31
.
, .
, .
.
.
.
(- )
Acronis DriveCleanser
. ,
.
. Acronis (- ).
erent
algorithms
oer
various
evels
o
f
condenVal
data
estrucVon.
picture
ou
might
-
l,
d
Thus
the
. y
depends
o
d
m
ethod.
B.ut
y
a re
e
on
a
disk
or
parVVon
n
the
ata
destrucVon
w
hat
ou
a
ctually
see
e
Search
menu
allows
you
to
search
a
hard
disk
for
a
line
and
to
go
to
a
disk
sector
according
to
its
solute
oset.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
ecVng
the
Search
item
in
the
same
menu
will
give
you
access
to
funcVons
of
searching
lines
in
the
k
being
edited.
(You
can
do
the
same
by
pressing
the
Ctrl
+
F
key
combinaVon.)
Search
parameters
32
.
.
( Ctrl + F ) .
:
( ) (-) ( ), ,
. ,
.
.
.
. ,
, .
F3
.
... ( Alt+P
). ... .
, , , .
:
(CYL x HDS + HD) x SPT + SEC 1
CYL, HD, SEC CHS (Cylinder Head Sector) , , ; HDS
, SPT .
( Ctrl+Backspace
).
33
(, Windows )
. , -
. , .
( )
.
: 1 0 ( )
, - .
1 1 , 0 0 .
0 1 0.95 - 1 1
1.05. . , 1 0
.
" " ,
/
.
:
, ( )
.
,
, 1 0 (
), .
, ( )
-
..
, ( )
, , .
-
. .
Peter Gutmann .
:
http://www.cs.auckland.ac.nz/~pgut001/pubs/secure_del.html
.
34
Acronis
Acronis ..
() .
( )
1
, 2 1
; 3
; 4
.
: NAVSO
P-5239-26 (RLL)
1
0x01, 2 0x27FFFFFF,
3
, 4 .
: NAVSO
P-5239-26 (MFM)
1
0x01, 2 0x7FFFFFFF,
3
, 4 .
: VSITR
1 6
0x00 0xFF ;
7th 0xAA; 0x00, 0xFF, 0x00, 0xFF, 0x00,
0xFF, 0xAA.
6 4
(0x00
).
3 1
(
).
35
Peter Gutmann
.
(
-
) .
: GOST P50739-95
Peter Gutmann
Bruce Schneier
Bruce Schneier
-
. 1
0xFF, 2 0x00,
-
.
(0x00
35
Acronis True Image HD , - ,
.
-
. Windows Explorer .
.
"" ""
. .
.
:
Windows Explorer
: , ,
, , , . -
.
FAT NTFS .
/ , , .tib ,
36
a new disk with its own leWer will appear in the drives list
using
Acronis
Windows
True
Explorer
and
oHD
ther
le
m
anagers,
can
image
as
if
they
Image
you
view
:the
contents
were
located
on
a
physical
disk
or
parVVon
you
will
be
able
to
use
the
virtual
disk
in
the
same
way
as
the
real
one:
open,
save,
copy,
move,
create,
delete
les
or
folders.
If
necessary,
the
image
can
be
mounted
in
read-only
mode.
The operaSons described in this secSon are supported only for the FAT and NTFS le systems.
Please
keep
in
mind
that,
though
both
le
backups
and
disk/parVVon
images
have
a
default
".Vb"
extension,
only
images
an
be
mounted.
you
want
o
view
le
backup
the
Explore
c
If
.t
contents,
use
operaVon.
.
1. Start the Mount wizard by clicking Mount image on the Tools and uQliQes tab.
1. .
125
2. .
(" "
Copyright
Acronis,
), / , .
,
Inc.,
2000-2012
,
.
.
.
Acronis True Image HD
.
37
If
you
selected
a
backup
containing
incremental
images,
you
can
select
one
of
the
successive
incremental
images
(also
called
"backup
versions")
by
its
creaVon
date/Vme.
Thus,
you
can
explore
the
data
state
at
a
certain
moment.
To
mount
an
incremental
image,
you
must
have
all
previous
backup
versions
and
the
iniVal
full
backup.
If
any
of
the
successive
backups
are
missing,
mounVng
is
not
possible.
If
the
backup
was
password-protected,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
will
ask
for
the
password
in
a
dialog
box.
Neither
the
parVVons
layout
will
be
shown,
nor
will
the
Next
buWon
be
enabled
unVl
you
enter
the
correct
password.
.
3. Select
a
parVVon
to
mount
as
a
virtual
disk.
(Note
that
you
cannot
mount
an
image
of
the
enVre
disk
except
in
the
case
when
the
disk
consists
of
one
parVVon).
If
the
image
contains
several
3. . (
parVVons,
by
default
all
of
them
will
be
selected
for
mounVng
with
automaVcally
assigned
drive
) ,
leWers.
If
you
w
ould
like
dierent
rive
eWers
to
the
arVVons
to
be
mounted,
to
assign
d
l,
p
.
click
OpQons.
- .
126
You
can
also
select
a
leWer
to
be
assigned
to
the
virtual
disk
from
the
Mount
leRer
drop-down
list.
If
you
do
not
want
to
mount
a
parVVon,
select
Do
not
mount
in
the
list
or
clear
the
parVVon's
check
box.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
38
You
can
also
select
a
leWer
to
be
assigned
to
the
virtual
disk
from
the
Mount
leRer
drop-down
- .
list.
If
you
do
not
want
to
mount
a
parVVon,
select
Do
not
mount
in
the
list
or
clear
the
.
parVVon's
check
box.
4. Having
nished
the
seXngs,
click
Proceed
to
connect
the
selected
parVVon
images
as
virtual
4. , .
disks.
127
5. , Windows Explorer .
. Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
Copyright
39
AFer
the
image
is
connected,
the
program
will
run
Windows
Explorer,
showing
its
contents.
Now
you
can
work
with
les
or
folders
as
if
they
were
located
on
a
real
disk.
,
10 Unmounting
an image
all
necessary
operaVons
. a
recommend
that
you
u
nmount
the
virtual
disk
aFer
re
nished,
as
t
c
system
.resources.
If
you
do
not
unmount
the
disk,
it
will
intaining
virtual
disks
akes
onsiderable
appear
aFer
your
computer
is
turned
o.
, ,
by
for
Y
.
ou
have
mounted
several
parVVons,
default
all
o f
them
will
be
selected
unmounVng.
ou
drives
or
d
isconnect
o
nly
m
disconnect
all
mounted
together
those
you
do
not
n eed
ounted
.
ymore.
u can also do this in Windows Explorer by right-clicking on the disk icon and choosing Unmount.
Windows Explorer .
with
files
:
11 Working
vhd
n this section
http://www.kingston.com/us/support SSD .
u
may
have
vhd
les
if
you
used
the
Windows
Backup
uVlity
included
into
Windows
Vista
and
ndows
7
for
backing
up
the
system
hard
drive.
en
you
need
to
recover
your
system
using
a
vhd
backup
le,
proceed
as
follows:
Arrange
the
boot
order
in
BIOS
so
as
to
make
your
rescue
media
device
(CD,
DVD
or
USB
sVck)
2013 Kingston
Corporation,
17600 Newhope
the
rst
boot
device.
See
Technology
Arranging
boot
order
Street,
in
Fountain
BIOS
Valley,
(p.
CA692708
5). USA.
All rights reserved. All trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
3
3
User's Guide
4
4
5
6
(Acronis) 2000-2012
7
8
11
13
14
15
16
16
20
36
40
(Acronis) 2000-2012
.
.
.
) (USB 2.0 ) (CD
.
.
.
.
)(
. ) (USB
.
.
.
.
(Acronis) 2000-2012
:
)(RESET
.
(
. ).
.
might
want
to
format
the
old
disk
or
securely
wipe
the
data
it
contains.
Use
Windows
tools
or
. ) (Acronis DriveCleanser )(Windows
Nevertheless,
ot
we
do
n
recommend
you
delete
data
from
the
old
disk
unVl
you
re
sure
it
is
that
correctly
transferred
t
o
t
he
n
ew
d
isk,
t
he
c
omputer
b
oots
u
p
f
rom
i
t
a
nd
a
ll
a
pplicaVons
w
ork.
.
clone
mode
Selecting
8.4.3
AutomaQc
(recommended
in
most
cases).
In
automaVc
mode,
you
will
only
have
to
take
several
simple
acVons
to
transfer
all
the
data,
including
parVVons,
les
and
folders,
to
a
newer
disk,
making
it
bootable
if
the
original
disk
was
bootable.
Manual.
Manual
mode
will
provide
more
data
transfer
exibility.
Manual
mode
can
be
useful
if
(Acronis) 2000-2012
you
need
to
change
the
disk
parVVon
layout.
). (
.
. .
.
.
.
8.4.4
a
Selecting
source disk
You
can
determine
t
he
s
ource
and
d
esVnaVon
using
the
informaVon
provided
in
this
window
(disk
(
label,
informaVon).
).
number,
capacity,
parVVon
and
le
system
If
the
program
nds
several
is (
parVVoned
disks,
it
w
ill
ask
y
ou
which
the
source
).(i.e.
the
older
data
disk).
True oImage
)HD
.
Acronis
True
Image
HD
does
not
(Acronis
support
cloning
f
dynamic
disks.
. ) (Next
Select
the
ource
disk
and
click
Next
to
conVnue.
Columns
-
selects
the
columns
to
display.
You
can
change
the
width
of
a
column
by
dragging
its
borders
with
the
mouse.
Disk
properVes
(duplicated
in
the
context
menu,
opened
by
right-clicking
objects)
-
displays
the
selected
parVVon
or
disk
properVes
window.
(Acronis) 2000-2012
This window contains two panels. The leF panel contains the properVes tree and the right one
Acronis
Acronis
TTrue
rue
IImage
mage
H
HD
D
d
does
oes
n
not
ot
ssupport
upport
ccloning
loning
o
of
f
d
dynamic
ynamic
d
disks.
isks.
Select
Select
tthe
he
ssource
ource
d
disk
isk
aand
nd
cclick
lick
N
Next
ext
tto
o
cconVnue.
onVnue.
Viewing
Viewing
d
disk
isk
aand
nd
p
parQQon
arQQon
iinformaQon
nformaQon
-
t.
can
a
y
C
Columns
olumns
--
sselects
elects
tthe
he
ccolumns
olumns
to
o
d
display.
isplay.
YYou
ou
can
cchange
hange
tthe
he
w
width
idth
o
of
f
a
ccolumn
olumn
b
by
d
dragging
ragging
.
its
its
b
borders
orders
w
with
ith
tthe
he
m
mouse.
ouse.
D
isk
((duplicated
tthe
ontext
enu,
pened
b
rright-clicking
o
--
d
( iin
)D
isk
p
properVes
roperVes
duplicated
n
he
cc
ontext
m
m
enu,
o
o
pened
by
y
ight-clicking
objects)
bjects)
displays
isplays
the
s
elected
p
arVVon
o
r
d
isk
p
roperVes
w
indow.
w
indow.
.
the
selected
arVVon
or
disk
properVes
This
This
w
window
indow
ccontains
ontains
ttwo
wo
p
panels.
anels.
TThe
he
lleF
eF
p
panel
anel
ccontains
ontains
tthe
he
p
properVes
roperVes
ttree
ree
aand
nd
tthe
he
rright
ight
o
one
ne
describes
t
he
s
elected
p
roperty
i
n
d
etail.
T
he
d
isk
i
nformaVon
i
ncludes
i
ts
p
hysical
p
arameters
describes
the
selected
roperty
in
detail.
The
disk
informaVon
physical
parameters
p.
includes
its
(
((sectors,
(connecVon
t
ype,
d
evice
t
ype,
s
ize,
e
tc.);
p
arVVon
i
nformaVon
i
ncludes
b
oth
p
hysical
sectors,
(connecVon
t
ype,
d
evice
t
ype,
s
ize,
e
tc.);
p
arVVon
i
nformaVon
i
ncludes
b
oth
p
hysical
( )
locaVon,
eetc.),
nd
((le
ystem,
ree
aassigned
lleWer,
etc.)
parameters.
locaVon,
tc.),
aa(
nd
llogical
ogical
le
ss
ystem,
ff
ree
sspace,
pace,
ssigned
eWer,
)
).etc.) parameters.
8.4.5
Selecting
a destination disk
.
AFer you select the source disk, you have to select the desVnaVon where the disk informaVon will be
source
b ecomes
.
copied
to.
The
previously
selected
grayed-out
and
disabled
for
selecVon.
100
100
Copyright
Copyright
Acronis,
Acronis, Inc.,
Inc., 2000-2012
2000-2012
If any disk is unparSSoned, the program will automaScally recognize it as the desSnaSon and bypass this step.
.
) (Conformation
(OK). .
!
.
(Proceed).
.
) (Acronis True Image HD
:
. -
.
-
-
Manual
-
you
will
specify
a
new
size
and
other
parameters
yourself
If
you
elect
to
transfer
informaVon
"as
is,"
a
new
parVVon
will
be
created
for
every
old
one
with
the
same
size
and
type,
le
system
and
label.
The
unused
space
will
become
unallocated.
AFerwards,
(Acronis) 2000-2012
you
w
ill
be
able
to
u
se
the
unallocated
space
to
create
new
parVVons
or
to
enlarge
the
exisVng
parVVons
with
special
tools,
such
as
Acronis
Disk
Director
Suite.
" "
. .
(Acronis Disk Director Suite).
" "
" " .
. ) (Acronis True Image HD
.
) (FAT16
. 4
(
).
.
: 1.
(Exclude by masks)
. * ) (
) (Remove All ) (Remove (Edit), (Add),
. .
.
(Acronis) 2000-2012
You
can
combine
these
two
methods.
For
example,
dene
a
le
mask
and
select
certain
items
in
the
le
browser.
Remember that if you select or somehow specify to exclude a le that has NTFS hard links, you
also
need
to
select/specify
to
exclude
these
hard
links
from
the
clone.
Otherwise,
the
le
will
not
(NTFS) / .
be
excluded
and
will
appear
on
the
target
disk
aFer
the
cloning.
.
Note:
When
you
exclude
les,
the
program
calculates
the
size
of
excluded
items
and
checks
if
the
cloned
data
t
t
he
target
disk.
Please
be
paSent
as
this
process
may
take
up
to
several
minutes
to
complete.
:will
2.
To
proceed
to
t
he
next
step,
click
N
ext. .
.
2.m
You
ay
receive
a
w
arning
m
essage
saying
that
t
here
is
no
e(Next).
nough
free
space
on
the
target
hard
drive
to
complete
the
operaVon.
The
possible
reasons
are
as
follows:
Amount
of
data
being
cloned
from
the
source
disk
exceeds
the
available
capacity
of
the
target
.
disk.
To
resolve
this
i
ssue,
try
excluding
ore
items
from
the
clone,
then
click
Next.
If
necessary,
repeat
this
operaVon
several
Vmes
:
unVl
the
warning
message
disappears.
Source
disk
has
an
unsupported
ystem
and
is
larger
than
the
target
disk.
The
target
disk
.
le
s
must
b
e
l
arger
o
r
e
qual
i
n
s
ize
t
o
t
he
s
ource
d
isk
i
n
t
his
c
ase,
a
nd
i
t
w
ill
b
e
p
ointless
t
o
e
xclude
( Next).
more
items. .
Source disk has parVVons both with supported and unsupported le systems, and the target disk
from
.
capacity
is
less
than
the
amount
of
d
ata
being
cloned
parVVons
with
supported
le
system
plus
the
size
o
f
parVVons
with
nsupported
le
system.
Trying
to
exclude
more
i
tems
may
b
e
.
helpful
in
this
case.
103
( Acronis) 2000-2012
.
.
.
:
* -
. -
.
*.gif;*. (.bmp) ) (.gif
bmp.
.
" "F.log
" "F
\ (C: " "F.log
)Finance
F.log
F
C:\Finance\F.log
( ) (C:\Finance\F
) )\(
\C:\Finance\F
) (.log
( " "F
) F.log F1.log F F1
*.log
*F
)*(
) (.log
" "F
F???.log
)(
"\"). .
) \ (C:\Program Files\Acronis\TrueImageHome
: *\Prog*\Acr*\True*\*Qt*.??? . " "Qt
10
(Acronis) 2000-2012
.
.
.
Along
with
the
hard
disk
number,
you
can
see
disk
capacity,
the
l
abel,
volume
and
le
system
informaVon.
Dierent
v
olume
t
ypes,
i
ncluding
p
rimary,
l
ogical
a
nd
u
nallocated
s
pace
a
re
m
arked
.
with
dierent
. colors.
To
resize,
change
the
v
olume
type,
change
the
label
of
the
exisVng
volume,
ight
click
on
it,
and
r
select
Edit
in
the
shortcut
m
enu.
T
his
w
ill
o
pen
t
he
P
arVVon
S
eXngs
w
indow.
. . )(
11
(Acronis) 2000-2012
To
resize,
change
the
volume
type,
change
the
label
of
the
exisVng
volume,
right
click
on
it,
and
select
Edit
in
the
shortcut
menu.
This
will
open
the
ParVVon
SeXngs
window.
You
can
do
this
by
entering
values
in
the
Free
space
before,
ParQQon
size,
Free
space
aBer
elds,
by
p
itself.
, ,
dragging
parVVon
borders
or
the
arVVon
.
105
If
the
cursor
turns
into
two
verVcal
lines
with
leF
and
right
arrows,
it
is
pointed
at
the
parVVon
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
a
or
the
border
nd
you
can
drag
it
to
enlarge
reduce
parVVon's
size.
If
the
c
ursor
t
urns
into
four
.
arrows,
it
is
pointed
at
the
parVVon,
so
you
can
move
it
to
the
leF
or
right
(if
there's
unallocated
(
space
near
it). ).
Having
provided
the
new
locaVon
and
size,
click
Accept.
You
will
be
taken
back
to
the
C hange
disk
Y
(Accept).
layout
window.
ou
might
have
to
p
erform
some
m
ore
resizing
and
relocaVon
before
you
get
the
.
layout
you
need.
.
By
clicking
Next
you
will
proceed
to
the
Cloning
summary
window.
( Next) .
!
Be
careful!
Clicking
any
previous
wizard
step
on
the
sidebar
in
this
window
will
reset
all
size
and
locaVon
changes
that
you've
selected,
so
you
w
ill
have
to
specify
them
again.
8.4.9
Cloning summary
The
cloning
summary
window
graphically
(as
rectangles)
illustrates
informaVon
about
the
source
disk
(parVVons
and
unallocated
space)
and
the
desVnaVon
disk
layout.
Along
with
the
disk
number,
some
addiVonal
(Acronis) 2000-2012
informaVon
is
provided:
disk
capacity,
label,
parVVon
and
le
system
informaVon.
12
Having
provided
the
new
locaVon
and
size,
click
Accept.
You
will
be
taken
back
to
the
C hange
disk
layout
window.
You
might
have
to
perform
some
more
resizing
and
relocaVon
before
you
get
the
( Acronis True Image HD):
layout
you
need.
8.4.9
Cloning
summary
( i
)
The
cloning
s
ummary
window
graphically
(as
rectangles)
illustrates
nformaVon
about
t
he
source
disk
(parVVons
and
unallocated
space)
and
the
desVnaVon
disk
layout.
Along
with
the
disk
number,
some
:
.
addiVonal
informaVon
is
provided:
disk
capacity,
label,
parVVon
and
le
system
informaVon.
Click
Proceed
start
disk
cloning.
(Proceed) .
to
Click
Cancel
to
cancel
the
procedure
and
quit
to
the
main
program
window.
c
(Cancel)
Cloning
a
disk
ontaining
the
currently
acVve
o
peraVng
system
will
require
reboot.
In
that
.
case,
aFer
clicking
Proceed
you
will
be
asked
to
conrm
the
reboot.
Canceling
the
reboot
will
cancel
the
.
enVre
procedure.
AFer
the
clone
process
nishes
you
will
be
oered
an
opVon
to
shut
down
the
( Proceed) .
computer
by
pressing
any
key.
This
enables
you
to
change
the
posiVon
of
master/slave
jumpers
and
.
remove
one
o
f
the
hard
drives.
. /
106
. ( Proceed)
(Acronis True Image HD)
. ( Cancel).
. .
( Acronis) 2000-2012
13
(
( )
)
.
.
.
:
(Windows XP) ) (32-bit
(GPT).
14
(Acronis) 2000-2012
.
. ) (Next
.
o
rst.
added
.
If
there
are
a
ny
p
arSSons
n
the
new
disk,
t
hey
must
be
deleted
If
the
disk
contains
parSSons,
(Acronis
Image
)HD
.
Acronis
True
Image
H
D
will
warn
you
by
dTrue
isplaying
the
w
arning
message.
Click
OK
to
delete
the
exisSng
)(OK
.
parSSons
on
the
added
disk.
You
can
also
see
the
properVes
of
all
the
hard
disks
installed
in
your
system,
for
example,
the
name
and
the
model
of
the
selected
disk
drive,
its
capacity,
le
system
and
its
interface.
15
(Acronis) 2000-2012
8.5.2
Selecting
initialization
method
( Acronis
True Image
HD) ( MBR) (GPT). ( GUID Partition
Acronis
True
I
mage
H
D
s
upports
b
oth
M
BR
a
nd
G
PT
parVVoning.
GUID
ParVVon
able
(
GPT)
is
a
new
Table)
T
( MBR).
providing
(GPT)
hard
disk
parVVoning
method
advantages
over
the
old
M
BR
parVVoning
method.
If
your
(GPT).
operaVng
system
supports
GPT
disks,
you
can
select
the
new
disk
to
be
iniValized
as
a
GPT
disk.
(GPT)
disk
To
add
a
GPT
disk,
click
IniQalize
in
GPT
l
ayout. ( GPT) (Initialize disk in GPT layout).
If
you
use
a
32-bit
version
of
Windows
XP,
the
GPT
iniSalizaSon
method
will
be
unavailable
and
the
IniJalizaJon
opJons
tep
will
be
absent. (32-bit) ( Windows XP) ( GPT)
s
.
AFer
selecVng
the
required
iniValizaVon
method
click
Next.
8.5.3
( Next).
To
use
the
s
pace
o
n
a
hard
disk,
it
must
be
parVVoned.
ParVVoning
is
the
process
of
dividing
the
hard
disk's
space
into
logical
d
ivisions.
logical
division
may
.
funcVon
a
s
a
separate
isk
with
an
Each
assigned
drive
leWer,
its
own
.
le
system,
tc.
Even
if
you
do
not
intend
to
divide
your
hard
d
isk
into
.
parVVoned
that
logical
divisions
it
m
ust
be
so
that
the
o
peraVng
system
knows
it
is
intended
to
be
.
leF
in
one
piece.
IniVally,
all
disk
space
will
be
unallocated.
This
will
change
aFer
you
add
new
parVVons.
. .
To
create
a
new
parQQon:
Select
the
unallocated
space
and
click
Create
new
parQQon
in
the
upper
part
of
the
window,
or
right
click
on
the
unallocated
space,
and
select
Create
new
parQQon
in
the
shortcut
menu.
( Acronis) 2000-2012
16
( MBR)
parVVon
type
(available
only
for
MBR
disks),
.
parVVon
leWer
and
label.
If
you
allocate
unallocated
space
on
the
disk
to
the
new
parVVon,
the
Create
new
parQQon
buWon
all
disappears. .
8.5.3.1
Partition settings
Size
You
can
resize
and
relocate
the
parVVon
being
created.
If
you
want
to
resize
the
parQQon:
Point
the
cursor
at
the
parVVon
border.
If
the
cursor
is
pointed
exactly
at
the
parVVon
border,
it
will
change
into
two
verVcal
lines
with
arrows
on
each
side.
( Acronis) 2000-2012
Hold down the leF mouse buWon and drag the selected parVVon border to enlarge or reduce the
17
.
:
.
.
.
:
. .
. /
.
. )(
.
.
.
:
18
(Acronis) 2000-2012
(Linux). Ext2
.
(Linux). Ext4
) (ext 3 (ext 3). ) (ext2 (ext3).
(ext4).
(Linux). ReiserFS
(Linux). (Ext2).
.
.
.
(Program) - (System) -
. (Data) -
.
) MBR (
. .
. (Primary) -
.
: .
.
. -
) (Active
.
19
(Acronis) 2000-2012
Mark
the
parQQon
as
acQve
-
an
acVve
parVVon
is
used
for
loading
an
operaVng
system.
SelecVng
AcVve
for
a
parVVon
without
an
installed
operaVng
system
could
prevent
your
computer
from
booVng.
- if
intend
to
.
Logical
-
choose
(Logical)
this
parameter
you
dont
install
and
start
an
operaVng
system
f
rom
the
parVVon.
A
logical
drive
is
part
of
a
physical
disk
drive
that
has
been
parVVoned
and
.
allocated
as
an
independent
unit,
but
funcVons
as
a
separate
drive.
( Accept) .
When
you
nish
to
specify
the
seXngs
( a)
.
layout
before
and
aFer
parVVoning.
8.5.4
Click
Proceed
to
start
creaVng
(Proceed)
new
parVVon(s).
)( .
Click Cancel to cancel the procedure and quit to the main program window.
or
.
AFer
you
click
Proceed,
cronis
T(Cancel)
rue
Image
HD
starts
creaVng
new
p
arVVon
parVVons,
indicaVng
the
progress
in
a
special
window.
If
you
stop
this
procedure
by
clicking
Cancel,
you
will
have
to
( Proceed) ( Acronis True Image HD)
reparVVon
and
format
the
new
disk
or
repeat
the
disk
add
procedure.
.
.
Before
clicking
the
Proceed
buTon
you
can
use
the
sidebar
to
navigate
through
the
Add
New
Disk
Wizard
steps
( Proceed)
and
make
changes.
( Acronis) 2000-2012
112
20
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
8.6
The
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
allows
your
operaVng
system
support
large
capacity
disks
Manager)
(
system
recognized
as
a2
separate
disk,
and
will
be
usable
by
y
our
operaVng
and
MBR).
applicaVons
as
if
it
(Windows)
.
( Windows Native
was
a
regular
physical
hard
disk.
Capacity) .
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
wizard
displays
all
hard
disks
larger
than
2
TB
(unallocated
or
with
MBR
parVVon
style).
can
s
ee
the
disk
s
pace
which
Windows
ecognizes
and
allocates.
TCapacity).
his
You
2
r
(Extended
space
is
called
W
indows
NaVve
Capacity
in
the
wizard.
Y
.
The
space
beyond
2
TB
is
displayed
as
Extended
Capacity.
ou
can
e
nable
Extended
Capacity
Disks,
and
once
it
is
done,
this
space
becomes
visible
to
the
operaVng
system
and
ready
for
disk
1. ( Acronis Extended Capacity Manager)
management
operaVons.
(Tools and utilities) Acronis Extended Capacity Manager.
1. To
start
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager,
select
the
Tools
and
uQliQes
tab
and
then
click
( MBR) 2
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager.
( Acronis Extended
Capacity
If
the
program
does
not
Manager).
nd
any
MBR
disks
with
a
capacity
of
more
than
2
TB,
it
displays
a
message
that
the
enSre
disk
space
is
accessible
and
you
do
not
need
to
use
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager.
3. Click
Allocate
space
to
s
ee
the
possible
disk
(Allocate
space
allocaVon
in
t
he
next
s
tep.
3.
space)
.
AFer
clicking
the
Apply
buWon,
an
Extended
Capacity
Disk
will
be
emulated
on
your
physical
disk.
If
your
physical
disk's
capacity
is
more
than
4
TB
and
your
operaVng
system
does
not
support
the
( Acronis) 2000-2012
GPT
parVVon
style,
the
program
creates
several
MBR
Extended
Capacity
Disks.
Note
that
Extended
Capacity
Disks
are
not
bootable,
though
most
of
their
properSes
are
the
same
as
that
21
D
(Temporary switch
AFer
allocaVng
the
space,
you
can
t
emporarily
switch
o
the
Extended
Capacity
isks
by
clicking
off
Extended
Capacity
Disks).
Temporary
switch
o
Extended
Capacity
Disks.
This
makes
the
Extended
Capacity
Disks
invisible
for
though
disk
management
tools,
the
disk
space
will
remain
allocated
and
you
will
be
a
ble
t
o
make
.
(Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager)
these
parVVons
visible
again
later.
To
do
this,
start
the
Acronis
Extended
Capacity
Manager
and
then
(Allocate space).
click
Allocate
space.
To
remove
the
Extended
Capacity
isks,
click
Remove
Extended
Capacity
Disks
and
t(Remove
hen
click
the
Extended Capacity
Apply
buWon
in
Disks)
the
next
s
tep.
T
hese
d
isks
w
ill
b
e
r
emoved
f
rom
y
our
s
ystem,
a
nd
t
he
isk
s
pace
( Apply) . d
beyond
2
TB
will
become
inaccessible.
To
allocate
his
2space
later,
y
ou
n
eed
to
.
start
the
E
xtended
Capacity
Manager
and
then
repeat
the
wizard's
again
steps.
( Extended Capacity Manager)
using
.
You
will
be
able
to
conVnue
the
Extended
Capacity
Disks
even
aFer
uninstalling
Acronis
True
Image
HD.
During
uninstallaVon,
you
will
be
asked
whether
you
want
to
remove
the
Extended
( Acronis True
Capacity
Disk.
If
you
choose
not
to
remove
the
disk,
it
will
remain
usable.
Image HD). .
.
8.7
Trim SSD
Trim
SSD
Wizard
lets
you
improve
the
speed
of
write
operaVons
on
a
solid-state
drive
(SSD)
and
miVgate
degradaVon
in
performance.
This
issue
naturally
occurs
as
a
result
of
intensive
or
long
use
of
( Acronis) 2000-2012
an
SSD,
and
arises
from
the
way
SSDs
overwrite
and
delete
data.
Like
with
tradiVonal
hard
drives,
if
you
delete
a
le
from
an
SSD,
data
cells
are
simply
agged
as
22
) (Trim SSD
) (SSD ) (Trim SSD
.
) (SSDs (SSD)
.
" " (SSD)
.
.
) (SSD .
.
. 512 ) (SSD
60 60
) (SSD
.
.
. (SSD).
.
- -" (SSD)
. " -
) (Trim SSD
.
) (TRIM :
. )(SSD
(SSD).
) (SSD
. . !
) (Acronis True Image HD ) (SSD
. ) (Windows Vista
. ) (TRIM ) (Windows 7
23
(Acronis) 2000-2012
(SSD):
& (Tools 1.
(Trim SSD). )Utilities
.
)( 2.
(Next).
(Proceed). 3.
(Windows) 4.
. )(Reboot
. ) (Linux-based
. ) (Windows
24
(Acronis) 2000-2012
) (Acronis DriveCleanser
) (Acronis DriveCleanser
.
.
) (Acronis DriveCleanser
.
.
.
) (Acronis DriveCleanser
: ) (Acronis DriveCleanser
.
.
25
(Acronis) 2000-2012
(Acronis
Trueof
Image
HD): algorithms
depending
n
the
importance
of
your
condenVal
informaVon.
o
Be
aware
that,
depending
on
the
total
size
of
selected
parSSons
and
the
selected
data
destrucSon
algorithm,
the
data
destrucSon
may
take
many
hours.
Clean
up
the
selected
hard
disks
or
parVVons
using
preset
algorithms.
(Acronis
DriveCleanser)
user
( Proceed) .
Create
and
execute
custom
algorithms
f
hard
disk
clean-up.
d
Acronis
DriveCleanser
is
based
on
a
wizard
that
scripts
all
hard
disk
operaVons,
so
no
ata
.
destrucVon
is
performed
unVl
you
click
Proceed
in
the
wizard's
Summary
window.
At
any
moment,
To
permanently
destroy
data
on
your
disk: ( Tools and utilities) ( Acronis
DriveCleanser).
Click
the
Tools
and
uQliQes
tab,
and
then
click
Acronis
DriveCleanser.
( Acronis DriveCleanser).
Follow
the
Acronis
DriveCleanser
wizard
steps.
Data selection
d
First,
you
must
select
the
h
ard
disk
parVVons
here
y
ou
want
to
destroy
ata. .
8.8.1.1
To
select
a
parVVon,
click
the
corresponding
rectangle.
You
will
see
a
red
mark
in
the
upper
right
.
corner
indicaVng
that
the
parVVon
is
selected.
.
116
.
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
( ) .
.
( Acronis) 2000-2012
26
(Acronis
DriveCleanser)
( GPT)
o
Acronis
DriveCleanser
cannot
w
ipe
parSSons
n
dynamic
and
GPT
disks,
so
they
.
will
not
be
shown
in
the
Source
selecJon
window.
( Next) .
Click
Next
to
conVnue.
you
/h
If
the
disks
and/or
parVVons
ave
selected
include
the
system
disk
or
parVVon,
you
will
see
a
.
warning
window.
Be
careful,
because
clicking
OK
in
this
warning
window
and
then
Proceed
in
the
Summary
window
( OK)
will
result
in
w
iping
the
system
parVVon
containing
Windows
operaVng
system.
(Proceed)
your
8.8.1.2
( Windows).
Algorithm selection
Acronis
DriveCleanser
uVlizes
a
number
of
the
most
popular
data
destrucVon
algorithms.
Select
the
(Acronislist.
DriveCleanser) .
desired
algorithm
from
the
drop-down
.
34
.
( Acronis) 2000-2012
117
27
Copyright Acronis, Inc., 2000-2012
The
data
destrucVon
methods
are
described
in
detail
in
Hard
Disk
Wiping
Methods
(p.
123)
of
this
guide.
AFer
you
select
an
algorithm,
Acronis
DriveCleanser
will
perform
all
the
acVons
necessary
to
destroy
( Acronis DriveCleanser)
the
contents
of
the
selected
parVVon
disk.
A.
Fer
this
is
done,
you
w
see
a
message
ndicaVng
or
ill
i
successful
data
d
estrucVon.
.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
oers
you
another
useful
capability
to
esVmate
the
results
of
execuVng
a
a
- D
isk
Editor
(hard
disk
data
destrucVon
algorithm
on
a
h(Acronis
ard
disk
oDriveCleanser)
r
parVVon.
It
features
n
integrated
( Disk
browsing
tool).
Editor) ) ( .
The
aforemenVoned
algorithms
oer
various
levels
of
condenVal
data
destrucVon.
Thus
the
picture
you
might
see
on
a
d
isk
or
parVVon
depends
on
the
d
ata
destrucVon
But
w
hat
you
algorithm.
.
actually
see
a
re
disk
sectors
with
either
zeros
or
random
symbols.
lled
.
CreaQng
custom
algorithms
of
d.
ata
destrucQon
Acronis
DriveCleanser
gives
you
the
opportunity
to
create
your
own
algorithms
for
wiping
hard
disks.
Although
the
soFware
includes
several
levels
of
data
destrucVon,
you
can
choose
to
create
your
( Acronis DriveCleanser) .
own.
This
is
recommended
nly
for
users
familiar
with
the
p
rinciples
of
data
destrucVon
used
o
in
.
secure
disk
w
iping
m
ethods.
.
( Custom)...
.
(DriveCleanser) .
( Acronis) 2000-2012
28
Having
created
a
custom
method,
you
can
save
the
algorithm
you
created.
This
will
b
e
handy
if
you
.
are
going
to
use
it
again. .
If
you
created
and
saved
your
algorithm
for
data
destrucVon
while
working
with
Acronis
True
Image
HD
soFware,
you
c
an
use
it
in
the
following
way:( Acronis True Image
HD) :
In
the
Select
algorithm
window,
choose
Load
from
le
from
the
drop-down
list
and
select
the
le
ata
destrucVon
algorithm
By
default,
such
les
have
a
*.alg
extension.
with
custom
d
parameters.
...
(Load
from
file)
.
(*.alg).
Algorithm
definition
The
Algorithm
deniVon
window
shows
you
a
template
of
the
future
algorithm.
The
window
has
the
following
legend:
The
rst
column
of
the
list
contains
the
type
of
operaVon
on
a
.
disk
(there
are
just
two:
to
write
a
symbol
to
disk,
"wriVng";
and
to
verify
wriWen,
"vericaVon");
the
contains
the
paWern
of
data
:
to
be
wriWen
to
disk.
second
column
The
paWern
to
b
e
wriWen
is
always
hexadecimal
alue,
for
example,
a
value
of
this
kind:
x00,
(
a:
v
""
0
")"
long,
0xAA,
or
0xCD,
etc.
These
v
alues
are
1
byte
but
they
may
be
up
to
512
.
bytes
long.
Except
for
such
values,
you
may
enter
a
random
hexadecimal
value
of
any
length
(up
to
512
bytes).
Your
that
is
d
as
:
esignated
the
complementary
algorithm
m
ay
also
include
one
m
ore
value
for
wriVng
0x00
0xAA
0xCD
.
value
the
value
that
is
complementary
to
the
one
wriWen
to
disk
during
the
previous
p
ass. 512 .
( 512 ).
" " -
.
If
the
binary
value
is
represented
by
the
1
0001010
(0x8A)
sequence,
then
the
complementary
binary
value
will
be
represented
by
the
01110101
(0x75)
sequence.
29
10001010 (0x8A)
01110101 (0x75).
.
.
(Edit). 1
) (Wiping Pass Adjustment
) (Wiping Pass Adjustment
). (
:
( ) (Write pattern
).
(Write a random number)
.
) (Write a random number
. 1
. ) (OK
) (write 00
. (write random) 1
(Add) .
:
:
.
(OK).
.
. ) (write complementary :
30
(Acronis) 2000-2012
.
.
) (Saving Custom Algorithm
. .
. )(Select file
.
.
(Post-wiping actions)
: ) (Acronis DriveCleanser .
Post-wiping actions
8.8.1.3
w
(Noyou
)action
In
the
Post-wiping
acVons
indow,
can
select
acVons
to
be
performed
on
the
parVVons
selected
. -
for
data
destrucVon.
Acronis
DriveCleanser
oers
you
three
opVons:
) (Delete partition
estroy
No
acQon
just
- d
data
using
the
algorithm
selected
below
Delete
parQQon
destroy
data
and
delete
parVVon
).( (Format) -
Format
destroy
data
and
format
parVVon
(default).
31
(Acronis)
2000-2012
8.8.1.4
Disk
wiping
summary
.
. (Proceed)
(Wipe the selected partitions irreversibly) .
. ) (Proceed
. ) (Options
. ) (Cancel
) ( ) (Disk Editor
- ) (Acronis DriveCleanser
.
(Tools & Utilities) .
) (View current state of your disks
( ) (Acronis Disk Editor .
).
erent
algorithms
oer
various
levels
of
condenVal
ata
destrucVon.
the
picture
you
might
d
Thus
.
depends
on
destrucVon
.
e
on
a
disk
or
parVVon
the
data
method.
But
w
hat
you
actually
see
a
re
.
k
sectors
lled
with
either
zeros
or
random
symbols.
32
(Acronis)
e
Search
menu
allows
you
t
o
search
a
h2000-2012
ard
disk
for
a
line
and
to
go
to
a
disk
sector
according
to
its
solute
oset.
) (Search
.
) (Search
) ) (Ctrl + F ( .
(Search) .
:
( ) ( (Text) (
(Text) (Hex)).
. (Hex)
. ) (Case sensitive
. ) (OK
.
) (Search again
(F3) . ) (Search
(Alt+P) ). ( ) (Search )(Go to
(Go to) .
.
:
(CYL x HDS + HD) x SPT + SEC 1
CHS (Cylinder CYL HD SEC
) (SPT ) (HDS )Head Sector
.
) (Search ) (Back
(Ctrl+Backspace). (
33
(Acronis) 2000-2012
(Windows). (
.
.
) (guaranteed wiping of information
) (
.
:
. ) ( 0 1
1 1
0.95 0 1 0. 0
1.05. 1 1 -
0. 1 "" .
""
/
.
:
) (image of every record
. ) (
1
). ( 0
) ( )(samples
.
) (
.
.
.
.
:
34
(Acronis) 2000-2012
35
) (
-
2 -
4 - 3 -
.
2 ) - (0x01
4 - (0x27FFFFFF) 3 -.
: NAVSO
)P-5239-26 (RLL
2 ) - (0x01
4 - (0x7FFFFFFF) 3 -.
: NAVSO
)P-5239-26 (MFM
- -
) (0xFF ): (0x00 (0x00) (0xFF) (0x00) (0xFF) (0x00) )(0xAA
(0xFF) (0xAA).
) 0x00 (
.
) (
.
.
Secure Deletion (
of Data from Magnetic and Solid-State Memory).
35
5220.22-M
: VSITR
: GOST P50739-95
(Applied Cryptography). 1st pass 0xFF, 2nd pass
0x00, and then five times with a cryptographically
secure pseudo-random sequence.
. ) 0x00 (
(Acronis) 2000-2012
) (Acronis True Image HD
.
(Windows) .
(tib).
. ) (Explore
"." ""
.
.
:
.
) (Windows
.
:
.
.
(NTFS). ) (FAT
/
. ) (images .tib
(Explore).
36
(Acronis) 2000-2012
a new disk with its own leWer will appear in the drives list
using
Windows
Explorer
and
other
le
managers,
you
can
view
the
image
contents
as
if
they
were
located
on
a
physical
disk
or
parVVon
you
w
ill
be
able
t
o
use
the
virtual
disk
in
the
same
way
as
the
real
one:
open,
save,
copy,
move,
create,
delete
les
or
folders.
If
necessary,
the
image
can
be
mounted
in
read-only
mode.
The operaSons described in this secSon are supported only for the FAT and NTFS le systems.
Please
keep
in
mind
that,
though
both
le
backups
and
disk/parVVon
images
have
a
default
".Vb"
extension,
only
images
can
be
mounted.
If
you
want
to
view
le
backup
contents,
use
the
Explore
operaVon.
1. ( Mount image)
1. Start
the
Mount
wizard
by
clicking
Mount
image
on
the
Tools
and
uQliQes
tab.
( Tools and utilities) .
125
" (
)"
Inc.,
/
Copyright
Acronis,
2000-2012 .
.
.
.
( Acronis True Image HD)
. ( Next)
.
( Acronis) 2000-2012
37
If
you
selected
a
backup
containing
incremental
images,
you
can
select
one
of
the
successive
incremental
images
(also
called
"backup
versions")
by
its
creaVon
date/Vme.
Thus,
you
can
explore
the
d
ata
state
at
a
certain
moment. (Acronis True Image HD):
image,
you
must
have
all
previous
backup
versions
and
the
iniVal
full
To
mount
an
incremental
backup.
If
any
of
the
successive
backups
are
missing,
mounVng
is
not
possible.
If
the
backup
was
password-protected,
Acronis
True
Image
HD
will
ask
for
the
password
in
a
dialog
box.
Neither
the
parVVons
layout
will
be
shown,
nor
will
the
Next
buWon
be
enabled
unVl
you
enter
the
correct
password.
3. Select
a
parVVon
to
mount
as
a
virtual
disk.
(Note
that
you
cannot
mount
an
image
of
the
enVre
disk
except
in
the
case
when
the
disk
consists
of
one
parVVon).
If
the
image
contains
several
3. . (
parVVons,
by
default
all
of
them
will
be
selected
for
mounVng
with
automaVcally
assigned
drive
) .
leWers.
If
you
would
like
to
assign
d
ierent
drive
leWers
to
the
p
arVVons
o
b
e
mounted,
click
. t
OpQons.
( Options).
126
You
can
also
select
a
leWer
to
be
assigned
to
the
virtual
disk
from
the
Mount
leRer
drop-down
list.
If
you
do
not
want
to
mount
a
parVVon,
select
Do
not
mount
in
the
list
or
clear
the
parVVon's
check
box.
( Acronis) 2000-2012
38
) (Mount letter
You
can
also
select
a
leWer
to
b
e
assigned
to
the
virtual
d
isk
from
the
M
ount
l
eRer
drop-down
a
list
.list.
If
you
do
o
not
want
t
mount
parVVon,
select
Do
not
mount
in
the
or
clear
t(Do
)he
not mount
.
parVVon's
check
box.
4. Having
nished
the
seXngs,
click
Proceed
to
connect
the
selected
parVVon
images
as
virtual
) (Proceed 4.
disks.
.
Copyright 5.
(Windows)
.
Acronis, Inc.,
2000-2012
.
39
(Acronis) 2000-2012
127
AFer
the
image
is
connected,
the
program
will
run
Windows
Explorer,
showing
its
contents.
Now
you
can
work
with
les
or
folders
as
if
they
were
located
on
a
real
disk.
an image
10 Unmounting
recommend
that
you
unmount
the
virtual
disk
aFer
all
n
ecessary
peraVons
are
nished,
as
I.
u
the
intaining
virtual
d
isks
takes
considerable
system
resources.
f
you
do
not
nmount
disk,
it
will
.
appear
aFer
your
computer
is
turned
o.
on
ou
have
mounted
several
parVVons,
by
default
all
of
them
will
be
selected
for
unmounVng.
You
disconnect
all
m
ounted
drives
together
or
disconnect
only
those
you
do
not
n
eed
m
ounted
.
.
ymore.
u
can
also
do
this
in
Windows
Explorer
by
right-clicking
on
the
disk
icon
and
choosing
Unmount.
( Windows)
( Unmount).
n this section (http://www.kingston.com/us/support) ( SSD).
covery
using
vhd
les
created
by
Windows
Backup..........................128
u
may
have
vhd
les
if
you
used
the
Windows
Backup
uVlity
included
into
Windows
Vista
and
ndows
7
for
backing
up
the
system
hard
drive.
en
you
need
to
recover
your
system
using
a
vhd
backup
le,
proceed
as
follows:
2013
Kingstonin
Technology
Fountain
Valley, CA
USA.device
(CD,
DVD
or
USB
sVck)
Arrange
the
boot
order
BIOS
Corporation,
so
as
t17600
o
mNewhope
ake
yStreet,
our
rescue
m92708
edia
All rights reserved. All trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
the
rst
boot
device.
See
Arranging
boot
order
in
BIOS
(p.
65).